“* le Oa nte eRe one Aten ae eee bh etme + oh gem) see ee on Woe | sa) . em beter rr. ee eb reg. h. pt anew wer oS eee ns + = te he eee my eye ‘Waativateets £ eh Sines 3 elseett hayes ee AD PS: intel Segent dab boty ernie? : eed as > ve Abee Od nee > « ad + Seaaba leat aR | ee ee t 7. a by re - oe ‘ et : wiles «} ~ cal pid th Q hot oe her eo BER bh bts ep - ora ler a videget gh eet kaa - preter: 4 ae he te ae pon lehe #, Se Ante ree ae Fale} tang Thee 63 £ oid - A . i oe” ad iy oe Fe me ST z aa y ~ Cots } Ds page aout; 4 Site Heat tr . . a 2 ik tee re Re ae Mute ahs hey -' bd -retje ne = ot a oe erererr # “ z 4 my Sy ayn pet coernore: “eget fe pete ee ee pe tebis é ei oie een = : ! ~ ¢ oa ‘ioe Png Fite ok tees “ise > Ria aire eats teat eS “ Side os Be wet ay = . ee! a “eee Sates ah, iis Thad send 1 ay yy 08 lee (ag a eT TAs barell bra Le phar 0g chan poabat dy eg afi Py baye 4 Vike Aerie Neyer a ba ae oA pees 28 GY 4 Ve rteee sete os Yaka Pda thyme Od A ‘frente eee, aor 4 a mbes tng tm ‘ : ivtere eet arnt = & bye jes 4 Ay By he be ate eer e ah we H eed cae a > | Cee tge FT pee) 7) * | Meee ene et WN te = err ary ese! ee cecetietire! Tat then, BLE cad led seered ah pr wie + ed ian ew re ' yh PP Brero gon ye Peee - & * ete dey ee Ae ° y " rire 71.0) orn ky. ee tha én op PEP ions Mngt PI “as ° rer’ nine hed i wee | > F - men a 4 \0 ob gawk oe oe eat Dik kiadeinel) —* sean | pare Te = mes fae coat, oo pe a ee SR a ey Sobbaweesd aterade 12g Sedan dh by Plt i) cuilglartiaeed rth ahead Med beim itwe ge vad ea demas ]ia0 106 deed ‘ Lg hah) er ae ’ A900 Th, Cee em tba y rhe boket rel riers = ey hie) nt! é > ve teel See se Ht) > si } hi " » ejurare® me papers rib Aur ae aes ae bend Oe 4s! eed | hate £95 bebe Hh CN 4) eseee Lager Se ay Dijleetie lhl 7 * Shoes " or . bald ale #¥ Sidhe SU OMSCReREnY Nay hee L] La ~ aye hace 1) dereg ibe) 4 © wrt bergianat Ae sate da bpd eitats Ay eve a4 ee eh ee Of end ae eA ao ode a errepre> | pereit ie elite ol) bate: yeala isk eyes podem ad : we : 4 as +h : Saba! Som de fae : Si * i ace Sysen phe syie hls ro Ba sth Potts whe “obs Boby : : he ; = eth slieed fr & “-e ya aeel as ~~ Joe we teke -o— : ‘ ry em : z Misthe nk, sa ngad mronct Wr ro nsey Snare Tear a) pt he Leal rt wel i bors es he rep or ! ?) hs oy ee .! :! t “baw = ae eat em whee get Che wie lane = Secabee? 4 ve nto ae =F teed ene =) as : i : ; mi ey} ae aa see fs on +t ‘ * “4 Pad oe ease + ; ny eS se rye i a Hehe +h Pre Ticks +> wea ‘ Ce 25 Sree oe SR es det ere 8 a Lal fo ~ wae ona t owe Pr hahy te nit Ae, 1 Wt bre Bas mp areas 0 dg oe 4 acdieade wee ee Motrin ben pel het ay igire ‘ aa ee. ‘ or . ms he ty EE Mh Ae ora erigoer tithes Pyiroert: reine St quqeioe one dre hee parental ov was Saf Nia ww Sate tase _ etqree Teen we ebee, coe = e-nt ere oe mye ht : ‘ Bi —s s~* ah ted. * 248 Of Dee Mg Os : se 4 Wideatleerety 1 eras sits tth She serietinrg Late otek nigh top yup iogetdcabere Parcs net Senotan Seer os ompe ney feet wees ee tates Lye v ’ i : bd 4 + tee ees iP 7 ~ i - . es per ee st eS > ee Ee eee Renken ® = eee eae oe he ae i 3 1 1 eae ee cane . S a rN aly. 7 4 Tay = ts te EE Sy eh Bee ee ee eye tenes ; 7 eetayrire "edgar te Usibes:s eee Fee Wi lan. bh ladunedet . . eet? teem ol epet os webs od te * - oh oe in é : ‘ verre. Ta, pe eerent 2 gee 2 eee te | ry ' ‘ ene 3 oT a Se ~ om a. + » — es 44 ttre tee Satay . . ’ Arad wer eee meesicae - « om . C heh easbent Titled ores 49.1 - Crees | 8g) aie . - eS Ath tA ee eh hf Ag heae ree Fe Md fe 0 be or ere ene ——— v Nee : not vice . : Nps kets ee Bwirees mela ou, ba eaten bee b a Drs Secs pene Sh enee ae hs [a OO oie 8 * Are? eatet pean ae ah gee ay Hae ~ ode ye tehe Siliew tow < > oe ee eee ee eben seme er eye hee omens - ~ Pbiye pane ope ea teces a. fe eee ee eae alah 74'S Agata Sone Ao aad ee.) codtein, ean ienieiedell dealeeae heuer mpi enna aon te ' : } pon onae bate Peer bated ote pines Ay Sete “ES eee . — Tig ee see eye ene —¥ Rae Se ee Se fh ee RE Les ee Se Sony —toeorps phivteg th ose nee colon eit pape henp ei Ss ee ete ee — ae -« spalateplptarel, Goel Me a age eg oe ees we ie ee green te Cor ee ea Se 4 aveting® ret Spee yr er arent ae ee er Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/memoirs36harv OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE. VOL. XXXVI. “sz | ry o\§ CAMBRIDGE, MASS, U.S. A. vl ; 1913. a 3 of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou. XXXVI. THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. 4 (SHARKS, SKATES, AND RAYS). ie BY SAMUEL GARMAN. WITH SEVENTY -SEVEN PLATES. TEXT. CAMBRIDGE, U.S. A.: Printed for the Museum. r SEPTEMBER, 1913. aie eh, ‘ vs. P y a7 2 ae ; CONTENTS. STOMIA (SHARKS, SKATES, AND RAYS). By Samuet GARMAN. | v ‘pages. 77 plates. September, 1913. vat « - , TA . a - — ‘ J , 4 . ms . - CONTENTS Paae PaGE PERODUCTION .. fe SR Hhmeodommdae ¢-. ...... 421 SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS 9 Rhincodon ae Cdr CHONDROPTERYGIA 9 Mean 2 ele ew St 4D, 4G Chismopnea 9 Orectolobidae 43 Plagiostomia 10 Hemiscyllium 44 Antacea . 10 H. ocellatum 44 Synopsis of groups ne eumilied 10 H. tiispeculare . 45 Synopsis of families . iii H. freycineti 46 Chlamydoselachidae 13 Brachaelurus 47 Chlamydoselachus 14 B. modestus 47 C. anguineus, Plate 59, ae 4-6: B. coleloughi 48 Plate 61, fig. 7-8 5 Ae 14 Orectolobus 49 Hexeptranchidae . 15 O. ornatus ; 49 Hexanchus 16 O. japonicus, Plate 56, fie. 3 50 H. griseus 16 O. tentaculatus . thea 51 H. corinus 17 O. maculatus 52 Notorynchus 18 Euerossorhinus . 53 N. platycephalus 18 EK. dasypogon 53 N. pectorosus 20 Ginglymostoma = ee OA Heptranchias 24 G. cirratum, Plate 7, far 4- 6; “Plate “ HH. perlo, Plate 56, fiz. 1 PA 59, fig. 3 ; 54 Carcharidae eee 23 G. brevicaudatum 55 Carcharias 23 G. ferrugineum 56 C. owstoni ; 24 Nebrodes 56 C. taurus, Plate 6, fo. ce 3: ues 39, N.concolor . . . Ure hor Plate 41> Plate 51, fir. 7 25 N. macrurus, Plate 8, ‘fiz. 7- 10 58 C. Paaiapidalus i it eee 26 Stegostoma Sh aa ae 59 C. ferox : 27 S. varium 59 Seapanorhynchus . 28 Chiloseyllium 60 S. owstoni, Plate 40; Plate 51, $e. = C. punctatum 61 6; Plate 56, fig. 2 ot ae C. plagiosum 62 Vulpeculidae 30 C. griseum 64 Vulpecula 30 C. indicum 65 V. marina, Plate 7, fi 1-3; pie 42 30 Parascyllium 66 Isuridae . : aN ct ounces P. variolatum 67 Carcharodon ; 32 P. collare 67 C. earcharias Plate 5, i Be 9 32 Catulidae 68 Isurus ; F 34 Poroderma 69 I. nasus 34 P. africanum 70 I. punctatus, Plate 6, ae 4-6; “Plate P. pantherinum . 70 56, fig. 5; Plate 58, ne 3; Plate 62, Catulus 71 Stade ae : 36 C. caniculus 72 I. tigris ; 36 C. duhamelii 73 I. oxyrhynchus 37 C. capensis 74 I. glaucus 38 C. stellaris 75 I. giintheri 39 C. retifer 76 Cetorhinus 39 C. boa 77 C. maximus 39 C. torazame 77 vill CONTENTS. Paag PaGeE Grtcephelustir a) weights a ek) ete S. terrae novae, Plate 2, fig. 1-4 . . 115 Cephaloscylitum” “e« us) «uw 2 8 Si intermedius .° . . «secs imenemmlaam C.isabellum. . . ee S. vagatus . 9.0. 5. 2 95) Sune C. ventriosum, Plate 9, ie, 6- 9 ere aseO Aprionodon ... . . \ ~ =n Giumbratile se ee coera eS oeetoO A. brevipinna « . . . . 3 eee Hinlselunus! Pee toes ho oR es mL A.acutidens ©... % «on Geen H DarveE, KO whe att sk! 288 A.isodom... « «**)) 0 pun Hischilensiseety a ek cee oss, Cs He Se Hypoprion . . .\.. . «=a Fimatalensism eke Gea ck tuelne o RO H, brevirostris’.. ._. « » ‘en PPO RER Gee Cee ne Rhos. UO H.macloti : . . . % ..eeeeeel Pe NA SP xt ay, 3 AS H. hemiodon . . «© « < :agumnumemeue H. analis SS) ate SR rte ee H. playfairli . . . . » H. bivius sh eth pence — seen -\0 H. signatus . 2 :: . 5°) Apmis evaltockit ta no 4. ace: ME OS Sano Carcharinus . . . 123 EL SeHnescenss aa we pal) ween oe, OT C. platyodon, Plate 3, ie 4-6; Plate Eley lalbiGaiist swe ae os aici cm eS 43, fig. 4-5 .. sa) UlZ® Parmaturus : 88 C. limbatus, Plate 2, Be 5-8 ta Ble iP: aoa Plate 8, fo 1- 6; Plate 50, ©: brachyurus .. . .. « fig.2 . aenyecsshe, C. amblyrhynchus, . » \.) 7oeeveeeeee P. xaniurus, Plate 9, fies 15 dnt FOO C: falciformis’ .° . . ~ Jeeeeernemeeaes PristiULUS> © cues le ENO a OL: C. velox... . . %. PS melastomus = <> is peewee wie) oo GC. obscurus::. . . . 1), eae P. eastmani \ghiig iv Saar ane ecg un enero C. porosus . .. . «rn Primus. tesla. See C. sorrah ; Me eee ie IP Sauuleria, opts Salita ty cere en Oe C. milberti, Plate 50, fig. 4 < hyenas P.eponpiteps. 3. Sy Se = ee C. amboinensis ©... i eG aeee ee C. munsing . .-.° . “« =n P. microdon ES MS, ec ed C0! C. maoume. . . «eed 'P2aerages': Fo: Aer ohana ree ero Oe Galeus". - . eee Carcharinidgae |. 0. ee oe eee G. glaucus Plate 3, & 13 : 5 Toxodon, ic 2 cee ee ee ene Thalassorhinus Bey ocala eee ean iPpuenrMeglovniits 5.98 6 5 2 a « Wy T. rondeletii . : . . = aeueeeemleg Phiysodons: <5. ew T. platyrhynchus . .°. « nee BP. miller ss.” 2 see Galeocerdo . . ae as Scoliodon’ <3. 425.0) Seep eS G. arcticus, Plate 43, ee 6-8 om AOS S. sorrakowah <2) <>. 7. eee Hemigaleus . . . 149 S. palasorrah .}... 4 0) ee H. pectoralis, Plate 4, oe 1-5; “Plate S. dumérili. ..) .t 4h 9) 50, fig. 9; Plate 52, ne 2; Plate 58, S. walbeehmi, ... 9.5 5 5 2) eee 1 ee ore SHR OSCE teas! og np oe a Le Hi. microstoma. . . . + =) sue S. lalandil, 3/2. eee ae es H. macrostoma. . <>. %. a. S. longurio, Plate 50, fig. 13-16; H. balfouri °. °°. . :. &° 3 “Sees Plate 52, fig: 1 3) 2) pwns) senor Eugaleus + 4 bl he 50 CONTENTS. ix ; Paap Pace E. galeus, Plate 50, fig 10. . . . 153 (Chrions, blate 12, f1gt-5—6- <4... 199 weemenicus s,s Cw. « C. atromarginatus, Plate 13, fig. 1-4 . 200 Meeireaciontiaae :. .. .. =. . . 155 C. moluccensis a Téih is Mery oS Wie DaNe Menge te sl. eC. 15S aeons, x) x! sete. Ge i DOL Cyblochii . . . 156 Caterer, 8 a dod hins, Sop 2 DOD C. zygaena, Plate 1, Ape 1- 3; Pitte Centroscymnus . . wile ole Peete deere ts, ss LET C. coelolepis, Plate 14, fig. 5- 8 ne 204 MMGCCHUCHE ae. af ars «us » L58 C. owstonii, Plate 13, fig. 5 - . 205 ROS re . ~ 159 @Crerypiacamtius. - « {2 + % °. 206 C. mokarran. . 160 @entroselaghus =. 2 ss. 206 C. tiburo, Plate 1, fi rey Plate 43, Crarcamaner 3 eg ae ea - 207 Ls : a 60 Secymmodon. ...... . . 207 marngdse: . . . «we. se «162 STG ee is Ss, - 208 Triaenodon . . ect ee toe S: squsmulesus= .-. . . - .-. 209 T. obesus, Plate 50, fe 3 de het Ut Ee ropa tees a Se Lass ss ts DEO Beoptusus . . . ee es Sy miscracanthus 2 © 2-20. . 210 Memiochariag =... . . . . . . 164 Repitornings sa). hese ky a - 211 Mee ke Ce 164 Pig senieInOGUS me har arte ey cay ae 7 QE Wrakis +. . . 165 eatGligccustesee tiem. Savant. oof 21D T. semifasciata, Pint 50, fi 5 ite 12 165 estemndachmen! =. . a ao. 223 rereyiume:: . . . «. sieges ee BOO Rt Bas be ee esa Ae Te OEE Momeaculata . . . 167 Mosamunarant fate, iy sig 1. QI5 T. henlei, Plate 5, fig. Te Plate ‘50, A.caleeus . . oe ANG os Ee eo 3. ae LOR A. aciculatum, Plate 12, ie nee ft ore ky Peerninisos 7". . ss’ |. «. L09 A. rostratum, Plate 11, 23 14 . . 218 Beameaeteis. «2. . | «170 A. profundorum . . ie 2k9 Beem@iaez o 0.9. se ~~ TI A. hystricosum, Plate ll, Aad 8 220 reir ch ey TTD Ae celamuMmig ss 6: 6 a oe en BOE Bapumeulatus . . . . . . . 178 Bemopteris.s6 +) snk wee. 221 eer Biprisceps. 2) i. na Queen fie 22 G.antarcticus . . . ~ Leo E. spinax . sie 228 G. laevis, Plate 4, fig. 6-9: Bite 50, EB. hillianus, Plate 10, fig = 4 e224 fig. 1, 6, 8; Plate 60, 1 b.. L76 Be vilosmsy “ss ~s ame oon C.califernicus ... . ‘ a, Chee E. lucifer Pied pa A 7. a OP DEES 8 Pee, LTB Re pescngrue arr) eee. 22 Pemitupaleue, 5 Nf es 179 Pestiniblenees (a os wae aeons Beoauecketti 2 1. . . . . . . 179 EE ESSIEN oc Fata ie ee aed hs 229 Memiraciontidae. . . ... . . . 180 Ee Grangss sa) tae. 230 Seige sl ) . 180 (Centroscylimim 9. 4 ye!) x, ge 230 C. zebra ~. . oe spel Sil © meoram >. . a eer a C. philippi, Plate 47, fir, 4-6 ed ae EZ C. fabricii, Plate 10, hz, 5 8 eh we Dat C. japonicus. . Ps eee eg Guiitickie- Vai Stet, eee e282 ©, galeatus . . . boiy ie £85 CCreperrath neta ies bon! SL” os Qe C. francisci, Plate 45-46 sy Sea LO OO. cruagigieml sn Fy Sas 2 280 C. quoyi, Plate 47, ee lee ee nee ae bog Scymmorhinidae . . . . . . «.. 238 Squalidae ... : Ste st psctos aprevomlcnis) ce. = ym i 28H Dereee ee ofa ls se. 189 Ee pispuigeus. 2... 8. ste... 230 Geeeniriiaec. - « « - « « - 190 CONOR Fe oh 's. dns talibe te es “BOO Pecumienss ). . « - . . . 19l Balaton. 5 goed a... 3 «Bee Squalus. . . 191 Scymmorhinus). . = .,. . . 286 S. acanthias, Plate 14, ‘Ge. 1-4; “Plate SARIN. Gs de NN A A Me EN). 43, fig. 9-10; Plate 59, fig. 1-2; Pees Eel ed aan ok A ee ot ee Pree hes5-F . sw. S192 Fe bralicnsttd <3. ca wkiteaed~s 5 eo pavaree e - . UY. - «6. «(104 Beteroscymnus. . . «i «i. i -.°239 Beeetnamdms. . °. . .. . . 195 Biimens: 6 So ccan > giao 45, 208 Semirepnoria . 9.0. >. . . .. 196 Somniosus . . . . 240 ete oo a «197 S. brevipinna, Plate 15, fig. 13 toe: RA OmleHTANIGUG: Us, << sees s wC «199 S. microcephalus, Plate 15, fig. 4-6 . 241 CONTENTS. Paap Pace E\chinorhinidae © 68). oe 2). a 2 Bad R. glaucostigma . . x) eee Behinorbinus: 7s 3) =. S248 R. spinosus ; . 5. -= pene HS DLUCUS tO heee dhe es ene ones R. leucorhynehus .. . oo 20m Pristlopliondace i).5 a) . «. 244 R. planiceps, Plate 17a, ax 3 4 . See Pristiophorusa 4.) eae 2k eo ee Syrrhina .* . . eee Prewratus ). AP Eos S. brevirostris, Plate 65, Ae 3 . Tees P. japonicus, Pk: the 52, Bp: 3: “Plate S. exasperata . .\ 4 0. S30 eueeen 56, fig. 6; Plate 58, fig. 5; Plate 64, S. xyster oad a Vl on etwas oh ee rey pl 5. eee Trigonorrhina *. . . « «teen Pi modipnniss. "as > crys, + Ge OE T. fasciata 2. . ) s.r Pligtremayst ee ok eke eee Discobatidae <.. . +. «ete Ee gWETTCMIM A oe, “age 2 an e248 Discobatus . . . . 288 Rhinidae 248 D. sinensis, Plate 56, a 8; Plate 66. 289 Rhina 250 Platyrhinoidis... . < 99 sane Repadenaa - oo A SR P. triseriata .. . R. dumeril 252 Zanobatus < . . . < | ne R. armata igs San cee mee Or Z. schoenleinii: . . . \ 3a R. californica, Plate 16, fig. 1-4; Arhynchobatis ... . . cue Plate 61, fig. 9-11 253 A. asperrimus’ . . .»« "aueeaneeeemneaiae R. philippi 254 Narcaciontidae . . . . “2 eeeeOs R. australis 255 Benthobatis ... .° ..”. eee R. japonica . 255 B..moresbyl . . 5°). R. nebulosa . 256 B. marcida . .: 9.4). 9. ee PLATOSOMIA . 200 B: cervina. §: +). _. oie Synopsis of groups co Families aay Narcine . . 6 290 Synopsis of families . 258 N. brasiliensis, Plate 26, be 1 eye ao 7 Pristidae . 260 N. bancrofti, Plate 26, fig.2 . . . 298 Pristis . 260 N. corallina, Plate 26, fig.3 . . . 298 P. cuspidatus . 261 N. lingula +. .°. . Seqeg eee P. zysron : 262 N. indica hy. Fig te OD P. pectinatus . 262 N. timlei, Plate 61, er 6 = ie he ee P. clavata, Plate 16, fe 203 N.'brunnea «+ /. > seen P. pristis 2 he Zeke ee: N. firma © 9. . «9. 2 t P. microdon, Plate 55, fe. 3; Plate N. tasmaniensis -. —. 72 Se anmeees } 64; fig. 2-3... ee as N. mollis... ss 4 Rhinobatidae =e i eB OO Discopyge ... =. +. ) [eee CONTENTS. xi Pace Pace Hold RMR PM eis So, shar lg eS . 316 FIMORPACUVE Gos Ss tw BEF . 316 TEV OUST Meese fe, tg ae oti OE ALi OnsunIs-GavIel .. oy .. > . BDO . 318 WLU co re a le ee Mal 1575 . 318 chinensis obs COE SS Se Miccret x) GOO nolo exhenta. . >; WA. =< 2h... .. 356 _ R. microcellata . 320 Pemianarialis.. 4. *:. 2.4 sys B87 R R R. R R. R. R. R rer 72 | fimereneet sare rh a BET Ma ue se ol kk ss S21 PRAM ew, § a oS. . BBS R. fyllae ee eee CMON fs a a a 4 BBO R. quadrimaculata .... . . 323 Pye er. |. OSD Dmmeralenus . . . . . . . . 324 Hooreemgurops. ' . . ... . . 360 Memmadercnsis . .-.,. . . . . 325 PeSmogeemeIMeas. |. Gu. 2. . 360 MEI ee es O25 DIMER SUPIS ek de ie > B61 d Bperainata ys os) sf as ls =. |» O26 RIGuSteInaulie 5 i) % ss «>, SG ; PEOINATIAG en. Cl} OT Peoyeopnerne:s 4. st) «. + 362 a R. fullonica Te. vt eS 0) ee ee heads See kk -, 368 ‘g Meee sl w . . B29 een er Asie Dyce ew BOR Peeatiyphils 2. |}. 829 i lompeicry Go et 864 , ERM kn se. 880 Reema beter ee ewe S64 a Mamawperborea. <.-. . . : . . 330 Rr eyuaiiaete 0 ale Gite k, + BOD = Cee ee se OL Bawdeemirera. se). St. ~ . 865 ORE tt 5 BOR RSS tub dee ton. eS S66 ' raeeus’ . Mee VE pice | Oop RAPA 3. 48) Dee cds s,s 2 BOG i R. Pe croringnchus Pees es, 20 Uraptera st. BAe, lin Beg Beemoxyrnimichius " . .. . . . . 384 U. agassizil, Plate 53, fe 1; Plate ; R.maroccana . . She nee GSWite eyes Pe Lanacte nee BOL a R. plutonia, Plate 18, fie. 1 go Tt aD Dacimionaive . 2,2"). ws heals 868 a ins ornata, Plate 18, fig.2 . . . . 336 Dea ailise eh he cl ee eel oe sve e368 Meesekleyi, Plate 19 . . . . . . 336 Somptesygia 9. kk anes 369 F R. erinacea, Plate 20; Plate 55, fig. 5; S.bonapartii .. = abl se OY, : Be eeGels oy =.) . 387 S, acuta, Plate 27, fig. 1-2; Plate 57, fit. senta, Plate25,fig.1.. . . . 338 Geol: Plate 68, fie 3-4... 2... < 370 . R. diaphanes, Plate 22, fig 1 . . . 339 PasmMeais: 6°45 nos STO Rie R. scabrata, Plate 21; Plate 44, fig. Pe scoDin ar, ty. te eta OnO =a Ss : « 640 Pabreviesidatus! <6 0st amok J Ey: PE iehiorid. Plate 23 _ 0 eet ar 8 Malacorhina . . aie OTe z R. stabuliforis, Plate 22, = 22 Plate M. mira, Plate 27, = 3 5: Plate 69, Mee 44 fe 46 2... : . 841 (eo a 2 ae Siysigh'y RE a imeri@Mista . . ... . . . » 342 Bre ecdacs et as oh oa Sa io R. aleutica . . 5 ae MS ebS Risehimotas «6.0.66 vo OTS — R.kincaidii, Plate 7b, ae B : 3. 343 Fe eaNeRMM Fe aw % a BTA y R. trachura oar Md, shat, Broa Mins ARIRA rs Ma ve ere eee Ys SRB Mumeiteabyssicla . .-. . .. . . 344 Dotan Ve 6 po uke se, STG is meparmaiiern ... . .. + . ° 845 Pgtinisie a fey kL Se) Sees Ln Oe an cemiiemipta s . . . ... .« +845 Weer arate. wk ees OTE RTOSISDIDIS ceeen +. 3s e O46 WW Mal COG Mapa sia lath sles sas OLS : emmecwinta 2). 2...» B46 HC eeIUIEI STE bc Ge Ses iy SY ter eh vee ee Meeeitiimomata . ... . . . . . . 347 Demarrrmsiie. 29.00.) >. 2. 878 > ceecgiata . 2 12. . « » - 348 Ptbeeeeminat 2), cy As woke § Ste R. rhina ‘ yee, oo EO Dremabrientig. 3) 2. « P. cireularis, Plate 31, fe 1-2; Plate 54, fig. 1; Plate 70, fig. 1-2 . . 419 1 omerceus . 419 P. signatus . 420 P. magdalenae . . 421 P. hystrix . 422 P. motoro . 423 P. orbicularis . 423 P. brachyurus . 424 P. reticulatus . 424 Ilipesurus . 424 I. spinicauda . 425 ?E. strogylopterus . 425 Disceus . 426 thayeri, Pl: oe 34; Plate 54, fig. 2; D. Plate 57, fig. 2; Plate 70, fig. 3-4 . 426 Myliobatidae 2 eee Nonameineleogay Myliobatis Me M. ecalifornicus, Plate 49, fig. 4-6; Plate 55, fig. 8 < + cue eenrneeere M. peruvianus, Plate 36, fig. ‘4-6; Plate 73, fig. 2 al Eh eae M. goodei_. . 430 M. aquila, Plate 73, figs I e's . 431 M. freminvillii, Plate 35; Plate 39, fig. 2; Plate 54, fig. 3 . 432 M. tobijei . 433 M. tenuicaudatus . . 433 M. rhombus . 434 Aetomylaeus . - ee os A. maculatus, Plate 36, fig. 1-3; Plate 73, fig. 3 . « 485 A. milvus . 485 A. nichofii . 436 A. vespertilio . 437 Pteromylaeus . 437 P. asperrimus . 437 P. bovina . 439 P. punctatus . 439 Aétobatus . 440 A. flagellum . 440 A. narinari, Plate 49, Re 1-3; "Plate 54, fig. 4; Plate 55, fig. 9; Plate 57, fig. 4; Plate 73, oe + : 2 Sat A. Gealiatus : . 442 Rhinopteridae . 443 Rhinoptera : . .« 443 R. quadriloba, Bie 37, ae 13 . . 444 R. lalandii, Plate 48, fig. 5-6 . 445 R. marginata, Plate 48, fig. 4 . 445 R. steindachneri ar . 446 R. javanica . . 446 R. adspersa . . 447 R. jussieui, Plate 48, ie 1- 35 "Plate 1 e ae eT eS aa — ait tential ‘S CONTENTS. st » 1 Page Plate 55, fig. 10; Plate ~ M. rochebrunei ; Plate 59, fig. 9-10; - Ceratobatis . Pee, i sks AAT C. robertsii . 448 Manta . 448 M. birostris . 448 M. ehrenbergii . . 448 ADDENDA . Rhincodon R. typus . Triakis T. venusta Squalus S. barbifer BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX a fig . 6; Plate 57, fig. 6; Plate 59, Meee 7-8, Plaie75 . . . . . . 453 xiil Pace - 453 . 453 . 454 . 454 . 454 . 455 . 456 . 456 - 456 . 457 . 459 . 507 a ol as THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. (SHARKS, SKATES, AND RAYS.) INTRODUCTION. Tue purposes of this Memoir are to make additions to knowledge of the Sharks, Skates, and Rays (Plagiostomia) and to present the subject in such a manner as will be most useful to the greatest number of students. If in further- ance of these intentions it is found that there has been some elimination or apparent neglect of particular special advances in the science it is to be remem- bered that the latter being technical appeal more directly to the few specialists than to the much greater number of general inquirers. The work is necessarily a revision; and being a revision, however original, that begins at the same sources, and treats of the same material, literary or other, as a classical work like that of Miiller and Henle, 1841, it must of necessity be to a great extent confirmatory in its results; and it must either begin at the same sources and go over the grounds traversed by the earlier authors or it must accept their con- clusions. Going over the entire field as is done here discovers many occasions for difference of opinion. This is most true in the nomenclature and synonymy. Happily there has been a somewhat general agreement among zodélogists in regard to nomenclature of animal species that it is not advisable to. go farther back, or to earlier dates, than 1758, the date of the tenth edition of the “Systema naturae” of Linné; but unhappily a few writers prefer to select their authorities, later than Linné, as binomial or nonbinomial rather than to accept the earliest, after 1758, properly formed and bestowed binomial names by whomsoever made and applied. The selection of one authority because he favored binomials more than another has led to much uncertainty among names and to many changes. It has led authors to belittle and ignore excellent works which at their time of publication and much later ranked in accuracy and influence among the first of the scientific publications of their period. In support of this, two works to 2 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. which various references are made below may be cited: — the ‘ Dictionnaire raisonné universel d’histoire naturelle” by Valmont de Bomare, Paris, 1765, republished in several editions (the second, 1768, a four volume quarto being used here), and the ‘‘ Neuer schauplatz der natur nach den richtigsten beobach- tungen und versuchen in alphabetischer ordnung durch eine gesellschaft von gelehrten,”’ Leipzig, 1775-1781 in ten volumes octavo, both of which works for their excellence in the time of publication, soon after the appearance of Linné’s works, and for their aid in the diffusion of scientific knowledge deserve much from the scientist. In choosing a nomenclature it is better to take from such works the binomials correctly formed and applied than to accept them years later from writers inspired by the same books. The ‘‘Schauplatz” referred to above is anonymous, it is true, but it gives the authorities for its generic and specific names and thus its citations amount to republication after 1758 by the original authors, previous as the first publication may have been. With due regard to the more generally accepted rules of priority and publication since 1757, the generic name of an animal applied in 1758 or later and accompanied by a pertinent diagnosis or by a named characterized and recognizable species is used in these pages without question of its author’s standing as a binomialist. This limits attention to the merits of the diagnosis and prevents the intermina- ble discussions of those of its author. The following notes will explain certain adoptions and changes. CHONDROPTERYGII.— This term is used by Linné, 1735, Artedi, 1738, Gronow, 1754-63, Gmelin, 1789, and Walbaum, 1792; the names for its subdivisions Chismopnea and Plagiostomia and for the subdivisions of the Plagiostomia, the Antacea and the Platosomia, are from Rafinesque, 1815, as is set forth at greater length in the publication on the Chimaeroids, Garman, 1904, Bull. M. C.Z., 44,-p. 269: HEXEPTRANCHIDAE.— Heptranchias and Hexanchus are generic names given by Rafinesque in 1810 to sharks having seven and six pairs of gill openings respectively. These genera were thrown together by Cuvier, in 1817 and 1829, in his genus Notidanus, from which authors have formed the name Notidanidae. Notidanus being reduced to the synonymy the name Notida- nidae loses its pertinence. A later family name, Hexanchidae, used by some authors is not well adapted for inclusion of a seven-gilled genus, and simi- larly Heptranchiidae should not include a six-gilled genus. To obviate these objections a portion of the name of each genus is used to form the word Hexeptranchidae. INTRODUCTION. 3 CARCHARIAS.— This genus was characterized by Rafinesque, 1810, from the species C. tawrus Raf., 1810; it is retained here as originally introduced. Carcharias Cuvier, 1817, belongs to a different family; it is a synonym of a Carcharinus Blainville, 1816. Vu.recuLa.— Valmont, 1768, gives a description of V. marina cf earlier authors. His species is Squalus vulpinus Bonn., 1788, the Alopias macrourus Raf., 1810, A. vulpes Bonap., 1841. The genus and the species are adopted from Valmont. RHINCODON.— Smith, 1829, describes this genus from the species R. typus Smith, 1829. Rineodon, Rhineodon, Rhinodon, and Micristodus are synonyms. Catuius.— Catulus saxatilis Valmont, 1768, equals Squalus stellaris Linné, 1758. The name of the genus is retained; the type species is given the earlier name. ScyLiorHinus.— In this subgenus of Squalus Blainville, 1816, placed twenty- two nominal species. After types of eight genera, Catulus, Poroderma, Cephaloscyllium, Pristiurus, Stegostoma, Ginglymostoma, Orectolobus, and Chiloscyllium, have been removed there remain a half dozen or more of the species not yet fully recognized, sufficient to prevent the adoption of the name for a genus of different inclusions. Scyllium Cuvier, 1817, was founded on species of Catulus Valmont, 1768. «vAva, caniculae, dog-fish. GALEORHINUS.— This genus is adopted from Blainville, 1816, with the first of the six nominal species (of four genera) included by him as the type, G. mustelus Linné sp. (part). Mustretus.— Because of diverse applications this name is not adopted. In the feminine it was used by the earliest writers for both mammals and fishes. It was used thus by Pliny. Jovius, 1524, applied it to a lamprey and states its use among the Galei. Wotton, 1552, used it for a mammal and also mentions ‘‘Galeus laevis vel Mustelus.”’ Belon, 1553, p. 67 gives the name to a number of sharks, on p. 75 to a lamprey, on p. 129 to a gadoid fish, and on p. 69-70 he describes and figures Mustelus spinax, a species now in the genus Squalus. Later authors show a similar diversity. Linné gave the name Mustela to the mammal in 1735, 1758, and 1766. Valmont’s 1768, Mustela vulgaris ‘‘du genre des morues,”’ 3, p. 178, was too late to hold. His ‘‘Mustelus, espece de chien de mer,” ‘‘C’est le galeus stellatus des Auteurs,” that is Squalus mustelus Linné. Under the name stellatus it appears as Galeus stellatus Duhamel, 1777-1782, with its ally Galeus laevis, 3, section 9, p. 300. If desirable to retain the name Mustelus for the Shark it should be on the authority of Valmont, 1768, rather than on that of Linck, 1790. a THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Gatrus.— ‘‘Cagnot bleu, Galeus glaucus” appears, with a description, on page 371 of the first volume of Valmont’s work. Adopting this name for the genus, the type is Squalus glaucus Linné, 1758. This anticipates the use of Galeus by Rafinesque, 1810, for the genus later named Pristiurus by Bona- parte, 1832, or that by Cuvier, 1817, for species which had no generic name properly their own before that by Gill, 1864, Eugaleus. CARCHARINUS.— Under this name, as a subgenus of Squalus Blainville, 1816, placed fourteen species. The first of these C. commersonit was known from a recognizable figure by Lacépéde, 1798, of Le Squale Requin, 1, pl. 8, f. 2, which, with part of the description, leaves no doubt of the generic characters of the young specimen figured. This figure served as the original of Blain- ville’s species C’. commersonit, as asserted by him on page 90 of the Faune Francaise, Poissons. CrstTRACION.— This genus is from Klein, 1776, as reprinted in the Schauplatz, 3, p. 524, with the type species Squalus zygaena Linné, 1758. Walbaum, 1792, Art. Gen. Pisc., p. 580, also gives the genus from Klein including the species Squalus zigaena and S. tiburo of Linné. CENTRACION.— This name was given to one of the Port Jackson Sharks by Gray, 1831, in the first number of his Zoological miscellany, p. 5. The entry is “Zebra Centracion. Centracion zebra n. s.”’; it is followed by the descrip- tion of a species accepted as valid by authorities generally. Heretofore it has been taken for granted that Centracion was a mistake or a misprint for Cestracion, the latter as applied by Cuvier, 1817, to the Port Jackson Shark. Cuvier did not, as usual, give a derivation of his generic name; and there is a possibility that Cestracion is an error, since neither xéo7pa, a hammer or pickaxe, nor KéoTpov, an instrument for engraving, is espe- cially pertinent. It may have been that Gray intended substituting Centracion for Cestracion, the latter having been used in the Schauplatz, 1776, and by Walbaum, 1792, from Klein, for the Hammer-Head Sharks. However this may have been, the question that concerns us is whether it is better to conjecture a reason for the existence of Centracion or to accept the fact, and use the word if available. The latter alternative is preferred. The word does not appear to have been preoccupied; it is sufficiently correct in form, is better in signification than Cestracion, and it is accom- panied by the description of a firmly established species. In all respects it compares favorably with any one of a number of generic names proposed by the author of Centracion. Cestracion was derived from Kéorpa and axis; INTRODUCTION. 5 Centracion derives from «évtpov and axis, or possibly kiwyv, and is better suited to the genus. An earlier name for the Port Jackson Sharks, Hetero- dontus, had been bestowed by Blainville, 1816, in disregard of the fact that Heterodon, identical in derivation, was applied by Latreille, 1802, to a genus of snakes. Blainville is followed by some authors, but, as his name is preoccupied in snakes, and as Cuvier’s name, Cestracion, had been ap- plied to a very different genus of sharks, Centracion becomes the earliest substitute as a generic name for the Port Jackson Sharks. It is not found that Gray made any explanations. He wrote Cestracion instead of Centra- cion in his synonymy when, in 1851, he adopted the name Heterodontus for the genus; having dropped the name Centracion explanations were unnecessary. The apparent displacement in the earlier literature of recent and fossil forms is not as great in the change to Centracion, as would appear in the use of Heterodontus, Tropidodus, or Gyropleurodus of later dates. AcCANTHIDIUM.— As published by Lowe, 1839, in Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 92, this genus contained two species, A. pusillum and A. calceus. The first was a species of Etmopterus Raf., 1810; its removal from Acanthidium left A. calceus the type and only known species of the genus. Datatias.— This is not recognized as a genus. Rafinesque, 1810, gave as a principal character no spiracles. Under the name he placed two species; one of which was possibly a species of Squalus, with spiracles and dorsal } spines; the other has not been identified from the description and the figure. It has a large first dorsal near the pectorals, a small second dorsal distant from the ventrals and is without spiracles. Bonaparte, 1846, suggested ‘ that Dalatias might have been the genus named by himself Scymnorhinus, and Gray, 1851, and others following him, adopted the suggestion; but Scymnorhinus licha Bonn. and Bonap., the species under consideration, has a small first dorsal behind the pectorals, a larger second dorsal, above the ventrals, and has spiracles, sufficient reasons to discredit the identity. Rurina.— Klein’s genus Rhina, 1742, Hist. pisc. miss., 3, p. 138, and 1776, Schau- platz, 2, p. 587, and of Walbaum, 1792, Art. Gen. Pisc., p. 580, had for its type Squalus squatina Linné, 1758. The name Squatina was used instead of Rhina by Valmont, 1768, but without mention of a type. Rutnopatus.— Klein’s Rhinobatus, 1742, Hist. pisc. miss., 3, p. 32, and 1776, of the Schauplatz, 2, p. 593, was drawn from Aristotle, Pliny and others by way of Columna, 1744, Phytob., p. 101, pl. 27 (‘PuvdBaros sive Squati- noraia, on the plate). The reference in the Schauplatz fixes the type as 6 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Raia rhinobatos Linné, 1758. Walbaum, 1792, gives the genus under the name Rhinobatus, refers to Klein, but does not name a type. Narcacion.— Torpedo in early literature was a Latin vernacular name for animals known to Aristotle as Népxyn. Pliny makes various mentions of the Torpedo as a cartilaginous fish, see Lib. IX, C. 24, ¢.42. Albertus Magnus, in the edition of 1495, Lib. 24, f. 245, speaks of the Torpedo and its proper- ties. Jovius, 1524, c. XXVIII, applies the name to the five-spotted species of the Mediterranean. Wotton, 1552, in the course of his article on Tor- pedoes, f. 145, remarks ‘‘Sunt qui duo torpedinis genera tradunt: marinum scilicet et fluviatile.”’ Belon, 1553, describes and figures two of the marine species. Salviani, 1554, f. 142, says ‘‘Omnes, qui de Torpedine loquuti sunt, eam marinam solum fecerunt, uno deopto Athenaeo, qui fluviatilem etiam, Nili scilicet accolam, eam esse asseverat.’”’ Rondelet, 1554, treats of the Mediterranean species and cites Athenaeus and Strabo as authorities for the existence of a Nile Torpedo. Gesner, 1558, figures several of the Torpedoes. Aldrovandi, 1613, Pisc., p. 415-423, discusses the Torpedoes and gives two plates to the maculosa and the nonmaculosa. Cuba, 1536, Hortus, Pisc., lib. 3, ce. 62, fol. 85, makes use of the name Narcos for the ————— ae Se lO Torpedoes. Klein, 1742, Hist. pisc. miss., 3, p. 31, gave the generic name Narcacion to the marine species of Artedi’s, 1738, ‘‘raia tota laevis,” ‘ from Rondelet, 1554. The Schauplatz, 1777, 4, p. 726, brings Klein’s Narcacion among the binomials by referring for its type to the Raia torpedo of Linné, 1758, as also Walbaum, 1792, Art. Gen. Pisc., p. 580, who has but one species, Raia torpedo, in the genus. The two species in Raia torpedo as it was left by Linné had been separated by Miiller, 1774, when he figured the five-spotted R. torpedo without directly crediting it to Linné. At the hands of Risso, 1810, the second species received a name, Torpedo marmorata. ‘The electric rays were separated, under Torpedo from the Raiae, the “‘eigentlyke Rochen,” by Houttuyn, 1764, without mention of ’ type species. Valmont, 1768, also applied Torpedo to the proper group without indicating a type. Forskael, 1775, was in error in describing the fish now known as Malapterurus electricus Linné, Lacépéde, as Raia torpedo but in an observation at the end of his description he remarks that it may be a new genus to which he indirectly applies the name Torpedo. Torpedo of Duméril, like that of Houttuyn had no type and, following Forskael’s Torpedo, has less reason for existence. Risso, 1810, apparently was the first to supply the type for the genus Torpedo under that name. It does INTRODUCTION. 7 not appear that anything would be gained in favor of a stable nomenclature either by adopting the genus from Risso or from the next in order, Blain- ville, 1816, who changes the name to Narcobatus. As Narcacion has been applied only to the electric rays and as it was the first generic name given to the genus with a type after 1758, it has been recognized in the present work. Dasyspatus.— Klein, 1742, Hist. pisc. miss., 3, p. 34, founded this genus and placed in it as the first species “‘Pastinaca marina, quae Dioscoridis; Fab. Columnae. Willughby Tab. D. f. 3.” This species is the ‘“‘ Pastinaca marina Dioscoridis Tab. 28 of Columna, 1592 and 1744 in the Phytobasanos, p. 105 of the reprint. Plate 28 also bears the names Tpvyoév Oaraccia Squatinoraia, whence T'rygon thalassia Miller and Henle, 1841, and of Ginther, 1870. In the Schauplatz der natur, 1775, 1, p. 992, Dasybatus of Klein reappears and its first species is ‘‘ Pastinaca Marina des Dioscori- dis, Fabii Columnae. Willughby, Tab. D. 5, fig. 3,” which figure is repro- duced from that of Columna. This species was unknown to Linné, or was confused with his Raia pastinaca, 1758. Walbaum, 1792, republishes the genus without naming the species; in 1793, Ichthyol. Enod., p. 35, the species is given as ‘‘Rava pastinaca L. S. N. 396” (1766) which included more than one species; he also cites plate 82 of Bloch, which represents Dasybatus pastinacus and not D. marinus. Instead of Dasybatus from Klein in the Schauplatz, and from Walbaum, some prefer to take Dasyatis from Rafinesque, 1810, for these sting rays, claiming that the earlier name was not regularly established. Dasyatis of Rafinesque was first published in his work “‘Caratteri di alcuni nuovi generi, etc., p. 16; it included but one species, Dasyatis ujo Raf. Ina later work, the Indice of the same year, he took his D. ujo and made a new genus of it, Uroxis, naming the type Uroxis ujus, Indice, p. 48. After this he founded the genus Dasyatis again on another type, Raia pastinaca Linné, 1758. In other words Rafin- esque took its only species out of the genus Dasyatis to make a new genus and afterward made another new genus under the old name with a new type species, Indice, p. 49. It is very evident he did not consider Urozis ujus to be congeneric with Dasyatis pastinaca Linné, Raf. Dasyatis ujo, actually the type of the genus Dasyatis, has never been recognized; no known species of Dasybatus agrees with its description; consequently it seems better to leave Dasyatis with its type, the only species, until it can be determined, On the other hand there is no doubt concerning Dasybatus 8 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. marinus of Klein, later named Trygon aspera by Cuvier, 1817, and here identified with Raia centroura of Mitchill, 1815, and T'rygon thalassia of Miiller and Henle, 1841, from Columna. The name Trygon was applied to this genus by Cuvier, 1817, from an unpublished work of Adanson, 1844 to 1845, Cours d’hist. nat., 2, p. 170. The genus Trygon of Cuvier, that is the genus Dasybatus, contained species that are types of several different genera. These having been removed, the genus, under the earlier name, Dasybatus, is found to contain subgenera to which various names have been applied. Rippell, 1828, in Atl. reise N. Afrika, p. 51, gave the name Pastinachus to a subdivision containing two species, T'rygon lymma (Raia lymma Forsk., 1776) and Trygon sephen (Raia sephen Forsk., 1776) characterized by a fin fold wholly or partly subtending the tail. Ruippell,. 1835, took the name Pastinachus, for a species wholly without fin folds, D. uarnak. As he could not by accepted usage make such a change, the name must be retained with at least one of the species originally included. Miller and Henle, 1837, took the species without traces of fin folds, D. uarnak, for their division Himantura, and, disregarding Rippell’s earliest arrangement, took one species of Pastinachus, P. lymma for the type of their genus Taeniura while the other, P. sephen, was placed as the type, and only species, of a new genus, Hypolophus. The latter is not generically distinct; its type remains in Dasybatus, the type of a subdivision under the name originally bestowed by Riippell, 1828. The recognized sections of Dasybatus are (1) Himanturus Miiller and Henle, 1837, without fin folds or keel on the tail, (2) Pastinachus Riipp., 1828, with a fin fold below the tail, equal Hemitrygon Miiller and Henle, 1838 and Hypolophus Miiller and Henle, 1837, (3) Dasybatus with a keel above the tail and a fin fold below, as in D. pastinacus, and (4) Amphotistius, the species of which have 7 a. fin folds on the tail both above and below, as in D. sabinus and D. kuhlit. My iospatis.— Cuvier, 1817, founded this genus on Raia aquila of Linné, 1758, a species not placed in Aétobatus by Blainville, 1816; thus the two genera ees cannot be synonymous. A®TOBATUS.— Blainville, 1816, listed eleven species. From these authors com- monly have chosen Raia narinari Euph., 1790, as the type. Restricted to A. narinari and its closest allies, there is no conflict with Myliobatis Cuv. Mosuta.— Rafinesque, 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 48, 61, founded this genus on Raia mobular Lacépéde, 1798, Poiss., 1, p. 151. The type is that named Raia : mobular by Bonnaterre, 1788, Ichth., p. 5, with references to Duhamel’s . Po CHISMOPNEA. 9 description and figure. It anticipated Dicerobatus Blainville, 1816. Cephalopterus Risso, 1810, had been preoccupied. Aodon of Lacépéde, 1798, was founded on toothless sharks Squalus massasa and S. kumal men- tioned by Forskael, 1775, and a toothless head described by Brunnich, 1768. The name is not appropriate; the species are unrecognizable, though there is a possibility that Squalus edentulus Brunn., renamed Aodon cornu by Lacépéde, may have been the head of a species of Mobula or of Manta. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS. CHONDROPTERYGIA. This class contains fish-like vertebrates with a skeleton that is more or less completely cartilaginous, with six to eight branchial arches, with fins having cartilaginous basal supports and fibrous extensions, with teeth not implanted in the jaws, with spiral folds in the intestine, and with internal fertilization of the eggs. There is no air bladder; the males have paired intromittent organs; and the embryos have deciduous external gills. Two orders may be separated as follows: — An erectile dorsal spine; vertebrae undifferentiated one external gill opening; teeth few, plate-like . : 5 Chismopnea No erectile dorsal spine; vertebrae more or less differentiated five or more gill openings; teeth numerous : : . Plagiostomia CHISMOPNEA. Body elongate, tapering to a point in the tail; erectile spine of the dorsal above the shoulders; pectorals free. Mouth inferior; upper jaws fused with the skull, lower directly articulated to it; four upper and two lower teeth. Hemispheres of the brain distant from the optic lobes. Eggs incased in a fibrous horny shell; embryo hatched after extrusion of the egg. Male with a frontal tenaculum, with ventral tenacula and with claspers. For a systematic account of this order see Garman, 1911, Memoirs M. C. Z., 40, p. 79-102. The three families recognized may be distinguished thus: — Notochord with narrow rings snout not produced, short ‘ ; : : ; : Chimaeridae snout produced in a long pointed rostrum Rhinochimaeridae Notochord without narrow rings snout produced in a leaf-like appendage . : . Callorhynchidae 10 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. PLAGIOSTOMIA. The Plagiostomes, Sharks, Skates, and Rays, are distinguished from the Chismopnea by the presence of from five to seven external gill openings and the absence of an erectile dorsal spine, and, in the males, by the lack of a frontal tenaculum and of subventral tenacula. The Plagiostomia are divided into two suborders: — Body subfusiform; pectorals not attached to the head gill openings at the side of the body : ' : Antacea (page 10) Body discoid; pectorals attached to the head gill openings below the disk . ; é : . Platosomia (page 257) ANTACEA. Body fusiform to subcylindrical. Pectoral fins free from the head, with short basal articulations and comparatively few radials; shoulder girdle not directly or firmly attached to the vertebral column. Dorsal fins one or two, without or with a fixed spine in front. Anal fin present or absent. Nostrils separated from the mouth or connected with it by grooves. Eyes lateral, without or with a nictitating membrane or fold. Spiracles present or absent. Mouth inferior or anterior; teeth numerous. Five to seven gill openings, in front of the pectorals or above them. Hemispheres of the brain not distant from | the optic lobes. Name from “Avra & axis, SYNOPSIS OF GROUPS OF FAMILIES. Body subcylindrical one dorsal, without a fixed spine; an anal fin; caudal axis low gill openings six to seven; no nictitating membrane spiracles present : : : : Hexanchoider (page 11) two dorsals, without spine; an anal fin gill openings five; caudal axis low spiracles present; no nictitating membrane Carcharoidet (page 11) gill openings five; caudal deep, axis raised spiracles present, rarely absent; no nictitating membrane nasoral grooves none ; : : Tsuroidei (page 12) two dorsals (except on Pentanchus), without spine; an anal S21 doe 9s re CARCHAROIDEI, 11 gill openings five; caudal axis little raised; no nictitating membrane spiracles present; nasoral grooves present or absent Catuloidei (page 12) two dorsals, without spine; an anal; caudal axis slightly raised gill openings five; a nictitating membrane spiracles present : nasoral grooves absent (except on Scylliogaleus) Carcharhinoidei (page 12) two dorsals, with fixed spine; an anal; no nictitating membrane gill openings five; teeth raptorial and molarial spiracles present; nasoral grooves present . Centracoidei (page 13) two dorsals, with or without a fixed spine; no anal fin gill openings five to six; no nictitating membrane spiracles present; teeth raptorial to sectorial; no nasoral grooves Squaloidet (page 13) Body and head depressed; mouth anterior; teeth raptorial two dorsals, on the tail, without a fixed spine; no anal gill openings five; pectorals produced, but free from the head Rhinoider (page 13) SYNOPSIS OF FAMILIES. HEXANCHOIDEI. One small spineless dorsal fin; an anal fin; caudal long, axis low; 6 to 7 gill openings six gill openings, anterior covers crossing the throat teeth with three long sharp cusps; mouth anterior Chlamydoselachidae (page 13) six to seven gill openings, covers not crossing the throat teeth compressed, blade-like, notched on the edges; mouth inferior Hexeptranchidae (page 15) CARCHAROIDEI. Two spineless dorsals; a large anal; five gill openings; no nictitating membrane snout pointed, short to very long; caudal large, axis low; spiracles present teeth with a long slender cusp and a two-rooted base Carcharidae (page 23) 12 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. ISUROIDEI. snout conical; spiracles present; caudal very long, axis rather low teeth triangular, compressed; no nictitating membrane; no caudal keels Vulpeculidae (page 30) snout subconical; spiracles absent or minute; tail with keels and pits caudal axis much raised, lower lobe produced; mouth inferior Tsuridae (page 31) snout broad; spiracles small; tail and body with lateral folds or keels caudal axis much raised, lobe produced; teeth many, minute Rhincodontidae (page 41) CATULOIDEI. snout depressed; body short; tail without keels and pits; spiracles present caudal long, axis little raised, lower lobe not produced nasoral grooves and nasal cirri present; anal small Orectolobidae (page 43) caudal short, axis not raised, lower lobe not produced; nasal cirri absent or present nasoral grooves absent or rudimentary . Catulidae (page 68) snout broad, depressed; body long; first dorsal in advance of ventrals; spiracles present caudal short, axis little raised, lower lobe not produced; mouth very large nasoral grooves absent; teeth many, minute, 3-5 cusped Pseudotriakidae (page 103) CARCHARINOIDEI. Two spineless dorsals, first above the body; an anal; 5 gill openings; tail with pits and a produced subcaudal lobe : snout depressed; spiracle absent or present; no nasoral grooves; a nictitat- ing membrane teeth compressed, triangular, one series in function head not expanded across the orbital region Carcharinidae (page 106) head much expanded across the orbital region Cestracionidae (page 155) ee ee ee i te CHLAMYDOSELACHIDAE. 13 ; . snout depressed; spiracle present or absent; a nictitating fold teeth in bands or pavements, more than one series in function Galeorhinidae (page 162) ; CENTRACOIDEI. ;. Two dorsals each with a fixed spine; an anal: spiracles; nasoral grooves snout short; mouth narrow, lobed and folded; caudal short, axis raised teeth raptorial in front, molarial backward Centraciontidae (page 180) SQUALOIDEI. _ Two dorsals each with a spine; no anal; spiracles; no nasoral grooves ; snout moderate to long; mouth protrusible, with a deep groove at each angle teeth compressed, sectorial to cuspidate . . Squalidae (page 188) _ Two spineless dorsals; no anal; no nictitating fold; spiracles present snout short; tail without pits or keels; mouth inferior, with grooves and folds teeth raptorial on upper jaw, sectorial on lower | Scymnorhinidae (page 233) snout short, broad; dorsals small, behind the body; caudal axis raised teeth sectorial on both jaws; no nasoral grooves; Echinorhinidae (page 242) -___ snout greatly produced, with sharp teeth on its edges and with barbels . teeth on the jaws small, a number of series in function; 5-6 gill openings Pristiophoridae (page 244) RHINOIDEI. Two dorsals, without spines; no anal; head and body depressed snout very short; pectorals expanded, free from the head; dorsals on the tail mouth wide, anterior; spiracles present; tail keeled at each side Rhinidae (page 248) CHLAMYDOSELACHIDAE. = Body elongate, slender. Head broad, depressed. Eyes lateral, without a ni ¢ itating membrane. Nostrils distinct from the mouth. Mouth anterior, without labial folds; teeth with broad, backward-extended bases and slender ‘cusps. Spiracles small. One dorsal, not preceded by a.spine. An anal fin. ii 14 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. No pits at the root of the caudal. Margin of first gill cover free across the isth- mus. Intestine with a spiral valve. Pterygoquadrate not articulated to postorbital process of the skull, hyomandibular elongate. CHLAMYDOSELACHUS. Chlamydoselachus GARMAN, 1884, Bull. Essex inst., 16, p. 52. Six gill openings, margin of first free across the isthmus. Mouth very wide, longer than the skull, without labial folds. Teeth raptorial, similar in the two jaws, each with a broad base and three slender, curved, subconical cusps, with or without rudimentary cusps at their bases; no median teeth in the upper series; a median series on the symphysis below. Eyes lateral, elongate. Fins broad, caudal without a notch. C. lawleyi Davis occurs in the Pliocene of Tuscany. CHLAMYDOSELACHUS ANGUINEUS. Plate 59, fig. 4-5 (egg, embr.), fig. 6 (br. skel.); Plate 61, fig. 7-8 (embr.). Chlamydoselachus anguineus GARMAN, 1884, Jan. 17, Bull. Essex inst., 16, p. 47, fig. 5, 1884, Feb. 1, Science, 3, p. 116; 1884, Mar. 21, ibid., p. 345; 1884, Nov. 28, ibid., 4, p. 484; 1885, July, Bull. M.C. Z., 12, p. 1, pl. 1-20; 1885, Proc. Amer. assoc. adv. sci., 20, p. 536; 1887, Mar. 18, Science, 9, p. 267; 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 82, pl. 15; 1899, Mem. M. C. Z., 24, p. 41-44, pl. 70. Didymodus anguineus Corn, 1884, Mar. 7, Science, 3, p. 275; 1884, April, Amer. nat., 18, p. 413; 1884, Proc. Amer. philos. soc., 21, p. 412; 1884, May 30, Science, 3, p. 645 (changes of name); 1884, Proc. Amer. philos. soc., 21, p. 572. Chlamydoselache anguinea GiintTHER, 1887, Challenger rept. Zool., 22, p. 2, pl. 64, 65; Dan, 1895, Fishes, living and fossil. Body long, slender, subcylindrical, compressed behind the vent, which is behind the middle of the total length. Head broad, wider than high, slightly convex. Snout broadly rounded, hardly extending beyond the jaws. Nostrils lateral, behind the forward end of the mouth. Eye rather large, elongate, about midway from eye to end of snout, near a vertical from the mid length of the mouth. Spiracle very small, distance behind the eye about equal to distance from eye to end of snout. Mouth very large, extending as far backward as the skull; upper and lower jaws of equal length. No labial folds. Teeth small, similar in both jaws, several of each row in function; each tooth with three long, slender, curved, backward directed cusps. A small cusp at the base of the middle cusp is not always present. Bases of teeth broad, each with two prongs reaching backward beneath the base of the next tooth in the row. Upper jaw with fourteen rows on each side, no medianrow. A median row on the symphysis of the lower jaws with thirteen rows on each side of it. Pterygoquadrate at- tached to the skull in front of the postorbital process, between the eyes. Gill | : HEXEPTRANCHIDAE. 15 openings six, very wide, oblique, in front of the pectorals; those of the two sides narrowly separated on the isthmus, which is crossed by the free margins of the first gill cover. Pectorals moderate, broad, rounded. Dorsal small, base opposite and shorter than that of anal. Anal larger than ventrals, tip reaching origin of caudal. Caudal long, pointed, armed on upper edge by modified scales, sub- caudal deep anteriorly, narrowing backward, not separated by a notch from the tip. Uniform brown. Details of anatomy are given by Garman, 1885, with numerous figures, and by Giinther, 1887. The type was taken in Japan, where the species is hardly to be considered rare. Collett, 1890, reports the occurrence of the species at Funchal, Madeiras, and, 1897, from Varanger Fjord, Norway. Females with eggs were taken by Mr. Alan Owston from depths of 360 fathoms in the Sagami Sea, Japan. HEXEPTRANCHIDAE. Body elongate, head depressed, caudal long. Eyes lateral, without a nicti- tating membrane. Nostrils near the end of the snout, not connected with the mouth. Mouth large, inferior, with a labial fold on the lower jaw at the angle. Teeth more or less comb-like, compressed, with slender bases and varying num- bers of pointed cusps. Spiracles present, small. One dorsal, not preceded by a spine, behind the ventrals. An anal fin. Gill openings six to seven, in front of the pectorals, margins of covers not free across the isthmus. A spiral valve in the intestine. Many species of several genera are known from the Creta- ceous and the Tertiary. | Six gill apertures pterygoquadrate loosely articulated behind the postorbital process; hyo- mandibular moderate, elongate head broad; snout broad . : : . Hexanchus (page 16) Seven gill apertures pterygoquadrate loosely articulated to postorbital process; hyomandibular stout head broad; snout broad . : é : Notorhynchus (page 18) pterygoquadrate firmly articulated to the postorbital process; hyomandi- bular slender head tapering; snout narrow . ; ‘ Heptranchias (page 21) 16 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. HEXANCHUS. Hexanchus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 14. Six gill openings; margin of first gill cover not free across the isthmus, Mouth wide, shorter than the skull, with a rudimentary labial fold on the lower jaw at the angles. Teeth dissimilar, anterior of upper jaw raptorial, lower teeth sectorial, compressed in cusps and bases. Eyes lateral. Spiracles minute. Fins moderate, a notch near the tip of the caudal. Mediterranean; Atlantic; Eastern Pacific. Median tooth of lower jaw with or without a medial cusp seven cusps, or more on lateral teeth of lower jaw inner edge of primary cusp without serrations griseus (page 16) Median tooth of lower jaw with a small medial cusp six cusps on lateral teeth of lower jaw inner edge of primary cusp with fine serrations corinus (page 17) HEXANCHUS GRISEUS. Vacca Sciuua, 1759, De corp. mar. lap., pl. 1, 27, 28. Le griset BroussonET, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 663. Squalus griseus BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 9; Guerin, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1495; ScHNEmER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 129; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 37. Le squale griset LACkPEDE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 269. Squalus vacca Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 138. Hexanchus griseus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 14; 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 47; Mutter & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 80; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 515; Dummrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 431, pl. 4, fig. 9-12; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 339; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 19; 1900, ibid., Atlas, pl. 2, fig. 8; Reaan, 1905, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 16, p. 571 (part). Monopterinus griseus BLAINV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 77. Notidanus griseus Cuvier, 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 128; Aaass., 1835, Rech. poiss. foss., pl. E, fig. 2-4; 1838, ibid., Texte, p. 92; 1848, ibid., 3, p. 216; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, fig.—; Coucu, 1846, Zool., p. 1337; 1865, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 21, pl. 4; Bocacr & CapE.yo, 1866, Plagios., p. 15; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 397. Notidanus vacca Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 128. Notidanus monge Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 129. Body moderately elongate, cavity little more than half, head near one fifth, and tail one third, or more, of the total length. Head large, broad, depressed; snout short, blunt. Nostrils small, near the end of the snout. Eye as long as the snout. Spiracle small, far behind the eye. Six wide gill openings in front of the pectoral. Mouth large, a groove behind its angle reaching half way to the gill aperture, with a labial fold mainly on the lower jaw at the angle. No median tooth on the upper jaws; anterior teeth slender, sharp, without or with basal cusps; anterior two or three of lateral teeth larger with a single cusp at the outer side of the primary, posterior lateral teeth with two or more outer HEXANCHUS CORINUS. 17 cusps, hindmost teeth small, with cusps much reduced. Lower jaws with a median tooth which is without or with a median cusp. Agassiz and Duméril have no median cusp in their figures, while Bonaparte and Moreau both figure it as present; in the specimen at hand there is no median lower tooth. First lateral teeth of the lower jaw with seven cusps; primary cusp little longer, _ without serrations on its inner edge; other cusps and teeth decreasing in size _ regularly, and cusps increasing in number, one or more, backward. | Dorsal moderate, origin above ends of bases of ventrals, hinder angle acute. _ Anal smaller, origin below middle of base of dorsal, middle of base below end of _ that of dorsal, fin acute-angled behind, base about one length distant from origin of subcaudal. Caudal long, one third or more of the total, with modified scales along its upper edge; subcaudal deep anteriorly, separated from the tip by a q notch. Pectorals large, as broad as long, subtruncate. Ventrals rather longer _ than the dorsal, three times as long as broad, hind margin very oblique, outer angle rounded. Uniform dark brownish. Described from a 33 inch specimen, taken at Nice, France, which exhibits no traces of symphyseal teeth on the lower jaws. Regan, 1905, identifies this 4 species from Japan, which appears to be correct; he also identifies H. corinus _ from California as the same species, which is not quite so satisfactory. HEXANCHUS CORINUS. _ Hexanchus corinus Jorpan & GiBeERt, 1880, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, 352; 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat, mus., p. 62; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 18. _ Notidanus vulgaris Perez, 1886, Estud., p. 8; Puiiipp1, 1887, Ann. Univ. Chile, 71, p. 22, pl. 41, f. 1. Head large, broad, depressed; snout short, blunt. Nostrils near the end of the snout. A groove at the angle of the mouth reaching halfway to the giil opening. Eyes large, two thirds the length of the snout. Spiracles small, far behind the eyes. Six gill openings. No median tooth in the upper jaw, anterior ‘ teeth slender, sharp, without basal cusps; the anterior of the lateral teeth is ; larger, has a single cusp at the outer side of its base and is without denticles on 4 its inner edge; backward the number of denticles on the outer side of the base 3 and on the inner edge increase, thus approaching the forms of the teeth of the lower series. Median tooth of lower jaw small, with a median cusp and three cusps at each side the inner of which is the larger; the first of the lateral teeth like the second to the fifth has six cusps, the inner of which is largest and finely ‘serrated and the others decrease gradually in size outward; sixth and seventh of these teeth somewhat smaller. 18 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Dorsal small, little higher than the anal, above the middle of which it termi- nates. Ventrals small extending behind the origin of the dorsal. Tail long, twice as long as the head, little less than one third of the total, scales on the upper edge of the caudal fin somewhat enlarged. Uniform dark brown to black, greyish below. Young specimens brown. Type described, forty-three inches long, from Neah Bay; young from Soquel, Bay of Monterey. NOTORYNCHUS. Notorynchus AyRxEs, 1855, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., 1, p. 73; 1873, p. 77 (reprint). Resembling Hexanchus, but with seven gill openings. Head broad, de- pressed, snout broad. Mouth wide, broadly curved in front, with a labial fold from the angle on the lower jaw, and with a deep groove behind the angle. Teeth dissimilar, anterior of the upper raptorial; lower teeth sectorial, com- pressed in cusps and bases, 6 broad laterals on a lower jaw. Nostrils anterior. Eyes lateral. Spiracle small. Dorsal small, behind the ventrals. Pterygo- quadrate loosely articulated to the posterior and lower side of the postorbital process; hyomandibular stout. Species, NV. primigenius and N. serratissimus, apparently of this genus were described by Agassiz from the Eocene of England. No median tooth in the upper series a median cusp on median lower tooth present or absent primary cusp of lower lateral teeth little the larger, denticles of inner edge weak or absent . 4 . : . platycephalus (page 18) A median tooth in the upper series no median cusp on the median lower tooth primary cusp of lateral lower teeth little larger, denticulate on the inner edge . : ; : : ; ; pectorosus (page 20) NOTORYNCHUS PLATYCEPHALUS. Squalus platycephalus TENoRE, 1809, Mem. Acad. Pont., 1, p. 241, 258. Notidanus sp. Cuvier, 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 390. Notidanus indicus AGassiz, 1835, Rech. poiss. foss., pl. E, f. 1, Feuilleton, p. 71; 1838, ibid., Texte, p. 92; 1843, ibid., p. 217; Gtnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 378 (part). Heptanchus indicus MiLueR & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 82, pl. 32 (teeth); ScuLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 303; Doumirtt, 1865, Elasm., p. 434. Heptanchus platycephalus Costa, 1854, Chondr., Squal., p. 12, pl. 14, f. 1, 2, 4-6. Notorynchus maculatus AyrEs, 1855, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., 1, p. 72; 1873, p. 76 (reprint). Heptanchus maculatus GrrarD, 1858, Rept. Pacif. R. R., Fish, p. 367. NOTORYNCHUS PLATYCEPHALUS. 19 Heptranchias maculatus Git, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p.404; Jorpan & Gitpert, 1880, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 353; 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 62. Notorhynchus maculatus GiLu, 1862, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 495; 1864, ibid., p. 150; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 17; 1900, ibid., Atlas, pl. 2, f. 7. Notorhynchus borealis Git, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 150. Notidanus platycephalus Gintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 398. Form moderately elongate, depressed anteriorly, compressed backward, much resembling that of Hexanchus griseus; body cavity less than half the total in a specimen two feet in length. Head more than five times in the total, broad, depressed, slightly convex on the crown; snout broad, blunt. Eyes medium, half as long as the snout, lateral. Nostrils anterior, near the end of the snout. Spiracles small, far behind the eye. Mouth large, more than twice as wide as long, broadly arched in front. Teeth compressed in cusps and bases; no median tooth in the upper series; at each side of the symphysis there is a pair of small teeth with indistinct basal denticles; at the outer side of these on the six lateral teeth the primary cusp becomes more oblique and the denticles at its base increase in size and number which causes them to resemble more and more the lateral teeth of the lower jaw, though there is more difference in size between the primary cusp and the two to five at its outer side; a median tooth on the lower jaw, more often without a median cusp, is followed by six large laterals on which there are from three to six cusps beside the primary cusp, which latter, as in the upper teeth, is denticulate or serrate on its inner edge; at the angle of the mouth behind the pectinate teeth there are from six to eight rows of small elongate low-crowned teeth remotely resembling those of species of Hybodus or Acrodus. A distinct lower labial fold at the angle of the mouth. As this fold contains the labial cartilages it is evident that the edge of the groove behind the angle is a different structure. The upper extremity of the labial fold encloses a blind sac of considerable size extending toward the eye. Gill openings seven, large, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals large, nearly as broad as long, hind margin concave. Dorsal small, hardly as large as the ventrals, originating above or little forward of the ends of the ventral bases, hind angles acute. Anal smaller than the dorsal, origin little forward of the end of the latter’s base; anal base one and one third times its length forward of the origin of the caudal. Caudal fin very long, on young nearly two and one half times in the total length, subcaudal slightly produced in an angle anteriorly, narrow and separated from the tip by a notch posteriorly; tip pointed; upper edge, in young stages, armed with modified scales. 20 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Back brownish, with scattered small spots and dots of darker; lower sur-— faces light to whitish. Mediterranean Sea; Indian Ocean; Eastern North Pacific. NoTORYNCHUS PECTOROSUS. Heptranchus indicus Macponatp & Barron, 1868, Proc. Zool. soe. Lond., p. 371, pl. 33 (non AGAssiz). Notidanus indicus Hutton, 1872, Cat., p. 79; 1889, Trans. N. Z. inst., p. 276; Oaripy, 1888, Cat., p. 6. Notidanus (Heptanchus) indicus McCoy, 1880, Zool. Vict., 5, pl. 43, f. 2. Heptranchias pectorosus GARMAN, 1884, Bull. Essex inst., 16, p. 56; Separate, p. 13. Notidanus ferox PEREZ, 1886, Estud., p. 7; Puixipri, 1887, Ann. Univ. Chile, 71, p. 24, pl. 6, f. 2. Heptanchus indicus Oa1LBy, 1889, Proc. Linn. soc. N. 8. W., ser. 2, 4, p. 179. Heptranchias haswelli Oa1LBy, 1902, Proc. Linn. soc. N. 8. W., ser. 2, 22, p. 62. Notorhynchus indicus WattE, 1904, Synopsis, p. 5. Compared with N. platycephalus this species is rather more robust; the body appears to be longer and the caudal shorter; the outlines of the head are more regular as seen from above, the snout is more broadly rounded, isless produced between and is less indented at the nostrils. Body elongate, moder- ately stout, subfusiform, depressed anteriorly and compressed backward; the cavity is nearly half the total length in young, more in adult. Head broad, short, blunt. Eye moderate, length about half the distance from the end of the snout. Spiracle very small, on a vertical a trifle nearer to the first gill opening than to the eye. Mouth large, a thin labial fold extending on the lower jaw less than half way from the angle to the symphysis. Teeth compressed, bases quadrate, cusps narrow; a median tooth in the upper jaw, first lateral tooth with indistinct denticles at the base of the primary cusp, second and third laterals with weak denticles on the inner side and stronger horizontally directed ones on the outer, and the following three or four of the laterals have one or more small cusps on each side of the base of the primary cusp. Lower teeth larger; median tooth small, with four or five denticles at each side; laterals large, denticulate on the inner side of the base of the primary cusp which is hardly larger than the three to five, or more, cusps at its outer side, decreasing in size backward. Several rows of small teeth behind the sixth laterals. Gill openings seven, in front of the pectorals, widely separated across the chest. Pectorals nearly as broad as long, posterior margin slightly indented. Dorsal small, origin above the ends of the bases of the ventrals, base reach- ing little behind a vertical from the origin of the anal. Anal smaller than the dorsal, origin below the hinder portion of the base of the latter. Caudal shorter than that of N. platycephalus; subcaudal with a low angle or lobe anteriorly, : ¥ £ ‘ ss HEPTRANCHIAS PERLO. 21 separated from the tip by a decided notch. In young the upper edge of the caudal is protected by three series of enlarged, thickened, and broadened scales. Scales small with a sharp median keel and point, at each side of which there is a smaller shorter one. Brown with small spots of darker. Patagonia; New Zealand; Australia. HEPTRANCHIAS. Heptranchias RaFINnEsQuE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 13. Body elongate subfusiform, compressed; head tapering forward; snout narrow, produced. Mouth large, cleft long and wide, narrow in front; angle with a rudimentary labial fold, and a deep groove toward the gill opening. Teeth dissimilar, compressed, laterals each with a large primary cusp denticulate on its inner edge and with four or more smaller cusps, increasing in number backward, behind it; a small symphyseal tooth on the lower jaw. Eye large, lateral. Spiracle small, far behind and above the eye. Dorsal small, behind the ventrals. Caudal long. Pterygoquadrate closely articulated to the short postorbital process, against the skull; hyomandibular slender, attached to the skull at a lower level than in either Hexanchus or Notorynchus. One living species known. Mediterranean; Atlantic; Japan. HEPTRANCHIAS PERLO. Plate 66, fig. 1 (heart); Plate 58, fig. 1 (intestine). Le perlon Broussone&tT, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 668. Squalus perlo BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 10. Squalus cinereus GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1497; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 133; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 24. 'Heptranchias cinereus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 13; GruL, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 494 (name). Monopterinus cinereus BLAINV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 80. Notidanus cinereus Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 390; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci; Guntu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 398. Heptanchus cinereus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 81, pl. 35, f.3; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 432; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 339, f. 57. Heptrancus angio Costa, 1854, Chondr., Squal., p. 5, pl. 13, 14, f. 3. Heptranchias deani Jorp. & Starks, 1901, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 2, 2, p. 348; Jorn. & Fow.er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 595. Body elongate, slightly compressed; head short, near one fifth of the total length, narrowed forward, little flattened on the crown; snout narrow, produced. 22 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Nostrils small, at the edge of the snout, nearer to the tip than to the mouth. Eyes large, about two thirds as long as the snout, lateral. Spiracle small, on a vertical midway between eye and gill opening. Mouth large, nearly as long as wide, subangular in front, nearly straight on the sides; labial fold rudimentary, on the upper jaw, in the angle; a deep groove from the angle half way to the gill opening. Gill openings seven, wide, close together, in front of the pectoral. Teeth compressed in cusps and bases; upper without a median tooth, about nine (9-10) laterals each with a slender, fang-like, curved, hooked cusp, without or with one or two denticles or serrations on the inner edge of its base, and, posteriorly at least, with one or two denticles on the outer; a few very small teeth behind these laterals (above and below); lower median tooth with a strong cusp at each side of which stands one or a pair of smaller ones; at each side of the median there are five large compressed, quadratic, pectiniform, lateral teeth all of which are denticulate on the inner edge of the primary cusp and bear four to seven (3-9) much shorter cusps on the outer side of the primary, the number increasing backward. Upper jaw (pterygoquadrate) articulated closely and rather firmly to the short postorbital process, against the side of the skull; hyomandibular weaker, more slender, and articulated to the side of the skull at a lower level than in either Hexanchus or Notorynchus. Pectorals nearly as broad as long, hind margins concave, angles rounded, bases closely bound with the muscles of the side. Dorsal small, origin near a vertical from the ends of the bases of the ventrals, hind angle produced, hind margin concave. Anal base about as long as that of the dorsal, origin little forward of that of dorsal base, fin narrow, outer edge very oblique, hind angle produced, length of base more than half the distance from the caudal. Caudal long, less than one third of the total length, tip broadened outward; subcaudal produced in an angle anteriorly, narrow and separated from the tip by a notch posteriorly. Ventrals rather narrow, outer margins very oblique. Scales minute, median keel strong ending in a sharp point, a short less developed keel at each side of the median. In a young one of ten inches the snout is more depressed and has a deep indentation in front of each nostril; the pectorals are more truncate, the hind angles of the fins less produced, the lower angle of the subcaudal less prominent, and the upper edge of the caudal is armed by three series of large modified scales. The back of this specimen is brown to the middle of the flank, thence the lower surfaces are whitish; the pectorals are dark brown to the wide margin of white across the ends; ventrals and anal are white; dorsal white in forward half and at base to the posterior angle, a large spot of black.on upper half; a band of ' a CARCHARIAS. 23 brownish along the base of the subcaudal, lower margin broadly edged with white; caudal tipped by a large spot of black in front of which is a transverse band of white. Larger specimens brown on the back shading to white on the lower surfaces. The specimens at hand, from the Mediterranean Sea and from Japan, belong to the species known to the French by the vernacular name “ Perlon,” first described by Broussonet, 1780, afterward given the name ‘Squalus perlo” by Bonnaterre, 1788, a year earlier than the designation Squalus cinereus by Gmelin, 1789. A closely allied species of this genus, very abundant in the formations of “the Upper Cretaceous, is that described by Agassiz, 1835, from the English Chalk under the name Notidanus microdon, Poissons Fossiles, 3, pl. 27, f. 1. CARCHARIDAE. Body elongate, subfusiform, compressed. Head depressed, tapering. Tail long, compressed, without lateral folds, vertebral axis of caudal nearly horizontal. Nostrils transverse. Mouth large, greatly arched, with labial folds on the lower jaws. Eyes small, without nictitating folds. Spiracles small. Gill openings wide. Teeth subulate, slender, with two rooted bases. Snout short, mouth somewhat protractile dorsals, ventrals and anal subequal caudal pit present above subcaudal lobe produced . : : . Carcharias (page 23) Snout much produced, mouth greatly protractile dorsals smaller than ventrals and anal caudal pit indistinct subcaudal lobe not produced . . Scapanorhynchus (page 28) CARCHARIAS. Carcharias RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 10. Triglochis Miter & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 113; Wiegm. arch., p. 396. Odontaspis AGAssIzZ, 1838, Rech. poiss. foss., Texte, p. 87; 1843, ibid., 3, p. 287, 306; Mttier & HENLE, loc. cit., p. 114; 1841, Plagios., p. 73. Eugomphodus Gi, 1861, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 60 extra. Body fusiform; head depressed, tapering; snout short. Nostrils transverse. Eyes without nictitating folds. Mouth large, arched forward. Teeth with awl-shaped lanceolate cusp and two-rooted base, with or without denticles at each side of the cusp. Spiracles small, behind the eyes. Gill openings wide, in 24 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. front of the pectorals. Dorsal behind the middle of the trunk, above the space between the pectorals and the ventrals. Second dorsal and anal rather large. Tail compressed, without lateral folds, with a pit at the root of the caudal. Caudals elongate; subcaudal followed by a shallow notch, lobe moderately produced. Numerous fossil species known from the teeth have been described from — ~ the Eocene and later. Teeth without denticles : : : : owstont (page 24) Teeth with one denticle at each side dorsal in front of the ventrals, first upper tooth smaller than second rows of teeth #5 ‘ ; ; : . taurus (page 25)” dorsal partly above the ventrals, first upper tooth equal second rows of teeth 2-34 , F : ; . _ tricuspidatus (page 26) Teeth with two denticles at each side rows of teeth 7 : ; ' é ; . . ferox (page 27) CARCHARIAS OWSTONI, Sp. nov. Body fusiform, robust; head depressed; snout medium, rather pointed, broader than deep. Nostrils transverse, nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout, anterior valve with a short rounded prominence on its inner half. Mouth large, length nearly two thirds of the width, outline broadly rounded in front; lower labial fold nearly one third of the length of the jaw, upper.rudi- mentary, a mere gash hidden by the lip. Teeth much smaller than those of C. taurus on individuals equal in total length: in C. taurus the third tooth of the lower jaw of a thirty-eight inch specimen measures a little more than half an inch; in C. owstoni this tooth is a little less than three eighths of aninch. Teeth lanceolate slender, two-rooted; first upper tooth little smaller than the second from the middle, fourth upper very small and followed by a vacant space; first lower small; bases without denticles at the sides of the cusps. Eye small, diameter of orbit one third of the preoral length of the snout. Spiracle small, three lengths of the orbit behind the eye, above the angle of the mouth. Gill openings wide, hindmost in front of the pectorals, width equal length of snout from the mouth. Front edge of pectoral broadly curved, nearly twice the length of the hinder edge, inner angle much rounded. Hind margins of all fins concave. Dorsal origin behind the ends of the-pectorals, extremity of fin reaching a vertical from the ventrals, little larger than second dorsal, ventrals or anal, which are subequal and somewhat less in size than the pectorals. Ventrals below the CARCHARIAS TAURUS. 25 space between the dorsals, end reaching little below the second dorsal. Second - dorsal like the first in shape, little shorter, base equal three fourths of its distance from that of the first dorsal, anterior two thirds in front of that of the anal. Anal like the second dorsal, base half its length from the caudal. Depth of caudal two fifths of its length, upper margin curved, vertebral axis little raised, a length nearly one third of the total length. Outlines, proportions and markings resembling those of C. taurus, front edges of fins more curved, teeth smaller and without the basal denticle, and caudal rather more deep. Caudal peduncle compressed, without lateral keels. Total length 38, snout to abdominal pores 19, snout to first dorsal 14, snout to fifth gill opening 84, snout to mouth 2, and length of caudal 12 inches. Greyish or ashy brown, irregularly spotted with rusty brown; lighter on the lower surfaces; borders of fins blackish. Japan. Alan Owston. CARCHARIAS TAURUS. Plate 6, fig. 1-3; Plate 41 (brain); Plate 51, fig. 7 (intestine). Carcharias taurus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 10, pl. 14, f. 1; Ind., p. 45. Squalus americanus Mritcu., 1815, N. Y. lit. & philos. trans., 1, p. 483 (non GMELIN, 1789). Squalus littoralis Mircu., 1818, Amer. mo. mag., 2, p. 328; LesuEur, 1818, Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 1, p. 224. Squalus macrodous Mircu., 1818, Amer. mo. mag., 2, p. 328. Triglochis taurus Miuupr, & Henuie, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 114; Wiegm. arch., p. 386; CANESTRINI, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 44. Odontaspis taurus Miter & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., p. 73; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 417; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 291; Dop»mrier, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 58. Carcharias littoralis Dr Kay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 351; Srorer, 1846, Mem. Amer. acad., new ser., 2, p. 503. Carcharias griseus AyREs, 1843, Bost. journ. nat. hist., 4, p. 288, pl. 12, f. 4; Srormr, 1867, Mass. ' fishes, p. 241, pl. 36, f. 1. Odontaspis americanus ABBOTT, 1861, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 400; Dum&rit, 1865, Elasm., p. 419; Ginta., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 392 (part). Eugomphodus griseus Giuu, 1861, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 60 extra. Eugomphodus littoralis Gru, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci., Phil., p. 260. Carcharias americanus JORDAN & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 27. Odontaspis littoralis Jonpan & GILBERT, 1883, ibid., p. 874. - Carcharias (Eugomphodus) littoralis Jorv. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 46. 7k Fe el thd eee ae Te ey | pee et ee le A on Pog ae 8 Body robust; head depressed; snout short, tapering, blunted on the end. Nostrils transverse, anterior valve with a somewhat produced lobe near the inner edge. Mouth large, length nearly equal width, arched in the forward portion; lower labial fold nearly one third of the length of the jaw, upper fold rudimentary, hidden. Teeth slender, lanceolate, crooked, in sae LOWS; bases two rooted, with a denticle at each side of the cusp; first upper tooth smaller than the second, fourth small; first lower small. | Eye small, length of 26 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. orbit about one third of the preoral length, or of the distance from the spiracle, or two fifths of the distance from the nostrils, front edge behind the front of the lower jaws half the length of the orbit. Spiracle small, behind the eyes above the angle of the mouth. Gill openings wide, in front of the pectorals, width of — hindmost four fifths of the length of the snout. Pectorals subtriangular, front margins slightly convex. Dorsals, ventrals and anal about equal in size. Origin of first dorsal above the extremity of the pectoral, base equal the height or three fourths of the distance from the second dorsal, end of fin reaching a vertical from the ventrals, hind margin slightly concave. Ventrals below the space between the dorsals, ends reaching little behind the origin of the second dorsal. Second dorsal as large as first, base equal distance from the caudal. Origin of anal, below middle of second dorsal base, length of base nearly twice its distance from the caudal. Depth of caudal less than half the length, which latter is less than one third of the total length; subcaudal lobe produced, rounded on the extremity. Caudal peduncle strong, compressed, with a pit at the root of the caudal, without lateral keels. Total length 38, snout to abdominal pores 20, snout to dorsal 15, snout to fifth gill opening 82, snout to mouth 2, and length of caudal 11 inches. Ashy gray, lighter below, spotted and blotched with rusty brown. Specimen described and figured from Buzzard’s Bay, Massachusetts. Atlantic and Mediterranean. CARCHARIAS TRICUSPIDATUS. Odontaspis americanus GUNTHER, 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 392 (part). Carcharias tricuspidatus Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 713, pl. 186, f-1. Odontaspis tricuspidatus Day, 1888, Ind. fishes, Suppl., p. 810. This species is accepted on the authority of Day and Giinther. It is evident from the description by the latter of his species Odontaspis americanus that it pertains to a distinct form, in which the first tooth of the upper jaw is not smaller than the second and in which the first dorsal is very close to the ventrals. Additional items from Day give his C. tricuspidatus a rather broadly rounded snout, place the origins of the ventrals below the hindmost third of the base of the first dorsal and the origin of the anal below the end of the first fourth of the second dorsal, make dorsals, ventrals, and anal about equal in size, give the pectoral a very sharp outer angle. locate the gill openings entirely above the level of the pectorals, put the eyes near one length. of the orbit behind the for- ward ends of the lower jaws, and make the number of rows of teeth a As CARCHARIAS FEROX. 27 in C. taurus the long teeth are provided with a small cusp at each side of the base. Day’s specimen was 12 feet 3 inches in length; he says the species attains a length of 20 feet. The localities given are the coasts of Kurrachee and Baluchistan; a speci- men from South Australia is mentioned. Giinther mentions others from the Cape seas, and from Tasmania, which are probably of the same species. CARCHARIAS FEROX. Squalus ferox Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 38. Galeorhinus ferox BuaInv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; 1830, Poiss, Fr., p. 87, pl. 21, f. 2. Carcharias ferox Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 122. Odontaspis ferox AGAss., 1835, Rech. poiss. foss., pl. G,f.1; 1838, ibid., Texte, p.87; Mi.ier & HEeNue, 1841, Plagios., p. 74, 191; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 53, f. 2; Duméri, 1865, Elasm., p. 418; Guntu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 293; Grerv. & Bout., 1877, Poiss. Fr., 3, p. 186, pl. 71; DopERuetn, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 56; Morrau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 293; Prrueta, 1881, Pesci Adriatico, p. 54. Triglochis feror MtituER & HENLE, 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p. 88; Bonaparte, 1839, Mém. Soe. sci. Neuch., 2, p. 9; CANESTRINI, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 43. Body elongate fusiform; head depressed; snout short, blunted. Nostrils near the mouth; anterior valve, small, triangular. Eye small, above the mid length of the mouth. Mouth large, labial folds on the lower jaw, as in C. taurus. Teeth with a strong lanceolate cusp at the base of which on each side there are two denticles, in ?3 rows; anterior tooth of each upper jaw small, second and third large, fourth to seventh small, eighth and following large but gradually diminishing in size toward the angles of the mouth; anterior tooth of each lower jaw small, second larger, third largest and followed by similar teeth gradu- ally reduced in size to the small compressed chisel-shaped teeth at the angles. Spiracles small. Gull openings large, width about equal length of snout, hind- most in front of the pectoral. Pectorals moderate, longer than broad, hind margin nearly straight. Dorsal origin above the inner angle of the pectoral about the middle of the trunk, excluding the caudal fin, extremity reaching little behind a vertical from the origin of the ventrals, size greater than that of the second dorsal. Origin of second dorsal behind the ends of the ventrals. Anal smaller than second dorsal and origin nearly below the middle of the latter’s base. Caudal less than a third of the total length; subcaudal followed by a shallow notch, lobe somewhat produced. Back and sides ashy brown; lower surfaces lighter. Mediterranean and Atlantic. 28 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. ScAPANORHYNCHUS. Rhinognathus Davis, 1887, Trans. Roy. Dub. soc., ser. 2, 3, p. 480. Scapanorhynchus WoopwarD, 1889, Cat. foss. fishes Brit. mus., 1, p. 351. Mitsukurina JoRDAN, 1898, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 3, 1, p. 200. Body long, slender; snout elongate, with a much produced rostrum. Mouth large, protrusive, inferior, with labial folds. Teeth subulate, with two rooted bases. Eyes without nictitating folds. Spiracles present. Gill open- ings five, wide. First dorsal above the space between pectorals and ventrals. Tail long, without lateral folds or caudal pits. Caudal fin long. 7 This genus dates from the Cretaceous; at present it contains a single known living and four or five fossil species. It is most closely allied to Carcharias as founded by Rafinesque, with which most of the fossil species have at some time been identified, under the name Odontaspis. SCAPANORHYNCHUS OWSTONI. Plate 40 (brain); Plate 51, fig. 1-6 (general anatomy); Plate 56, fig. 2 (heart). Mitsukurina owstoni JorDAN, 1898, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 3, 1, p. 200, pl. 11-12; Jorn. & Fow.mr, 1903, Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 26, p. 621, pl. 26, 27; Bran, 1905, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 28, p. 815, fig. Scapanorhynchus owstoni Woopwarb, 1899, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 3, p. 487; Howzs, 1902, Proc. Brit. assoc. adv. sci., p. 626; Dean, 1903, Science, 23, p. 630; VarLLant, 1904, Comp. rend. Acad. sci. Paris, 188, p. 1517; Reaan, 1906, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 744; Dortu., 1906, Ostas., p. 256, fig.; Hussaxor, 1909, Bull. Amer. mus., 26, p. 257, fig. Scapanorhynchus jordani Hussaxor, 1909, loc. cit., p. 257, pl. 44. Body elongate, slender, compressed; head depressed, length to the fifth gill opening nearly one third of the total length; snout very long, pointed, broader than deep, longer than the skull behind it; rostral cartilage simple anteriorly, deeper than wide, posteriorly in three branches, two upper and one lower, as in Carcharias. Nostrils small, oblique, near mouth and eye, anterior valve with a rudimentary lobe above the internal partition of the sac. Eyes small, not as wide as the nostril, pupils vertically elliptical, diameter of orbit two thirds of its distance from the nostril or half the distance from the spiracle. Mouth large, protrusible, somewhat extensible; a labial fold on the lower jaw only, hardly one fourth of its length. Teeth with slender awl-shaped cusps and « 48-52 : : broader two-rooted bases, in 75-g rows; those in nine or ten rows at the angles of the mouth very small, irregular and without the long cusp; lateral teeth with a denticle on the base at each side of the cusp, anterior teeth larger, without the denticle; anterior tooth of lower series much smaller than the next one to it. A larger space between the third and the fourth teeth of the upper jaw near the ! | SCARANORHYNCHUS OWSTONI. 29 _ symphysis is curved upward and is without or with teeth that are much smaller than those at either side of it. Spiracle small, less than half the diameter of the eye, behind the orbit, sometimes absent on one side, perhaps on both sides. Gill openings wide, at least three times the width of the orbit, hindmost above the pectoral. All fins rounded on their extremities, longer than wide, and covered by shagreen. Pectorals medium, reaching below the middle of the base of the dorsal. Dorsal origin behind the base of the pectoral, above the hinder half of the fin extremity; end reaching a vertical from the ventrals; fin smaller than the pectoral, rather narrow, in height less than the length of the base. Ventrals larger than the pectorals, equal to the anal, below the space between the dorsals, reaching a vertical from the second dorsal. Second dorsal little longer than the first, base little shorter, end reaching beyond the middle of the anal base; base equal two sevenths of the interdorsal space or two fifths of the distance from the caudal. Anal large, base subtending two fifths of that of the second dorsal, as long as the bases of the ventrals, ending close to the subcaudal. Caudal nearly one third of the total length, deep anteriorly, without a produced sub- caudal lobe, subcaudal followed by a shallow notch at the edge of the terminal; vertebral axis of fin very slightly raised. Lateral line distinct, pores small, line nearly straight behind the aural region, descending little on the side of the muscular portion of the tail, resembling that of Carcharias taurus. Claspers slender, pointed, reaching one and one-half inches behind the origin of the anal, slit for about six inches, that is from the base of the ventral to within an inch of the end of the organs. Total length of an adult male 104, snout to abdominal pores 53, snout to first dorsal 36, snout to fifth gill opening 28, snout to skull 103, length of caudal 34 inches. Greyish brown, lighter and rust-colored on lower surfaces, darker toward the margins of the fins. Plate 51 contains a view of a longitudinal section of the skull, a drawing of the branchial cartilages from above and from below, another of the heart and arterial branches, and a section of the spiral intestine as compared with that of Carcharias taurus, and on Plate 56, figure 2 shows the arrangement of the valves in the bulbus. Sagami Sea, Japan. Specimens, large and small, from Mr. Alan Owston. 30 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. VULPECULIDAE. Body fusiform; head short, rounded; tail very long. Mouth arched, with labial folds. Eyes without a nictitating membrane or fold. Spiracles present. | Gill openings five, moderate. Pectorals large; first dorsal above the space between the pectorals and the ventrals. A pit at the root of the caudal; verte- bral axis raised in the tail; no lateral keels on the caudal peduncle. VULPECULA. Vulpecula VaLMont, 1768, Dict. hist. nat., 3, p. 740. Alopias RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 12. Alopecias Mittter & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 114, Wiegm. arch., p. 397. Trunk slightly compressed. Snout subconical, short, blunt. Nostrils transverse. Mouth crescent-shaped. Teeth compressed, triangular, with two- rooted bases and without serrations. Eyes large, pupil vertical. Spiracles small, behind the eyes. Gill openings moderate, hindmost above the pectorals. Pectorals subfalciform. First dorsal large; second dorsal and anal small. Caudal peduncle compressed; fin very long, half or more of the total length; subcaudal lobe produced. Miocene species are assigned to this genus. VULPECULA MARINA. Plate 7, fig. 1-3; Plate 42, (brain). Simia Brion, 1553, Aquat., p. 65. Vulpecula Sauviant, 1554, Aquat., f. 134, pl. 42; Dunamen, 1777, Traité, 3, sect. 9, p. 302, pl. 21. Vulpes RoNDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 387; 1558, Hist. poiss., p. 303. Vulpe marina GEsNER, 1558, Aquat., p. 1248; Vatmnt., 1720, Amph. zoot., 2, p. 82, pl. 65. Vulpecula marina AupRov., 1613, Pisc. & Cet., p. 396; Jonst., 1649, Pisc., p. 27, pl. 7, f. 3; WHLt., 1686, Pisc., p. 54, pl. B6; Vatmont, 1768, Dict. hist. nat., 3, p. 740. Le Renard marin PerR., 1699, Mém. Acad. sci., 3, pl. 15, 16; Broussonrer, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 664. Squalus No. 8, Arrept, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 96, Gen., p. 68. Sea Fox Boruask, 1758, Nat. hist. Cornwall, p. 265; Brooks, 1763, Nat. hist., 3, Fishes, p. 31; PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 86, fig.; Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 37, pl. 7. Long-tailed Shark, PENNANT, 1776, Zool., 3, p. 97, pl. 14. Squalus vulpinus BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 9, pl. 85, f. 349. Squalus vulpes GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1496; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 127; Turron, 1807, Fauna, p. 102; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 36; Mrrcu., 1815, N. Y. lit. & philos. trans., 1, p. 482. Le Squale Renard Lachprpf, 1798, Poiss., 1, p. 267. . Alopias macrourus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 12; 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 45. Squalus (Carcharinus) vulpes Buatnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 94, pl. 14, foals Carcharias vulpes Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 126; Russo, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 120; DeKay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 348, pl. 61, f. 199; GurcHENoT, 1850, Expl. Alg., p. 124; Gay, 1854, Hist. Chile, 2, p. 363; Storer, 1867, Mass. fishes, p. 245, pl. 36, f. 3. Fox Shark, YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 379. Alopecias vulpes Miituer & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 114; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 393; 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 486. ISURIDAE, 31 Alopias vulpes Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci; Miter & Henwe, 1841, Plagios., p. 74, pl. 35, f. 1 (teeth); Kroyur, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 929, 937; Dumfrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 421; BocacE & CapELLo, 1866, Plagios., p. 14; DopERLEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 52; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 287; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 27; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 300, pl. 157; 1888, Ind. fishes, Suppl., p. 810; Garman, 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 80, pl. 12-13; Jorp. & EvErm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 45; 1900, ibid., Atlas, pl. 6, fig. 20. Squalus alopecias Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 7. Trunk robust, less than half of the total length, little deeper than wide from the nape to the dorsal. Head short, less than one seventh of the total, forehead steep. Snout broader than deep, bluntly rounded at the end. Nostrils small, transverse, nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout, nearly midway from the eyes; anterior valve with a short lobe near the inner edge. Mouth medium, semicircular; outer labial fold half as long as the mouth, inner half as long as the outer. Teeth small, with a sharp smooth-edged cusp and a broader base, in 37 rows, in a specimen of four feet four inches in length, the third tooth, from the median if present, on the upper jaws little smaller. Eye large, diameter nearly half the length of the snout. Spiracle minute, behind the eye one diameter of the orbit. Gill openings moderate, hindmost two of each side close together at their lower angles and above the pectorals. Front margin of pectorals about one and two thirds times the length of both inner margin and base. Dorsal large, in height equal its entire length, origin above the inner angle of the pectoral, not reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Second dorsal and anal equal, small, origin of latter about one length of its base behind the base of the former. Fins all concave on the hind border. Caudal peduncle strong, deeper than wide; fin more than half of the total length, with a strong subeaudal lobe and with a shallow notch separating the subcaudal from the terminal fin. Total length 52, snout to abdominal pores 18, snout to caudal 214, snout to fifth gill opening 7, snout to mouth 13, and caudal fin 303 inches. Dark plumbeous brown on back and flanks to the level of the spiracle where there is a rather abrupt change to the white of the lower surfaces; lower sides of pectorals and a space below the gill openings dark. Specimen described and figured from Massachusetts Bay. ISURIDAE. Body fusiform; head subconical; caudal peduncle depressed, with lateral folds and caudal pits; vertebral axis of caudal much raised backward from the horizontal. Nostrils oblique, near the mouth but not confluent with it. Mouth large, crescent-shaped, with labial folds. Eyes without nictitating folds. 32 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Spiracle small. Gill openings wide, in front of the pectorals. First dorsal large. Pectorals falciform. Second dorsal and anal small. Many species of fossil forms belonging to this family have been described from the chalk and later formations. Gills without strainers teeth large, triangular, edges serrated without denticles at the base . ; j Carcharodon (page 32) teeth subulate, smooth-edged J - with or without denticles at the base. : . Isurus (page 34) Gills with strainers teeth small, numerous, conical ~ . : : . Cetorhinus (page 39) CARCHARODON. Carcharodon MiuueR & HENLE, 1838, Charlesworth’s Mag., 2, p. 37; 1841, Plag., 70. Trunk fusiform, massive anteriorly; head conical; caudal peduncle strong, depressed, with lateral keels and with caudal pits. Snout produced. Hye medium, pupil erect; no nictitating folds. Mouth large, crescentic. Teeth large, compressed, serrate, triangular, broader in the upper jaw, on which the third tooth on each side is small. Spiracles small, behind the eye, sometimes absent. Gill openings wide, in front of the pectorals. Pectorals large, falci- form. First dorsal large, above the space in front of the ventrals. Second dorsal and anal small. Caudal with vertebral axis much raised backward and with a much produced subcaudal lobe. Numerous fossil species, Eocene and later, of this genus have been identified by the teeth. Very large teeth have been secured from great depths in recent dredging operations. Fossils from the Eocene, Miocene, and Pliocene have been identified with species now living. CARCHARODON CARCHARIAS. Plate 5, fig. 5-9. Lamia RonpbEteEt, 1554, Pisc., p. 390; 1558, Hist. poiss., p. 305; Gusnmr, 1558, Aquat., p. 204. Canis carcharias ALDROV., 1613, Pisce. & Cet., p. 383. Squalus No. 14, ArTept, 1738, Ichthyologia, Gen., p. 70, Syn., p. 98. Squalus carcharias Linn, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 235; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 400; Gmetin, 1789, Linné Syst., p. 1498 (part). White Shark, Brooxss, 1763, Nat. hist., 3, Fishes, p. 28; Pennant, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 82; 1776, ibid., p. 93. : Carcharodon verus AGASS., 1838, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, p. 91; 1836, ibid., pl. F, f. 3; Mitier & HENLE, 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p. 37. ; CARCHARODON CARCHARIAS. 33 : 4 Carcharodon smithii BonarartE, 1839, Mem. Soc. sci. Neuch., 2, p. 9 extra. Carcharodon lamia Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 52. _ Carcharodon rondeletii Miuter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios. p. 70; Dumfrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 411; Bocaag & CapPELLoO, 1866, Plagios., p. 13; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 392; DoprR etn, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 66; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 30; Ogilby, 1888, Cat. p.2; GinrueEr, 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, 485. Carcharias atwoodi Stor=ER, 1848, Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 3, p. 72; 1867, Mass. fishes, p. 246, pl. 36, 1. : Carcharodon capensis A. Situ, 1849, Afr. Pisces, pl. 4. Carcharodon carcharias JornpAN & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 875; SreveNson, 1884, Trans. Vassar Bros. inst., 2, p. 83, pl. 1, 2; Jorp. & Evrerm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 50; 1905, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 23, p. 44. Head little more than one fourth, body cavity more than one half, and caudal less than one fifth of the total length. Snout subconical, little wider than deep at the nostrils, blunted at the end. Nostrils small, far apart, nearer to the mouth and the eye than to the end of the snout, with a very small projection on the anterior valve. Eye above the front of the mouth, pupil erect. Mouth wide, with labial folds. Teeth large, triangular, serrated, in 7? rows; upper broader, third tooth on each side smaller, Pl. 5, fig. 6; lower narrower and with edges more concave in the cusp. Spiracle minute, behind the eye in front of midway to the gill opening. Gill openings very wide, space between first and second four times as wide as that between fourth and fifth, hindmost in front of the pectoral. Pectorals falciform, front margin nearly twice the length of base and inner edge. First dorsal moderate, entirely in front of the middle of the total length, origin behind the bases of the pectorals, little longer than high. ~ Second dorsal very small, base entirely forward of that of the anal. Anal small, similar to second dorsal, origin behind a vertical from the base of that fin. Ventrals rather small, below the middle of the interdorsal space. Caudal peduncle broader than deep, a pit above and a less developed one below. Caudal fins broad, supracaudal raised and longer than the subcaudal, subcaudal lobe ~ much produced making the depth of the caudal greater than its length. Scales small, tricarinate. Total length 863, snout to caudal pit 693, snout to ventrals 47, snout to _ first dorsal 32, snout to fifth gill opening 233, snout to first gill opening 17, snout to mouth or to eye 43, and length of caudal 164 inches. Specimen taken in Massachusetts Bay. Said to reach a length of forty feet or more. Back slaty brown, shading to white on the sides and beneath. A black spot in the axil of the pectoral is followed by white on body and fin. Fins _ darkening backward, except ventrals, which are olive on the front portions and ~ elsewhere white. Seas of the temperate and the torrid zones. Pan | ee Te & 34 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. IsuRUS. Tsurus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 12. Lamna Cvv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 126. Lamna and Oxyrhina Mtuier & HeN1e, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 1141. Isuropsis, Isurus, and Lamna Giu1, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 398. Snout produced, pointed. Teeth awl-shaped, with two-rooted base and with or without denticles on the base. Spiracles behind the eye, sometimes absent. Gill openings wide, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals large, subfaleci- form. First dorsal large. Caudal with a much produced lower lobe. With two subgenera, Isurus and Lamna. Many Cretaceous and Tertiary species. Teeth with denticles at each side of the base in adults’. Lamna (page 34) dorsal origin above the ends of the pectorals second dorsal above the anal : ; ; nasus (page 34) Teeth without denticles . h : ; ‘ : ; Isurus (page 36) dorsal origin above the pectorals second dorsal above the anal teeth small ; : oan! ; . punctatus (page 36) second dorsal in front of the anal teeth medium . : ; : ; 4 . tigris (page 36) dorsal origin near a vertical from end of pectoral base second dorsal origin in front of that of anal . oxyrhynchus (page 37) dorsal origin near a vertical from the ends of pectorals . second dorsal nearly in front of the anal teeth large, in about #3rows . . . glaucus (page 38) dorsal origin behind the pectoral about one length second dorsal in front of the anal teeth in 3§ rows ‘either side” . . . gtintheri (page 39) ’ ISURUS NASUS. Porbeagle Boruase&, 1758, Nat. hist. Cornwall, p. 265, pl. 26, f.4; Pmnnant, 1769, Zool., 3, p.92; 1776, Zool., 3, p. 117; GoopENovGH, 1797, Trans. Linn. soc., 3, p. 80, pl. 15; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 384; Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 41, pl. 8. Squalus glaucus GUNNER, 1770, Norsk. vid. selsk. skr., 4, p. 1 (non Linné); Ascanrus, 1777, Icon., pl. 31. Beaumaris Shark, PENNANT, 1776, Brit. zool., 3, p. 104, pl. 17. Haaebrand Ascantivs, 1777, Icon., pl. 31. Le Nez BroussoneEt, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 667. Touille boeuf, Taupe de Mér, DuHAMEL, 1782, Traité, 4, p. 298, pl. 20, f. 4 (lacks anal fin). Squalus nasus BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 10, pl. 85, f. 350; WatBaum, 1792, Artedi, p. 517. Squalus cornubicus GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1497; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 182; Turton, 1807, Fauna, p. 113; Donovan, 1807, Br. fish., 5, pl. 108; Nery, 1811, Mem. Wern. soc., 1, p. 549; Jenyns, 1835, Man., p. 500; Wricut, Fries, & Exstr6m, 1836, Skand. fisk., p. 135, pl. 30. ISURUS NASUS. 35 Squalus pennanti WaiBavm, 1792, Artedi, p. 517. Le Squale long-nez LactrmpE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 216, pl. 2, f. 3. Squalus monensis SHaw, 1804, Zool., 5, pt. 2, p. 350; Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 127. Squalus selanonus Leacu, 1814, Mem. Wern. soc., 2, p. 64, pl. 2, f. 2. Carcharinus cornubicus Buatnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Lamna cornubica Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 127; Fiemine, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 1€8; ParNett, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 413; Miiier & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 67; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci; Aaass., 1843, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, p. 287, pl. G, f. 3; Scu~EGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 304; THompson, 1856, Nat. hist. Ireland, 4, p. 251; Kr6yrr, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 852; Niusson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., 4, p.718; Dumférit, 1865, Elasm., p.405; Bocacr & CapEtto, 1866, Plagios., p. 12; Gtnruer, 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 389; Gurv. & Boun., 1876, Poiss. Fr., 3, p. 180, pl. 168; Moreau, 1881, Poiss, France, 1, p. 296; DoprRiern, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 60; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 297, pl. 156; JeNsmN, 1907, Dan. fiske, p. 296, pl. 27, f. 2. Selanonius walkeri FLEMING, 1828, Brit anim., p. 169. Squalus (Carcharinus) lamia BuaAtn., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 88. Squalus (Carcharinus) cornubicus BuAiN., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 96, pl. 14, f. 2. Tsurus cornubicus Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 58. Body subfusiform, more massive anteriorly, slender, depressed, and with a prominent keel at each side in the caudal peduncle, from the second dorsal backward. Snout conical, longer thanthe mouth. Eye large, above the middle of the mouth. Nostrils small, in the hindmost third of the snout. Mouth large, much arched in front. Teeth with broad two-rooted base and slender lanceolate cusp at the base of each side of which in the larger specimens there is a sharp denticle, in 38 rows, third upper tooth at each side of the symphysis much smaller. Outlines of the teeth as seen from the sides less waved than those of J. punctatus and other species; the teeth are more compressed and the edges are sharper. Spiracles minute, nearly midway from the eye to the gill opening, or absent. Gill openings large, width rather more than the length of the snout. Pectorals subfalciform, pointed, outer margin about four times the length of the inner. Origin of the first dorsal above the ends of the bases of the pectorals, length of base about equal to height of fin, upper angle sharp, end far from the origins of _ the ventrals, basal length nearly two fifths of the distance from the second dorsal. Ventrals midway between the dorsals. Second dorsal very small, above the anal, which latter it nearly equals in size. Vertebral axis of the caudal much - raised from the horizontal; a notch behind the subcaudal fin; subcaudal lobe “much produced; lateral keels prominent. Specimens are said to reach a length of more than ten feet. : Greyish brown above; white below; young with white edges on some of the - fins. F} a J ensen, 1907, publishes a fair representation of this species and of its denti- tion. Reported from the British Isles, the Mediterranean, the Western Atlantic, d from Japan. 36 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. ISURUS PUNCTATUS. Plate 6, fig. 4-6; Plate 56, fig. 5, (heart); Plate 58, fig. 3, (intestine); Plate 62, 68, (skeleton). Lamna punctata StorER, 1839, Report fishes, p. 185, pl. 3, f. 2; Boston journ. nat. hist., 2, p. 584; 1846, Mem. Amer. acad., new ser., 2, p. 504; 1867, Mass. fishes, p. 249, pl. 37, f. 1 (non syn.). Oxyrhina dekayi G11, 1861, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phila., p. 60 extra. Tsuropsis glaucus Git, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci., Phil., p. 260. Oxyrhina punctata DuméRiL, 1865, Elasm., p. 409. Lamna cornubica JorpAN & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U. 8. nat. mus., p. 30. Tsurus punctatus GARMAN, 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 79, pl. 1. Form similar to that of 7. nasus. Body subfusiform, massive in the anterior half, depressed and with lateral keels in the caudal peduncle. Head slightly flattened on the crown, snout long, pointed, conical. Nostrils small, far apart, near the mouth and the eyes. Eye large, orbit round, pupil erect; no nictitating membrane. Mouth large, crescentic; upper labial fold less than half as long as the jaw, lower much the shorter. Teeth rather small, in 32 rows, with slender sharp-edged cusp and broad two-rooted base, without denticles at the sides, lower teeth more erect. Spiracles minute, above the angle of the mouth. Width of gill openings less than length of snout. Pectorals subfalciform, width not. more than half the length, angles rounded, outer extremity reaching beyond the base of the dorsal. Dorsal in front of the mid length, origin slightly behind the base of the pectoral, greatest length little more than the height, upper angle rounded. Second dorsal very small, above the anal. Anal little larger than second dorsal and origin very little farther forward. Ventrals below the middle of the space between the dorsals, caudal about one fifth of the total length, vertebral axis much raised backward. Spiral intestine with about 38 turns. Dark bluish brown on back and sides, abruptly changing to white on the lower surfaces; dorsals, pectorals, and caudal tipped with black. In the axil on the base of the pectoral there is a black area, followed on the fin and the body ~ by a white space as in Carcharodon carcharias. A large spot of black below the outer half of the pectoral. Abundant off the eastern coast of the United States. ISURUS TIGRIS. Lamna punctata DpKay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 352, pl. 63, f. 206 (non L. punctata StorER, 1839). Isuropsis dekayi Gti, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 409 (non Oxyrhina dekayi Grux, 1861); Pony, 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 446. Carcharias tigris Arwoop, 1869, Proc. Boston soe. nat. hist., 12, p. 268. Tsurus glaucus JORDAN & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 28. Tsurus dekayi JonDAN & GILBERT, ibid., p. 874; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 48; _ 1900, ibid., Atlas, pl. 6, f. 21. ISURUS OXYRHYNCHUS. 37 Head to the fifth gill opening nearly one fourth of the total length; body _ moderately robust; snout subconical, elongate, sharp. Teeth smaller than those of J. oxyrhynchus, similarly without basal denticles, with a sharp slender curved cusp, and with the third tooth at each side of the middle of the mouth on t the upper jaws much smaller than the second or the fourth. Pectorals sub- faleiform, outer portion rather narrow, front margin about twice as long as the base and the inner margin together, inner angle rounded. First dorsal a short distance behind the pectorals, front margin straighter and upper angle sharper than in J. glaucus. Second dorsal little in advance of the anal and nearly its equal in size. Ventrals about midway from the bases of the pectorals to the caudal, nearer to the dorsal than to the anal. Extremities of the caudal sharp, front margin of the subcaudal lobe about two thirds of the length of that of the supracaudal. Attains a length of more than ten feet. Bluish to ashy brown; white on the lower surfaces, color sharply defined on the level of the caudal keels. A This species is distinguished from J. punctatus by a sharper snout, narrower and longer pectorals, narrower dorsal and caudal, and by the positions of the dorsals. A higher more erect and sharper dorsal, placed farther back, and narrower and more pointed pectorals separate it from J. glaucus. The backward insertion of the dorsal, and smaller teeth, and the forward position of the second dorsal as compared with the anal prevent confusion with J. oryrhynchus. Non- acquisition of denticles on the teeth of adults and the rearward insertion of the first dorsal limit its affinities with J. nasus. Gulf of Mexico to New York; West Indies. IsURUS OXYRHYNCHUS. Cane di mare di Messina SPALLANZANI, 17938, Viagg. alle due Sicil., 4, p. 325. _ Tsurus oxyrinchus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Carratteri, p. 12, pl. 13, f. 1; Jorpan & GiLBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 29; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 48. Tsurus spallanzani RAFINESQUE, 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 45, 60; Jorpan & GiLBErT, 1883, Bull. 16, U. *. nat. mus., p. 874. Lamna oxyrhina Owen, 1840, Odont., p. 28, pl. 3, f. 1, pl. 5, f. 1. Oxyrhina gomphodon, MiitueR & Henwe,1841, Plagios., p. 68, pl. 28; Bocace & CaPE.to, 1866, Plagios., p. 13. Oxyrhina spallanzanii Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 53; AGass., 1843, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, p. 276, pl. G, f. 2; Duma, 1865, Elasm., p. 408; Dopertet, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 62, synon. part; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 298. Lamna spallanzanii Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 390 (excl. synon). Outlines similar to those of J. nasus or I. punctatus; body apparently a _ trifle more slender than in either. Snout long, pointed, subconical, slightly angular in a cross section. Crown depressed in a low arch transversely. Nos- 38 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. trils much nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout. Eye little in- advance of the mid length of the mouth. Mouth large, length equal to preoral distance, angles midway from end of snout to pectorals. Teeth large, in re rows; cusp lanceolate, strong, curved, with sharp edges, without basal denticles; base two-rooted, rather swollen; third tooth of the upper jaws much smaller than the second or the fourth. Eye comparatively small. Spiracles minute, above and somewhat behind the angle of the mouth. Width of gill openings nearly equal to preoral length of snout. Pectorals large, falciform, base and inner edge together equal to about half of outer edge, outer angle sharp, hind margin deeply concave. Origin of dorsal nearly above the end of the pectoral base; dorsal base nearly one third of the interdorsal space, and about equal to the distance from the origins of the ventrals. Second dorsal and anal subequal, origin of anal a short distance behind that of the second dorsal. Caudal large, lunate, subcaudal lobe greatly developed, blunted. Bluish grey to brown; white beneath. Mediterranean and Atlantic. ISURUS GLAUCUS. Oxyrhina glauca Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 69, pl. 29; ScHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 302; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 409. Tsuropsis glaucus Gru, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 398, 409 (name); Jorp. & Fow mr, 1903, Proce. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 623. Lamna glauca Giinth., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 391; 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 484. Lamna spallanzanii Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 722, pl. 186, f. 2. ; Head nearly one fourth of the total length; crown depressed in a low arch transversely; snout longer than the mouth, subconical. Nostrils small, width two fifths of the length of the orbit, nearer to the eye than to the end of the snout. Length of mouth equal its width; sides straight to the broadly arched anterior portion; labial folds nearly half the length of each jaw, at the inner edge of the lips. Teeth long slender, unequal, in 3 rows, sharp-edged, outlines sinuate, without denticles at the sides of the base. Spiracles minute, above the angle of the mouth. Outer edge of pectoral about four times as long as the inner, angles rounded, hind margin slightly concave. Origin of the first dorsal near a vertical from the inner extremity of the pectoral, front margin strongly curved; base about half its length farther back than that of the pectoral, length little greater than the height of the fin, more than one third of its distance from the second dorsal; hind angle rather short but sharp; greater part of hind margin vertical. Second dorsal very small, base almost entirely in front of that of the anal. Anal pectorals 16 inches. CETORHINUS MAXIMUS. 39 little, if any, larger than second dorsal. Ventrals below the middle of the space between the dorsals. The width of the gill openings of the specimen described equals the length of the snout; the hindmost opening is in front of the pectoral. The teeth are larger than in a specimen of I. punctatus of the same length. Back dark bluish or blackish brown, the dark color being distinctly limited on the level of the caudal carinae from the white of the lower surfaces. Idzu Sea, Japan. Alan Owston. IsURUS GUNTHERI. Lamna giinthert Murray, 1884, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 18, p. 349; Day, 1888, Ind. fishes, Suppl., p. 810. Snout much produced, triangular. Nostrils nearer to the eye than to the end of the snout. Teeth “3% on either side” (Day), with smooth sharp edges, without basal cusps. Anterior teeth of the lower jaw largest; third tooth at each side of the symphysis on the upper jaws smaller than the rest. First dorsal nearer to the pectorals than to the ventrals, a little farther behind the base of the former than in J. spallanzanii, that is, about its own length behind the bases of the pectorals. Anal about its own length behind the second dorsal. This species differs in the large numbers of rows of teeth from the other known Isuri. Type, from Kurrachee, India, 86 inches in total length, caudal 18, and CETORHINUS. Celorhinus BLAINv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Selache Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 129. Polyprosopus Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 67. Body elongate, subfusiform. Snout produced, subconical. Nostrils near the mouth. No nictitating folds. Mouth large. Teeth conical, small, numer- ous. Spiracles small, behind the eye. Gill openings five, very wide, hindmost in front of the pectorals. Gills with strainers. Pectorals and first dorsal large, latter above the space between pectorals and ventrals; second dorsal and anal small. Tail with a keel at each side and with caudal pits. Caudal large, vertebral axis raised, subcaudal lobe much produced. One living species known. Fossil forms have been described from the Chalk and later. CETORHINUS MAXIMUS. Squalus maximus GUNNER, 1765, Trond}. sels. selskr., 3, p. 33, tab. 2; Linn#, 1766, Syst., 1, p. 400; Gunner, 1770, Norsk. vid. selsk. skr., 4, p. 14, tab. 3; BoNNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 10; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 134; Buarnvittx, 1810, Jour. de phys., p. 1 extra; Mrren., 1815, N. Y. lit. & philos, trans., 1, p. 486; FLemine, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 164, 40 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. 7 Basking shark PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 78; 1776, ibid., 3, p. 101, pl. 13; Home, 1810, Philos. trans. p. 206; Low, 1813, Fauna Orcad., p. 173; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 396; Coucn, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 60, pl. 14. 4 Le tres-grand Brovussonet, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 669; Dausenton, 1787, Encycl. meth., 3, p. 96; LAckPDE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 209. 4 Squalus pelegrinus Buatnv., 1810, Journ. de phys. p. 18, pl. 2, f. 2; Ann. mus., 18, p. 88, pl. 6. Cetorhinus gunneri BLAINv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Cetorhinus homianus Buarnv., 1810, Journ. de phys., p. 19, extra, pl. 2, f. 1, 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Cetorhinus shavianus BuAINv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Selache maxima Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 129; F. Fasrr, 1829, Fische Islands, p. 20; RicHarpson, 1836, Faun. Bor. Amer., 3, p. 29; PARNELL, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 418; Mtiuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 71; Nrisson, 1855, Fisk. Skand.; THompson, 1856, Nat. hist. Ireland, 4, p. 253; Dumerin, 1865, Elasm., p. 413; Bocacr & Caprio, 1866, Plagios., p. 14; CapELio, 1869, Jor. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 7, p. 140; Gisnrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 394; Pavusi, 1874, Ann. Mus. civ. Genoa, 6, p. 36; 1878, ibid., 12, pl. fig.; LiirKmn, 1880, Vid. medd. nat. forh., p.62; DopERLEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 70; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 303, pl. 158, f. 1. Squalus isodus Macrt, 1819, Atti Accad. sci. Napoli, 1, p. 55, pl. 1, f. 1, pl. 2. Squalus rostratus Macri, 1819, ibid,, p. 76, pl. 1, fig. 2. Squalus elephas Le Sueur, 1822, Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 2, p. 350, pl.; SrormR, 1839, Report fishes, p. 407. Squalus rashleighanus Coucn, 1825, Trans. Linn. soc., 14, p. 91; 1838, Cornish Fauna, 1, p. 51. Squalus cetaceus GRAY, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 6. Polyprosopus rashleighanus Gi, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 398; Coucn, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 67, pl. 14, f. 1. Polyprosopus macer Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 68, fig. Cetorhinus blainvillii CapE yo, 1869, Jor. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 7, p. 133. Cetorhinus rostratus CORNISH, 1870, Zool., 2, no. 59. Selache rostrata Pavest, 1874, Ann. Mus. civ. Genoa, 6, p. 36, pl. 1-3. Cetorhinus maximus GmRVAIS, 1876, C. R. Acad. sci. Paris; 82, pl. 138; Journ. zool., 5; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 31; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 51; 1900, ibid., Atlas, pl. 7, f. 28. Outlines bearing much resemblance to those of Isurus. Body subfusiform, massive forward, more slender behind the dorsal fin. Snout subconical, of moderate length. Eyes small, without a nictitating membrane, above the forward end of the mouth. Spiracle small, behind the eye, above the hinder part of the mouth. Nostrils small, near the sides of the snout and near the — mouth. Mouth very large, curved ‘forward. Teeth small, subconical, very numerous, a half dozen or more of the series in function at once, smooth edged. Gill openings in front of the pectoral, extending nearly around the neck, the anterior pair being narrowly separated on the back and on the throat. Gill arches bearing strainers, apparently modified teeth or scales, in some respects resembling whalebone, whence the name ‘Bone Shark.” Pectorals medium, pointed, front edge about twice the length of the base and the inner edge to- gether, fin reaching below the middle of the dorsal. Dorsal above the space between the pectorals and the ventrals, nearer to the latter, origin a short distance behind the inner extremities of the former, height less than length of base, fin angled above; hinder angle sharp, not reaching a vertical from the ventrals, Ventrals rather small, below the space between the dorsals, nearer RHINCODON. 41 the first dorsal. Second dorsal and anal small, nearly equal, anal base the farther back, origin below the hind part of the second dorsal. Caudal peduncle depressed, with lateral folds and with pits at the root of the caudal fin. Caudal i i ist fin large, vertebral axis much raised backward, a notch behind the subcaudal, subcaudal lobe produced, sharp. Reaches a length of thirty-five feet or more. Back greyish brown; lower surfaces white. Arctic Seas to the temperate regions. RHINCODONTIDAE. This family contains a species of large shark, the affinities of which place it near Cetorhinus. It approaches that genus in its enormous size, large mouth, small eyes, small spiracles, small teeth, large pectorals, in the sizes and propor- tions of dorsals and anal, in the erected caudal, the caudal pit and the develop- ment of the subcaudal lobe. It has nasoral grooves, and has keels on the body as on some of the Orectolobidae, but it differs from them in lacking nasal cirri, in size, in the disproportions of pectorals and dorsals, in the erected supracaudal, the lobed subcaudal, and the lateral keels of the caudal pedicel. RHINCODON. Rhincodon A. Situ, 1829, Zool. journ., 4, p. 4438. Rhineodon Mitttuer & HENLE, 1837, Wiegm. archiv., 1, p. 84; Swains., 1839, Class, 2, p. 314; Jorn. & Fowter, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 626. Rineodon Mt.tteR & HENLE, 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p. 37; Swans, 1838, Class., 1, p. 142. Rhinodon Mtutrer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 77; A. Smiru,. 1849, Afr. Pisces, pl. 26; Gwtnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 396. Micristodus Giuu, 1865, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 177. Subfusiform. Head depressed; snout broad, blunt. Eyes small, lateral, near the angle of the mouth, without a nictitating membrane, lower lid with- out a fold. Spiracles small, lateral. Nostrils anterior, grooved to the mouth, without cirri. Mouth large, anterior, with labial folds on both jaws. Teeth very small, very numerous, subconical, curved. Gill openings wide, hindmost narrower, two above the pectoral. Pectorals large, falciform. Two dorsals, without spines, with produced angles; anterior near the middle of total length, much the largest, separated by more than the length of its base from the second dorsal. Anal very small. Tail with a pit at the origin of the supra- caudal, which latter is erected as.in Isuridae; subcaudal with a well developed lobe; pedicel with a keel at each side. Pacific and Indian Oceans. ee a ae ee ee a ee ee Se 42 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. RHINCODON TYPUS. Rhincodon typus A. Smrtu, 1829, Zool. journ., 4, p. 443. Rhinodon typicus Miter & Henwe, 1841, Plagios., p. 77, pl. 35, f. 2; A. Smrru, 1849, Afr. Pisces, pl. 26; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 428; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 396; Hany, 1883, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 12, p. 48; THurston, 1884, Bull. 1 Madras mus., pl. 3A; Reaan, 1908, Proce. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 353; GiintuEr, 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 486. Micristodus punctatus Gru, 1865, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 177; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 32; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 52. Rhinodon pentelineatus KisHtnovuye, 1901, Zool. anz., p. 694. Rhineodon typicus Jorp. & Fow Er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 626.. A very large species, attaining a length of more than 30 feet, with feeding habits resembling those of the basking shark, Cetorhinus. Head depressed; snout broad, subtruncate; body cavity more than half the total length. Eye small, lateral, near the angle of the mouth, lower lid without a fold. Spiracle small, behind the eye. Nostrils at the end of the snout, near the lip; anterior valves widely separated, reaching the teeth, without cirri. Mouth wide, anterior, © transverse, with labial folds on both jaws; upper fold elongate, lower short. No longitudinal symphyseal groove. Teeth very small, subconical, sharp, numerous. In the type the teeth were said to be 12 to 15 in a longitudinal row and about 250 in a transverse series; Kishinouye, 1901, counted on his specimen 16 to 30 in a longitudinal row and 300 or more in a transverse series. Gill apertures very wide, hindmost narrower, hindmost two above the pectoral. Gill arches with long rakers serving as strainers for small prey. A pair of keels or ridges on each flank beginning above the gill apertures, the upper continued to the space between the dorsals, the lower meeting the keel at the side of the tail. Pectorals large, broad, falciform with sharp angles and concave hind margin. Dorsals unequal, hinder angles produced; anterior dorsal large, posterior margin deeply concave, nearly in the mid total length. Second dorsal small, distant from first more than length of base of latter. Anal smaller than second dorsal and originating below the hinder half of its base. Ventrals small, origin below hinder portion of first dorsal base. Tail with keel at each side of pedicel; with notch at origin of fin. Caudal large, vertebral section raised, subcaudal lobe well developed. Purplish to reddish brown profusely sprinkled with small spots and streaks of white; lower surfaces light reddish brown. Cape Good Hope; Japan; Knights Key, Fla, ORECTOLOBIDAE. 43 ORECTOLOBIDAE. Body short and subcylindrical to moderate and depressed. Head narrow with snout of medium length to broad with a very short snout. Tail long and slender with short caudals to rather short with long caudals. Nostrils with a nasoral groove and with a cirrus on the anterior nasal valve. Mouth transverse, with labial folds around the angle on both jaws. Teeth compressed with or without lateral cusps at each side of the median. Eyes small, without nictitating membrane. Spiracle minute and behind the eye to large and more or less below it. Gill openings small to medium, hindmost two or three above the pectorals. Fins short and broad, except the caudal which most often is narrow and not lobed. No fin spines; no pits at the root of the caudal. First dorsal above the ventrals second dorsal in front of the anal tail long, caudal short; no dermal lobes body short; anal close to the caudal Hemiscyllium (page 44) tail long, caudal long body short; mouth inferior; anal close to caudal Brachaelurus (page 47) anal at a short distance from caudal Heteroscylliwm (page 48) tail short, caudal short; dermal lobes present body long; mouth nearly anterior . Orectolobus (page 49) dermal lobes numerous under the lower jaws Eucrossorhinus (page 53) tail medium; caudal medium; teeth tricuspid; body medium; fins rounded . i Ginglymostoma (page 54) tail long; caudal long; teeth multicuspid; body medium; fins angulate Nebrodes (page 56) First dorsal forward of the ventrals second dorsal in front of the anal tail very long; caudal very long; fins rounded body short. , : : Stegostoma (page 59) First dorsal behind the ventrals; body short tail very long; caudals short; fins small . Chiloscyllium (page 60) First dorsal behind the ventrals second dorsal behind the anal : Parascyllium (page 66) : - J dt THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. HEMISCYLLIUM. Hemiscyllium A. Smrru, 1837, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 86; MtLtuer & Henwe, 1838, Charlesworth’s — mag., 2, p. 34; 1841, Plagios., p. 16. Body moderate, shorter than the tail. -Nostrils inferior, near the end of the snout, with nasoral grooves; anterior valves reaching the mouth, widely separated by the preoral attachment, each with a long cylindrical cirrus; poste- rior valves with a flap at the outer side of the nostril and forming a fold on the outer side of the nasoral groove with a short free extremity at the angle of the mouth. Mouth transverse, nearer to the end of the snout than to the eye, with labial folds on both jaws around the angle, not crossing the symphyseal region; no transgeneial fold. Teeth small, tricuspid. .Eye small, without a fold in the lower lid. Spiracle small, below the angle of the eye. Gill openings small, fifth widest, fourth and fifth close together. Fins rather small; dorsals larger than ventrals or anal and above the space between them. Anal close to the caudal. Subcaudal narrow, short. Australia; Melanesia. Front edge of dorsals with two large spots a large ocellate spot above the pectoral origin of first dorsal above ends of ventral bases spots black, round, scattered . ; : ocellatum (page 44) origin of first dorsal behind a vertical from ventral bases spots brown, grouped. : . trispeculare (page 45) a nonocellate spot above the pectoral origin of first dorsal above ends of ventral fins; angle produced spots dark, numerous, rounded . : freycinett (page 46) - HEMISCYLLIUM OCELLATUM. L’oeillé BRoussONnET, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 660. Squalus ocellatus BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 8; GmeE in, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1494; Suaw, 1793, Nat. misc., 5, pl. 161; Lac&prpE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 253; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 129. Hemiscyllium ocellatum MUuLuter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 16. Scyllium ocellatum Biytu., 1847, Journ. Asiat. soc. Bengal, 16, p. 726, pl. 25b, f. 2. Hemiscyllium oculatum DumbRriL, 1853, Rey. et mag. zool., Seyll., p. 34; 1865, Elasm., p. 326. Chiloscyllium ocellatum GinrH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 410; Ruaan, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 359; GUnrTuER, 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 488. Elongate, head moderate, snout short, blunt, rounded. Nostrils inferior, near the end of the snout, connected with the mouth by a nasoral groove; an- terior valves reaching the mouth, widely separated by the preoral attachment, HEMISCYLLIUM TRISPECULARE. 45 somewhat folded, with a cylindrical cirrus hardly as long as the valve; posterior valves with a fold outside of the nostril and ending in a fold on the outer side of the groove, extending to the angle of the mouth. Mouth medium, transverse, nearer to the end of the snout than to the eye, with short labial folds on both jaws around the angles, not crossing the symphyseal space. No transgeneial fold like that of Chiloscyllium. Eye small, lower lid without a fold. Spiracle moderate, below the hinder part of the eye. First gill opening smallest, third to fifth above the pectoral, fourth and fifth close together, fifth widest. Fins rather small, angles rounded; pectorals little the larger; dorsals subequal, origin of first nearly above the end of the base of the ventral, origin of second about three times the base of the first farther back, and about two and one half times the same base forward from the anal. Brownish, greyish or yellowish, light below, back, sides and fins with scat- tered irregular spots of darker brown and, on young, with ten or more indefinite transverse bands of brownish. Above the end of each pectoral base there is a large white-edged rounded spot of black. New Holland; Australia; New South Wales. HEMISCYLLIUM TRISPECULARE. ___ _Hemiscyllium trispeculare RicHarpson, 1843, Icon., p. 5, pl. 1, f. 2; 1848, Erebus & Terror, Fish., p. 43, : pl. 28, f. 3-7; Dummrit, 1853, Rev. et mag. zool., Scyll., p. 35; 1865, Elasm., p. 326. Chiloscyllium trispeculare GinTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 411; Reaan, 1908, Proc. Zool., soc. Lond., p. 359. Similar in outlines to H. ocellatum, apparently with the origin of the first dorsal a trifle farther back, the base of the anal a little shorter and the posterior be ee Se) es lhe Aa extremities of the dorsals more angular. The space between the bases of the dorsals is about one and one half times the base of the second. Anal base short, nearly equal to that of the second dorsal. The mid total length is behind the first dorsal. Body short, little more than one third of the total; snout short, blunt. Caudal region, long, slender. Nostril inferior, near end of snout, with a nasoral ee Le re groove; anterior valves extending to the mouth, widely separated by the pre- oral attachments, with cirri; posterior valves with a fold at the outer side of the | nostril, continued in a fold on the outer side of the groove with a short free extremity at the angle of the mouth. Mouth moderate, with labial folds on both jaws around the angles, not crossing behind the symphysis. No geneial fold across the chin. Eye small, lower lid without a fold. Spiracle small, below 46 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. the hinder part of orbit. Gill openings small, third to fifth above the pectoral, — third and fourth close together, fifth widest. Scales small, with median keel. Fins all short; dorsals subequal, hinder angles produced, first larger and originating behind the bases of the ventrals, distant from base of second one and one half times the base of the latter, or a little more than the distance of the latter from the origin of the anal. Subcaudal narrow. Brownish with many small dots and spots of darker, grouped in threes and fours, and with eleven or more indefinite cross-bands of darker, separated by spaces of nearly equal width, with one or more large white-edged spots of black above the hinder part of the pectoral and with a couple of smaller spots on the front edge of each dorsal. Ventral surfaces uniform light. Type specimen 22 inches in length, a male. Northwestern Australia. HEMISCYLLIUM FREYCINETI. Scyllium freycineti Quoy et GAIMARD, 1824, Voy. Uran., Poiss., p. 192. Scyllium malaisianum Lesson, 1830, Voy. Coquille., Poiss., p. 94, pl. 6. Chiloscyllium malaianum Mi.uEer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 20; Dumirit, 1853, Rev. et mag. Zool., Scyll., p. 40; 1865, Elasm., p. 332. Chiloscyllium freycineti REGAN, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 359. Elongate, slender; body cavity in the anterior third of the total length; head short, subconical; snout very short, blunt. Anterior nasal valves with fleshy, pointed cirri. Mouth near the end of the snout, with labial folds around the angles. Three gill openings above the pectoral, fourth and fifth close to- gether and largest. Spiracle below the hinder part of the orbit. Dorsals subequal, hind angle produced; origin of the first dorsal above the ends of the ventral fins. Anal small, close to the caudal. Caudal short, narrow; subcaudal fin small, narrow, without a produced lobe. Reddish brown, darker on the back; body and fins with numerous irregular rounded spots of darker; a pair of the larger spots on the front edge of each dorsal, a spot above the base of each pectoral, and several spots on the caudal. From the nape backward there appear indications of cross-bands in positions like those on H. ocellatum and H. trispeculare, and with the spots on the fins the markings are very suggestive of close affinities with those species. Waigiu Island, New Guinea. 4 a # ’ BRACHAELURUS MODESTUS. 47 BRACHAELURUS. Brachaelurus OaiLBy, 1907, Proc. Roy. soc. Queensland, 20, p. 27. Cirriscyllium OatLBy, 1908, Proc. Roy. soc. Queensland, 21, p. 4. Form somewhat like that of Orectolobus; the body elongate and depressed anteriorly, subcylindrical posteriorly. Head broad; snout short, broad, blunt. Nostrils near the end of the snout, with nasoral grooves, and long, slender cirri. Mouth medium, transverse, with labial folds on both jaws, around the angles, and with a symphyseal fold. No transgeneial fold. Teeth small tricuspid. Eyes small. Spiracles medium, behind and partly below the eye. Gill openings small, hindmost widest, hindmost two closer together, three above the pectoral. Pectorals short, broad. Dorsals subequal; first dorsal above or behind the ventrals, second in front of the anal. Anal small, near the subecaudal. Caudal axis raised but slightly. Scales small, keeled. Australia. Base of the anal near the subcaudal : 4 ‘ . modestus (page 47) Base of anal nearly twice its length from the subeaudal . colcloughi (page 48) BRACHAELURUS MODESTUS. Chiloscyllium modestum GUNTHER, 1871, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 654, pl. 54. Chiloscylliwm furvum MacueEay, 1882, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 7, p. 364. Chiloscyllium fuscum ParKER & HASWELL, 1897, Zoology, 2, p. 135. Hemiscyllium modestum W atte, 1901, Rec. Austr. mus., 4, p. 28, f. 9, pl. 4, f. 1. Brachaelurus modestum OaiLBy, 1907, Proc. Roy. soc. Queensland, 20, p. 27, RecAn, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 354. Cirriscyllium modestum OaILBy, 1908, Proc. Roy. soc. Queensland, 21, p. 3. Body moderate; head broad, depressed; snout short, broadly rounded in front; caudal region longer than the body cavity. Nostrils inferior, nearer to end of snout than to mouth; anterior narial valves reaching the mouth, each with an elongate cirrus; posterior valves with a fold on outer side of nostril and continued in a fold on the outer side of the nasoral groove with free end at angle of the mouth. Mouth medium, with long labial folds, on both jaws, around the angles, not meeting behind the symphysis on the chin. No trans- geneial fold, a short longitudinal groove at the symphysis. Teeth small, tri- cuspid, median cusp largest, several series in function. Eye small. Spiracle smaller than the eye, behind and below the posterior portion, with raised bor- _ der. Gill openings small, third to fifth above the pectoral, fourth and fifth little closer together. Ate 48 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Fins of moderate size, angles not produced. Dorsals subequal; origin of first above the middle of the bases of the ventrals, base extended little beyond the ends of these fins and ending about mid total length; base of second distant : from that of first little more than half its length. Anal small, near the caudal, origin below the end of the base of the second dorsal. Caudal short, lower subeaudal margin a broad convex, not lobed. Claspers ending in a slender, sharp, flexible point. Brownish to greyish brown, back darker, belly yellowish; young with about ten transverse bands of darker on back and sides, separated by narrower spaces, with irregular scattered small spots of whitish on body and fins. Adults more nearly uniform brownish. New South Wales. BRACHAELURUS (HETEROSCYLLIUM) COLCLOUGHI. Brachaelurus colcloughi OatLBy, 1908, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 21, p. 3. Heteroscyllium colclought REGAN, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 455. Body robust. Preoral length one third of that of the head. Anterior angle of the nostril equidistant from the mouth and the tip of the snout; inter- narial width about equal the preoral length, eight ninths of the width of the mouth; nasal cirrus five sevenths of the preoral length, not extending to the lower labial groove, one and one half times the diameter of the eye. Mouth much nearer to the eye than to the tip of the snout, width seven sixteenths of the length of the head. Eye somewhat nearer to the tip of the snout than to the first gill opening, length of orbit six and two fifths times in the length of the head. Spiracle smaller than the eye. Length of body to vent four fifths of the caudal length. Origin of the first dorsal above the middle of the bases of the ventrals, hind angle pointed. Second dorsal similar in shape to the first, somewhat smaller. Distance between the origin of the anal and the second dorsal less than the interdorsal space; free space between the anal and the caudal less than twice the length of the anal base. Distance of the pectoral from the ventrals two thirds of that from the tip of the snout; pectoral base rather more than half the greatest width of the fin, and rather less than half the length, which is six sevenths of that of the head. Origins of the ventrals a little nearer to the first dorsal than to the pectorals. Back, flanks and tail ashy grey; lower surfaces white. Type about 18.1 inches (460 mm.). Coasts of Queensland; Moreton Bay. ORECTOLOBUS ORNATUS. 49 ORECTOLOBUS. Orectolobus BoNAPARTE, 1834, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, fase. 7. Crossorhinus Miuuer & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 113. | & Body stout, depressed, cavity half or more of the total length; tail shorter, P slender, compressed. Head and snout flattened above, broad, blunt. Nostrils at the end of the snout, connected with the mouth by a nasoral groove; anterior nasal valve with a cirrus. Mouth transverse, nearly terminal, with labial folds on both jaws around the angles. Teeth compressed, narrow, with or without small lateral denticles. Eye small, orbit elongate. Spiracle moderate, behind and below the eye. Gill openings narrow, third to fifth above the pectoral, fourth and fifth close together. Dorsals above the space between the ventrals and the anal. Anal small, close to the subcaudal. Caudals narrow, other fins short and broad; a notch between the subcaudal and the terminal. The largest species reach a length of eight feet or more. Transgeneial folds, like those of Chiloscyllium, are absent, but on some perhaps all of the species there is a short longitudinal fold below the symphysis of the lower jaws, similar to that noted on species of Hemiscyllium, suggesting a distensible mouth aperture with elastic ligaments, as in some serpents. No orbital papilla dermal lobes simple . : : ‘ : : ; ornatus (page 49) dermal lobes bifid to trifid f : ; . japonicus (page 50) One orbital papilla one dermal lobe at side of throat ‘ : ; tentaculatus (page 51) Two orbital papillae Pe —7 erg Say eae two dermal lobes at side of throat a few short lobes below the chin ; ‘ . maculatus (page 52) ORECTOLOBUS ORNATUS. _ Crossorhinus ornatus DE Vis, 1883, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 8, p. 289. Orectolobus ornatus REGAN, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 356, pl. 11, f. 2. PN. ere ee = Pe vee j Closely allied to O. maculatus, but differing in that the nasal cirrus and the _ dermal lobes are less developed and more simple. The lobes occupy similar positions; that is, there are two above the upper lip, two at the angle of the ~ mouth and two at the side of the head, but they are not bifid or trifid at their ends. Gill openings small, hindmost two closer together, three above the pecto- rals. Mouth moderate; lower labial folds long, not crossing the symphysis. 50 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. A short symphyseal fold below the chin. Fins with rounded angles and slightly convex free margins. Dorsals subequal; base of second dorsal longer than the interdorsal space; origin of first dorsal above the ends of the bases of the ventrals. Anal small, origin below the tip of the second dorsal. Subcaudal longer than — the anal; separated from the terminal by a notch. Greyish brown, with irregular blotches of brown crossing the body at the nape, between the pectorals, forward of the ventrals, through the dorsals, through the anal and across the caudal. Fins blotched. A lighter spot above each eye. Queensland. ORECTOLOBUS JAPONICUS. Plate 56, fig. 3, (heart). Crossorhinus barbatus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 21, pl. 5; ScHLEGBL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 301; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 338 (part); Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 414 (part). Orectolobus barbatus Jorp. & FoweEr, 1903, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 26, p. 606. Orectolobus japonicus REGAN, 1906, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 18, p. 435; 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 356. Elongate, depressed in head and body, body cavity half or more of the total; head one fifth, longer than broad; tail slender, compressed in the posterior half. Snout short, broad, blunt, extending very little beyond the mouth. Nostrils below the end of the snout, connected with the mouth by a nasoral groove; anterior valves reaching the teeth, somewhat lobed and fringed, with a median attachment, separated from one another, by a median preoral lobe to which they are attached; each valve with a long slender cirrus, twice as long as the valve, bearing a lobe or fold on the proximal half of the inner side; posterior valves forming a fold around the outer side of the nostril and subcontinuous with the upper lateral fold and a fold along the outer side of the nasoral groove to end in a cirrus or slender point toward the angle of the mouth. Mouth wide, subterminal, close to the end of the snout, with long labial folds, on both jaws, around the angles, the lower almost reaching the symphysis. No transgeneial fold; a short longitudinal fold below the symphysis. Teeth moderate, compressed, with a narrow sharp triangular cusp on three lobes at the base. Eyes small, prominent, hardly one third of length of snout, without a fold in the lower lid, without dermal prominences on the top. Spiracles large, twice as long as the eye, tower than the eye and behind a vertical from its hinder angle, — elongate, oblique. Above the upper lip there is a group of three barbels, second shortest, third longest. Behind the angle of the mouth on a fold there are five, the first two of which are not entirely separated, the second two more completely, ORECTOLOBUS TENTACULATUS. 51 and the fifth is bifid near the end. Behind these at the side of the throat there are two short bifid lobes, separated by the length of the eye from one another and by twice as much from those at the angle of the mouth. Scales small, pluricarinate or striate. Pectorals short, little longer than wide, width about equal their distance from the ventrals, ends truncate, angles blunt. Dorsals subequal, angles slightly produced, ends slightly concave; origin of first dorsal behind the mid length, nearly above the ends of the bases of the ventrals, base separated by less than its length from the second; base of second ending about one length of the orbit forward of the anal. Anal small, rounded, narrow, close to subcaudal, base equal half length of subcaudal, nearly equal to base of first dorsal. End of caudal fan-shaped, broadening outward. Rusty marbled brownish, with light edged spots, and with ten or more irregular transverse blotches of darker: first blotch across occiput and nape, second between the pectorals, third above the space between pectorals and ventrals, the fourth at the origin and the fifth at the end of the first dorsal, the seventh at the end of the second dorsal and the eighth and two or more others across the caudal. The blotches are dark more or less edged with light; some contain ocellate spots. A small spot of white behind each spiracle. A dark spot on the interorbital space; pectorals and ventrals with dark blotches. Lower surfaces uniform light brownish. The specimen described, from Japan, closely agrees with the figure pub- lished by Miiller and Henle. ORECTOLOBUS TENTACULATUS. Crossorhinus tentaculatus Peters, 1864, Monatsb. Berl. akad., p. 123; Ginrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 414; Macteay, 1881, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 6, p. 365. Orectolobus tentaculatus REGAN, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 357. In most features like O. maculatus. Nasal cirri long, simple. A small wart-like papilla above each eye posteriorly. Dermal lobes simple; one above the upper lip, one at the angle of the mouth and another at the side of the head. Gill openings small, three above the pectoral, hindmost two close together. Spiracle moderate, behind and below the eye. Pectorals short, broad, rounded. First dorsal the longer, origin nearly above the ends of the bases of the ventrals. Second dorsal entirely forward of the anal, base longer than the interdorsal space. Anal close to the subcaudal. Fin angles more rounded and edges more - convex in the young. Yellowish grey with light-edged blotches of darker: one blotch on the nape, 52 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. a larger one between the pectorals, a third forward from the ventrals, and others across each dorsal and the anal. Posteriorly the blotches extend downward more on the flanks. Fins with dark spots. A lighter spot behind each spiracle. — Queensland. ORECTOLOBUS MACULATUS. Le barbu BroussonEt, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 657. Squalus maculatus BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 8. Watt’s shark Putuier, 1789, Voy. Botany Bay, p. 285. Squalus barbatus GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1493; Scxn., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 128. Le squale barbu LactehpE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 247. Squalus lobatus Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 137. Squalus appendiculatus SHaw, 1806, Nat. misc., 17, pl. 727. Chrossorhinus lobatus A. SmitTH, 1837, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 86. Crossorhinus barbatus Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 338 (part); Giinrx., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 414. Crossorhinus barbatus McCoy, 1880, Zool. Vict., 5, pl. 43, f. 1; Mactmay, 1881, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 6, p. 365. Orectolobus barbatus Jornp. & Fow Er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 606; Reaan, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 355. Body and head broad, little more than half of the total length; tail slender, compressed posteriorly. Head depressed, snout very short, broad. Eyesmall, prominent, opening longer than wide. Spiracles large, elongate, oblique, close behind and below the eye. Nostrils anterior, connected with the mouth by a nasoral groove; anterior valve with a long cirrus on the upper half of which there is a dermal fold with one or more short lobes; posterior valves forming a fold at the outer side of the nostril and continuing into the upper labial fold and a longitudinal fold along the outer side of the nasoral groove the free pointed extremity of which extends toward the angle of the mouth. Mouth wide, nearly anterior, with labial folds around the angle on both jaws. Teeth moderate, anterior larger with a single narrow elongate cusp and a broadened base, posterior small with a more or less developed lateral cusp at. each side of the median. A couple of dermal folds or barbels, ending in bifid or trifid lobes at the angle of the mouth, a couple more at the side of the throat, and a few very small ones below the chin. A prominent ridge over and above each eye, bearing processes above the orbit. Dorsals subequal, subangular, base of first dorsal equal to their distance apart. Anal short, origin nearly below tip of second dorsal. Greyish brown to brown spotted and mottled with various shades of darker, commonly with larger blotches on the back and across the tail. Many of the brown areas edged with lighter. Lower surfaces plain. Australian Seas. EUCROSSORHINUS DASYPOGON. 53 EUCROSSORHINUS. 2 Eucrossorhinus ReGAN, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 357. Head broader and more depressed, eyes smaller, spiracles larger, and dermal _ lobes around the head more numerous and more dissected than in the species of Orectolobus. A series of branching dermal lobes below the lower jaws and a nearly continuous series from the narial lobe to the base of the pectoral. Dorsals smaller than the ventrals. Anal smaller than the dorsals, close to the sub- caudal; latter narrow, separated by a notch from the terminal. Probably a subgenus of Orectolobus. EUCROSSORHINUS DASYPOGON. Crossorhinus dasypogon BLEEKER, 1867, Arch. Neerl., p. 400, pl. 21, f. 1. Eucrossorhinus dasypogon REGAN, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 357. Elongate, depressed in body and head; tail nearly half of the total length, compressed posteriorly; snout short, broad. Eyes small. Spiracles large, two or more times the length of the eyes. Nostrils at the end of the snout; anterior valves with a long cirrus on one side of which there is a fold with several lobules; posterior valves forming a fold around the outer side of the nostril and continuing backward into the fold of the upper lip and another along the side of the nasoral groove and ending in a cirroid free extremity toward the angle of the mouth. _ Between the narial lobe and that at the angle of the mouth there are about five ey Pet aay lobes, and between the angle of the mouth and the pectoral there are about twenty more, of which six or eight are on the fold extending from the angle. Sixteen or twenty more form a transverse series behind the lower lips. Pectorals short, broad, rounded. Dorsals subequal, rounded; origin of first dorsal above - the hindmost fourth of the base of the ventrals, base ending about its length forward from the second dorsal. Anal much shorter than the dorsals, origin _ behind the base of the second dorsal, narrowly separated from the subcaudal. Brown profusely marked with small spots of white; a small spot of white behind each spiracle; caudal region with four of five indefinite irregular trans- verse areas of darker; lower surfaces light, plain. Bleeker’s description and figure were drawn from two specimens, a male of 220 mm. and a female of 800 mm., taken off Waigiu, Aru, New Guinea. 54 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. GINGLYMOSTOMA. Ginglymostoma MiuuEr & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 113; 1841, Plagios., p. 22. Body medium, depressed and broadened forward, compressed posteriorly. Head broad, snout short, blunt. Nostrils near the end of the snout ; anterior nasal valves reaching the mouth, broadly separated by attachment across the symphysis, each with a cylindrical cirrus at the outer edge; posterior valve a fold on the outer side of the groove. Mouth wide, little curved, inferior. Teeth small, in #§ or more rows, compressed 3-5 cusped, with a strong sharp cusp at each side of which there is a pair of denticles, median cusp strongest, several series in function, eyes small, without a fold. Spiracle minute, at a distance behind the eye. Gill openings, moderate, fourth and fifth widest and above the pectoral, close together. Dorsals approximated, rather large, first above the ventrals, larger; second origin forward of anal. Caudal large, subcaudal not lobed. Tropical Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. Fin angles rounded anal small cirrus as long as narial valve subcaudal narrow . s j : : . cirratum (page 54) anal large cirrus much shorter than narial valve subcaudal deep . . . . .~ brevicaudatum (page 55) Fin angles sharp cirrus hardly reaching the teeth subcaudal feebly lobed . . . .~ ferrugineum (page 56) GINGLYMOSTOMA CIRRATUM. Plate 7, fig. 4-6. Le Barbillon BroussoneEtT, 1780, Mem. Acad. roy., p. 656. Gata Parra, 1787, Hist. nat., p. 86, pl. 34, f. 2. Squalus cirratus BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 7; GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1492; Lact&pzpz, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 245; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 128. Squalus punctulatus LackprpE, 1800, Poissons, 2, p. 120, pl. 4, f. 3; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 549. Squalus punctatus Scun., ibid., p. 134. Squalus argus BANCROFT, 1835, Zool. journ., 3, p. 82. Ginglymostoma cirratum Mituter & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 23; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 334; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 408. Ginglymostoma fuluum Pory, 1861, Memorias Cuba, 2, p. 342; 1868, Repertorio, p. 455. Ginglymostoma caboverdianus CapELLO, 1867, Jor. sci. math. phys. nat. Lisboa, 1, p. 167, f. 1. GINGLYMOSTOMA BREVICAUDATUM. 55 Body cavity nearly one half of total length, head about one fifth and caudal not far from two sevenths. Body and head broad and depressed anteriorly, width of head equal to its length to the first gill opening. Eye very small, elongate. Spiracle pore-like, lower than the eye and one length farther back; farther from the eye than on G. brevicaudatum. Nostrils small, near the end of the snout, connected with the mouth by a nasoral groove, anterior valves with a cirrus extending to the mouth cleft, widely separated by the preoral attach- ment across which a ridge passes from one valve to the other. Mouth moderate, lips swollen, extending over about half the length of each jaw. Teeth small, about $3 rows on specimens of 15 inches or less, several series in function, compressed, with a strong sharp median cusp and small lateral denticles (1 or 2) on each side of it. Gill openings small, first about twice the length of the eye, posterior widest, fourth and fifth close together above the pectoral. Fin angles broadly rounded. Pectorals larger than the first dorsal; origin of first dorsal little forward of the mid length total, opposite or little backward of that of the ventral. Second dorsal more than half as long as the first, one length of the base from that of the latter. Anal much smaller than second dorsal, and origin below the middle of its base which ends below the middle of the space between end of second dorsal base and origin of caudal. Subcaudal long, rather narrow. Seales small, with a low keel or smooth, hinder edges sharp, those on upper edge of caudal and about openings of pores larger. Colors of large individuals brown, yellowish to plumbeous, of young yellow- ish to light brownish, most often with scattered small spots of brown; in cases with a transverse band of brownish across the snout, another through the first dorsal and ventrals, a third through the second dorsal and the anal; lower surfaces lighter. Tropical Atlantic and Eastern Pacific. GINGLYMOSTOMA BREVICAUDATUM. Ginglymostoma brevicaudatum GtnrTu., 1866, Fishes Zanzibar, p. 141, pl. 21; 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 408. Head broad depressed, snout broad and broadly rounded at the end, broader, thicker and less pointed than that of G. cirratwm. Eye minute. Spir- acles small, distant from the eye one length of the latter. Nostrils small; ante- rior valves reaching the lip, separated by the very broad preoral attachment, with a cirrus half as long as the valve; posterior valve a fold on the outer side of the za 56 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. nasoral groove. Mouth wide, labial folds crossing half or more of the distance from the angles to the symphysis on the lower jaw and little less on the upper. Teeth small, on a 23 inch specimen in 37 rows, in several functional series, commonly with a strong hooked median cusp at each side of which there is a denticle. Fourth and fifth gill openings wider than the first, close together, above the pectoral. Fins short, broad, convex on the margins, rounded on the angles. Origin of first dorsal opposite the middle of the base of the ventral, end one length in front of the base of the second dorsal. Origin or end of base of second dorsal little forward of those of the anal. Anal little smaller than second dorsal, position slightly backward. Subcaudal short and deep, not lobed anteriorly. Seales small, with quadrangular exposure, with 3-9 keels or smooth, with hinder edges notched by the keels or entire. Uniform brown, young with small spots of black. Zanzibar and Seychelles; Indian Ocean. GINGLYMOSTOMA FERRUGINEUM. Scyllium ferrugineum Lusson, 1830, Voy. Coquille, Poiss., p. 95. Ginglymostoma concolor MijttprR & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 22, pl. 6. Ginglymostoma miilleri GiNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 408; KiunzincEr, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 230; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 725; Gtnrn., 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 487. Ginglymostoma ferrugineum Jorp. & SNYDER, 1906, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 25, p. 182; Reaan, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 51. Head depressed; snout short, moderately broad, more pointed than that of G. brevicaudatum, bluntly rounded. Anterior nasal valves reaching the mouth, cirrus much shorter, hardly half as long as the valve. Teeth small, with a strong median cusp and several, 3-5, smaller lateral cusps, several rows in function. Fins short, with rather sharp angles; dorsals moderately large, origin of the first nearly opposite that of the ventral, base little more than dis- tance from that of second, more than base of second. Anal little smaller than second dorsal, bases equal, hinder angle produced. Caudal nearly 3 of total length. Scales small, with obtuse central keel, crenulate on the hind margin. Uniform rusty brown. India and East Indies. NEBRODES. Nebrius Rt ppe.y, 1837, Beschr. Chondropt., p. 2; 1838, Neue wirb., fische, p. 62. Closely allied to Ginglymostoma but readily distinguished by the teeth, NEBRODES CONCOLOR. 57 which are different in shape and much less numerous; there is a smaller number of series in function at the same time, apparently not more than one. Snout hardly as broad as that of Ginglymostoma. Eyes very small. Spir- acles minute, about one length of the orbit behind the eye. Nostrils connected with the mouth by nasoral grooves; anterior valves with cylindrical cirri, reach- ing the mouth, widely separated by their preoral attachment, posterior valve a fold on the outer side of the groove at the angle of the mouth. Mouth rather small; lips swollen, lower shorter. Teeth small, polycuspid, compressed, one or two series in function. Fourth and fifth gill openings close together, above the pectoral. Indian Ocean. First dorsal above the ventral, second above the anal first dorsal distant from second less than length of base . concolor (page 57) first dorsal distant more than the length of its base from that of second. macrurus (page 58) NEBRODES CONCOLOR. Nebrius concolor Rtuipre.., 1837, Beschr. Chondropt., p. 2, pl. 17, f. 2; 1838, Neue wirb., fische, p. hae Se T. Cantor, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 395; Giunru,, 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, a rippellii BLEEKER, 1852, Plagios., p.91; 1852, Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 3, p. 83; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 334. Snout bluntly rounded. First dorsal much larger than second, bases of the two separated by the length of the base of the second, origin of the first directly above the bases of the ventrals. Caudal 3 of the total, with the merest suggestion of a lower lobe. Teeth small, in several transverse series of which only one is in function; each tooth with a convex cutting edge formed of small cusps the median of which is stronger. Angles of pectorals, ventrals, dorsals, and anal sharp. Cirrus shorter than the narial valve. Color brownish or rusty brown. Distinguished from N. macrurus by the size of the first dorsal, its distance from the second, its origin above that of the ventral, and by the sharp angles of the fins. Red Sea to India. 58 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. NEBRODES MACRURUS, sp. Nov. Plate 8, fig. 7-10. Body moderately slender, tapering backward from the shoulders. Head depressed; snout short, blunt. Nostrils near the end of the snout, anterior nasal valve with a long cylindrical cirrus, posterior valve a fold on the side of the nasoral groove. Mouth moderate, nearly transverse, nearer to end of snout than to eye, with strongly developed labial folds that are widely separated across the symphyseal space; jaws much arched forward; teeth in about $3 rows, one transverse series in function, much compressed, each with a low median cusp at each side of which there are 4 or more smaller ones gradually decreasing in size toward the outer. The one series in funetion with the continuous edge of sharp cusps in some measure recalls what obtains on the jaws of Heptranchias and suggests an intermediary position between its dentition and that of such a form as Catulus or others with compressed pluricuspids. Eye small, open- ing elongate, length about § the width of the mouth. Spiracle small, minute, behind the eye, distant one ocular diameter. Gill apertures as wide as the space between the labial folds on the middle of the mouth; fourth and fifth much narrower and closer together, above the pectoral. Fin angles blunt, inner more rounded, hinder edges more or less sinuous. First dorsal somewhat larger than the second, base entirely in front of total mid length, about as long as high, base distant near 1} times its length from that of the second, originating little forward of the middle of the base of the ventral. Second dorsal smaller than first, origin forward of that of the anal. Anal more oblique, more pointed, longer in base and extending farther backward than second dorsal. Caudal long, near 3 of the total; subcaudal portion deep anteriorly, with a slight lobe, tapering gradually backward. Pectorals wide, length 3 of the width, slightly faleate. Ventrals near the size of the first dorsal, one and one half times as long as broad. Scales small, resembling those of particular Centrophori, rather smooth to the touch, bearing a low median keel with or without smaller lateral keels, larger scales intermixed with the smaller, hinder edges not crenulate. Rusty brownish, with a sprinkled appearance, from the larger whiter scales. Distinguished from N. concolor Riipp. among other features by less differ- ence in the sizes of the dorsals, by the smaller size of the first dorsal and its greater distance from the second, by the larger anal, and by the longer cirrus. Type No. 820, M. C. Z., Port Louis Harbour, Mauritius; a male of 313 inches, body cavity 15 in. sl le © ne ee ee hae STEGOSTOMA VARIUM. 59 STEGOSTOMA. Stegostoma Miuuer & Henwe, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 112; Wiegm. archiv., p. 395; 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p. 35; 1841, Plagios., p. 24. Body slender, less than half the total; head short broad; snout short thick blunt; tail long, slender, compressed. Nostrils with a nasoral groove; anterior valves united in a broad thick pad in front of the preoral fold, each with a cylin- drical cirrus; posterior valves reduced to a narrow fold on the outer side of the groove, terminating in a short flap at the angle of the mouth. Mouth trans- verse, upper lip thin, between the nasal valves and the teeth; labial folds short, around the angles. Narial valves, preoral fold, and chin invested with modified scales. ‘Teeth small, tricuspid, in transverse pads, of about 28 rows each. Eyes small, lids without folds. Spiracles small, behind the eyes. Gill openings small, fourth and fifth close together, hinder three above the pectoral. Dorsals approx- imated, small; first larger, above the ventrals; second smaller than the anal and farther forward. Anal near the caudal. Caudal long, horizontal; sub- caudal narrow, not lobed. East Indies; India; Africa. STEGOSTOMA VARIUM. Squalus sp. Gronow, 1754, Mus., 1, p. 62. Squalus varius Sepa, 1761, Thesaur., 3, p. 105, pl. 34, f. 1; Gronow, 1763, Zoophy., 1, p. 33, no. 147. Le Tigre BroussoneEt, 1780, Mem. Acad. roy., p. 658. Squalus tigrinus Forster, 1781, Zool. Ind., p. 24, pl. 13, f. 2; BonnaTeRRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 8, pl. 8, f.23; Gmetin, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1493; Lac&épEzpr, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 249. Squalus fasciatus HERMANN, 1783, Tab. affin., p. 302, tab.; Biocu, 1785, Ausl. fische, 1, p. 19, pl. 113; SHaw, 1800, Nat. misc., 11, pl. 434; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 130. Squalus longicaudus GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1496. Pollee Makum Russet, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, pl. 18. Scyllium heptagonum Ripre.i, 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, Fische, p. 61, pl. 17, f. 1. Stegostoma fasciatum Miuuer & HENuE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 113; Wreem. archiv., p. 395; 1838, Charlesworth’s mag. 2, p. 35; 1841, Plagios., p. 24, pl. 23; T. Canror, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 396; BLeEKeEr, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios. p. 23; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 396; GinTuH., 1866, Fishes Zanzibar, p. 140. Stegostoma carinatum Blyth, 1847, Journ. Asiat. soc. Bengal, 16, p. 725, pl. 25b, f. 1. Stegostoma cirrosus Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 6. Stegostoma tigrinum GinTu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 409; ReGan, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 363; Tanaka, 1911, Fishes of Japan, 4, p. 65, pl. 16. Body and tail compressed; on a thirteen inch specimen the body cavity is one third and the caudal more than one half of the total length. Head broad, thick, crown convex; snout short, broadly rounded in front. Nostrils near the end of the snout, connected with the mouth by a nasoral groove, anterior valves fused into a broad pad free at the preoral edge, each with a slender cylindrical 60 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. cirrus extending to the lips. Mouth inferior, transverse, with short labial folds around the angles, and with a preoral fold in front of the upper teeth behind the narial flap. Eye small. Spiracle small, wider vertically, behind and near the — orbit. Width of first gill opening equal length of orbit, hindmost three of the openings above the pectoral, fourth and fifth widest, overlapping. Dorsals ventrals and anal small; subcaudal narrow, not lobed. Base of first dorsal equal the space between it and the second, middle above origin of ventral and end slightly forward of end of ventral base. Second dorsal smaller, origin above the middle of the space between ventrals and anal, end of base above the origin of the anal. Base of anal about equal to that of the second dorsal, fin longer. Caudal not raised from the axis of the body. On the speci- men described the vertebral column protrudes below the supracaudal. Brown on back and sides, with six cross-bands or blotches of yellow on the body, and twenty-two on the tail: the anterior crosses the occiput to the bases of the pectorals, the second crosses above the pectorals and extends obliquely backward and down to the fins, this band is followed by a dorsal spot behind which the bands are more vertical and more irregular; on the tail they divide so as to form a series of spots on the lower part of each side. Belly white. Giinther describes an individual as brownish yellow with black or brown cross bands or stripes or with snuff-colored rounded spots. Riippell figures another as brownish with spots and bands of brown. Individual variations appear to connect these extremes. A specimen about five feet in length is brownish with faint transverse cloudings of brown on the body; it bears numerous round spots of dark brown, as large as the eye or smaller, beginning as dots about the eyes on the head and extending back and downward to the ventrals. Behind the first dorsal the spots become less numerous and more scattered; they disappear near the root of the caudal. India and East Indies to Africa. CHILOSCYLLIUM. Chiloscyllium Mi.urr & Henze, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin., p. 112; Wiegm. archiv., p. 395; 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p. 34; 1841, Plagios., p. 17. Synchismus Giuu, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 413. Elongate; body less than half of the total length; head short, depressed, narrowed above and forward; tail long, slender. Eyes small, lower lid without. a fold. Spiracle small, below hind part of the eye, without or with a process on the hind margin. Nostrils inferior, near the end of the snout, with a nasoral CHILOSCYLLIUM PUNCTATUM. 61 groove; anterior nasal valves reaching the mouth, widely separated by the median preoral attachment, each valve with a long pointed cirrus; posterior valves forming a fold at the outer side of the nostril, continued in a fold on the outer edge of the nasoral groove with a short free extremity. Mouth transverse, with labial folds, around the angles, and with a transgeneial fold across the chin below the symphysis. Teeth small, compressed, median cusp triangular with or without smaller lateral cusps at its base, three or more series in function. Gill openings narrow, hindmost two wider and close together, hindmost three above the pectoral. Fins medium to small; dorsals above the space between ventrals and anal; anal and subcaudal narrow, close together. India and China to Australia. Fossil species are known from the Miocene. One dermal ridge on the back anal shorter than the subcaudal origin of the first dorsal above forward half of ventral bases dorsals larger than the ventrals, hind angles produced ‘ punctatum (page 61) origin of first dorsal above middle of ventral bases dorsals smaller than the ventrals, hind angles not produced body with transverse bands and white spots : plagiosum (page 62) origin of first dorsal above ends of ventrals dorsals smaller than ventrals, hind angles rounded body with transverse bands and spots of dark griseum (page 64) Three dermal ridges on the back; fins all small anal as long as the subcaudal origin of first dorsal above ends of ventrals dorsal fins equal ventrals, hind angles not produced indicum (page 65) CHILOSCYLLIUM PUNCTATUM. Chiloscyllium punctatum Miumr & HEnte, 1841, Plagios., p. 18, pl. 3; BuerKer, 1852, Plagios, p. 22; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 330; Ginrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., p. 413; Reaan, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 360. Chiloscyllium griseum, MijuuER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios, pl. 4. x Elongate, slender, subcylindrical, body cavity more than one third, head ~ about one sixth, of the total length. Snout moderate, broad and blunt. Nostrils with nasoral grooves; anterior valves extending to the teeth, cirri longer, with a free angle behind the preoral attachment; posterior valves forming a fold 62 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. outside of the nostril, continued in a fold along the outer side of the groove, subcontinuous with the upper labial folds, with a short free end at the angle of the mouth. Mouth medium, with short labial folds around the angles, and with a deep transgeneial fold below the symphysis. Teeth small, triangular, com- pressed, cusps with or without feeble lateral cusps. Eye small, elongate. Spir- acle small, below the hinder part of the eye, with a low tubercle on the margin. Gill openings moderate, hindmost widest, third to fifth above the pectoral, fourth and fifth close together. Scales minute, sharp, with a median keel. Dorsal fins larger than the ventrals, bases equal, second little smaller, hinder angles produced, sharp, hind margins deeply concave; origin of first above forward portion of ventral base; origin of second about one length of base farther back and one half length of base forward of the anal; extreme end of second dorsal nearly above the origin of the anal. Anal fin short, narrow, base equal two thirds of that of the subcaudal, width of free portion of the fin about half the base. Pectorals rather narrow, angles rounded, hinder margins oblique. A seventeen inch specimen is brownish, with ten or more broad bands of darker, wider than the interspaces: first band across the nape, second in front of the first dorsal, third through the hinder part of the same fin, fourth in front of and fifth through the posterior half of the second dorsal, sixth through the anal, and the others through the caudal. Some individuals are more or less spotted with small areas of brown. The front edges of the gill openings are white. A male of more than 26 inches is about uniform brown but retains the white edges of the gill openings; he has a few scattered spots of brown. Description from specimens taken at Singapore and at the Philippines. This is probably a species of which individuals reach a considerable size; on the male mentioned the claspers are very small and immature. A specimen from southern Celebes does not differ from those described above. CHILOSCYLLIUM PLAGIOSUM. Bokee Sorrah RussE.u, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, p. 10, pl. 16. Ra Sorrah Russewu, 1803, ibid. Scyllium plagiosum, BENNETT, 1830, Mem. Raffles, p. 694. Scyllium ornatum Gray & Harpwicke, 18382, Ill. Ind. zool., 1, pl. 98, f. 2. Chiloscyllium plagiosum Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 17 (part); T. Cantor, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 392; Bierxker, 1852, Plagios., p. 17; Dumfrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 328; Day, 1865, Fishes Malabar, p. 267. Chiloscyllium margaritiferum BLEEKER, 1864, Faune ichth. Obi, p. 5. Chiloscyllium indicum GUNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes British mus., 8, p. 412 (part). Chiloscyllium indicum var. plagiosa GiintH., 1870, ibid. Chiloscyllium indicum Jorn. & Fow er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 605, f. 2. Chiloscyllium plagiosum REGAN, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 362, pl. 12, f. 1. CHILOSCYLLIUM PLAGIOSUM. 63 % Form elongate, slender; tail longer than body; head short, crown and - forehead convex longitudinally and somewhat flattened transversely; snout 3 narrowing forward, short, blunt. Eye small, no fold in the lower lid. Spiracle smaller than the eye, below the posterior extremity of the orbit, with a low process on the edge. Nostrils with a nasoral groove; anterior valves and cirri reaching the mouth, widely separated by the preoral attachments; posterior valves forming a fold on the outer side of the nostril and continuing in a fold along the outer side of the nasoral groove to end at the angle of the mouth with a very short free end. Mouth with short lateral folds on both jaws around the angles, and with a transgeneial fold behind the symphysis, covering the lower labial folds, its hinder margin of considerable width and more or less scalloped. Gill openings narrow, hindmost widest, third to fifth above the pectoral, fourth and fifth close together. Scales small, irregular, carinate, smooth on large individuals. Fins moderate; pectorals broad, margins and angles broadly rounded. Dorsals subequal, hind margins nearly straight, angles not produced; origin of first dorsal above end of base of ventral, distance from second less than twice the length of the base; origin of second two lengths of its base forward of the anal. Base of anal longer than base of second dorsal, equal to two thirds of that of the subcaudal. Caudals narrow. Fin margins more convex on the young. Greyish brown, lighter beneath, with about twelve irregular transverse blotches of darker on the back: the first on the crown, the second between the _ pectorals, the third at the tips of the pectorals, the fourth at the origin and the fifth at the end of the first dorsal, the sixth at the origin and the seventh at the end of the second dorsal, the eighth at the origin of the caudal, and the others upon the caudal fin. On young specimens the anterior blotches enclose white i spots on the edge of the snout, at the side of the nostril, above each eye, and two or more in each of the forward bands. The ground color is lighter on small ones and on some dark spots are scattered over the body and white markings on the edges of the fins. Adults are less spotted and are darker; some of them : nearly uniform brown. , ah Specimens described here are from Hong Kong. Of other localities Siam, _ while close to the Chinese, exhibits more and larger spots of light color; Singa- - pore types are more spotted with brown, the white spots also being present, and the young have the brown blotches darker, the dark edges becoming series of spots on larger specimens. On Penang examples the ground colors are much lighter and the dark edges of the blotches are more broken into series of small 64 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. spots. Females are adult at twenty-eight inches; the largest at hand is thirty- two inches in length. CHILOSCYLLIUM GRISEUM. Chiloscyllium griseum Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 19; Reaan, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 860; pl. 1a, 7-4, pl 13, tf. 2, quv: Chiloscyllium plagiosum Miuier & HENLE, 1841, loc. cit., p. 18; T.Canror, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 392. Chiloscyllium obscurum Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 35. Chiloscyllium plagiosum BuErKeER, 1852, Plagios., p. 17; Dumfrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 328; Day, 1865, Fishes Malabar, p. 267. Chiloscyllium hasseltii BLEEKER, 1852, Plagios., p. 19. Chiloscyllium indicum Ginrs., 1870, Cat. fishes British mus., 8, p. 412 (part). Chiloscyllium indicum Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 726, pl. 188, f. 3. Elongate, depressed, body cavity five twelfths, head one fifth of the total length. Head rather large, broad posteriorly, narrowed forward, flattened beneath; snout depressed, subacuminate, blunt at the end. Nostrils near the end of the snout, inferior, with a nasoral groove; anterior valves and cirri reaching the teeth, widely separated by the preoral attachments, behind which they present an angle on the free margin; posterior valves forming a fold at the outer side of each nostril, continued in another along the outer side of the nasoral grooves and subcontinuous with the upper labial folds, with a short free extrem- ity at the angles of the mouth. Mouth wide, transverse, nearer to the eye than to the end of the snout, with short labial folds around the angles, on both jaws, and with a transgeneial fold of conspicuous width below the symphysis. Teeth small with sharp triangular median cusps concave on the lateral margins and with broad bases, with or without feeble indications of a lateral cusp at each side of the median. Eye small, in length one fourth of its distance from the end of the snout. Spiracle as large as the eye and more behind than below the orbit, with a prominent fold on the posterior edge. Gill openings narrow, third and fifth widest, fourth and fifth close together, hindmost three above the pectoral. Seales small, carinate, keels converging; when worn smooth the scales have per- ceptible indications of five to nine keels around the front edge. Pectorals and ventrals short and broad, subtruncate, angles broadly rounded. Dorsals smaller than the ventrals, second smaller, both much longer than high, hinder angles not produced, hind margins truncate, that of the second more oblique, bases and distance apart equal, more than twice the distance of the second from the origin of the anal; origin of the first dorsal above the middle of the bases of the ventrals. Anal long, little less than the subcaudal. Olivaceous brown, whitish below the body and head. Young with about ten transverse bands of light color, and with light spots on the fins. CHILOSCYLLIUM INDICUM. 65 Described from a female, of about twenty-four inches, from Penang. In the _ ovaries there is a number of small eggs nearly or quite ready to enter the ducts, _ while in each of the latter there are two provided with shells, firm and blackish. _ These shells resemble those of Raiidae more than those of Catulidae. The angles are provided with short blunt processes without tendrils and at the distal end the processes are brought closer together. One edge is longer than the other and more curved; on the inner or shorter edge, near each end there is a mat of long filaments, similar to those of raioids, to serve asanchors. The structure is quite firm being heavily reenforced along the lateral edges. This species differs from C. punctatum in shape of head and snout, in the longer spiracle, in the positions and in the lack of sharpness in the hinder angles of the dorsals, and in the lengths of anal and subcaudal respectively. From C. griseum it is distinguished by smaller dorsals, with positions and non production of angles, by the distance of the second dorsal forward from the anal, ete. India to South Africa and Japan. CHILOSCYLLIUM INDICUM. Squalus sp. Gronow, 1754, Mus. 1, p. 61, no. 133; 1763, Zoophy., 1, p. 34, no. 150. Squalus indicus GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1503; ScuNnurpEr, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 137. Le squale dentaleé LachpzpE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 281, pl. 11, f. 3. Le squale gronovien LAcEPEDE, 1798, ibid., p. 280. Squalus tuberculatus SCHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 137. Chiloscyllium tuberculatum Miuuer & HENxE, 1841, Plagios., p. 19; BLEEKER, 1852, Plagios., p. 20; Dumé&rit, 1865, Elasm., p.331; Kner, 1867, Nov. fische, p. 412. Chiloscyllium phymatodes BLEEKER, 1852, Plagios., p. 20; Dumértit, 1865, Elasm., p. 331. Squalus caudatus Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 8. Synchismus tuberculatum Gru, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 408 (name only). Chiloscylliwm indicum var. 6, €, ¢, GUNTH, 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 412-413. Chiloscyllium indicum REGAN, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 362, pl. 13, f. 2. al ah Sd ee a OR ee Body slender, cavity little more than one third of the total length; head little more than one sixth, rather narrow, depressed on the crown; snout medium, blunt. Nostrils with nasoral grooves; anterior valves and cirri reaching the ‘mouth, separated by the moderate preoral attachments; posterior valves form- ing a fold at the outer side of each nostril and continuing in another on the outer side of the nasoral groove, to end in a short free fringed extremity at the angle of the mouth, subcontinuous with the upper labial fold. Mouth small, _with short labial folds on both jaws, and with a narrow transgeneial fold behind the symphysis, in front of the lower labial folds. Eye small, elongate, lower lid without a fold. Spiracle small, its front edge below the hind edge of the orbit. Gill openings narrow, hindmost widest, third to fifth above the pectoral, fourth and fifth close together. ee ee ee ee ee 66 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Dorsals smaller than the ventrals, equal, hinder margin nearly straight, angles not produced; origin of first dorsal at a vertical from the end of the ven- — tral base; origin of second the length of its base forward of that of the anal, or nearly twice its length backward of the base of the first. Anal narrow, as long as the subeaudal, or longer. Caudals narrow. Claspers short, stout, the outer joints extended beyond the ventral fin. Scales small, with a median keel. A tubercular ridge on the middle of the back from head to tail, broken by the dorsals and a space as long as the orbit in front of each. At each side of this ridge along the upper part of each flank there is most often a less developed ridge. The amount of development in these ridges varies greatly in individuals from the same locality. Greyish to rusty brown, with narrow streaks or series of brown spots simi- lar in positions to such as might outline the cross bands on C. plagiosum. Speci- mens from Penang are much darker and show larger numbers of spots and intermediate series on the snout and over the body. Distinguished from C. plagiosum by smaller dorsals, longer anal, shorter subeaudal, narrower geneial folds, and the coloration. Specimens described here are from Penang and Singapore. Adult males measure eighteen inches. PARASCYLLIUM. Parascyllium Gru, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 412. Body long, slender, cavity less than half the total. Head short; snout short, blunt. Nostrils connected with the mouth by nasoral grooves; anterior narial valves with a cirrus, widely separated by the preoral attachment. Mouth with well-developed lower lip; no geneial fold. Teeth small, lanceolate, median cusp longer, lateral cusps small or absent. Gill openings narrow, fourth and fifth close together above the pectoral, fifth widest. Spiracle small, below hinder part of orbit. Fins all small; first dorsal above the space between the ventral and the anal; second behind the anal; subcaudal short, not lobed. Off coasts of Australia and Tasmania. Brown, spotted with black on the fins and with white on the body a darker transverse band onthenape . , ; variolatum (page 67) Brown, spotted with black on body and fins darker cross bands on nape and body : : . collare (page 67) ‘ = —— oT we, ee PARASCYLLIUM COLLARE. 67 PARASCYLLIUM VARIOLATUM. Hemiscyllium variolatum Dum&rIL, 1853, Rev. et mag. zool., p. 121, pl. 3, f. 1; 1865, Elasm., p. 327. Parascyllium nuchale McCoy, 1874, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 13, p. 15, pl. 2. Parascyllium variolatum Gill, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye.,7,p.413; Reaan, 1908, Proce. Zool. soe. Lond., p. 349. Slender, elongate; caudal region very long; head short; snout short, bluntly rounded. Nostrils large, connected with the mouth by a nasoral groove: anterior valves reaching the lip, widely separated by the preoral attachment, with short cirri. Mouth small, midway from eye to end of snout, with labial folds around the angle, without a geneial fold across the chin. Teeth small, tricuspid, in young. Gill openings small, fourth and fifth close together above the pectoral, fifth widest. Fins small; dorsals subequal, first above middle of space between ventrals and anal, near the total mid length; second little smaller, almost entirely behind the anal; pectorals short and broad; Ventrals entirely forward of the dorsal; end of base of anal little behind origin of second dorsal. Caudal short, narrow, not lobed. Brown with spots of black. On the type, a young individual, the spots are rather large and distinct in the vertebral series and on the fins; on the body and in a dark band across the nape there are numerous irregular maculae of lighter color. Type, about 14 inches long, from Australian waters. PARASCYLLIUM COLLARE. Parascyllium collare Ramsay & OatLBy, 1889, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., ser. 2, 3, p. 1310; Warts, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 32, pl. 2, f. 2; Reaan, 1908, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 349. Parascyllium variolatum GtintTu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 410. In some respects it appears as if this species was founded on adults of the preceding. Hardly any divergence is to be seen in the positions and the sizes of the fins, and the differences in coloration are such as might well be brought about by difference in ages. The individual figured by Waite, 1899, was thirty-three and a quarter inches in length, more than twice the length of the type of P. variolatum; according to this author it was yellowish tinged with brown, had eight cross-bands, two of which were situated on the tail, and the under parts were yellow. His figure places the first and more distinct band across the nape, the second behind the pectorals, the third from ventral to ventral, the fourth at the end of the base of the first dorsal, the fifth above the anal, and the sixth at the end of the base of the second dorsal. Between the 68 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. nape and the tip of the caudal and on the fins there are spots of black as large as the eye or smaller. Off Australian coasts; near Port Jackson. CATULIDAE. This family contains small sharks having an anal fin and spiracles and small spineless dorsal fins which are situated behind the body cavity. In one genus (Pentanchus) the first dorsal has disappeared. In all of the species the mouth is large and below the head, the upper lip generally hiding the lower at the angles; the teeth are small, numerous, and acute and there are several series in function; the nictitating membrane is rudimentary, its office being performed by the lower lid, which closes within the upper; the hindmost of the narrow gill openings are above the pectorals; the scales are small and have one to several cusps, the median and its keel usually being sharper; and the eggs are inclosed in horny cases. Fossil species of Catulidae are found in the Upper Cretaceous and in later formations. Origin of the first dorsal not in advance of the ventrals labial folds on the lower jaw, none on the upper anterior nasal valves with a cirrus ventrals of the male discrete (not concrescent) Poroderma (page 69) anterior nasal valves with a rudimentary cirrus ventrals of the male concrescent . : Catulus (page 71) | labial folds absent or rudimentary ae posterior nasal valves present. ; Cephaloscyllium (page 78) labial folds around the angle of the mouth posterior nasal valve present anal and subcaudal short snout short . A ; ; , ~ Halaelurus (page 81) anal long, subcaudal long; nostrils near the mouth snout short, thick . ; , Parmaturus (page 88) posterior nasal valve rudimentary, anterior not reaching mouth anal and subcaudal elongate; dorsals small snout elongate, depressed edge of caudal with a special armature Pristiurus (page 91) ~- PORODERMA. 69 edge of caudal without special armature 7 Apristurus (page 96) anal and subcaudal elongate; only one dorsal fin Pentanchus (page 95) posterior nasal valve absent, anterior reaching mouth anal and subcaudal short, dorsals larger snout short, narrow; a fold below the eye Atelomycterus (page 100) anal and subcaudal short, anal larger than dorsals snout short, depressed; no fold below the eye Haploblepharus (page 101) Origin of first dorsal slightly in advance of ventral origins labial folds short, upper longer . anal long, distant from the subcaudal snout elongate . : ; ; Proscyllium (page 102) PORODERMA. Poroderma A. Smitu, 1837, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 85. Body rather stout, cavity more than half the total length. Head less than one fourth of the total; snout short, longer than the mouth, depressed, blunt. Nostrils without a nasoral groove; anterior valves short, widely separated, not reaching the mouth, with a strong cirrus; posterior valves broad, short. Eyes small; lower lid with a very slight fold. Mouth wide, short; teeth small, tri- cuspid. Labial folds at the angles of the mouth, on the lower jaws only. Spir- acles moderate, behind the eyes, not distant. Ventrals short. Scales small, tricuspid, median cusp elongate, acute. First dorsal fin behind the ventrals; second dorsal smaller than either first or anal. Gill openings medium, hindmost above the pectoral, narrow. | Off the coasts of southern Africa. The species are distinguished almost entirely by differences in their mark- ings; they are separated as follows: Marked by longitudinal stripes, nearly or quite unspotted nasal cirrus usually not reaching the edge of the lip . africanum (page 70) Marked by spots, rings or vermiculations, spots sometimes confluent nasal cirrus longer, reaching the edge of the lip or beyond pantherinum (page 70) 70 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. PORODERMA AFRICANUM. Le Galonné Broussonet, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 659. Squalus fasciatus BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth, p. 8. Squalus africanus GMELIN, 1789, Linné, Syst., 1, p. 1494. Squalus vittatus Suaw & Nopper, 1798, Nat. misc., 9, pl. 346. Scyllium africanum Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 124; 1829, 2, p. 386; MtLuer & Henrie, 1841, Plagios., p. 12, pl. 7, f. ; A.Smrru, 1849, Afr. Pisces, pl. 25, f.1; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 321; Gunru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 405; p. 406 ‘‘var. a. africana s. striata.” Poroderma africanum A. SmivH, 1837, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 85. Squalus striatus Forster, 1844, Descrip. anim., ed. Lichtenstein, p. 407. Scyliorhinus africanus REGAN, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 1, p. 456. Lui haai, Lazy shark, local names. Snout short, narrowed toward and rounded at the end. Nasal cirrus rather short, in most cases not reaching the lip. The first dorsal appears to be larger than the ventrals, its origin is placed closer to a vertical from the ends of their bases, and the difference in size between this dorsal and the second dorsal is perhaps a trifle greater than in the species P. pantherinum. Like that species this one is subject to great variations in markings. As figured by Smith individuals of P. africanum have five or seven longitudinal bands each of which, between the head and the caudal region, divides into two narrow stripes while the lower one on each side breaks into spots or short bars behind the ventrals. On the cheek in front of the gill apertures there are some small spots. Other descriptions give five or seven bands along the upper parts each band sometimes lighter in the middle. Reaches a length of three feet or more. Types described from Algoa Bay and the Cape. PORODERMA PANTHERINUM. Poroderma pantherinum A. SmitH, 1837, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 85. Poroderma variegatum A. Smitu, 1837, ibid. Poroderma submaculatum A. Situ, 1837, ibid. Scyllium pantherinum Mtuuter & HENtg, 1841, Plagios., p. 13, pl. 7, f.; A. Smrru, 1849, Afr. Pisces, pl. 25, f. 3; Dumériz, 1865, Elasm., p. 322. Scyllium africanum var. variegatum Gintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 406. Scyllium africanum var. pantherinum Gintu., 1870, ibid. Scyliorhinus pantherinus REGAN, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 1, p. 456. Snout short, blunt, rounded at the end. Nasal cirrus reaching the lip or beyond it. Origin of the first dorsal a short distance behind a vertical from the bases of the ventrals; base of first dorsal nearly two thirds, and base of sec- ond dorsal less than half the length of the anal base. One third or more of the base of the second dorsal lies behind that of the anal. Pectorals nearly as broad as long, subtruncate. Greyish to brownish, with brown markings. Smith says fresh specimens CATULUS. 7] have, on the head, the back, the sides superiorly, and the tops of the pectorals, a tint intermediate between lavender-purple and brownish purple-red, the dorsals and pectorals stronger in the reddish or flesh color, and on the lower surfaces generally and the caudal a yellowish gray faintly tinted with flesh-red. The variety pantherinum is marked by spots and rings or enclosures; var. varie- gatum by spots and longitudinal streaks. An individual from the Cape shows the brown rings placed nearly in longitudinal as also to some extent in transverse rows. It exhibits many of the rings divided into two, each of which is open toward the other. All stages of this division are to be seen; whether it is made more often vertically or longitudinally is undecided. Many of the halves resemble the letter C. On Smith’s figure of P. variegatum the spots are small, numerous, and in some measure arranged longitudinally. Above the middle of the flank they tend to form two long stripes; the fins are immaculate. The figure of P. pantherinum has the fins and the head sprinkled with small maculae and the body is closely marked by brown rings or enclosures of no regularity in positions or shapes. Reaches three feet or more in length. South Africa. CaTULUS. Catulus VALMONT, 1768, Dict. hist. nat., 4, p.51; A. Smrru, 1837, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 85 (part). Scyliorhinus BuAINnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. phil., p. 121 (part). Scyllium Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 124 (part). Body shorter than the tail; head and caudal short; snout short, blunt. Nostrils distinct from the mouth, or, in the species in which the posterior nasal valve is cirroid, with a rudimentary nasoral groove. Anterior nasal valves not confluent across the internarial space, cirri absent or rudimentary. Spir- acles small, close to the corner of the eye. Mouth large; a labial fold on the lower jaw. ‘Teeth in numerous rows, each tooth with a median larger cusp and one to several small lateral cusps. Gill openings small, hindmost above the pectoral. Dorsals and anal small, anal the largest; caudal short. First dorsal above or behind the bases of the ventrals. Ventrals of the male more or less concrescent above the claspers. Fossil species from the Cretaceous and later. Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. Anterior nasal valves reaching the mouth posterior nasal valves cirroid; a shallow nasoral groove first dorsal behind ends of ventrals bases second dorsal partly above the base of the anal caniculus (page 72) 72 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. second dorsal wholly behind base of anal length of anal base about equal its distance from the caudal | duhamelit (page 73) length of anal base less than its distance from caudal capensis (page 74) posterior nasal valves not cirroid first dorsal at ends of ventrals second dorsal base with half its length behind the anal base marked by scattered spots as large as the eye, larger and smaller . : = : , ; stellaris (page 57) Anterior nasal valves not reaching the mouth posterior nasal valves broad, not cirroid first dorsal behind the ends of the ventrals second dorsal small, mainly behind the anal marked by a network of brown : : retifer (page 76) marked by transverse series of blotches of brown and of whitish boa (page 77) first dorsal at the ends of the ventrals; snout short second dorsal small, at the end of the anal marked by transverse blotches of brown and by spots of whitish . : : : : E torazame (page 77) first dorsal ending above the ventrals second dorsal small, half its base behind that of the anal uniform brown . : : ; ; cephalus (page 78) CATULUS CANICULUS. Galeus stellaris major BELON, 1553, Aquat., p. 73. Catulus minor SAtvIANI, 1554, Aquat., fol. 137, 138, fig. 46; ALDRovANDI, 1613, Pisc. & Cet., p. 390; WL8L.L., 1686, Pisc., p. 64, pl. B4, no. 2; Jonst., 1649, Pisc., p. 25, pl. 8, f. 2. Canicula aristotelis RONDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 380; GesNner, 1558, Aquat., p. 198. Catulus major vulgaris Ray, 1713, Pise., p. 22; VAuMont, 1768, Dict. hist. nat., 4, p. 51. Squalus sp. ARTEDI, 1738, Ichthyologia, Gen., p. 68, 69, no. 10-11; Gronow, 1756, Mus. 2, p. 44, no. 199; 1763, Zoophy., 1, p. 32, no. 144. é Squalus canicula Linn#&, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 234; BoNnNaTERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 6; Gmettn, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1490; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 116. Squalus catulus Linn&, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 235; Brunnicu, 1768, Ichth. Massiliensis, p. 5; Biocn, 1785, Ausl. fische, 1, p. 21, pl. 114; Getty, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1490; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 127; Donovan, 1804, Br. fish., pl. 55; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 29; Gray, 1851, Chondro- pterygii, p. 29; 1854, Gron. syst., p. 5. Lesser dog fish PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 90. Catulus stellaris major DUHAMEL, 1777, Traité, 3, sect. ix, p. 304, pl. 22, f. 1. Le squale rochier Lachpnpe, 1798, Poiss., 1, p. 233, pl. 10, f. 1. Galeus caniculus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 46. CATULUS DUHAMELII. 73 Scyliorhinus caniculus BLAINV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 71, pl. 17, f.1; Jen- SEN, 1907, Dan. fiske, p. 301, pl. 27, f. 3; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 1, p. 458. Scyllium canicula Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 124; PARNELL, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 407; Bona- PARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 48, f. 1; Mtttuer & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 6, pl. 7; Kroyer, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 814; Ninsson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., p. 711; Dumérix, 1865, Elasm., p. 315; Bocacr & CapPE.xo, 1866, Plagios., p. 11; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., - 8, p. 402; CanestrIni, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 50; Mam, 1877, Géteb. och Bohus. fauna, p. 619; WinTHER, 1879, Prodr., p. 57; Cotter, 1875, Norges fiske, p. 210; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 278; DoprrueEtn, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 24; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 309, pl. 159, f. 1. Scylliorhinus catulus BLAINv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 69, pl. 17, f. 1. Scylliorhinus elegans Buatnv., ibid., p. 73. Rough hound Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 14, pl. 2. Snout short, broadly rounded. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout. Anterior nasal valves reaching the mouth in a broad flap in which they are narrowly separated at their point of attachment in front of the symphyses of the jaws; a very rudimentary cirrus on each valve. Posterior nasal valve .a narrow short cirroid. A shallow nasoral groove. Mouth wide, much curved; upper lips concealing the lower at the angles; a labial fold at the angles, on the lower jaw, extending half way to the symphysis. Eyes moderate; edge of lower lid closing within the upper. Spiracle small, near the corner of the eye. Gill openings small, hindmost two above the base of the pectoral. Dorsals small; origin of the first dorsal a short distance farther back than the ends of the bases of the ventrals; second dorsal smaller, origin above the hindmost fourth of the base of the anal. Base of the anal one and two thirds times as long as that of the first dorsal; tip of the fin ending below the middle of the base of the second dorsal or farther back. Ventrals very oblique, those of the male joined above the claspers and more produced. The base of the anal is longer than its distance from the caudal and it subtends one fourth to one half of the forward portion of the base of the second dorsal. Light rusty or reddish brown thickly sprinkled with small spots of brown, smaller than the eye to mere dots, on back and flanks, larger and more widely scattered on the fins and on the lower flanks. Among the specimens examined, males of eighteen inches were immature, and those of about two feet in length appeared to be quite mature and had claspers fully developed. In the small variety usually confused with this, C. duhamelii, described below, the male is mature at a length of thirteen inches. Mediterranean and Atlantic; off the coasts of Europe. CATULUS DUHAMELII, sp. nov. — Catulus saxatilis DUHAMEL, 1777, Traité 3, sect. 9, p. 304, pl. 22, f. 2-3. Petite roussette ou Chat rochier DUHAMEL, 1777, loc. cit. 74 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Snout short, longer than the mouth, broadly rounded at the end. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout. Anterior nasal valves broad, reaching the mouth, narrowly separated from one another at their median attachment; posterior valves narrow, cirroid. : . longurio (page 114) labial folds on both jaws short, less than 3 length of jaws snout broadly rounded length from the nostrils much less than distance between their outer angles. : : ; ; terrae novae (page 115) 110 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. snout rounded length from the nostrils little less than the distance between their outer angles. : : : : intermedius (page 115) labial folds subequal, elongate snout broad, blunt teeth with fine serrations . : ‘ . vagatus (page 116) SCOLIODON SORRAKOWAH. Sorra kowah RussEt1, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, p. 9, pl. 15. 1 Carcharias sorrakowah Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 388; BLeEKerR, 1853; Verh. Bat. gen., 25, p. 80. : Scoliodon laticaudus MiLuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 27. q Carcharias (Scoliodon) laticaudus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 28, pl.8; Dumirtt, 1865, Elasm., i p. 343; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 358; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 712, pl. 188, f. 1. Carcharias (Scoliodon) macrorhynchos BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 31, pl. 1, f. 1; DumerIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 343. Head long, depressed; snout longer than the distance from the eye to the first gill opening, blunted at the end. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout. Mouth little wider than long, outline subangular in’ front; ) me labial folds short, on the lower jaws, not on the upper. Teeth in 3 to 34 rows; bases broad; cusps inclined obliquely out toward the angle of the mouth, sec- torial, not serrated, the forward or cutting edge slightly concave to straight. A Saeed small erect median tooth in the upper series, two small symphyseal teeth on the lower. Fins rather small. Pectorals little longer than wide, not reaching a vertical from the origin of the dorsal, hind margin concave. Base of first dorsal nearly equal to the distance between the bases of the ventrals and the anal, little more than that between anal and caudal, ending slightly forward of the ventral. Ventrals small, origin below the produced extremity of the dorsal. Base of anal elongate, equal to its distance from the caudal, fin acute. Base of second dorsal less than half that of the anal, mid length above the end of base of the anal, fin acuminate, not reaching the caudal pit. Tail moderate, sub- caudal lobe prominent. Scales small, with three (3-5) strong keels which are produced as spines. Light rusty brownish on the back; light to white below; fins darker, darkening with age; caudal dark-edged above, white below; white of lower surfaces extending to sides of head and snout. Total length 133, snout to abdeminal pores 63, snout to hindmost gill cleft 3%, and snout to mouth 1 inches. Specimen described from Singapore, collected by Capt. W. H. Putnam. SCOLIODON DUMERILIL. 111 SCOLIODON PALASORRAH. Pala sorra Russet, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, p. 9, pl. 14. Carcharias palasorrah Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 388; BieeKker, 1853, Verh. Bat. gen., 26, p. 80. Carcharias acutus RUPPrELL, 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, Fische, p. 65, pl. 18, f. 4. Carcharias (Scoliodon) acutus Mituer & Henxex, 1841, Plagios., p. 29; RicHarpson, 1846, Rept. Brit. Assoc. adv. sci. for 1845, p. 194; T. Cantor, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 1381; BLerKmr, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 30; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 345; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 358; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 712, pl. 188, f. 2. Carcharias (Scoliodon) crenidens KLUNZINGER, 1879, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 80, p. 102. ~ Head depressed; snout long, narrowed forward, rounded at theend. Length of snout from the mouth nearly equal to the distance from the eye to the first gill opening. Nostrils nearer to the end of the snout than to the corners of the mouth. Mouth arched, wider than long; labial folds short, on the lower jaws, not on the upper. Teeth in 33 rows; median tooth of upper jaws erect, not small; the two symphyseal teeth of the lower jaws hardly smaller than the others. Pectorals longer than broad, rather sharp angled, reaching the dorsal. Base of the first dorsal nearer to the ventrals than to the bases of the pectorals. Origin of the second dorsal above the end of the anal base, length of the dorsal base about one third of its distance from the caudal; base of anal about twice as long, equal half of its distance from the subcaudal or hardly half of its distance from the bases of the ventrals. Ventrals smaller than the anal. Posterior margins of pectorals, first dorsal and anal concave. Back brownish; lower surfaces and margins of pectorals whitish. India and East Indies. SCOLIODON DUMERILII. Carcharias (Scoliodon) dumérilii BLEEKER, 1856, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., I, Amboina, p. 70; Dumértt, 1865, Elasm., p. 344; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 359. Body elongate, compressed. Head much broader than deep, length of snout twice that of the mouth, three times the diameter of the eye. Nostrils midway from the angles of the mouth to the end of the snout. Labial folds short, in the angles. Teeth not serrated; median upper tooth small, erect. Pectorals much longer than wide, reaching the dorsal, concave on the hind border, distant from the eye about the length of the snout from the mouth. First dorsal little closer to ventrals than to pectorals. Length of anal base about one third of its distance from the ventrals. Caudal pointed. Distinguished from S. walbeehmi by length of snout, position of nostrils, short- ness of labial folds, position of the first dorsal, length of pectorals, and colors. Back brown; pectorals black narrowly bordered with white. Amboina. 112 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. SCOLIODON WALBEEHMI. Carcharias (Scoliodon) walbeehmi BienKker, 1856, Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 10, p. 353; Dumirm, 1865, Elasm., p. 344; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 359. Head elongate, pointed; snout one and one half times the length of the mouth, rounded at the end. Mouth narrowing forward, rounded in front; labial folds short, extended more on the lower jaws than on the upper. Nostrils about twice as far from the end of the snout as from the mouth, distance apart — less than the length of the mouth. Eye small, orbit about half the length of the mouth, less than the distance from the nostril, equal the width of a gill opening. Hindmost two of the gill openings above the pectoral. Teeth in # rows, bases broad, cusps obliquely inclined toward the angles of the mouth above a decided notch in the hinder edge; median tooth in the upper series and the two sym- physeal teeth in the lower smaller, nearly erect; inner or cutting edge concave near the apex of the cusp. Scales minute, 5-carinate. Ventrals, second dorsal, and anal small. Pectorals more pointed on the outer angle, more indented on the hind margin, and sharper on the inner angle than on S. laticaudus. Origin of first dorsal opposite the end of the inner angle of the pectoral, produced hinder angle reaching a vertical from the origins of the ventrals. Length of anal base less than half the distance from the bases of the ventrals, two thirds of its dis- tance from the caudal. Base of second dorsal half as long as that of the anal, end of fin not reaching the caudal pit. Caudal moderate, deep across the sub- caudal lobe, slender backward. Back brown; lower surface white; fins dark with light margins, excepting the upper edge of the caudal and the lower edge of the hinder portion of the subeaudal which are dark. Total length 18, snout to pores 8%, snout to fifth gill opening 33, and snout to mouth 1% inches. Specimens described from Singapore and Columbo; Penang. SCOLIODON POROSUS. Squalus porosus Pony, 1860, Memorias Cuba, 2, p. 339, tab. 19, f. 11, 12. Scoliodon porosus PoEy, 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 452; 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist. nat., 5, p. 200. This species somewhat resembles S. terrae novae in shapes and proportions and in positions of the fins. In comparing a Cuban specimen of S. porosus, from Professor Poey, of about fifteen inches with one of S. terrae novae of equal size, from South Carolina, the following divergences are patent: — S. porosus is the - SCOLIODON LALANDII. 113 less depressed in forehead and snout, is narrower in the snout and deeper in the head and more pointed anteriorly, has a smaller mouth, has much shorter labial folds around the buccal angles, where the folds extend but little on the lower jaws and not much more on the upper, has the cutting edges of the teeth weakly serrated and somewhat curved, has wider gill openings, has longer more falci- form and acute pectoral fins, has a taller first dorsal that is more pointed on the upper angle, has a much deeper and sharper subcaudal lobe, has much deeper excavations behind anal and subcaudal, has larger flatter scales commonly quinque-carinate with extremities of the median keels less produced than those of S. terrae novae, and it has the bases of the second dorsal and the anal almost directly opposed, though the end of the latter extends slightly farther back. Cuba. No. 1380 M. C. Z. SCOLIODON LALANDII. Carcharias (Scoliodon) lalandii Mtuuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 30; Dumfrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 346. _ Scoliodon terrae novae Risetro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 138. Head long; snout elongate, pointed, sharper and longer than that of S. terrae novae, nostrils at about two sevenths of the distance from the mouth to the end. Mouth large, width greater than the length; labial fold on upper jaw nearly one third of the length, lower little shorter. Teeth in # rows, broad based, with slender cusps turned toward the angle of the mouth and slightly curved toward the opposite teeth, and with a notch above the base on the outer edge. Eye large, midway from first gill cleft to end of snout. Gill openings as wide as the orbit. Nictitating membrane below and somewhat in front of the eye. Pectorals medium, reaching the dorsal; angles rounded. Origin of first dorsal above the inner angle of the pectoral, produced extremity not quite reaching a vertical from the origin of the ventrals. Base of second dorsal half as long as that of the anal, or one fourth of that of the first dorsal, one third above the end of the anal base. Second dorsal fin ending one length of the base forward of the caudal, and two and one half lengths behind the base of the first dorsal. Tail one fourth of the total length. Caudal large, end pointed, angles rounded, lower lobe deep and rather wide, blunt. Slaty brown to olivaceous on back and fins, shading to white below, from _the middle of the flank; hind borders of fins light. ~ » 5 Scoliodon terrae novae has the snout broader, the nostrils farther forward, the hind margin of the first dorsal more excavated, more nearly vertical, and the fin smaller. Scoliodon_longurio also has the nostrils farther forward, the 114 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. dorsal smaller and the hind border more nearly vertical. The cusps of the teeth appear to be longer and more slender in S. lalandii than in either of the others mentioned. Total length of an adult male from Rio Janeiro 23, snout to abdominal pores 11, snout to fifth gill opening 54, and snout to mouth 1 inches. Off the eastern coasts of South America. Hassler Expedition. SCOLIODON LONGURIO. Carcharias (Scoliodon) longurio JoRDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 5, p. 106. Scoliodon longurio Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 42. Head long; snout more pointed than that of S. lalandi, the nearest ally; nostrils at nearly one third of the distance from the mouth to the end; distance between nostrils equal their distance from the end of the snout, which equals the length of the mouth. Mouth large, broad, broadly arched in front, length equal two thirds of the width; labial folds extending about one third of the length on each jaw. Teeth in 3§ rows; bases broad; cusps turned toward the angles of the mouth above a notch on the outer border. Median tooth, and the two symphyseal teeth of the lower series smaller, more erect. The teeth cusps in this species appear to be more erect and broader than in either S. lalandi or S. terrae novae. Eye large, pupil vertical. Hind margin of the pectoral slightly indented, inner angle bluntly rounded, outer angle more pointed and slender than in S. lalandii. First dorsal origin little behind the inner angle of the pec- toral, fin smaller and more deeply excavated behind than in S. lalandii; end of fin not reaching above origins of ventrals by about one length of the orbit. Second dorsal very small, base one fourth of that of the first, two thirds of that of the anal, distant three times its length from the caudal pit. Lobe of sub- caudal deep, rather narrow, blunt. Total length 31, snout to pores 153, snout to fifth gill opening 7, and snout to mouth 23 inches. } Back slaty brown shading to white on the flanks and below; hind margins of pectorals and anal, and front of subcaudal lighter, other margins of caudal darker, all darker on adults. Mexico to Panama, in the Eastern Pacific. SCOLIODON INTERMEDIUS. 115 SCOLIODON TERRAE NOVAE. Plate 2, fig. 1-4. Squalus punctatus Mircu., 1815, N. Y. lit. & philos. trans., 1, p. 483 (non punctatus Scun. & Biocn). Squalus (Carcharias) terrae novae RicHarpson, 1836, Fauna Bor. Amer., 3, p. 289. Aprionodon punctatus GiuL, 1861, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 59 extra. Scoliodon terrae novae GILL, 1861, ibid.; Jonpan & GiLBeERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 24; Jorp. & Evero., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 13. Carcharias (Scoliodon) terrae novae DumEéRIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 346; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 358 (part). Head broader than deep, snout elongate, less than twice as long as the mouth, broad and broadly rounded from the eyes to the end. Nostrils little nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout. Mouth greatly arched, length two thirds of the width; a short labial fold on each jaw, upper little longer. Teeth in 32 rows, median upper erect and hardly smaller, lateral teeth with cusps inclined toward the angles of the mouth over a notch on the outer edge. Hye large, pupil vertical, hind border of orbit equidistant from first gill cleft and end of snout. Inner angle of pectoral slightly produced, rounded, reaching a vertical from the origin of the first dorsal. Hinder angles of dorsals and anal produced, acuminate. First dorsal about as large as the pectorals, origin above their inner angles, end hardly reaching above origins of ventrals. Second dorsal smaller and farther back than the anal, middle of its base above end of anal base. Tail about two sevenths of the total length; lower lobe of caudal well developed. Back brown, olivaceous to greyish, hind margins of pectorals white. Lower surface white. On smaller individuals a dark edging to caudal and dorsals. Description from a female of thirty-two and one half inches secured in the Bahamas by Dr. Thomas Barbour. Total length of a specimen from Mobile 23, snout to abdominal pores 11, snout to fifth gill aperture 5, and snout to mouth 1% inches. | Labrador to Brazil. SCOLIODON INTERMEDIUS, sp. Noy. Body compressed; head elongate, depressed; snout moderately broad, longer, narrower and less broadly rounded than that of S. terrae novae, less pointed than that of S. lalandii, twice as long as the mouth. Outer angles of nostrils nearer to end of snout than to angles of mouth. Eye medium, diameter greater than width of gill openings, twice in the length of the mouth. Mouth 116 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. in a somewhat pointed arch; labial fold on upper jaw about two sevenths of its length, that on lower jaw little shorter, partly hidden at the angle. Teeth in # rows, deeply notched on the hind margin, broad based, cusps inclined outward, coneave on the inner margin. Median tooth of the upper series and the two symphyseal teeth of the lower smaller and more erect than the others. Gill openings rather narrow, hindmost two above the pectoral. Outer angle of the pectoral reaching below the middle of the base of the dorsal, hind margin con- cave, inner angle extending little behind a vertical from the dorsal origin. Hind angle of first dorsal about reaching a vertical from the origin of the ventrals; base two and one half times its length in advance of the second dorsal. Second dorsal very small, its acuminate end extended little more than half way from its base to the caudal pit. Base of anal nearly twice the length of that of the second dorsal, ending below the middle of the latter, hind margin deeply ex- cavated. Ventrals about equal the anal, inner angles much less produced. Length of caudal less than one third of the total, subcaudal lobe prominent, caudal pits distinct. Scales minute, the five keels produced as short spines. Total length 202, snout to pores 9§, snout to fifth gill opening 4%, snout to mouth 18, and length of caudal 53 inches. Back brown, shading to white below from the flanks and the sides of the head; hind margins of pectorals white. Philippines; East Indies. SCOLIODON VAGATUS, sp. nov. Head long; crown straight longitudinally, convex transversely; snout long, broad, convex on the sides, blunt pointed at the end. Distance between the outer angles of the nostrils greater than their distance from the end of the snout. Eye large, distance from end of snout equal that from the first gill opening, length of orbit little more than one fourth of the length of the snout. Mouth large, length less than two thirds of the width; labial folds on both jaws, upper reaching half way to below the middle of the eye, equal the width of the orbit, lower little shorter. Teeth in aes rows; bases very broad; cusps rather narrow and short; inner or cutting edge much inclined toward the angles of the mouth and concave; apex more erect; outer edge deeply notched; both edges with fine serrations near the base. On the upper teeth the cusps are little broader and the inner edges are less concave. Greatest width of the pectorals about two thirds of the length, outer angle sharp, extending behind the middle of the base of the dorsal, hind margin concave. Origin of the first dorsal APRIONODON BREVIPINNA. 117 above the inner extremity of the pectoral, length equal height or two fifths of the distance between the dorsal bases, hind margin deeply concave, hinder angle acuminate, not quite reaching a vertical from the origin of the ventrals. Ventrals small, outer angles rounded, hinder blunted. Second dorsal small, hinder angle “3 much produced; base equal half its distance from the caudal, middle above the ~ end of the anal base. Anal twice as large as second dorsal, length of base nearly half the distance between it and the bases of the ventrals. Caudal more than _ one fourth of the total length, sharp at the end; subcaudal lobe rather acute. Light ashy or yellowish brown, whitish on the hinder edges of pectorals and subcaudal; lower surfaces whitish. Total length 323, snout to abdominal pores 163, snout to fifth gill opening 73, snout to mouth 23, and length of caudal 83 inches. Specimen described from Zanzibar, collected by the late Caleb Cooke. APRIONODON. Aprion Miuumr & HEente, 1841, Plagios., p. 31 (preoccupied). Aprionodon Gi, 1861, Proc. Acad. nat. sci., Phil., p.59 extra (name only); 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, 411. General features of form, shapes and positions of fins, etc., like those of species of Carcharinus, but differing somewhat in dentition. The teeth are compressed; they are unserrated on the edges of the rather narrow nearly erect cusps; the bases are broad. Fossil species occur in the Lower Tertiary. Red Sea, Indian Ocean and Archipelago; Western Atlantic. - Snout elongate, tapering o he aS second dorsal smaller than anal, origin farther back origin of first dorsal above inner angle of pectoral brevipinna (page 117) Snout short, broad second dorsal larger than anal, origin little farther forward origin of first dorsal little back of inner angle of pectoral acutidens (page 118) second dorsal nearly equal anal, origin at end of anal base origin of first dorsal nearly above inner angle of pectoral Pree? Rae ee isodon (page 119) APRIONODON BREVIPINNA. Carcharias (Aprion) brevipinna Miuuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 31, pl. 9; BLEEKrER, 1852, Plagios., p. 25. Carcharias (Prionodon) brevipinna BLEEKER, 1853, Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 4, p. 509, 118 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Carcharias (Aprionodon) brevipinna Giix, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 411 (mame only); Dumfrm, — 1865, Elasm., p. 348; Giinrx., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 361. a Body moderate, fins rather small. Head depressed, nearly one fourth of the total length, tapering to the bluntly rounded end of the snout. Snout pro- duced, narrowed forward, preoral length equal distance from eye to gill opening. Length of orbit little greater than width of nostril, nearly equal width of gill opening; nasal valve without a pointed lobe. Mouth large, broadly arched, labial folds in the angles only. Teeth small, in 3§ rows, not serrated; bases broad, without denticulation; cusps narrow, upper erect or nearly so, median small, median lower small with a row of small teeth at each side of it. Pectorals subfalciform, hind margin somewhat indented, angles blunted, outer angle reaching the end of the base of the dorsal. Origin of dorsal above the inner angle of the pectoral; base about one length forward of the bases of the ventrals, length less than half its distance from the second dorsal. Anal little smaller than the ventrals, larger than the second dorsal and origin farther forward, hind margin much indented, hind angle produced and reaching half way from the base to the caudal. Second dorsal small, above the anal but origin a trifle farther back, base distant twice its length from the caudal pit. Caudal about one fourth of the total length, pointed, subcaudal lobe produced, sharp. Java. APRIONODON ACUTIDENS. Carcharias acutidens RispPpEuy, 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, Fische, p. 65, pl. 18, f.3; KuunzineEr, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 217; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 713; Gitnrtu., 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 478. Carcharias (Aprionodon) acutidens Dumiri1, 1865, Elasm., p. 349; GiinrH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 361. Head less than one fourth of the total length, broad, depressed, with sides curving from behind the eyes to the end of the snout. - Snout short, length little more than that of the mouth, much less than the width of the latter. Nostrils about opposite the middle of the preoral space, nearer to the eye than to the end of the snout, with prominent inner valves. Eye small, much nearer to the end of the snout than to the first gill opening. Width of mouth equal twice its length. Labial folds short, upper directed outward and a little forward, lower hidden in the angle. Teeth in 27-29, 3§, rows, not serrated, with broad bases and lanceo- late, narrow, erect cusps, upper with a shallow notch at side on the base. Gill openings wide, width more than twice the length of orbit. Pectorals large, width about four fifths of the greatest length, outer angle sharp, hind margin concave, fin very little falciform, Origin of first dorsal little behind the inner I » APRIONODON ISODON. 119 angle of the pectoral, acuminate hinder extremity reaching slightly backward of the origins of the ventrals, end of base about twice the length of the orbit farther forward, hind margin concave. Second dorsal smaller than the first, larger than the anal, less than twice the base farther back than that of the first dorsal, hind margin deeply indented. Anal smaller than second dorsal, little more excavated on the hind margin; base opposite the middle of that of the second dorsal and about three fourths of the length, distance from the caudal about equal. Caudal medium, less than one fourth of the total, lower lobe not much produced. Ashy or greyish brown, edges of hindmost fins blackish; lower surfaces lighter. Total length 34, snout to abdominal pores 18, snout to fifth gill opening 73, snout to mouth 2, and caudal 8t inches. Approaches toward the genus Triaenodon appear in the positions and relative proportions of the fins, and in a notch at each side of the cusp on the bases of the upper teeth. Indian Ocean and Archipelago; Red Sea. Specimen described from Apiang, taken by Andrew Garrett. APRIONODON ISODON. Carcharias (A prion) isodon Mier & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 32. Aprionodon punctatus Grit, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 401; Jorpan & GriLBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 24. Carcharias (A prionodon) isodon DumE&RIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 349. Carcharias (A prionodon) punctatus GiinTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 361. Aprionodon isodon Pony, 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist. nat., 5, p. 200; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 42. Snout much shorter than that of A. brevipinna, blunt, distance from the angle of the mouth to the nostril twice that from the nostril to the end of the snout, preoral length equal the distance between the nostrils. Width of nostrils hardly less than length of orbits. Teeth erect, without serrations, in 3} rows; upper small with broad bases; lower similar but smaller; median teeth small. Pectorals subfalciform, reaching the hind end of the base of the first dorsal. Second dorsal much smaller than the first, above the anal. The pectorals in this species are larger comparatively than those of A. brevipinna; in positions and forms of the other fins the two are alike. Originally described from a specimen, about two feet in length, said to have been collected at New York. Western Atlantic. 120 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. HYPOPRION. Hypoprion Mutter & HeENxE, 1841, Plagios., p. 34. Hypoprionodon Giuu, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 399. Hardly distinct from species of Carcharinus in which the lower teeth are erect and smooth on the edges, and the bases only of the upper teeth are serrated. Indian Ocean and Archipelago; West Indies. Fossil in the Miocene. Second dorsal larger than anal, and origin little farther back snout short, broad origin of first dorsal about midway from snout to caudal pit brevirostris (page 120) Second dorsal smaller than anal and origin above hinder third of its base snout elongate, pointed origin of first dorsal above inner angle of pectoral macloti (page 121) Second dorsal smaller than anal, origin little behind that of anal | snout moderate, shorter than that of H. maclot origin of first dorsal close behind the pectoral hemiodon (page 122) Second dorsal and anal equal and opposed snout broad and broadly rounded first dorsal nearer to bases of pectorals than to ventrals , playfairit (page 122) snout elongate, sharp first dorsal 7 length of base farther back than pectorals signatus (page 122) HYPOPRION BREVIROSTRIS. Hypoprion brevirostris Pony, 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 451, pl. 4, f. 5, 6, 20; 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist. nat., 5, p. 198; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 5, p. 581; 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 61; Jorp. & Evrerm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 41. Carcharias (Hypoprion) brevirostris GUNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 362. Carcharias brevirostris JORDAN, 1884, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 7, p. 104. Body rather stout, compressed; head large, depressed; snout short, broad, blunt; nostrils behind the middle of the preoral length, valves with a sharp lobe. Mouth with a short fold at the angle. Teeth broad-based, two-rooted, narrow- - 31—33 —35 . . a) cusped, in —3;—-33— rows; upper with triangular, unserrated cusps rising from serrated shoulders on the base; lower with somewhat narrower cusps on bases without serrations. The only serrations on the teeth of this species are those on the basal processes of the upper series. In three rows at the symphysis the teeth are smaller, those in the median rows are very small. Gill clefts wide. Eye HYPOPRION MACLOTI. 121 small, pupil vertical. Pectorals broad, rather sharp, reaching behind the origin of the dorsal, hind margin concave. Origin of first dorsal nearly midway from snout to caudal pit, end above origins of ventrals, base above the middle of the space between pectorals and ventrals, upper angle sharp, hinder produced. Second dorsal nearly as large as the first, above the anal, acuminate extremity not reaching the caudal pit. The dorsals are large and nearly equal in size. Ventrals and anal smaller than the second dorsal; anal below the second dorsal with origin a little in front. Caudal medium with a strong lower lobe. Uniform greyish olive or olivaceous grey, tips of fins slightly darkened. A specimen taken by Prof. Geo. B. Shattuck at the Bahamas contained nineteen young each about eighteen inches in length. In a specimen secured by Mrs. Celeste N. Willard at Pensacola, Florida, the rows of teeth are #3. Poey’s types were from Cuba. HYPOPRION MACLOTI. Carcharias (Hypoprion) macloti MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 34, pl. 10; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 350; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 362. Body moderately stout; head long, one fourth of the total, tapering. Snout elongate, pointed. Nostrils much nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout; valve with a small pointed lobe. Eye moderate, length of orbit nearly equal distance from nostril. Mouth large, greatly arched, its width equal two thirds of the snout, or one and one third times the length; labial folds at the angles, not extended on the jaws. Teeth in 27 rows, slightly oblique; upper denticulated on the base at each side of a rather narrow cusp, symphyseal rows of smaller teeth; lower cusps narrower, bases smooth, median tooth small. Pectoral moderate, falciform, two thirds as wide as long, angles slightly blunted. Dorsal origin above the inner end of the pectoral, hinder angle acuminate, nearly reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Anal small, origin forward of that of the _ second dorsal, hinder margin concave, hind angle produced. Second dorsal ¢ . e 4 smaller than the anal, origin above the hinder third of the base of the latter, base distant from that of the first dorsal about one fourth of the total length, or about the length of the caudal, acuminate extremity not quite reaching the caudal pit. Caudal equal length of head to the fifth gill opening; subcaudal lobe prominent, sharp. Scales minute, three to five keels. Brownish gray; lighter below. New Guinea; Indian Ocean. 122 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. HYPOPRION HEMIODON. Carcharias (Hypoprion) hemiodon Miituer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 35, pl. 19, f. 2 (teeth); Dums&rit, 1865, Elasm., p. 351; Giinrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 862; Day, 1878, Ind. Fishes, p. 714. Hypoprionodon hemiodon Giu1, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 409 (name only). Snout moderate, blunt, much shorter than that of P. macloti. Nostrils little smaller than the eyes, midway in the preoral length. Teeth in a rows; upper subtriangular, slightly oblique, smooth on the inner edge, notched on the outer and bearing several blunt denticles on the basal portion; lower not ser- rated, cusps narrower, on broad bases, nearly erect. A row of smaller median teeth above and below. Distance between the outer angles of the nostrils equal that between end of snout and mouth. Outer and inner angles of pectorals rounded, hind margins concave. First dorsal close behind the pectoral, upper angle rounded, hinder acuminate, hind margin indented. Second dorsal above the anal, origin little behind that of the latter, base two thirds the length of the anal base, upper angle blunt, hinder acuminate. Hind angle of anal acute, hinder margin deeply notched. In teeth at hand the serrations on the outer part of the base of the lower teeth are nearly as distinct as those on the bases of the upper teeth. Blackish gray; lighter below. Pondicherry; India; Calcutta. HYPOPRION PLAYFAIRII. Carcharias (Hypoprion) playfairiti GUNTHER, 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 362. Snout short, broadly rounded, preoral length two thirds of the width and rather more than the length of the mouth; nostrils midway to the end. Teeth erect, with narrowed cusps on broad two-rooted bases, in 33 rows; upper rather wider than the lower, with obtuse denticulations on the bases. Orbits much narrower than the gill openings. Pectorals moderate in length and width, not reaching the end of the dorsal. Dorsal nearer to the bases of the pectorals than to the ventrals. Second dorsal one third as large as the first, equal and exactly opposite to the anal. Caudal one fourth of the total length. A black spot on the end of each of the fins. Zanzibar. HYPOPRION SIGNATUS. Hypoprion signatus Pory, 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 452, pl. 4, f. 7, 8; 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist, nat., 5, p. 199; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 41. Hypoprion longirostris Pony, 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist. nat., 5, p. 198, pl. 9, f. 8, 9. CARCHARINUS. 123 Snout elongate, sharp, preoral length equal to six sevenths of the width of the mouth; nostrils at two fifths of the distance from the mouth to the end, nasal valve with a sharp lobe near the inner angle of the nostril. Diameter of eyes greater than width of nostril. Teeth in 31 rows, cusps narrower, bases broad, two rooted; upper little broader in the cusp, with denticulations at each side on the basal process; lower more erect, smaller, without denticulations. Length of pectoral equal the distance from the nostril, width equal five sevenths of the length, fin pointed, subfalciform. First dorsal moderately pointed, origin one fourth the length of the base farther back than the pectoral. Second dorsal opposite the anal, hind border nearly straight, base not half the length of that of the first dorsal; hind margin of anal indented, base like that of second dorsal. Caudal about one fourth of the total length, more than twice the length of the subcaudal lobe. The differences between the types of H. signatus and H. longirostris appar- ently are no greater than those obtaining in individuals of the same species; at the inner side of the bases of the teeth on the type of H. longirostris the denticles are more distinct. Cuba. CARCHARINUS. Carcharinus Buainv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121 (part); 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 88. Carcharias Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 125 (part; non Carcharias Rar., 1810). Prionodon MiuuER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 35 (part). Eulamia Giu, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 401. Platypodon, Isogomphodon, Lamiopsis, Isoplagiodon Guu, 1861, ibid. Snout produced in front. Nostrils inferior, separated from the mouth and from one another. Mouth inferior, curved forward, labial folds rudimentary or short. Teeth compressed, subtriangular, with a single large sharp cusp. Eyes with a well-developed nictitating membrane. No spiracles. First dorsal generally the larger, opposite the space between the pectorals and the ventrals. Tail with pits at the root of the caudal; vertebral axis of the caudal moderately raised; subcaudal lobe produced. Numerous species have been found fossil in the Eocene and later forma- tions. Second dorsal smaller than the anal, origin farther forward snout short, broadly rounded, nostrils about mid length teeth serrated, upper broad, triangular, lower narrower pectorals } as broad as long, reaching little beyond dorsal origin platyodon (page 126) 124 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Second dorsal smaller than anal, origins opposed snout elongate teeth nearly erect, cusps narrow, serrated in upper, less in lower pectorals subfalciform, reaching below mid dorsal limbatus (page 127) snout moderate, rather pointed , teeth serrated, upper broader, oblique. . brachyurus (page 128) snout pointed before the eyes, length less than width of mouth . teeth serrated, upper triangular, slightly oblique amblyrhynchus (page 128) snout blunt teeth serrated in upper jaw, nearly smooth in lower pectorals falciform ; ; ; ; faleiformis (page 129) Second dorsal smaller than the anal, origin farther backward snout elongate, pointed, rather narrow teeth serrated, upper deeply notched, lower cusps narrow pectorals subfalciform ; ; : ; . velox (page 130). ~ snout broad, broadly rounded teeth serrated, upper cusps broad, lower lanceolate pectorals nearly twice as long as wide . obscurus (page 130) teeth serrated, upper cusps broader, lower narrowly triangular pectorals broad, reaching below greater part of dorsal base porosus (page 131) snout moderate blunt, nostrils about mid length . teeth broad, with stronger denticles below the notch at the base pectorals falciform, more than half as broad as long . sorrah (page 132) “Second dorsal about equal the anal, origin farther forward snout broad, short, blunt teeth serrated, upper broad, oblique, lower narrower . pectorals subfalciform, longer than broad — milberti (page 133) teeth serrated, subequal in form and size pectorals longer than in C. milberti, hind margin deeply concave amboinensis (page 134) snout short, broadly rounded teeth serrated, broad-based, upper cusps wider, lower nearly smooth pectorals falciform, outer anglesharp . melanopterus (page 134) CARCHARINUS. 12 Or Seco nd dorsal about equa! the anal, origins opposed snout obtusely pointed teeth serrated more coarsely toward the base, upper broader pectorals 3 as wide aslong . . . menisorrah (page 135) snout elongate, moderately pointed teeth serrated, upper subtriangular, lower like those of Scoliodon pectorals broad : ‘ : ; : acronotus (page 136) snout somewhat produced teeth serrated, upper oblique, notched, lower narrow more erect pectorals twice as long as wide. . spallanzanii (page 136) snout moderate, bluntly rounded teeth serrated, upper oblique, notched, lower smaller, more erect pectorals less than twice aslongas broad dussumieri (page 137) snout rather produced and pointed teeth broad-based, upper serrated, lower narrower smooth - pleurotaenia (page 137) Second dorsal origin backward of that of the anal snout narrowly rounded in front teeth oblique, upper with 2-3 denticles on outward end of base; lower smooth . : : ; é : ‘ borneensis (page 138) snout rather abruptly narrowed in front of eyes teeth serrated, broad-based, nearly erect, lower cusps narrower ; remotus (page 138) Second dorsal larger than the anal, origin farther forward snout very short, nostrils near the end | upper teeth broad, serrated pectoral long, shorter than in C. commersonir gangeticus (page 139) snout moderate upper teeth broad, triangular, serrated pectorals long, moderately broad : commersonit (page 140) pectorals long, narrow. : . albimarginatus (page 141) __ snout short, blunt; teeth serrated upper teeth broad, triangular, lower narrow, chisel-shaped pectorals large, more than half as wide as long glyphis (page 141) 126 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. upper teeth narrow, lower narrower, lanceolate pectorals broad. ; , ellioti (page 142) upper teeth broad, triangular, lower narrow pectorals little longer than wide. . temminckw (page 142) - snout long, pointed; origin of second dorsal forward of anal upper teeth like the lower, narrow, erect pectorals large, two thirds as broad as long oxyrhynchus (page 143) snout moderate, blunt; second dorsal origin opposite the anal origin upper teeth broad, triangular, lower narrower pectorals longer than broad. ‘ . munsing (page 144) snout very short, blunt; second dorsal origin behind anal base upper and lower teeth triangular, smooth pectorals elongate , ; ; maou (page 144) CARCHARINUS PLATYODON. Plate 3, fig. 4-6. Squalus platyodon Pory, 1861, Memorias Cuba, 2, p. 336, pl. 19, f. 5, 6. Squalus obtusus Pory, 1861, ibid., p. 337, pl. 19, f. 7, 8. Eulamia obtusa Pory, 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 447, pl. 4, f. 1, 2; 1876, An. Soe. Esp. hist. nat., 5, p. 189. Carcharias platyodon JorpAN & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 6, p. 243; 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 872, 967. : Carcharinus platyodon Jorpv. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 39. Head broad, convex. Snout depressed short, broadly rounded in front, in length equal to width of mouth. Nostrils about midway from mouth to end of snout; width of internarial space less than length of snout and greater than length of mouth. Mouth wide, greatly arched forward, with a very short labial fold visible on the upper jaw at the angle of the mouth. Teeth serrated, com- pressed, nearly erect, in 3g rows; one to three very small hooked teeth at the symphyseal between the larger ones; upper teeth broad triangular, with a shallow concavity on the inner margin and a trifle more pronounced one on the more acuminate cusps; lower more erect, with narrower outer edge near the base. Eye moderate, nictitating membrane well developed. Gill openings narrow, as wide as the eye, hindmost two above the pectoral. Outer angles of all the fins rounded. Pectoral larger than the first dorsal, inner angle reaching beyonda vertical from the origin of the first dorsal. First dorsal large, nearer to bases of pectorals than to ventrals, origin little in front of inner angle of pectoral. Inter- dorsal space less than length of head. Hinder angles of dorsals and anal acute. Second dorsal very small, origin behind extreme ends of ventrals, in front of ae CARCHARINUS LIMBATUS. 127 origin of anal. Anal little larger than the second dorsal, originating below the middle of its base, and extending farther back in both base and tip. Caudal long, more than one fourth of the total; subcaudal lobe deep, rounded; terminal small. Scales small, with three to five keels. Description from a seventeen inch specimen taken at Guadaloupe, W. I. Back slaty or ashy gray to olivaceous; whitish below; outer angles of dorsals and caudal with a small spot of black on the tip (young), pectorals, ventrals, and anal each with a larger spot. Reaches a length of ten feet or more. Common in the Gulf of Mexico and, about the West Indies, in the Caribbean. CARCHARINUS LIMBATUS. Carcharias (Prionodon) limbatus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 49, pl. 19, f. 9; Dumfrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 375; Gtnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 373; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 716 (non fig.); SrernDACHNER, 1906, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 115, p. 1425. Carcharias microps Lowe, 1840, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 38; 18438, Trans. Zool. soe. Lond., 3, p. 18. Prionodon cucuri CASTELNAU, 1855, Anim. nouv., Poiss., p. 99. Isogomphodon maculipinnis Pony, 1866, Repertorio, 1, p. 191, 450, pl. 4, f. 3, 4; 1868, ibid., 2, p. 245, pl. 2, f. 1-3. Carcharias maculipinnis GUNTH., 1867, Trans. Zool. soc. Lond., 6, p. 490. Carcharias (Prionodon) miilleri StEINDACHNER, 1867, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 56, p. 356. Carcharias ehrenbergi KLUNZINGER, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 221. Carcharias aethalorus Jorp. & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 5, p. 104. Tsogomphodon limbatus Jorp. & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U. 8. nat. mus., p. 23. Carcharinus (Isogomphodon) limbatus Jorp. & Evern., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 40. Carcharinus (Isogomphodon) aethalorus Jorp. & Everm., 1896, ibid. Carcharias limbatus Risetro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 153, pl. 3; Ginru., 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 481. Body compressed; head broader than high, tapering from the gills; snout elongate, rather narrowly rounded at the end, length nearly two lengths of the mouth, which is little more than the width of the latter, or about five sixths of the distance from the eye to the first gill opening. Nostrils smaller than the eye, more than half way from the end of the snout to the orbit. Eye small, diameter nearly one third of the length of the mouth, front edge of the orbit on a level with that of the latter, nictitating membrane below. Gill openings large, width equal length of mouth, hindmost one above the pectoral base. Mouth large, much arched, with a short labial fold at the angle, slightly extended forward on each jaw and bearing a short groove behind it. Teeth almost erect, in #} rows; bases broad; cusps narrow; upper serrate on the bases and to some extent on the sides of the cusps; lower not serrate on the cusps and with or without coarse serrations ‘on the bases; median on the upper jaws small; median lower tooth small, and a tooth at each side of it little larger. Pectorals subfalciform, outer angle rather 128 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. sharp, inner blunt rounded, width about 2 of the greatest length, reaching below the middle of the dorsal. Dorsal origin above the inner angle of the pectoral, fin not reaching a vertical from the origins of the ventrals by a space as long as the mouth. Ventrals small, about midway between the bases of the dorsals. Second dorsal small, distance from the base of the first equal 4 of the caudal, basal length equal half its distance from the caudal pit, or about the length of the produced hinder angle. Anal little larger than the second dorsal and directly below it, hind margin deeply notched, with two sharp angles. Caudal about # of the total, lower lobe produced, pointed. Total length 39, snout to abdominal pores 20, snout to fifth gill opening 94, snout to mouth 33, and caudal fin 11 inches. Back brown, with a black spot on tips of dorsals, pectorals, anal and sub- caudal; below white. Tropical and temperate seas. Specimen described from Rio Janeiro, secured by the Hassler Expedition. CARCHARINUS BRACHYURUS. Carcharias (Prionodon) brachyurus GUNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 369. Snout moderate, rather pointed, longer than the mouth, length about two thirds of the latter’s width, nostrils behind the middle but nearer to the end than to the angles of the mouth. Teeth serrated; upper oblique, deeply notched on the outer margin; lower erect, cusps narrow, lanceolate, bases broad, two-rooted. Gill openings at least twice the width of the eye. Pectorals narrow, pointed, falciform. Dorsal rather nearer to the pectorals than to the ventrals, the dis- tance from the latter being little less than the length of the dorsal base. Second dorsal very small, smaller than the anal. Anal origin opposite that of the second dorsal, midway from ventrals to caudal. Caudal one fourth of the total length. Type seven feet nine inches in length. Coloration uniform. New Zealand; Australia. CARCHARINUS AMBLYRHYNCHUS. Carcharias (Prionodon) amblyrhynchos BLEEKER, 1856, Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 10, p. 467; Dumsrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 364; GinrHEr, 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 368. ‘“Carch. (Prion.) corpore elongato compresso, altitudine 7% circiter in ejus longitudine; capite 5 circiter in longitudine corporis, duplo circiter latiore quam alto; oculis diametro 33 circiter in longitudine rostri, pupilla oblonga CARCHARINUS FALCIFORMIS. 129 verticali; rostro acuto parte praeorali rictus longitudine paulo, rictus latitudine multo breviore; linea rostri anteriore subparabolica; naribus rostri apici multo magis quam angulo oris approximatis, valvula trigona brevi; rictu valde lato multo latiore quam longo; dentibus maxilla superiore triangularibus parum obliquis totis denticulatis basi latis basi externe processu denticulis majoribus serrato; dentibus maxilla inferiore gracilibus rectis denticulatis basi latis; angulo oris suleco parvo labio inferiore quam labio superiore paulo longiore. Dorsali prima pectoralibus multo magis quam ventralibus approximata. Dorsali sec- unda quintuplo circiter ejus longitudinis a dorsali prima remota, dorsali prima triplo circiter humiliore et breviore, longiore quam alta, anali tota opposita apice rotundata acutiuscula; pectoralibus capite vix longioribus 5% circiter in longitudine corporis paulo minus duplo longioribus quam latis, emarginatis, acutis; anali medio basin caudalis inter et ventrales sita, dorsali secunda multo altiore sed vix latiore; caudali 4 fere in longitudine corporis. Colore corpore superne pinnisque cupreo-coerulescente, inferne albo; pectoralibus inferne albis apice nigricantibus; ventralibus caudalique nigricante marginatis.”’ (Bleeker loc. cit.). Java. CARCHARINUS FALCIFORMIS. Carcharias (Prionodon) falciformis Miter & Henux, 1841, Plagios., p. 47; Duméri, 1865, Elasm., cormis GuIcHENoT, 1855, Peces de Cuba. Sagra’s Hist., p. 248, pl. 5, f. 3. Squalus tibwro Pory, 1860, Memorias Cuba, 2, p. 331, pl. 19, f. 1, 2; 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 172, pl. 4, eden tiburo Porgy, 1868, ibid., p. 448. Platypodon falciformis Pory, 1868, ibid., p. 449, pl. 4, f. 18; 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist. nat., 5, p. 191. Carcharinus falciformis Jorp. & EverM., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 36. Snout and shapes of body and fins as in C. menisorrah. Nostrils hardly half of the diameter of the eyes, orbits oblong. Teeth in 30 rows; upper oblique, with a notch and a strongly denticulate basal process; lower without or with faint serrations, cusp narrower, on a broad base; median paired. Pectorals moderate, falciform, hind margin deeply concave. First dorsal nearer to the pectorals than to the ventrals, outer angle rounded, hinder pointed, hind margin deeply indented. Second dorsal small, directly above the anal. Anal little larger than the second dorsal, hind margin deeply notched, acuminate extremity reaching little more than half way from the base to the caudal. Caudal more than one fourth of the total, lower lobe prominent. Greyish brown; lower surfaces light. West Indies. 130 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. CARCHARINUS VELOX. Carcharinus velox JORDAN & EVERMAN, 1898, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 2747. Carcharias velox GiLBERT & STaRKs, 1903, Mem. Cal. acad. sei., 4, p. 9, pl. 1, f. 3. Head long, one fourth of the total, rather narrow and pointed, depressed. Snout elongate, about two fifths of the head, including the gill openings. Nostrils in the middle of the preoral length, width equal that of orbits or the distance _ from the eye, narial valve without a pointed lobe. Mouth large, much arched, : width less than length of snout, length two thirds; labial fold a short groove on the upper jaw at the angle, directed out and forward. Upper teeth subtriangular, oblique, deeply notched on the outer edge, serrated; lower broad based with narrow cusps and fine serrations visible under a lens. Pectorals subfalciform, width hardly two thirds of the length, pointed, reaching behind the base of the dorsal, hind margin deeply concave, inner extremity somewhat produced, rounded on the angle. First dorsal nearer to the pectoral than to the anal, origin at a little distance behind the base of the pectoral, hind margin deeply excavated, angle produced, base about two fifths of its distance from the second dorsal. Second dorsal directly opposite the anal but smaller, origin slightly farther back, hind margin nearly straight. Anal little larger than second dorsal, hind margin deeply indented. Caudal more than one fourth of the total, pointed, greatest depth less than half the caudal length; subcaudal lobe produced, blunted. Greyish brown; white below. Panama. CARCHARINUS OBSCURUS. Squalus obscurus Lesurur, 1818, Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 1, p. 223, pl. 9; Gru, 1861, Proc. Acad., nat. sci. Phil., p. 59 extra. Carcharias falcipinnis Lown, 1839, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 90; 1848, ibid., p. 93; 1843, Trans. Zool. soc. Lond., 3, p. 18. Carcharias (Prionodon) obscurus Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 46; Dummrit, 1865, Elasm. : p. 371; Gintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 366. , Carcharias obscurus DEKay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 350, pl. 61, f. 201; STroreR, 1867, Mass. fish., p. 243, pl. 36, f. 2: Prionodon obvelatus VALENCIENNES, 1843, Ichth. Canar., p. 103, pl. 26; Dumirit, 1865, Elasm., p. 376. Platypodon obscurus Git, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 262. Carcharinus obscurus JorD. & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 22. Carcharinus (Platypodon) obscurus Jorp. & EverM., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 35. Body moderately stout and long, the cavity extending slightly behind the mid length. Head depressed, much broader than deep; crown convex; snout broad, broadly rounded in front of the nostrils. Outer angle of nostril. nearer to the eye than to the end of the snout. Eye small, hardly one third of the oral length. Mouth large, width greater than the preoral length, length three fifths 4 CARCHARINUS POROSUS. 131 of the width; labial folds very short, in the angle, on both jaws. Teeth serrated, in $$ rows, median two in the upper series very small; upper teeth broader, oblique with an indentation on the outer edge; lower more erect, with broad bases and lanceolate cusps. Gill openings about twice the width of the orbit, two above the base of the pectoral. Pectorals nearly twice as long as wide, falciform, pointed, reaching backward as far as the end of the base of the dorsal. Dorsal origin little forward of the inner angle of the pectoral, base length equal the width of the mouth or more than one third of the distance from the second dorsal, hind margin concave, end of fin distant from a vertical at the origin of the ventral about half the total length of the dorsal. Second dorsal small, base one third as long as that of the first and above the middle of the anal base. Ventrals larger than the anal, with blunted angles. Anal larger than the second dorsal, base longer, equal half the distance from the caudal pit, hind margin deeply notched. Caudal more than one fourth of the total length, little longer than the distance between the dorsals, end pointed, subcaudal lobe prominent. Back greyish brown; lower surfaces whitish. Total length 40, snout to abdominal pores 213, snout to fifth gill opening 9, snout to mouth 3, and caudal fins 114 inches. Specimens described from Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts, collected by S. Garman. Northern and Middle Atlantic. CARCHARINUS POROSUS. Carcharias porosus RANZANI, 1839, Novis spec. piscium, 1, p. 8, pl. 2; Rrpetro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 153. Carcharias (Prionodon) porosus Dumf&RIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 373; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 2 8, p. 365. Carcharias (Prionodon) henlei MituER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 46, pl. 19, f. 6 (teeth). Snout broad, broadly rounded from the nostrils, blunt at the end, rostral cartilages strong and rigid. Nostrils at the hinder two fifths of the snout, as far from the end as from the eye, with a short point on the valve. Eye small, nearer to the first gill opening than to the end of the snout. Mouth medium, length nearly half that of snout, more than half the width. Teeth serrate, varying in individuals as to amount of serration; upper broader in the cusp, more erect near the median, oblique toward the angles, sharply notched above the base on the outer edge; lower narrowly triangular, erect near the symphysis, oblique outward with a sharp notch; rows 39. Width of gill openings equal length of orbit. Pectorals broad, reaching below the greater part of the dorsal base, outer angle blunted, hind margin concave. Dorsal origin little forward 132 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. of the inner extremity of the pectoral, base two fifths of the distance from the second dorsal, hind margin concave. Second dorsal much smaller than the anal, origin above the hindmost fourth of the anal base, acuminate end reaching half way to the caudal pit and somewhat farther back than the end of the anal fin. Anal farther forward than second dorsal, base equal half the distance from the caudal, hind margin deeply excavated. Ventrals small, angles rounded, base in front of the middle of the space between the dorsals. Caudal about one fourth of the total length, angles blunted, subcaudal lobe hardly half the depth of the fin. Back brown, edges of caudal darker; lower surfaces white, edges of fins and hind edge of subeaudal lobe white. By some authors C. fissidens Bennett, 1830, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 148, is placed as a doubtful synonym of this species. West Indies; Brazil. CARCHARINUS SORRAH. Carcharias (Prionodon) sorrah Mtuupr & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 45, pl. 16; BuerKmr, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen. 24, Plagios., p. 39; 1853, Verh. Bat. gen., 25, p. 80; Dumfrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 368; Kner, 1867, Nov. fische, p. 414; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 367; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 711, 714, pl. 185, f..1. Tsoplagiodon sorrah GiLu, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 410 (name only). Carcharias phorcys Jorv. & EverM., 1903, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 22, p. 163; 1905, ibid., 28, p. 39, pl. 2. Carcharias sorrah GUNTH., 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 480. ‘ Snout of moderate length, broadly curved on the sides, blunt. Nostrils about midway in the preoral length, greatest diameter about two thirds that of the orbit, valves with a pointed lobe. Mouth medium, strongly arched, width nearly equal preoral length of head. Teeth broad and inclined outward above and below, in 25 rows, notched on the outer edge, with stronger denticles below_ the notch; serrations varying; median tooth small. Eyes moderate, diameter nearly equal width of gill openings, or half the distance from the nostrils. Pec- torals falciform, more than half as broad as long, reaching the end of the dorsal base, outer angle sharp, hinder 90°, hind margin concave. Origin of first dorsal little behind base of pectorals, base much farther from the ventrals. Ventrals small, nearly opposite the middle of the space between the bases of the dorsals. Second dorsal small, base above the hinder half of that of the anal. Anal twice as large as the second dorsal and ending opposite that fin, hind margin deeply notched, hinder angle much prodneed, not reaching the caudal. Caudal long, nearly two sevenths of the total, pointed, subcaudal lobe deep, sharp. Brown, lighter below, subcaudal and pectorals blackish on the tips. Indian Seas; Madagascar; Borneo; Java. ~~ ™ ~ CARCHARINUS MILBERTI. 133 CARCHARINUS MILBERTI. Carcharias (Prionodon) milberti MULuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 38, pl. 19, f. 3, (teeth); Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 360; DopmrRiErN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 1, p. 44. Carcharias ceruleus Dr Kay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 349, pl. 61, f. 200. Lamna caudata DreKay, 1842, ibid., p. 354, pl. 62, f. 205. Squalus milberti Narvo, 1853, Sopra spec. pesci., p. 15. * Eulamia milberti Gruu, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci., Phil., p. 262. Eulamia nicaraguensis Gitt & BRANSFORD, 1877, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 190. Carcharias nicaraguensis LUTKEN, 1880, Vid. medd. nat. forh., p. 21 extr., fig. Eulamia coeruleus JORDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 5, p. 245. Carcharias fronto JORDAN & GILBERT, 1882, ibid., p. 102. Carcharias coeruleus JORDAN & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 872. Carcharinus milberti JoRDAN & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 22; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 37. Carcharias plumbeus JoRDAN & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 872. Carcharinus nicaraguensis JORDAN, 1887, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 9, p. 556; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 39. Carcharias milberti Moreau, 1891, Poiss. France Suppl., p. 2; PrerscHmann, 1906, Ann. k. k. nat. Hofmuseums, 21, p. 133 extra. Carcharinus fronto Jorp. & EverM., 1896, Bull. 47 U.S. nat. mus., p. 39. Carcharias azureus GitBERT & Starks, 1903, Mem. Cal. acad. sci., 4, p. 11, pl. 2, f. 5. Snout rather short and broad, rounded and blunt, longer than the mouth but nearly equal to its width. Nostrils about midway in the preoral length, their width and the length of the orbit nearly equal. Teeth serrated, in 25-29 rows; upper broader, with cusps directed somewhat obliquely outward, becom- ing more oblique toward the angles and bearing a notch on the outer edge; lower narrow, erect, with a broad base and fine serrations; median upper small and serrated, lower entire. Pectorals longer than broad, two thirds as wide as long, subfalciform, outer angle rounded, hind margin somewhat concave. Origin of dorsal slightly behind the end of the base of the pectoral, base extending back over nearly half the distance to the ventrals, upper angle rounded, hind border concave. Second dorsal and anal subequal, acuminate behind, origin of the former slightly forward, both angles of the anal sharp and hind margin deeply indented. Caudal nearly one fourth of the total length. Greyish brown; lighter below. Middle Atlantic, and Middle Eastern Pacific. The type was taken off the Coast of New York; Duméril reported the species from the Mediterranean, and Doderlein, 1881, published an extensive list of authorities and synonyms. Off the coasts of the eastern United States to the Caribbean, entering _ fresh waters; it is rather common, 134 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. CARCHARINUS AMBOINENSIS. Carcharias (Prionodon) amboinensis Miiutur & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 40, pl. 19, f.4; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 372. This species differs from C. milberti principally in the form of the teeth and the pectoral fins. Snout obtusely rounded. Teeth moderate, subequal in form and size in the two jaws, broad, triangular, serrated, in 25 rows. The upper are slightly oblique, the lower more erect, the laterals have greater indentation on the outer edge, and the median are shaped like the larger ones at each side of them but are very small and the lower one is not serrated. Pectorals longer than those of C. milberti, with sharp outer and rounded hinder angles, and with hind margins deeply indented. Grey; lighter below. Amboina. CARCHARINUS MELANOPTERUS. Carcharias melanopterus Quoy & GAIMARD, 1824, Voy. Uran., Poiss., p. 194, p]. 43, f. 1,2; Rtprxnt, 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, Fische, p. 63; Ginrn., 1866, Fishes Zanzibar, p. 142; Kiunzinerr, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 218; Jorp. & Everm., 1905, Bull. U. S. fish. comm., 23, p. 38, pl. 1; Jorp. & SEALE, 1906, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 25, p. 182; Ginru., 1910; Siidsee fische, 3, p. 480. Carcharias (Prionodon) melanopterus MiLtunr & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 48, pl. 19, f. 5; BuexKer, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 33; Dumirit, 1865, Elasm., p. 805; Gtnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 369; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 715, pl. 185, f. 3. Carcharias (Prionace) melanopterus T. CANTOR, 1849, Malay fishes, p. 400. Carcharias (Prionodon) henlei BLEEKER, 1853, Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 4, p. 507. Carcharias (Prionodon) brachyrhynchus BLEEKER, 1854, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 6, p. 206; Dumsrm, 1865, Elasm., p. 364. : Carcharias melanopterus Fow.ER, 1901, Proc. Acad. nat. sei. Phil., p. 325. Head less than one fourth of the total, broader than deep; snout short, length about equal to width of mouth, broad, broadly rounded from the eyes. Nostrils little nearer to end of snout than to mouth. Mouth wide, length about two thirds of the width. Teeth serrated, in 33 to 3{ rows, broad-based; upper cusps wider, inner edge oblique, straight, outer deeply notched; lower cusps narrower, more erect, nearly or quite smooth in young, median and one at each side of it smaller. Labial folds very short, at the angle, with a short groove — toward the eye. Eyes small, front edges above the front edge of the mouth, length of orbits little less than their distance from the nostrils, about equal the width of the gill openings. Two gill openings above the bases of the pectorals. Pectorals falciform, outer angle sharp, inner rounded, width less than half the length, extending behind the base of the dorsal, hind margin concave. Origin — of the dorsal above the inner angle of the pectoral, end hardly reaching a vertical from the ventral, inner angle produced, hind argin mdeeply concave, base two sal Ae | 7 aS - NOD 9 2 fara Pte dal atta CARCHARINUS MENISORRAH. 135 fifths of the distance from the second dorsal. Second dorsal and anal much alike in size and outlines, the anal is perhaps a trifle the farther back and the more deeply excavated on the hind margin; in both fins the upper angle is rounded and the hinder produced. Caudal less than one third of the total, subecaudal lobe prominent, extremity pointed. Back brownish, yellowish to greenish, fins lighter, tipped with black, edges of caudal black; lower surfaces light. Total length 18, snout to abdominal pores 9, snout to fifth gill aperture 4, snout to mouth 14, and length of caudal 5 inches. Specimen described from Apiang, Kingsmills Island, collected by Andrew Garrett. CARCHARINUS MENISORRAH. Carcharias (Prionodon) menisorrah MitueR & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 46, pl. 17; BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 35, pl. 1, f. 3; Dumrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 369; Gtnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 371; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 716, pl. 184, f. 1. Carcharias (Prionodon) tjutjot BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 36, pl. 1, f.4; Dumitrim, 1865, Elasm., p. 371. Carcharinus cerdale Jorp. & EvERM., 1898, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 2746. Carcharias cerdale GILBERT & Starks, 1903, Mem. Cal. acad. sci., 4, p. 10, pl. 2, f. 4. Body moderate, cavity nearly half the total length; head about one fourth of the total, depressed; snout obtusely pointed, rounded at the sides from the eyes, preoral length three fourths of the distance from the eye to the first gill aperture. Nostrils little nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout. Width of mouth little more than length of snout, length of mouth equal two thirds of the width; sides of mouth nearly straight from the angle to the sharp curves near the symphyses. Labial folds in the angle, very short, upper visible and extended outward. Eyes small, length of orbits one half their distance from the nostrils, one fifth of that from the gill opening. Teeth with broad bases, in 8 rows; upper cusps broad, oblique, serrated more coarsely toward the bases, with two or three rather prominent denticles just below the notch on the outer side; lower cusps lanceolate, nearly erect, with minute serrations, varying with age; median teeth little smaller. Gill openings half the width of the mouth. Pectorals two thirds as wide as long, outer angle sharp, hind margin concave, reaching behind the mid length of the base of the dorsal. Origin of dorsal above the inner angle of the pectoral, fin large, base length nearly two fifths of the dis- tance from the second dorsal, upper angle sharp. Second dorsal and anal about equal, bases opposed, hind margins concave, outer angles blunted, ends acuminate, length of bases hardly more than half their distances from the caudal. Ventrals 136 "THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. nearer to the first dorsal than to the anal, outer angles about 90°. Caudal one fourth of the total, pointed, subcaudal lobe more than half the greatest depth. Back brown, fin margins whitish, second dorsal with a spot of black; lower surfaces whitish. Total length 30, snout to abdominal pores 152, snout to fifth gill opening 7, snout to mouth 23 and caudal fin 7; inches. Specimens a female, from Singapore, and a mature male, of 27 inches, from Penang, Capt. W. H. A. Putnam. Indian Seas; Mauritius; Panama. CARCHARINUS ACRONOTUS. Squalus acronotus Pony, 1860, Memorias, 2, p. 335, pl. 19, f. 3-4. Platypodon acronotus Pony, 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 450; 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist. nat., 6, p. 193. Carcharinus acronotus Jorp. & Evern., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 36. Snout elongate, moderately pointed. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout; valves with a long sharp lobe. Eyes medium, vertical diameter equal to the width of the nostrils. Teeth finely serrated, in 3§ rows; upper subtriangular, oblique, inner edges slightly sinuous, outer deeply notched; lower with a broad straight base and narrower cusps in outlines resembling those of Scoliodon terrae novae. Outer angle of the pectoral rather sharp, inner blunted, hind margin with a shallow indentation. Origin of the first dorsal little behind the inner angle of the pectoral, upper angle sharp, hinder produced, base equal two fifths of its distance from the second dorsal. Hind margin of second dorsal nearly straight, hinder angle produced, base opposite that of the anal. Anal deeply indented on the hind margin. Subcaudal lobe sharp, subfalciform. Brown. | Cuba. CARCHARINUS SPALLANZANI. Squalus spallanzani LEsuEvR, 1822, Journ. Acad. nat. sci., Phil., 2, p. 351. Carcharias (Prionodon) bleekeri Dum&rIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 367; GinTu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 370; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 711, 715. Snout somewhat produced, preoral length nearly equal to the length of the mouth, nostrils near the mid length. Teeth finely serrated, in #3 rows; Upper oblique, with a notch on the outer edge, inner edge straight; lower more erect, cusp narrower, base broad. Pectorals twice as long as wide, front margin five times the inner, fin falciform, outer angle sharp. Origin of first dorsal little behind the bases of the pectorals, base nearly its length in advance of the bases ; k o ; CARCHARINUS PLEUROTAENIA. 137 of the ventrals. Second dorsal small, above the anal and of equal length but lower, hind angle produced. Yellowish grey, lighter below, a blackish spot below the end of the pectoral, on the second dorsal, and on the subeaudal lobe. No spot on the first dorsal. Indian Ocean. CARCHARINUS DUSSUMIERI. Carcharias (Prionodon) dussumiert Miuter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 47, pl. 19, f.8; Dumfrix, 1865, Elasm., p. 370; Kner, 1867, Nov. fische, p. 414; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., p. 367; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 714, pl. 187, f. 2. Carcharias (Prionodon) javanicus BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 38, pl. 2,f.5; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 369. Proportions of the body somewhat like those of C. sorrah. Snout moderate, bluntly rounded, preoral length little more than width of mouth, nostrils nearly half way from the mouth to the end. Teeth serrated, oblique, in 3 rows; upper with broader cusps, inclined outward above a notch and a strongly denticuiate basal process; lower more erect, with smaller cusp on broad base and with less of a notch on the outer side, serrated to the point; median small. Greatest diame- ter of orbit less than that of the gill openings. Pectoral less than twice as long as broad, subfalciform, outer angle blunted. Dorsal rather high, origin at a short distance behind the pectoral base, fin nearer to the pectorals than to the ventrals. Second dorsal and anal about equal, bases nearly half the length of the base of the first dorsal, hind angles acuminate, reaching about half way from the base to the caudal, hind margin of anal not much indented. These fins are longer than in C. sorrah and the bases are more directly opposed. Greyish brown, with white fin margins, top of second dorsal dark, lower surfaces whitish. China; India; East Indies, CARCHARINUS PLEUROTAENIA. Carcharias (Prionodon) pleurotaenia BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 40, pl. 2, f.6; Dum- HRIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 377. Body elongate, compressed; head tapering, length about one fifth of that of the body. Snout rather produced and pointed, preoral length little less than the width of the mouth; nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout, with a small point on the valve. Teeth erect, bases broad, cusps narrower, rows $$; upper cusps rather broader, serrated, lower lanceolate, smooth. Gill openings about three times the width of the eye. Pectorals reaching beyond the end of the dorsal. Dorsal origin close to a vertical from the bases of the pectorals. 138 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Second dorsal and anal about equal, origins opposed. Caudal long, nearly equal to the distance between the origins of the dorsals. Sides of the tail with a longitudinal band of light color; fins unspotted. Java. CARCHARINUS BORNEENSIS. Carcharias (Prionodon) borneensis BLEEKER, 1858, Act. Soe. sei. Ind. Neerl., 5, p. 8; Dumirin, 1865, Elasm., p. 378; GiinTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 371. Carcharinus tephrodes FowuEr, 1905, Proc. Acad. nat. sci., Phil., p. 455, f. 1. “Carcharias (Prionodon) corpore elongato compresso, altitudine 83 ad 9 in ejus longitudine; capite valde acuto 5 et paulo in longitudine corporis, latiore quam alto; oculis diametro 3 fere in longitudine rostri, pupilla oblonga gracili verticali; rostro antice acutiuscule rotundato, rictus latitudine longiore, parte praeorali rictus longitudine longiore; naribus rostri apici magis quam angulo oris approximatis, oculo minoribus, valvula trigona valde conspicua; rictu valde curvato latiore quam longo; dentibus maxilla superiore symphysealibus 2 minoribus exceptis, oblique trigonis postrorsum spectantibus margine anteriore leviter denticulatis margine posteriore edentulis sed basi processu bi- ad tri- dentato munitis; dentibus maxilla inferiore symphysealibus 2 minoribus rectis gracilibus basi lata insertis oblique trigonis postrorsum spectantibus denticulis conspicuis nullis oblique basi lata non dentata insertis; angulo oris fossa parva suleis brevissimis pupilla brevioribus. Pinna dorsali prima pectoralibus magis quam ventralibus approximata, corpore humiliore, latiore quam alta. Dorsali secunda magna parte post pinnam analem sita, plus quintuplo ejus longitudinis a pinna dorsali prima remota, basi longiore quam antice alta, dorsali prima triplo circiter humiliore. Pectoralibus 13 circiter in longitudine capitis, latitudine 13 circiter in earum longitudine, emarginatis, apice acute rotundatis. Anali caudali magis quam ventralibus approximata dorsali secunda vix latiore et non altiore. Caudali 33 and 3% in longitudine corporis. Colore corpore superne griseo-cupreo, inferne albido; pinnis coerulescente- griseis, dorsalibus antice nigro marginatis, dorsali prima superne tota fere nigra; caudali postici tota nigro marginata.’’ (Bleeker). Borneo. CARCHARINUS REMOTUS. Carcharias (Prionodon) remotus Dumi&RIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 374. Platypodon perezii Pony, 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist. nat. 6, p. 194, pl. 9, f. 2-3. Carcharinus perezi, Jord. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 36. Head broader than deep; snout depressed, rather abruptly narrowed from the nostrils forward, broadly rounded in front, length about one and one half ‘ a PS ih CRC ALE) es 2 CARCHARINUS GANGETICUS. 139 times that of the mouth. Nostrils small, distance from the eyes less than half that from the end of the snout. Mouth large, width equal length of snout, length about 3 of the width; labial folds at the angle, lower hidden, upper a short gash toward the eye, with a short groove backward. Teeth narrow, erect; serrate edged, on broad bases, in 3%, #{ rows, median teeth small varying in number from one to three rows. Gill openings less than twice as wide as the eye, hindmost two above the base of the pectoral. Pectorals subfalciform, outer angle produced, reaching behind the base of the dorsal, inner angle narrow, rounded. Height of dorsal and length of its base about equal, origin above the inner angle of the pectorals midway from end of snout to second dorsal, distance between the base and the origin of the ventrals less than the length of the snout, equal two fifths of the distance from the second dorsal. Second dorsal smaller than the anal and extending very little farther back, origin about over middle of base of anal, length of base equal to half its distance from the caudal. Anal with two angles, outer blunted, hind margin deeply excavated. Caudal long, nearly two sevenths of the total, depth of lower lobe nearly one third of the length, blunted. Space between bases of dorsals equal, near five times the base of the anal, two and one half times that of the first dorsal and more than six times that of the second dorsal. Back brown, fins with darker edgings, except the hind margin of the pectoral which is white; lower surfaces whitish. No black spots on the fins. Total length 313, snout to abdominal pores 162, snout to fifth gill opening 7, snout to mouth 2%, caudal fins 93 inches. Specimens described from Rio Janeiro, taken by the Hassler Expedition. CARCHARINUS GANGETICUS. Carcharias (Prionodon) gangeticus Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 39, pl. 18; Dumeriz, 1865, Elasm., p. 359; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 867; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 715, pl. 187, f. 1; Stempacuner, 1900, Denk. Akad. wiss. Wien, 70, p. 519. Carcharias (Prionodon) japonicus SCHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 302, pl. 1383; Jorp. & Fow er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 614. Head rather short and broad. Snout very short; blunt, length about half the width of the mouth, nearly equal distance between nostrils. Nostrils at the edge of the snout, nearly midway in the preoral length; valves without a pointed lobe. Mouth large, curvature less than that of snout, length hardly half the width; labial fold very short, at the angles. Teeth subtriangular, serrated, in 27-31 rows; upper broad, slightly oblique in front, more so toward the angles, outer teeth with outer edge more indented; lower erect, narrower in the 140 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. cusp, broad based, edges serrated and deeply indented above the base, on which in some there is a prominence at the side of a notch; median very small. Hyes small. Pectorals long, shorter than those of C. lamia, subfalciform, angles pointed, reaching behind the dorsal base. Origin of first dorsal above end of pectoral base, length of base greater than its distance from the ventrals, upper angle blunted, hinder produced. Second dorsal base about half the length of that of first dorsal, about equal its distance from the caudal, origin little in front of that of the anal. Anal little smaller than the second dorsal, hind ends of bases opposed, angles sharp. Caudal large, subcaudal lobe prominent. Closely allied to C. commersonit. Greyish, lighter beneath. India; Fiji Islands; Japan. CARCHARINUS COMMERSONIL..- Squalus sp. GRonow, 1763, Zoophy., 1, p. 32, no. 143 (syn. in part). Le squale requin LAchPEDE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 169 part, pl. 8, f. 2. Squalus carcharias Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 25; Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 5 (part). Carcharinus commersonii BLAINV., 1816, Bull. Soe. philom., p. 121; 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 90. Carcharias lamia Risso, 1826, Hist. nat. 3, Poissons, p. 119; Gitnru., 1810, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 481. Carcharias (Prionodon) lamia Miiuter & Henup, 1841, Plagios., p. 37, pl. 12; Dumirin, 1865, Elasm., p. 356; Ginrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 372; DopmRLErN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2 p. 40. Carcharias (Prionodon) leucas MijtuER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 42; Dum@rit, 1865, Elasm., p. 358. Squalus longimanus Pory, 1861, Memorias Cuba, 2, p. 338, pl. 19, f. 9, 10 (teeth). Prionodon lamia Bocacr & CAPELLo, 1866, Plagios., p. 18. Eulamia longimana Pory, 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 448. Eulamia lamia JonDAN & GILBERT, 1881, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 4, p. 32; 1888, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 60. Carcharias obtusirostris MorEAv, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 332. Carcharias lamiella JonpaAN & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 6, p. 110; 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 873. Carcharias sp. incog. JORDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 5, p. 107. Eulamia lamiella Jonpan & BoLiMAN, 1889, Proc. U. 8S. nat. mus., 12, p. 179; 1895, Proc. Cal. acad. sel., ser. 2, 5, p. 382. Eulamia (Platypodon) platyrhynchus GILBERT, 1891, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 14, p. 543. Carcharinus (Platypodon) platyrhynchus Jorp. & EvERM., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 36. Carcharinus lamiella Jorp. & EvErnM., 1896, ibid., p. 37. Carcharinus lamia Jorp. & EvERM., 1896, ibid., p. 38. Carcharias insularum SNYDER, 1904, Bull. U. S. fish. comm., 22, p. 513, jolienleein te}x Jona & Evero., 1905, Bull. U.S. fish comm., 23, p. 40, pl. 3, f. 1. Carcharias nesiotes SNYDER, 1904, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 22, p. 514, pl. 1, f. 2; Jorp. & Everm., 1905, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 23, pl. 3, f. 2. Snout short, broad, blunt, rounded; nostrils near the mid length, about as wide as the orbit. Eyes small, width of orbits nearly half their distance from the nostrils. Mouth large, strongly curved, distance from end of snout nearly equal that between the nostrils, with a short labial groove in each angle. Teeth sub- triangular, serrated, in 27-31 rows; upper nearly erect; lower narrower, more CARCHARINUS GLYPHIS. 141 concave on the edges, more erect; bases broad, two-rooted; median teeth small, erect. Width of gill openings more than twice the length of the orbit. Pectorals long, length twice the width or more, reaching beyond the dorsal, angles rounded. Height of first dorsal greater than length of base, origin above the axils of the pectorals, upper angle rounded, hind margin concave, hind angle produced. Second dorsal small, little longer than the anal and little farther forward in origin. Anal small, origin below the forward half of the base ot the second dorsal, hind margin deeply excavated, length of base less than its distance from the eaudal. Caudal large, less than one third of the total length, subcaudal lobe deep, depth nearly half of the caudal length; hind margin of subcaudal deeply indented, separated from the pointed terminal fin by a shallow notch. Brown, light or greyish to dark, in cases mottled or spotted with darker; lighter to whitish below. Young darker on tips of fins. Middle Atlantic and Pacific; Mediterranean. CARCHARINUS ALBIMARGINATUS. Carcharias albimarginatus RUPPELL, 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, Fische, p. 64, pl. 18, f. 1. Carcharias (Prionodon) albimarginatus MULtuER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 44; Dumfrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 366; Ginru., 1870, Cat., fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 370. Positions of fins and outlines of snout resembling those of C. lamia, pectorals narrower. Snout short, rounded, blunt, nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end. Teeth subtriangular, serrated, in 25-27 rows; upper slightly oblique, notched on the outer margin; lower narrower in the cusp, erect, indented on the outer edge; median small, unserrated. Two gill openings above the pectoral. Pectorals somewhat falciform, reaching the end of the dorsal, narrowly rounded on both angles. Dorsal little nearer to base of pectoral than to ventrals, hind margin deeply concave, origin near the inner angle of the pectoral, hinder angle produced, sharp. Second dorsal about one third of the size of the first, half its base extending back above that of the anal, hind margin straight. Anal smaller than second dorsal, origin below the middle of latter’s base, base ending slightly behind that of the same fin, hind margin deeply indented. Greyish yellow, lighter below, tips and hind margins of the fins pure white. Red Sea. CARCHARINUS GLYPHIS. Carcharias (Prionodon) glyphis MiutuEr & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 40, pl. 14; Dumériz, 1865, Elasm., p. 359; Gitnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 373. Body rather stout; head depressed, broadly rounded from the gills. Snout short, blunt, length about equal that of mouth or distance between the nostrils. 142 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Nostrils nearer to eye than to end of snout, valve with a slightly produced and pointed lobe. Mouth large, width nearly twice the length, a short labial fold on the upper jaw at the angle. Teeth moderate, serrated, in 27 rows; upper broader, triangular, slightly oblique, edges hardly indented; lower with broad two-rooted bases and narrow lanceolate cusps that are subcylindrical near the | bases and chisel-shaped and serrated at the apices. Median tooth small on both jaws. Eyes small, length of orbit less than half the distance from the nostril, less than half the larger gill openings. Pectoral large, width more than half the length, outer angles blunted, hind margin concave, hind angle reaching below the middle of the dorsal base. Dorsal large, origin above the hind part of the pectoral base, base equal two thirds of its distance from the second dorsal, tip not reaching the ventral origins. Second dorsal above and little forward of the anal. Anal smaller than the second dorsal, hind margin more deeply excavated, base equal the distance from the ventral bases, or from the caudal. Caudal little more than one fourth of the total, pointed, lower lobe produced, about equal the width of the balance of the fin. Loc.? CARCHARINUS ELLIOTI. Carcharias ellioti Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 716, pl. 189, f. 2. Carcharias murrayi GUNTHER, 1883, Ann. & mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 11, p. 137; Murray, 1884, Ann. & mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 13, p. 349; Day, 1888, Ind. fishes, suppl., p. 809. Length of snout less than the width of the internarial space. Nostrils nearly equidistant from the end of the snout and from the mouth. Upper teeth finely serrated, anterior equilateral, rather longer than broad, hinder oblique, concave on the outer edge. Lower teeth in 29 rows, smooth-edged, lanceolate, but with a distal swelling, somewhat as in C. glyphis, and with two-rooted bases. Pectoral large, length greater than that from first gill opening to end of snout; length of hind margin only one fourth of that of the front edge. First dorsal origin opposite or close behind the axil of the pectoral. Second dorsal one third as large as the first, larger than the anal. Anal small, origin behind that of the second dorsal. Caudal moderate, length little more than the interdorsal space. Uniform brownish, top of first dorsal apparently blackish. Total length of type described 803, snout to anal 52, snout to dorsal 243, snout to second dorsal 50, snout to pectoral 18, and length of caudal 20 inches. Seas of India. CARCHARINUS TEMMINCKII. Carcharias (Prionodon) temminckit MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 48, pl. 18; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 378; Giinth., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 374; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 717. & a . ; : CARCHARINUS OXYRHYNCHUS. 145 Squalus (Carcharias) temminckii Buytu, 1860, Journ. Asiat. soc. Bengal, 29, p. 36. Lamiopsis temminckii Guu, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 410 (name only). Head rather pointed, depressed. Snout moderate, length about equal to width of mouth or to width across the nostrils, rounded at the end. Nostrils behind the mid length of the snout; valve with a pointed lobe of some promi- nence. Greatest diameter of the orbit much less than the width of the gill openings. Mouth strongly arched, with a short labial fold at the angle. Teeth in a rows, serrated, subtriangular, erect, basal width less than length from apex in the upper series; lower smaller, with narrower to awl-shaped cusps on broad bases, unserrated; median small, in one to three rows. Toward the angles of the mouth the teeth are very small; their cusps are short and broad. Pectorals broad, little longer than wide, subtriangular, reaching below the middle of the dorsal, outer angle sharp, inner rounded, hind margin slightly concave. First dorsal midway between pectorals and ventrals, hind margin not greatly indented. Base of second dorsal three fourths as long as that of the first and less than half of the distance between the two, fin larger than the anal. Anal small, base much shorter and below the middle of that of the second dorsal, hind margin slightly concave. Caudal pointed, length about one fourth of the total, rather deep but subeaudal lobe not greatly developed. Yellowish brown; lower surfaces yellowish white. Indian Seas. CARCHARINUS OXYRHYNCHUS. Carcharias (Prionodon) oxyrhynchus Miuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 41, pl. 15; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 356; Gintuer, 1870, Cat., fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 375. Be eiphodon oxyrhynchus Git, 1861, sane N. Y. lye., 7, p. 410 (name only). Snout long, pointed, straight on the sides. Nostrils nearer to mouth than to end of snout, separated by about a half length of the snout; valves blunt, small. Labial folds on both jaws, short. Orbit narrower than the nostrils. Teeth alike in the two jaws, narrow, erect, in 46-49 rows, lower little more slender, upper serrated near the apices. Gill openings moderate, one opening above the pectoral. Pectorals large, one half longer than broad, reaching beyond the dorsal, hind margin little concave, angles rounded. Dorsal origin above the end of the pectoral base, tip not reaching the ventrals. Second dorsal little larger than the anal, origin farther forward, end reaching half way from base to caudal. Anal smaller than second dorsal, base wholly below the dorsal base, _ fin less than half the length of first dorsal, more deeply indented on the hind ; margin than on either dorsal. Scales minute, tricarinate. 144 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Greyish brown; white below. Off eastern coasts of South America. CARCHARINUS MUNSING. Carcharias (Prionodon) munsing BLEEKER, 1849, Verh. Bat. gen., 22, p. 16; 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios, p. 32, pl. 1, f.2; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 354; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 365. Head pointed, one fifth or more of the total length, broader than high. Snout moderate, depressed, broadly rounded from behind the orbits, length less than the width of the mouth, nostrils little behind the mid length. Nasal valve with a sharp pointed lobe. Diameter of orbit about one sixth of the preoral length. Mouth large, much arched, length about two thirds of the width, a short labial groove at the angle. Upper teeth serrated, rather broad, triangular, nearly erect; lower erect, not serrated, cusp narrow, lanceolate, base broad. Pectorals longer than broad, angles rounded. First dorsal nearer to ventrals than to the bases of the pectorals, more than twice its base from the second dorsal. Second dorsal smaller than the first, little larger than the anal. Anal origin opposite that of the second dorsal. Caudal one fourth or more of the total length. Brownish, lighter below, fins unspotted. Java. CARCHARINUS MAOU. Squalus (Carcharias) maou Lesson, 1830, Voy. Coquille, Poiss., p. 91, pl. 1; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 379. Carcharias (Prionodon) maou MULuER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 44. Body rather stout forward, head short. Snout short, somewhat depressed, bluntly rounded, nostrils near the mid length. Teeth triangular, smooth. Pectorals much longer than broad, angles rounded, hind margin concave. First dorsal nearer to the pectorals than to the ventrals, upper angle rounded, hinder produced, hind margin deeply indented. Second dorsal small, origin above end of anal. Anal smaller than second dorsal, and farther forward. Ventrals nearly below the middle of the space between the dorsals. Caudal elongate, subcaudal lobe prominent. Vivid bluish green; dorsals, pectorals, ventrals, anal, and subcaudal lobe whitish near their outer angles; lower surfaces white. Miiller and Henle place this species in their subgenus Prionodon, which probably is the better place for it, the statement of the original describer, that the teeth are smooth, notwithstanding. Society Islands. GALEUS GLAUCUS. 145 GALEUS. Galeus VALMONT, 1768, Dict. hist. nat., 1, p. 371. Body comparatively slender, tapering to head and tail. Head depressed, snout elongate. Eyes lateral with nictitating membrane well developed. No spiracles. Nostrils oblique. Mouth inferior, greatly arched, with rudimentary labial folds. ‘Teeth curvilinear triangles, with serrated edges and broad bases. Pectorals large, long in the outer angle, hinder angle short. Dorsals, ventrals and anal small. First dorsal nearer to ventrals than to pectorals, second dorsal opposed to the anal. A pit in front of the caudals above and below. Caudals narrow, pointed; subcaudal lobe prominent. Scales minute, with broad tri- carinate crowns. Temperate and tropical seas. GALEUS GLAUCUS. Plate 3, fig. 1-3. Galeus glaucus RonvDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 378; 1558, Hist. poiss., p. 296; GmsnerR, 1558, Aquat., p. 718; ALDROVANDI, 1613, Pisc. & Cet., p. 394; Wi .., 1686, Pisc., p. 49; VaLmont, 1768, Dict. hist. nat., 1, p. 371; Duwamet, 1777, Traité, 3, sect. 9, p. 298, pl. 19, f. 6. Squalus sp. ARTEDI, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 98, Gen., p. 69, no. 13. Squalus glaucus LInN®, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 235; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 401; Biocu, 1784, Fische Deutschl., 3, p. 78, pl. 86; BonNaATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 9, pl. 7, f. 22; Garein, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1496; Lac&pmpe, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 213; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 131; Turton, 1806, System, 1, p. 916; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 26; Jmnyns, 1835, Man., p. 499; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 50, f. 2. Blue Shark Brooxss, 1763, Nat. Hist., 3, Fishes, p. 30; PsaNNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 84; 1776, Zool., 3, p. 95; 1812, Zool. 3, p. 143; Watson, 1778, Philos. trans., 68, p. 789, pl. 12; Coucn, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 28, pl. 6. Le Glauque Broussonet, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 665. Charcharias glaucus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Indice, p. 45. Carcharias glaucus Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 126; FLEMING, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 167; AGassiz, 1835, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, pl. F, f. 1, teeth; YAaRRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 381; Gay, 1854, Hist. Chile, 2, p. 364; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 289, pl. 152; GinrueEr, 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 479. Squalus (Carcharinus) glaucus BLAINvV., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 92, pl. 23. Squalus (Carcharinus) caeruleus Buatn., ibid., p. 90. Carcharias (Prionodon) glaucus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 36, pl. 11; Dum#érit, 1865, Elasm., p. 353; Bocacr & Caprio, 1866, Plagios., p. 17; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fish. Brit. mus., 8, p. 365; DopERLEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 42; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 289, pl. 152. Carcharias (Prionodon) hirundinaceus DumMERIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 354. Carcharinus glaucus JoRDAN & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 22. Prionace glauca Jorv. & EvERM., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 33, pl. 4, f. 16; 1905, Bull. U. S. fish. comm., 23, p. 37, f.3; SnypErR, 1904, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 22, p. 515; Jorpan & Fow Er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 613. Body elongate, subfusiform. Head less than one fourth of the total length, snout long, pointed. Nostrils nearer to mouth than to end of snout. Mouth _ erescent-shaped, with short labial folds hidden in the angles. Teeth large, in : 29-31 rows, those of each series alternating so as to present a continuous cutting i 146 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. edge, each tooth curved outward to present the inner edge for the vertical cutting, both edges strongly serrated; median tooth smaller, asymmetrical, hooked. Teeth less curved in young. Gill openings five, subequal, width twice that of the — eye, hindmost two above the pectoral. Pectorals long, reaching the dorsal, narrow, pointed, inner angle short, rounded. Dorsal entirely in front of mid length, longer than high, hind angle acute, base about two thirds as long as the snout, equal to one third of the distance from the second dorsal. Second dorsal little smaller than the anal, base nearly half as long as that of the first dorsal and above that of the anal but extended a trifle farther backward, hind angle much produced. Ventrals small, half as large as the first dorsal, nearly straight on the hind margins. Anal small, base more than half its distance from the caudal, hind margin deeply notched, hind angle acute. Tail slender, caudal fins moderate, acuminate at the end, subcaudal lobe produced, acute, fin narrowed backward. Back dark blue or bluish black; whitish below. Specimen described from Japan, secured by Mr. Alan Owston. Total length 54, snout to abdominal pores 30, snout to fifth gill aperture 123, and snout to mouth 5 inches. Specimen figured, on Plate 3, much larger, from Massa- chusetts Bay, secured by Prof. L. Agassiz. THALASSORHINUS. Thalassorhinus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 62. Trunk elongate, fusiform; head depressed. Mouth large greatly arched. Teeth subtriangular, denticulate. Nasal valve short. Eye moderate, with a nictitating membrane, pupil vertical. Spiracle medium. Caudal as in Galeus, a notch behind the subcaudal, a caudal pit above and another below. Snout rather pointed anal exactly below the second dorsal . : . rondeletii (page 146) Snout broad, rounded at the end anal below the end of the second dorsal . . platyrhynchus (page 147) THALASSORHINUS RONDELETII. Squalus rondeletii Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 27. Carcharias rondeletit Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 120. Thalassorhinus vulpecula Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 62; Dumirit, 1865, Elasm., p. 396; GUNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 378. Thalassorhinus rondeletii Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 55; DopEeRLEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 38. Thalassinus rondeletii, MorEAU, 1881, Poiss. France, p. 319. ra ; » £6. 7 ney * etd THALASSORHINUS PLATYRHYNCHUS. 147 2 Resembling the Blue Shark, Galeus glaucus, somewhat in shape and denti- tion but readily distinguished by the spiracles. Snout moderate, pointed. - Nostrils midway in the preoral length. Spiracle about one diameter of the eye behind the orbit and half as much in width. Teeth serrated, in 26 rows, sub- "triangular, upper broader, more oblique, edges somewhat curved toward the angles of the mouth, as in G. glaucus; lower more pointed, more slender, more erect, with finer serratures, edges concave. Pectoral one fifth as long as the body, falciform, rather small, three times as long as wide, outer angle sharp, inner about 90°. Dorsal between the pectorals and the ventrals, nearer the latter, angles sharp, hind margin concave. Second dorsal a little more than half as long as the first, lower than long, upper angle blunt, hind margin nearly straight. Anal equal the second dorsal, exactly below it, with two sharp angles, hind margin deeply indented. Caudal one fourth of the total length, lower lobe produced to nearly one third of the length of the supracaudal. Reaches the length of six feet. Bluish gray; below white. Mediterranean and Atlantic. THALASSORHINUS PLATYRHYNCHUS. Squalus platyrynchus WauBauM, 1784, Schr. Gesellsch. nat. freunde, Berlin, 5, p. 381; 1792, Artedi p. 521. Thalassorhinus platyrhynchus MiuuEer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 63; Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 55; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., 396; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 379. Trunk fusiform. Snout broader than long, depressed, rounded in front. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout. Spiracle small, behind the eyes. Teeth serrated, oblique; upper large, triangular, oblique, cusps sword-shaped; lower smaller, narrower, more erect, cusps awl-shaped on broad bases. Gill openings narrower backward. Pectorals falciform, elongate. Dorsal above the space between the pectorals and the ventrals, hind margin deeply concave. Second dorsal shaped like the first, smaller. Ventrals tri- angular, longer than broad. Anal opposite the end of the second dorsal, deeply ‘indented on the hind margin. Supracaudal long, axis somewhat raised, sub- caudal lobe produced, half as long as the entire caudal. Type six feet in length. : Back greyish with some longitudinal stripes and spots of blackish; lower rfaces whitish. Locality? 148 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. a GALEOCERDO. a Galeocerdo MiuueR & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 115; 1837, Wiegm. archiv., p. 307; 1841, Plagios., p. 59. Body stout, elongate, head depressed, snout short, broad. Mouth large, greatly arched. Labial folds on both jaws. Teeth alike in both jaws, com- pressed, subtriangular, oblique, more flattened on the outer side and swollen on the inner, denticulate on the edges and the edges of the denticles serrated, deeply — notched on the outer edge and convex on the inner. Spiracles small, behind the — orbit. First dorsal above the space between the pectorals and the ventrals; = second dorsal above the anai. Caudals elongate with pits above and below at the origins. A nictitating membrane. Numerous species occur in the early s Tertiaries. GALEOCERDO ARCTICUS. Plate 43, fig. 6-8, (brain). Le squale milandre LackP&DE, 1789, Poissons, 1, p. 237, pl. 8, f. 4 (jaws). Squalus arcticus FaBER, 1829, Fische Islands, p. 17; Nrsson, 1832, Prodromus, p. 115. Galeus sp. AGAssIz, 1835, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, pl. E, f. 5,6; Own, 1845, Odont., pl. 28, f. 9. Galeus maculatus RANZANI, 1839, Novis spec. piscium, 1, p. 7, pl. 1; 1840, ibid., 4, p. 68, pl. 8. Galeocerdo tigrinus Mtutuer & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., p. 59, pl. 23; Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 54; BuytTH, 1860, Journ. Asiat. soc. Bengal, 29, p. 36; Gri, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 263; Dumé&riL, 1865, Elasm., p. 393; Gintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 378; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 718; Jorp. & GitBert, 1883, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 21; 1896, Jorp. & Everm., — Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p.32; Jorp. & Snypmr, 1904, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 27, p. 940. Galeocerdo arcticus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios, p. 60, pl. 24; Kroymr, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 933; Nuitsson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., 4, p. 717; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 394; Ginrn, 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 377. Carcharias (Prionodon) fasciatus BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 37. Boreogaleus arcticus GiLu., 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 411 (name only). Galeocerdo maculatus Pory, 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 453; 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist. nat., 6, p. 201, pl. 9, — ets Galeocerdo raynerti MacponaLtD & Barron, 1868, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 368, pl. 32; Gtnrx, 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 377; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 718, pl. 187, f. 3. Galeocerdo obtusus KLUNZINGER, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 664. Galeocerdo fasciatus KamPEN, 1907, Bull. Dept. agric. Ind. Neerl., 8, p. 9. Body massive, somewhat compressed and elongate; head much broader than — high; snout very short and broad, outline from the eyes nearly semicircular. Internarial distance greater than length of snout; nasal valve short, with a small rounded lobe. Eye moderate, orbit longer than wide, pupil rounded. Spiracles_ small, elongate, behind the orbit on a level with the top of the eye. Mouth — large, length nearly two thirds of the width, much more than the length of the snout. A long labial fold on the upper jaw, on the young appearing as if doubled, — lower fold much shorter. Teeth alike on both jaws, in 21-25 rows, bases broad, — cusps broad, oblique, inner edge convex, inclined outward, outer edge deeply notched, edges denticulate, denticles with fine serrations. Nictitating membrane HEMIGALEUS. 149 below the eye, front end little higher. Pectorals large subfalciform, angles - blunted, hind margin concave. Dorsal origin a short distance behind the base of _ the pectoral, upper angle sharp, hinder produced. Ventrals small, nearer to the second dorsal than to the first. Second dorsal and anal subequal, former slightly in advance of the latter, hind margin nearly straight; anal little smaller and extending little farther back, hind margin deeply notched, base distant twice its length from the caudal pit. Caudal long, slender, pointed, subcaudal lobe produced, sharp, length of fin varying from about one third of the total in the young to one fourth or less in adults. The number of rows of teeth also varies among individuals; some large ones at hand have but 21 rows while others, and much smaller, have 25 or 23 rows. The measurements of a very small specimen are total length 23, snout to hindmost gill opening 4%, snout to abdominal pores 103, and caudal fins 83 inches. Young light brownish with numerous irregular spots of darker along the sides of body and fins, the spots fusing more or less into vertical bars on the sides or transverse bars on the fins, the markings fading with age as the brown darkens until the appearance is uniform greyish brown. Tropical and temperate seas, to 70° degrees or more from the equator. HEMIGALEUS. Hemigaleus BuEexKERr, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 45. Form elongate, slender. Head depressed, flattened below. A small spiracle. A nictitating membrane. Mouth with distinct labial folds. Teeth unlike; upper oblique, with denticles on the basal part of the outer edge; lower more erect, with a narrow cusp on a broad base, without denticles. First dorsal opposite the space between pectorals and ventrals. Tail with caudal pits, a notch behind the subcaudal fin and a prominent subcaudal lobe. Spiral valve of intestine with comparatively few transverse turns. - Snout broadly rounded gill openings less than the length of the orbit caudal longer than the space between the dorsals pectoralis (page 150) gill openings wider than the orbit caudal equal the interdorsal space. microstoma (page 151) ~ Snout tapering, rather pointed gill openings much wider than the orbit caudal equal the interdorsal space. , macrostoma (page 151) Z gill openings twice the width of the orbit caudal shorter than the interdorsal space. balfouri (page 152) 150 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. HEMIGALEUS PECTORALIS. Plate 4, fig. 1-5; Plate 50, fig. 9, (eye); Plate 52, fig. 2, (pelvis); Plate 58, fig. 43 (intestine). Hemigaleus pectoralis GARMAN, 1906, Bull. M. C. Z., 46, p. 203. Outlines in general, positions, and shapes of fins, etce., resembling those of Galeorhinus mustelus or Hugaleus galeus. Head less than one fourth of the total length, little less than half the body cavity, depressed, broader than high; snout depressed, blunt edged at the sides, broadly rounded from the nostrils forward, blunt at the end. Nostrils midway in the preoral length, large, with a fold on the middle of the front edge from which springs the prominent rounded lobe of the valve, hinder valve a narrow ridge around the eductal section of the nostril. Eye medium, pupil elliptical, horizontal, orbit about one third of the preoral length of the snout. Mouth wide moderately arched, width three fourths of the distance from the end of the snout; labial folds half as long as the jaw on each side, hinder shorter. Teeth in 3§ rows, varied in shapes and sizes, Plate 4, fig. 2-3; upper oblique, notched, or deeply excavated on the outer edge and denticu- late on the basal portion (median 5 or 6 rows with less distinct denticles on the inner edge also), median two or three rows of smaller more erect teeth; lower teeth with erect narrow cusps on broad bases, without denticles. Anteriorly on the upper jaws there are several series of teeth in function, laterally there is but a single series; the small teeth of the symphyseal rows are about erect and each has one or more denticles on each edge. Spiracle larger than the pores, directly behind the eye and distant from it half the length of the orbit. Length of orbit more than greatest width of gill openings. Pectorals falciform, three fifths as wide as long, when applied to the side subtending six sevenths of the base of the dorsal, hinder margin concave, inner angle rounded. Dorsals alike in shape, hinder angle long pointed, upper blunted; space between dorsals less than length of caudal. Ventrals as large as the second dorsal, below the middle of the space between the dorsals. Anal half as large as the second dorsal, origin little farther back, end of base little behind the end of the base of that fin. Cau- dal moderate, length about one fourth of the total, pointed, a deep notch behind the subcaudal fin, subcaudal lobe sharp. Scales small, pedicellate, five-keeled, each keel ending in a point; inside of mouth and throat covered by sharp scales. Greyish brown, olive in life; fins dark with light hinder margins; lower surfaces lighter, HEMIGALEUS MACROSTOMA. 151 Total length 253, snout to hindmost gill opening 53, snout to abdominal pores 12%, caudal fin 53, snout to base of dorsal 7 inches. Specimen received from the ‘‘ Aquarial Gardens,” the collections for which were made off the coasts of Massachusetts and Rhode Island. HEMIGALEUS MICROSTOMA. Hemigaleus microstoma BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen. 24, Plagios., p. 46, pl. 2, f. 9; Dumirin, 1865, Elasm., p. 392; Ginru., 1870, Cat., fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 375. Head rather short, broader than high. Snout pointed, length greater than the width of the mouth. Nostrils little nearer to the end of the snout than to the angles of the mouth, midway in the preoral length, valves with an angular lobe. Mouth much wider than long; labial folds short, on both jaws, around the angle. Diameter of the eye three sevenths to three fifths of the preoral length of the snout. Upper teeth in 32 rows, triangular, oblique, outer margin serrated, inner margin convex, smooth; lower teeth smaller, broad-based, cusps narrow, slender, not serrated. Spiracle pore-like, behind the orbit. Width of gill openings greater than the diameter of the orbit. Pectorals nearly twice as long as broad, falciform, pointed, when applied to the side subtending half of the base of the dorsal. Dorsal near the middle of the space between pectorals and ventrals, about as high as long, with sharp angles. Second dorsal more than half the size of the first, origin slightly in advance of that of the anal. Anal smaller than second dorsal. Caudal pointed, about one fourth of the total length, equal to the distance between the dorsals. Reddish grey, yellowish below, fins grey, apex of second dorsal white. Java. HEMIGALEUS MACROSTOMA. Hemigaleus macrostoma BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen. 24, Plagios., p. 46, pl. 2, f. 10; Duménrit, 1865, Elasm., 392; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 376. Chaenogaleus macrostoma G11, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 411 (name only). Head two thirteenths of the total length, broader than high. Snout pointed, length little greater than the width of the mouth. Nostrils nearer to the end of the snout than to the angles of the mouth, nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout, with an angular lobe on the valves. Diameter of the eye two fifths of the width of the mouth. Mouth greatly arched, length little less than the width. Teeth in 34 rows, broad-based; upper oblique, concave on the edges, with two or three denticles on the outer edge of the base; median teeth small, erect; lower teeth triangular, acute, slender, smooth, erect. Labial folds con- 152 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. spicuous, upper little longer than the lower but less than a third of the width of the mouth Spiracle small, larger than the pores, behind the orbit about half — the diameter of the eye. Pectoral shorter than the head, less than twice as long — as broad, falciform, blunted, extending below the middle of the dorsal. Dorsal little nearer to the pectoral than to the ventrals, as high as long, upper angle blunted. Origin of second dorsal little in advance of that of the anal, fin more than half the size of the first dorsal. Anal more than twice the length from the caudal pit, smaller than second dorsal. Caudal pointed, length three thirteenths of the total length, equal to the distance between the dorsals. Back greyish, fins greyish or bluish grey, in part white-edged; below whitish. Java. HEMIGALEUS BALFOURI. Hemigaleus balfouri Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 717, pl. 185, f. 4. Length of snout little more than the width of the mouth, little less than the distance from the eye to the first gill opening. Spiracle minute, a half diameter of the eye behind the orbit. Labial folds on both jaws, at the angle of the mouth. Gill openings at least twice the width of the orbit. Teeth in 27 rows; upper notched or with about three denticles along the outer side of the base; lower slightly smaller, erect, smooth. Pectorals falciform, when applied to the side subtending the anterior third of the dorsal base. Base of the dorsal about mid- way between the base of the pectoral and that of the ventral. Second dorsal and anal nearly equal, bases opposed, that of the former slightly in advance of that of the latter and half as long as that of the first dorsal. Caudal one fifth of the total length, subcaudal lobe blunted. Length of the type 322 inches. Dark brown, fins gray, upper part of second dorsal dark. Coromandel Coast of India. EUGALEUS. Galeorhinus BuAInv., 1816, Bull. Soc. phil., p. 121 (part). Galeus Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 127 (not Galeus of VALMonT, 1768, or of Rar., 1810). Eugaleus Giuu, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 148 (name). Body moderately slender, elongate, cavity about half of the total length. Head medium, from the snout to the hindmost gill opening about one fourth of the total, depressed and blunt forward. Mouth wide, with a short labial fold on each jaw. Teeth alike on both jaws, compressed, subtriangular, inclined toward the angles of the mouth, smooth on the edges, excepting two to four EUGALEUS GALEUS. 153 : denticles on the outer edge between the notch and the base. Orbit longer than wide, nictitating fold well developed. A small spiracle behind the eye. First ha ‘dorsal above the space between pectorals and ventrals; second dorsal above the anal. Caudal rather short; subcaudal lobe, not very distant from the notch behind the subcaudal; caudal pits absent. Hindmost gill clefts above the pectorals. Species from Lower Tertiary closely resemble living forms. Second dorsal and anal fins subequal snout produced, anterior nasal valve with two points . galeus (page 153) Second dorsal much larger than the anal snout rather short, anterior nasal valve with a rounded lobe japanicus (page 154) EUGALEUS GALEUS. Galeus canis RonvDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 377; Miturr & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p.57; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci; Garmarp, 1847, Isl. Poiss. pl. 21; Wricut & Exstrém, 1848, Skand, fisk., p. 185, pl. 45; Ninsson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., 4, p. 714; Duméri, 1865, Elasm., p. 390; Bocacre & CaprE.xo, 1866, Plagios., p. 18; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 379; DopERLEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 36; Morgau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 317. Canis galeus SALVIANI, 1554, Aquat., f. 130, fig. 41, 132; WitLoucHsy, 1686, Pisc., p. 51, pl. B6, f. 1. Squalus sp. ARTEDI, 1738, Ichth., Syn., p. 97, Gen., p. 68, no. 9. Squalus galeus LINN, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 234; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 399; Briwnnicu, 1768, Ichthy. Massi- liensis, p. 4; BoNNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 7, pl. 6, f. 16; Gmetin, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1492; Schn., 1807, Bloch Ichth., p. 128; Turron, 1807, Fauna, p. 112; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 32; JENnyns, 1835, Man., p. 501. Tope Brooxss, 1763, Nat. hist., 3, Fishes, p. 31; Pennant, 1769, Zool., 8, p. 87; 1776, Zool., 3, p. 98. Le milandre BrovussonEt, 1780, Mem. Acad. roy., p. 653; DuHAMEL, 1782, Traité, 4, p. 299, pl. 20, f. 1, 2. Galeorhinus galeus BuAINV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121 (name only). Carcharias galeus Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 121. Galeus vulgaris FuemineG, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 165; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 390; PARNELL, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 414; Kroyr, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 834; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 292, pl. 153; SrernpacunerR, 1900, Denk. Akad. wiss. Wien, 70, p. 519. Eugaleus galeus Gru, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 148 (name only). Toper Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 45, pl. 9. Galeus linnéi Mam, 1877, Géteb. och Bohus. fauna, p. 618. Galeorhinus zyopterus Jorp. & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 871; Jorp & Evern., 1896, Bull.'47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 32, pl. 4, f. 15. Galeus chilensis Peruz, 1886, Estudio p. 3; Pariprr, 1887, Ann. Univ. Chile, 71, p. 11, pl. 4, f. 2. Galeorhinus chilensis De.r1n, 1901, Cat. peces Chile, p. 17. Galeus japonicus Jorp. & EverM., 1905, Bull. U.S. fish comm., 23, p. 36. Galeus galeus GiinTH., 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 482. Head moderately broad and deep, depressed, narrowed forward; length of snout equal width of mouth, end blunt. Internarial space about half the pre- oral length, about twice the distance from the mouth to the nostrils, or half that between the angles of the mouth. Anterior narial valve with two points, - an outer and aninner. Mouth wide, extending forward in an angle with rounded apex. Labial folds on each jaw, around the angles, not reaching halfway to the 154 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. symphysis, lower shorter. Teeth subtriangular, alike in the two jaws, oblique, inclined outward, in 323! rows, smooth-edged except between the notch, on the outer edges, and the base where there are denticles; median smaller, notched on both sides. A couple of rows at each side of the median row are little larger. Eyes moderate, with a nictitating membrane, pupil vertical. Spiracle small, behind the middle of the eye. Pectorals larger than the dorsals, two thirds as wide as long, applied to the side subtending half or more of the dorsal. Origin of first dorsal behind the end of the pectoral base, fin much nearer to the pectorals than to the ventrals. Second dorsal small, origin little in advance of that of the anal. Anal little smaller than second dorsal, base extending slightly farther back. Ventral origins nearly in the middle of the total length. Caudal less than one fourth of the total length, distance from the produced lower lobe to the notch behind the subcaudal short. Back brown, olive to ashy or rusty; lower surfaces, hind margins of pectorals and hind ends of dorsals white, end of tail and upper border of dorsal darker. A specimen from the Mediterranean measures in total length 232, from snout to abdominal pores 12, to hindmost gill opening 5, to mouth 1} and in length of caudal fins 53 inches; one from San Diego, Cal., is in total length 25, from snout to pores 12}, to hindmost gill opening 6, to mouth 23, and in length of caudal fins 6% inches. The slight differences in proportions appear to be quite within the range of individual variations. EUGALEUS JAPANICUS. Galeus japanicus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 58, pl. 22; Duméri, 1865, Elasm., p.391; GUNTH., 1870, Cat., fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 380; Nystrom, 1887, K. Svensk. vet. akad. handl., 50; Jorp. & Fow er, 1903, Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 26, p. 611; PrerscHmMann, 1908, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, Dols As compared with the preceding, EH’. galeus, the snout of this species is shorter, the anterior nasal valve is broader and more rounded, the mouth is shorter, the pectorals are longer and more pointed, the dorsal is farther back and about as near to the ventrals as to the pectorals, the second dorsal is larger and extends farther forward from the anal, the ventrals are farther in advance of the middle of the total length, the anal is much smaller in comparison with the second dorsal and is farther backward, the caudal is smaller, has a sharper subcaudal lobe and a longer distance from the lobe to the subcaudal notch. The teeth have two strong denticles between the notch on the outer edge and the base. Japan, CESTRACION. 15: ee | re | CESTRACIONTIDAE. The single genus in this family differs from Carcharinus in the peculiar lateral expansions of the skull across the frontal region, by which the eyes are carried much farther outward. As in that genus there are no spiracles, the nostrils are distinct from one another and from the mouth, the eyes have a well-developed nictitating membrane, the teeth are compressed and blade-like, the labial folds are rudimentary, and the first dorsal is in advance of the ventrals. The charac- ters of the family are those of the genus Cestracion. Occurs in early Tertiary formations. CESTRACION. Cestracion Kunin, 1742, Hist. pisc., miss. 3, p. 12; 1776, Neuer schaupl., 3, p. 523; Wa.saum, 1792, Artedi, p. 580. Sphyrna RAFINESQUE, 1810, Indice, p. 60. Cestrorhinus Buarnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Zygaena Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 127. Sphyrichthys THIENEMANN, 1828, Lehrb., 3, p. 408. Platysqualus Swatns., 1839, Class., 2, p. 318. Sphyra Horven, 1858, Handb., 2, p. 68. Reniceps Git, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 403. Eusphyra Giu, 1861, ibid. Cestracion Gitu, 1861, ibid. Body, behind the head, similar to that of Scoliodon and its closer allies. Head much depressed, with a broad oculonarial expansion at each side. Mouth inferior, greatly arched forward. Teeth compressed, triangular, broad based, with cusps more or less obliquely directed toward the angles of the mouth and notched on the outer edges. Labial folds rudimentary. Eyes distant from the middle of the head; a nictitating membrane. Nospiracles. First dorsal above the space between the pectorals and the ventrals. Second dorsal above the anal. Caudal with pits at its origin, and with a produced subcaudal lobe. Head hammer-shaped, very wide eyes and nostrils widely separated oculonarial expansion wide, slender : blochi (page 156) eyes and nostrils close together oculonarial expansion medium, oblique concavity above the nostril deep cusps of teeth prominent . . zygaena (page 157) concavity above the nostril moderate cusps of teeth low, very oblique . . oceanica (page 158) 156 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. oculonarial expansion at right angles to body a narial groove in front of the snout outer edge of hammer rounded front of snout broadly rounded . . tudes (page 159) no narial groove outer edges of hammer nearly straight front of snout nearly straight . mokarran (page 160) Head heart shaped eyes and nostrils not widely separated oculonarial expansion narrow . 3 : ; tiburo (page 160) CESTRACION BLOCHII. Squalus zygaena Buocu, 1785, Ausl. fische, 1, p. 29, pl. 117; ScunEmer, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 131. Zygaena blochii Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 127; VALENCIENNES, 1822, Mem. Mus. hist. nat., 9, p. 227, pl. 12, f.2; Bennert, 1830, Mem. Raffles, p. 694; J. E. Cantor, 1837, Quart. med. journ. Calcutta, pl. 1-4; Trans. Med. & phys. soc., 8, pt. 2, p. cexi, App.; Gtnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 380. Zygaena laticeps J. E. Cantor, 1837, Quart. med. journ. Calcutta, pl. 1-4; Swatrns., 1838, Class., 1, p. 134, f. 11; 1839, 2, p. 318; YARRELL, 1839, Brit. fishes, suppl., p. 64, f. 3, 4. Sphyrna blochiti MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 54, 199; Biuerxmr, 1849, Verh. Bat. gen., 22, p. 6; T. Cantor, 1849, Malay fishes, p. 1386; BLenKeR, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 41, pl. 3, f. 7. Eusphyra blochii Giiu, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 412 (name). Cestracion blochit DumfériL, 1865, Elasm., p. 383. Oculonarial expansions very slender, making the width of the head in small specimens little less than half the total length, nearly at right angles with the longitudinal axis, slightly oblique on the hind margin, broadly rounded on the outer edge, nearly straight between eye and: nostril. Snout broadly rounded between the nostrils. Nostrils much nearer to the mouth than to the eyes, with a deep groove to the orbits and for a short distance toward the middle of the snout. Width of mouth nearly equal to the distance from the end of the snout; labial folds rudimentary. Teeth very oblique, deeply notched on the outer edge in $3 rows; median teeth of upper jaw small, more erect, indented on both edges. Orbits separated by less than their width from the nostrils. Gill openings much wider than the orbits. Pectorals moderate, hind margin oblique, concave near the inner angle. Origin of the dorsal above the end of the pectoral base, length of base about half of the interdorsal space, or two thirds of the height of the fin, end not quite reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Second dorsal about half as large as the anal, origin above the middle of the anal base, ends of both base and fin extending a little farther back than those of the anal. Anal deeply CESTRACION ZYGAENA. ' 157 concave on the hind border, lower and hinder angles produced. Caudal about one third of the total length; subcaudal lobe produced. Total length 16, snout to abdominal pores 7%, snout to fifth gill opening 33, t snout to mouth 14, width of head 73, snout to dorsal 4, and leugth of caudal 53 inches. Greatest length of the lateral expansion 13, and greatest width from the Sagan, cheek 3 inches. Specimen described from Penang. East Indies and India. CESTRACION ZYGAENA. Plate 1, fig. 1-3. Libella BELon, 1553, Aquat., p. 61; Sanvrant, 1554, Aquat., f. 128, pl. 40. Zygaena RonvEteT, 1554, Pisc., p. 389; Gusner, 1558, Aquat., p. 1254; AtpRovanp1, 1613, Pisc. & cet., p. 408; Jonst., 1649, Pisc., p. 29, pl. 7, f.8; Wittuausy, 1686, Pisc., pl. Bl. Squalus sp. ArTept, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 96, Gen., p. 67,no.7; Gronow, 1754, Mus., 1, p. 63, no. 139; 1763, Zoophy., p. 32, no. 146. Cestracion sp. KiE1n, 1742, Hist. pisc., miss. 3, p. 13. Squalus zygaena Linn&, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 234; Briinnicn, 1768, Ichthy. Massiliensis, p. 4; Risso, 1810 Ichth. Nice, p. 34; Mrtcu., 1815, N. Y. lit. & philos. trans., 1, p. 482; Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 6. Balance fish Brooxss, 1763, Nat. hist., 3, Fishes, p. 31. Cestracion zygaena Kus1n, 1776, Neuer schaupl., 3, p. 524, 706; Gru, 1862, Ann. N. Y, lyc., 7, p. 403; Dumeérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 382; Day, 1865, Fishes Malabar, p. 270. Le marteau DUHAMEL, 1777, Traité, 3, sect. 9, p. 303, pl. 21, f. 3-8; Broussonet, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 661. Le squale marteau LachpipeE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 257. Koma sorra RussEtu, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, p. 8, pl. 12. Hammer-headed shark Saw, 1804, Zool., 5, pt. 2, p. 46; YARRELL, 1839, Brit. fishes, suppl., p. 61. Sphyrna zygaena Ra¥FINEsQuE, 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 46; Mituer & Henze, 1841, Plagios, p. 51; ; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon., Fauna Ital., Pesci, Tav. 50, fig. 1; T. Canror, 1849, Malay fishes, p. 7 ; 1383; BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen. 24, Plagios., p. 42, pl. 3, f. 8; Bocacr & Capetto, 1866, E _ Plagios., p. 17; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 45. Zygaena zygaena Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 127; Ginter, 1810, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 434. o Zygaena malleus VALENCIENNES, 1822, Mem. Mus. hist. nat., 9, p. 223, pl. 11, f. 1; Risso, 1826, Hist. ’ nat., 3, Poissons, p. 125; Jenyns, 1835, Man., p. 507; Dr Kay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 362, pl. 62, f. 2" 204; ScHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 306, pl. 138; StormR, 1867, Mass. fish., p. 262, pl. 38, f. 3; 3 Giwru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 381; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 719, pl. 186, f. 4; Dopmr- ¢ LEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p.46; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 324; Day, 1884, Brit. . fishes, 2, p. 294, pl. 154. t Sphyrichthys zygaena THIENEMANN, 1828, Lehrb., 3, p. 408. 4 Sphyrnias zygaena Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 49. ; = a a (2 -_ ale ea i eet nd Sphyra malleus Horven, 1858, Handb., 2, p. 68. Hammer-head Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 70, pl. 16. Front margin of the head a broad irregular curve which may be included in the segment of a circle with a radius from the fifth gill openings, but not con- tinuous with the lateral edges of the hammer. Width of hammer, oculonarial expansion, on the hind margin nearly equal to its length across the end at the eye. A rather deep concave notch above the nostril, which latter has a groove on the front margin, more than half the distance to the middle of the snout. Orbit 158 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. rather large, width less than half the distance from the nostril. Mouth large, — width about equal to the distance from the end of the snout, length little more than half the width; labial folds rudimentary or absent. Teeth similar in the two jaws, oblique with a nearly straight inner margin, and a deeply notched outer, and with very fine serrations in young. Dorsal origin behind the end of the pectoral base, height of fin much greater than length of base; base equal little more than one third of the space between the dorsals, or one fourth of the distance from the snout. Base of second dorsal half as long as that of the anal, origin above the middle of the anal base, end of fin little farther back than in the anal. Caudal nearly one third of the total length; subcaudal lobe much pro- duced. Total length 243, snout to abdominal pores 12, snout to fifth gill opening 58, snout to mouth 13, snout to dorsal 6%, length of caudal 7% inches. Specimen described from New York, Prof. L. Agassiz. Ashy brown; lighter to white below. Tropical and temperate Seas. CESTRACION OCEANICA, Sp. NOV. Closely allied to C. zygaena, similar in most respects, but distinguished by the following: — body more robust, tail longer, dorsal farther forward, second dorsal ending more directly above the end of the anal, separation between eye and nostril wider, groove from the inner edge of the nostril shorter, concavity above the nostril shallower, mouth smaller, teeth smaller and more oblique, and orbitonarial extension less slender. The origin of the dorsal is above the end of the pectoral base. The teeth are small, the cutting edge of the cusp is so oblique as to be nearly parallel with the base, making the notch on the outer edge very sharp, and giving the sharp angle of the cusp little prominence. In young of C’. zygaena, three fourths as long as the types of C. oceanica, the teeth are larger and much more erect. Near the middle of the mouth the cusp in the types is slightly more prominent than farther toward the angles of the mouth along the sides. In the young C. zygaena the notch in the tooth is more nearly a right angle. The length of the oculonarial expansion behind the nostril is greater than its width opposite the mouth along the hind margin. Compared with C’. tudes the hammer is much more oblique, the front margin of the head is much less straight, and the teeth are smaller, more equal and less erect. The specimens are grey or ash-colored, yellowish or white beneath, and have — CESTRACION TUDES. 159 a blackish spot on the upper angle of the second dorsal, on the lower angle of the subcaudal lobe and on the tip of the tail. Society Islands, collected by Andrew Garrett. CESTRACION TUDES. Cornuda Parra, 1787, Hist. nat., p. 71, pl. 32. Zygaena tudes VALENCIENNES, 1822, Mém. Mus. hist. nat., 9, p. 225, pl. 12, f. 1; Giinra., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 382; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 327; DopERLEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 50. Sphyrna tudes Mtuuter & HENie, 1841, Plagios., p. 53. Sphyrnias tudes Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 53. Cestracion (Zygaena) tudes DummRIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 384. Sphyrna (Platysqualus) tudes Jorpv & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. Mus., p. 44. Head and hammer more exactly transverse than in C. zygaena; hind mar- gins of the hammer at right angles to the longitudinal axis; front margin much curved, undulated, with a shallow concave indentation above the nostril, front outline forming a segment of a circle the centre of which is about opposite the fifth gill openings, the curve continuing in sharper curves around the lateral edges of the hammer and the hinder angles to the nearly straight hinder edges. Width of oculonarial expansion, near the mouth, about equal to its length behind the nostril across the end. Nostrils with a groove toward the middle of the snout; in cases, perhaps fresher specimens, the groove is filled and hardly visible. Eye small, one diameter of the orbit from the nostril. Mouth large, length half the width, or three sevenths of the length of the snout. Teeth unlike, in 3§ rows; bases broad somewhat swollen, two-rooted; cusps narrower, upper oblique with a sharp notch on the outer edge; lower cusps narrower, more slender, more erect, especially toward the middle of the mouth where the teeth resemble those of species of Isurus; median teeth of the upper jaw and the median tooth of the lower quite small. Dorsal origin slightly behind the base of the pectoral; fin large, triangular, height little greater than the length, upper angle sharp, hind margin not greatly concave; base two and one fifth times in the distance from the second dorsal; end of the fin reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Ventrals in front of the mid length. Second dorsal small, base above the hind half of that of the anal, upper angle rounded. Anal elongate, lower angle produced, hind margin concave, base one and one half times in its distance from the caudal. Caudal two sevenths of the total, subcaudal lobe strong, produced, slightly _ blunted. Total length 35, snout to abdominal pores 16, snout to fifth gill opening 73, snout to first dorsal 103, snout to mouth 2%, greatest width of head 8%, and length of caudal 10 inches. 160 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Greyish brown, head darker, fins darker with light margins. Described from specimens taken at Rio Janeiro and Panama. Tropical Seas. CESTRACION MOKARRAN. Zygaena mokarran RiiprpEwt, 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, fische, p. 66, pl. 17, f. 3; Ginrs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 383; Day, 1887, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 20, p. 389; 1888, Ind. fishes, suppl., p. 809. Sphyrna mokarran Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios, p. 54. Sphyrnias mokarran Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 51. Cestracion (Zygaena) mokarran Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 383. Zygaena dissimilis Murray, 1887, Ann. & mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 20, p. 304. Width of head one fourth less than the length of the caudal. Oculonarial expansions at the sides of the head nearly at right angles with the longitudinal axis of the body; anterior margin of the head nearly straight. Nostrils near the eye, without a notch above them, without a groove from their inner edges. ‘Teeth triangular, oblique, with fine serrations on the edges; upper broader, notched on the outer edge; lower with the cusp more erect and slender, with an indentation on both outer and inner edges. Hindmost two of the gill openings above: the pectoral. All fin angles rather sharp; first dorsal higher than long, origin above the end of the pectoral base, at about one fourth of the length from the snout to the end of the tail, base equal half the height on the front margin. Ventrals in front of the mid length. Second dorsal and anal nearly equal, similar in shapes; anal origin slightly behind that of the dorsal; hind margins deeply indented. Reaching a length of more than ten feet. Dingy bluish gray or brown, lighter to whitish or flesh color below. Red Sea; India. CESTRACION TIBURO. Plate 1, fig. 4-5. Tiburonis species minor MarcaRAVvE, 1648, Hist. nat. Brasil, p. 181, fig. Zygaenae affinis capite triangulo WiLLUGHBY, 1686, Hist. pisc., p. 55, pl. B9, f. 3. Cestracion no. 2 Kietn, 1742, Hist. pisc., miss., 3, p. 13, pl. 2, f. 3, 4. Squalus tiburo Linné, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 234; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 399; Bonnatsrre, 1788, Ichth., p. 9; GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1495; SaHaw, 1795, Nat. misc., 7, pl. 229; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 131. Cestracion tiburo Kunin, 1776, Neuer schaupl., 3, p. 526; Gru, 1861, Proc. Acad.‘nat. sci. Phil., p. 59 extra; Dumerit, 1865, Elasm., p. 385. Le pantouflier BRoussonetT, 1780, Mém. Acad. roy., p. 662. Round-headed Zygaena Suaw, 1795, Nat. misc., 7, pl. 229. Heart-headed shark Suaw, 1804, Zool., 5, p. 355, pl. 154. Sphyrna tiburo RAFINESQUE, 1810, Ind. Sic., p. 47; Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 53; GitperT & Starks, 1903, Mem. Cal. acad. sci., 4, p. 138. Cestrorhinus tiburo Buatnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. CESTRACION TIBURO. 161 - Zygaena tiburo VALENCIENNES, 1822, Mem. Mus. hist. nat., 9, p. 226, pl. 12, f. 2°, 2>; YAaRRELL, 1839, Brit. fishes, suppl., p. 64, f. 2; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p.382; Doprrtetn, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 50. Platysqualus tiburo Swars., 1839, Class., 2, p. 318. _ Sphyrnias tiburo Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 50. Reniceps tiburo G11, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 412; Jorpan & GizBeErt, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 25. Sphyrna (Reniceps) tiburo Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 44; 1900, ibid., Atlas, pl. 5, 19. 19 Front and sides of the head in continuous curves; front margin in the seg- ment of a circle having its centre a short distance behind the symphysis of the lower jaws. No indentation above the nostrils. Grooves from the inner edges of the nostrils rudimentary. Nostrils separated from the eyes by one length of the orbit. Hind margin of the oculonarial expansion short, about one fourth as wide as the head. Mouth large, width about one third of that of the head, or four fifths of the distance from the end of the snout, length nearly half of the width. Teeth in 38 rows, broad-based, oblique, notched on the outer border, or indented on both edges in some; upper teeth with inner margins less concave and with cusps less erect than the lower; median teeth small, more indented on both edges; cusps smaller to obsolete toward the angles of the mouth. Pec- torals broad, angles rounded. Origin of dorsal little behind the ends of the bases of pectorals, length of base two thirds of the height, upper angle blunted, end reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Origin of second dorsal little forward of the middle of the anal base, end slightly in front of that of the anal, outer angle more produced and hind margin more concave than in that fin. Base of anal longer than its distance from the caudal. Caudal less than one third of the total, lower lobe produced. Total length 223, snout to abdominal pores 11, snout to fifth gill opening 5, snout to mouth 2, greatest width of head 43, snout to dorsal 7, and length of caudal 6% inches. Ashy brown, shading to white on the lower surfaces; fins darker with light ‘margins. Specimen described is from Massachusetts Bay. - Tropical and temperate seas. 162 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. GALEORHINIDAE. Body elongate; head and snout depressed . tail compressed. [yes lateral, — with a nictitating fold in the lower lid. Nostrils below the snout. Mouth inferior, crescentic. Teeth small, in numerous rows, several series in function, — cuspidate to flat, in bands or in pavement. Spiracles present or absent. Two | dorsal fins, without a spine, first above the space between pectorals and ventrals. An anal. Teeth compressed, cusps three to five, a number of series in function spiracles absent; a nictitating fold teeth with shorter lateral cusps subcaudal lobe produced; a caudal pit . Triaenodon (page 162) subeaudal lobe rudimentary; no caudal pit Leptocharias (page 164) spiracles present; a nictitating fold; no caudal pit , teeth three cusped; labialfoldslong . ; : Triakis (page 165) Teeth in pavement; labial folds long; subcaudal lobe not produced spiracles present; a nictitating fold; no caudal pits | teeth blunt or with rudimentary cusps . . Galeorhinus (page 169) teeth with flattened crowns; nasoral grooves Scylliogaleus (page 179) TRIAENODON. Triaenodon Miuter & HeENuEg, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 113; 1837, Wiegm. arch., p. 396; 1841, Plagios., p. 55. Trunk shaped like that of Galeus; head depressed; snout short, broad. Crown broad, convex. Mouth greatly arched; labial folds rudimentary. Eyes lateral, with a nictitating membrane. Nospiracles. Teeth equal, small, numer- ous, with a stronger median cusp and one or two small lateral cusps at each side of it. Hindmost gill clefts above the pectorals. First dorsal above the space behind the pectorals; second dorsal above the anal. Caudal with a pit at its root above; subcaudal lobe well developed. Scales small, 3-7 keeled. Dorsal origin at a distance from the pectorals second dorsal little larger and little forward of anal . obesus (page 163) — Dorsal origin close behind bases of pectorals second dorsal and anal subequal . ; a 2 obtusus (page 163) TRIAENODON OBTUSUS. 163 TRIAENODON OBESUS. Carcharias obesus RiipPELL, 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, Fische, p. 64, pl. 18, f. 2. Triaenodon obesus MittueR & Henue, 1841, Plagios., p. 55, pl. 20; Dumérin, 1565, Elasm., p. 386; Guntu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 383; Kiunzinar, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 227; Ginruer, 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 482. Leptocharias obesus Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 51. Head broader than deep, narrowing forward; snout short, broad, broadly rounded in front, not as long as the mouth. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the erid of the snout; anterior valves folded inward so as to appear double, with a short rounded lobe. Mouth wide, greatly arched, labial folds short, hardly extended along the jaws. Teeth small, numerous, with a stronger more or less oblique median cusp and at each side of the base of this one to two smaller ones, in 45-47 rows. Eye small, nictitating membrane well developed. No spiracle. Gill openings narrow, greatest width equal to length of orbit, hind- most above the base of the pectoral. Hind margins of fins indented; hinder angles of dorsals and anal produced. Pectorals longer than wide, outer angle rather sharp. First dorsal twice as large as the second, at a distance behind the pectorals and reaching to a vertical from the ventrals. Second dorsal little larger than the anal, origin little if any farther forward and base and tip extending little farther backward than those of that fin. Caudal little more than one fourth of the total length, with a pit at the root above, and with a sharply pro- duced subcaudal lobe, subcaudal narrow between the notch and the lobe. Rusty or ashy brown, lighter beneath, edges of fins darker except tips of dorsals and caudals, which are white. Red Sea; Indian Ocean. TRIAENODON OBTUSUS. Triaenodon obtusus Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 720, pl. 189, f. 3. Snout short, length hardly equal to half the width of the mouth. Nostrils nearer to the end of the snout than to the mouth; anterior valve with a short - pointed lobe. Width of the mouth more than twice the length; labial folds short, at the angles. Teeth with a small median cusp and a single smaller lateral denti- _ cle at each side of its base. Dorsal origin close behind the bases of the pectorals, fin not reaching to the ventrals. Applied to the side the pectoral subtends half - or more of the dorsal; fin longer than wide, outer angle produced, blunted. Sec- ond dorsal and anal subequal, the former above the latter and very little in ad- 164 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. vance, hind margin of anal more deeply indented. Caudal nearly one fourth of the total length; subcaudal lobe well developed, its angle rounded off. Dark above; lighter below. Kurrachee, India. LEPTOCHARIAS. Leptocharias MiuuER & HENLE, 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p. 36. Leptocarcharias GiinTu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 384. Trunk rather slender; head short; snout produced, rounded at the end. Anterior nasal valve with an elongate lobe. A nictitating membrane. No spiracles. Mouth greatly arched; labial folds well developed. Teeth equal, small, numerous, with a longer median cusp and one to three smaller lateral cusps at each side of it on the base. First dorsal above the space between pec- torals and ventrals; second dorsal above the anal. Hindmost gill openings above the bases of the pectorals. Caudal without a pit at its root; subcaudal lobe small, | undeveloped. | LEPTOCHARIAS SMITHII. Triaenodon smithii MbLLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 56, p. 21; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 387. Leptocharias smithii Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 51. Leptocharcharias smithiit Gintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 384. Body elongate; head nearly one fifth of the entire length; length of the snout hardly equal to the width of the mouth. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout, anterior valve with a long pointed lobe. Mouth large, length about two thirds of the width; labial folds elongate. Teeth small, numerous, alike in the two jaws, with a longer more or less oblique median cusp which has at each side of its base one to two smaller ones; cusps decreasing in size toward the angles of the mouth; median tooth of the lower jaws small, — erect. Pectorals triangular, outer angle produced, blunted. First dorsal mid- way between pectorals and ventrals, upper angle blunt, hinder sharp, hind mar- gin concave. Second dorsal little smaller than the first, above the anal with © nearly half of its base extending farther forward. Anal much smaller than the second dorsal, base extending somewhat farther back. Ventrals little in advance of the middle of the total length. Caudal rather short, subecaudal lobe not prominent. Reddish brown, lighter below. Cabenda Bay, South Africa. TRIAKIS SEMIFASCIATA. 165 TRIAKIS. Triakis Miter & HENLE, 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p. 36; 1841, Plagios., p. 63. Head depressed, flattened beneath, snout blunt. Anterior nasal valve with a rounded lobe. Eye with a nictitating fold. Spiracles small, behind the eyes. Mouth arched, labial folds and labial cartilages well developed. Teeth small, numerous, bases two-rooted, each tooth with a stronger median cusp and at each side of its base a denticle or denticles. Hindmost gill clefts above the pectorals. First dorsal above the space between the pectorals and the ventrals. Second dorsal above the anal. Caudal short, no pit at its origin, a notch behind the subecaudal; subcaudal lobe small. Median cusp of teeth acuminate, lateral cusps sharp - greyish with cross bands and large alternating spots of brown semifasciata (page 165) brown with cross bands of darker and with scattered spots of black scylluum (page 166) Median cusp of teeth short, broad-based, lateral cusps short slaty brown with scattered small spots of black oe maculata (page 167) greyish brown, uniform ; henler (page 168) TRIAKIS SEMIFASCIATA. Plate 60, fig. 5, 11, 12. Triakis californica Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 56 (name only). Triakis semifasciatum Grrarp, 1854, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 196; 1858, Rept. Pacif. R. R. Fish, p. 362; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 398; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 384; JorpAn & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 20; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S.nat. mus., p. 31. Trunk elongate, compressed; head rather narrow, depressed, flattened beneath, crown little convex; snout rounded in front and on the edges. Nos- trils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout; anterior valve with a somewhat produced rounded lobe above which there is an internal bilobed fold, the partition. Eyes small, with a nictitating fold, Plate 50, f.5. Spiracles small, distant behind the eye less than half the length of the orbit. Mouth in a low arch; labial folds extending about half the length of the jaw, above and below. Teeth very small, numerous; median cusp strong, oblique, with one or more smaller ones, denticles, at each side of its base. Largest gill opening about the length of the orbit, hindmost small, above the pectorals. Pectorals short, subtri- angular, two thirds as wide as long, angles rounded, hind margin nearly straight, 166 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. fin applied to the side reaching below the middle of the dorsal. Dorsal moderate, origin little forward of the hind margin of the peetoral, upper angles rounded, produced extremity reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Vent near the middle of the total length, second dorsal more than half as large as the first, similar in shape, equal in base. Anal less than half as large as the second dorsal, origin below the middle of the base of the second dorsal, base reaching behind that of the dorsal about one length of the orbit. Caudal less than one fourth of the total length; subcaudal fin followed by a notch, lobe very small. Light brownish or greyish, lighter yellowish or whitish below; back with about a dozen transverse bands of brown each about as wide as the internarial space, separated by spaces of equal or greater width, below which are large alter- nating spots of brown. In cases there are narrow streaks of brown bisecting the spaces, and, on the lower parts of the sides of the body, some smaller spots. There is a large spot above the base of the pectoral and there are small ones scattered over the head and the caudal fins. The color is most often lighter in the centres of spots and bands. California to Mexico. TRIAKIS SCYLLIUM. Triakis scyllium Miuuer & HENtgE, 1841, Plagios., p. 63, pl. 26; Duméri, 1865, Elasm., p. 397; Gunru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 384; Isaikawa & Matsuura, 1897, Cat. fishes, p. 62; Jorn. & Snyper, 1900, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 23, p. 336; Jorp. & Fowumr, 1903, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 26, p. 609; Pietschmann, 1908, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 117, p. 689. Trunk elongate, subtriangular in cross section, with a low ridge above the vertebrae. Head depressed, flat beneath, broader than high, crown little convex. Snout short, rounded, blunt, length nearly equal to width of mouth. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout; anterior valve wide, broadly rounded, with an internal fold and pointed lobe above it. Mouth in a low arch, nearly three times as wide as long; labial folds wide and thick, almost half the length of each jaw, lower shorter. Teeth small, numerous, closely set, oblique, each with a denticle or two denticles at each side of the long acuminate median cusp. Length of orbit greater than the width of the hindmost gill opening, less than half the preoral length of the snout. Spiracle small, behind the eye a half length of the orbit. Pectoral large, width more than two thirds of the length, inner angle rounded, outer blunted, fin applied to the side subtending half the base of the dorsal. Dorsal origin above the hind margin of the pectoral, length of base more than half its distance from the second dorsal, hinder angle reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Second dorsal little smaller than the first, origin TRIAKIS MACULATA. 167 in front of that of the anal. Anal much smaller than the second dorsal, origin below the middle of the base of the latter, end extended behind that of the same SLM de aig fin about the length of the orbit, hind margin more deeply excavated. Caudal one fourth of the total, subcaudal lobe slightly produced. Olive brown, with a few spots of black, the largest about the size of the eye, scattered over the sides; with eight or ten rather indefinite bands of darker across the back and the flanks: first band across the nape, second to the middle of the pectorals, third at the origin, fourth near the middle and fifth at the end of the dorsal, sixth in the middle of the space between the dorsals, seventh at the origin, and eighth at the end of the second dorsal. Scales small, tricarinate. Total length 282, snout to abdominal pores 133, snout to hindmost gill opening 53, and caudal 7 inches. Japan. Alan Owston. TRIAKIS MACULATA. Triakis maculatus KNER & STEINDACHNER, 1867, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 54, p. 391. Mustelus maculatus Giintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 387. Head broader than high, depressed, flattened beneath, convex on the crown, length less than one fourth of the total length. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout, internarial space equal to the length of the mouth or to half the width; anterior valve with a rather broadly rounded lobe. Mouth moderate, broadly arched; labial folds wide, reaching nearly half the length of each jaw. Teeth small, numerous, arranged as in the species Galeorhinus muste- lus, and T. henlei, but with cusps sharper than those of the former, the median cusp being short and broad at its base and obliquely directed outward and the lateral denticles mere rudiments separated from the median by shallow notches of which the inner is sometimes absent. Eye small; nictitating fold well devel- oped but indistinct at the backward end. Spiracle small, distant from the orbit half the length of the eye. Gill openings small, greatest width about equal the length of the orbit, hindmost above the bases of the pectorals. Pectorals large, nearly as broad as long, with angles rounded, hind border slightly concave, fin applied to the side subtending half the base of the dorsal. Hinder angle pro- duced on dorsals, ventrals, and anal. Origin of the dorsal above the hind margins of the pectorals, end of the fin reaching to a vertical from the origins of the ia gee th A eaten Me hed ventrals, which are little forward of the middle of the total length. Second dorsal __ little smaller than the first, similar in shape, origin little behind the ends of the ventrals. Anal much smaller than the second dorsal and originating below the 168 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. | ~ middle of its base, the base of the anal extending but little the farther back. Tail short, less than one fourth of the total length; caudal small, narrow, no pit at its root, tip bluntly rounded, subcaudal followed by a notch, lobe feebly developed. , Slaty brown, with numerous irregular scattered spots of black on back and flanks. Total length 22, snout to abdominal pores 103, snout to fifth gill opening 43, — snout to mouth 17, and caudal 5 inches. Description from specimens taken at Callao, Peru, by the Hassler Expedi- — tion. TRIAKIS HENLEI. Plate 5, fig. 1-4; Plate 60, fig. 1-4. Rhinotriacis henlei Gitu, 1862, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 486; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. — nat. mus., p. 3l. Triakis henlei PUTNAM, 1863, Bull. M. C. Z.,1, p. 14; Dumirit, 1865, Elasm., p. 398; Jonpan & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 20. Pleuracromylon laevis Jonvdan & GiLBERT, 1880, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 3, p. 52. Trunk elongate, subtriangular in a cross section, with a low fold above the vertebrae. Head long, depressed, flat beneath, broader than high, little convex on the crown. Snout pointed, blunted at the end, length greater than the width of the mouth. Nostrils in the hindmost third of the preoral length; anterior valve short, rounded, with two internal lobes on the fold dividing the nostril above it. Mouth nearly straight at the sides, rounded in front; labial folds on both jaws well developed. Orbit elongate, length greater than the width of the gill openings; nictitating fold well differentiated. Spiracle small, close behind the eye. Hindmost gill opening narrow, above the pectoral. Teeth small, — numerous, compressed, subtriangular, oblique, broad-based; cusps short, sharp, broadening in the base, on each side of which there is usually a notch with a den- ticle. On the inner edge of some teeth both notch and denticle may be absent. Pectorals short and broad, width three fourths of the length, angles rounded, ~ hind margin nearly straight, fin applied to the side reaching behind the middle of the entire dorsal. Dorsal origin little behind the ends of the bases of the 7 pectorals, length of base, much greater than the height, equal to two fifths of the — distance from the second dorsal. Second dorsal more than half as large as the first, of similar form, distant more than the length of the base from the caudal. Anal small, hardly half as large as the second dorsal, origin nearly below the mid- — dle of the base and end little farther back than that of the same fin. Caudal one fifth of the total length, subcaudal lobe slightly developed. ; Ps GALEORHINUS. 169 Back uniform greyish brown; lower surfaces whitish. Total length 26, snout to abdominal pores 12, snout to hindmost gill opening 5, snout to mouth 1%, and caudal 53 inches. Specimens described from San Francisco, Cal., collected by Alexander Agassiz and Thomas G. Cary. GALEORHINUS. Mustelus VALMontT, 1768; Lincx, 1790; Cuvier, 1817. Galeorhinus Buainv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121, 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 81 (part). Pleuracromylon Git, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 148 (name). Cynias GiLu, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 960 (name). Body and tail nearly equal in length. Head short, broad, depressed, taper- ing anteriorly, broader and flattened below. Snout produced, rounded on the end. Hyes lateral, lower lid with a nictitating fold. Nostrils large, far apart, without a nasoral groove; anterior valve produced in its outer angle. Spiracles small, behind the eye. Mouth subangular, rounded anteriorly; labial fold well developed. Teeth small, numerous, in pavement, smooth or with shallow notches or low cusps. Dorsals similar in shape, first above the abdomen, second above the anal. Tail without pits; caudal fins not deep; subcaudal followed by a notch, lobe feebly developed. G. stefanit Lawley is from the Pliocene of Tuscany. When all of the species of this genus are better known it may be that they can be arranged according to the presence or absence of a placental attachment for the young. At present it is known that in G. stellatus, and G. manazo this attachment is absent, that it obtains in G. laevis, G. californicus, and G. dorsalis, and that in G. antarcticus the young are developed in compartments, formed around each of them in the oviducts, according to Parker, 1882, 1890, or on a placental attachment according to Waite, 1909. Apparently the species with the smoother teeth are those without the placenta, while, on the other hand, those with teeth approaching the cuspidate forms in species of Triakis are those that possess it. See Plate 60, f. 1-4 and explanation. Commonly spotted with white dorsal origin near the axil of the pectoral teeth without notches upper labial fold longer ; ; : mustelus (page 170) dorsal origin above the inner angle of the pectoral teeth with a shallow undulation on the hinder edge upper labial fold longer. ; , manazo (page 171) 170 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Commonly with transverse bands dorsal origin little behind axil of pectoral teeth smooth, no denticles upper labial fold shorter. ; ’ r fasciatus (page 172) Commonly spotted with black dorsal origin behind inner angle of pectoral teeth slightly angled, upper, without denticles upper labial fold equal. : ; punctulatus (page 173) Commonly about uniform dorsal origin forward of inner angle of pectoral teeth with a low apex and a concavity at each side of it upper labial fold shorter. ; .°. lunulatus (page 174) dorsal origin above the inner angle of the pectoral teeth without a produced cusp, slightly concave on inner edge’ upper labial fold longer. ; 4 antarcticus (page 175) dorsal origin forward of the inner angle of the pectoral teeth with notches or denticles upper labial fold equal . ; é ; . laevis (page 176) dorsal origin above the inner angle of the pectoral teeth with a shallow concavity on the outward edge upper labial fold equal . , 5 . californicus (page 177) dorsal origin above middle of inner margin of pectoral teeth diverse, upper oblique triangular, notched on outward edge upper labial fold little longer . . ; . dorsalis (page 178) (GALEORHINUS MUSTELUS. Galeus asterias RONDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 376; ALDROVANDI, 1613, Pisc. & Cet., p. 393. Mustelus laevis SALVIANI, 1554, Aquat., pl. 44. Galeus laevis GesNER, 1558, Aquat., p. 726. Squalus mustelus LINNh, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 235 (part); 1766, Syst., 1, p. 400; Gme.tn, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1492. Smooth dog-fish BRooxss, 1763, Nat. hist., 3, Fishes, p. 33. Galeus stellatus VALMONT, 1768, Dict. hist. nat., 4, p. 746; DuHAMEL, 1777, Traité, 3, sect. 9, p. 300. Smooth hound PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 91; 1776, Zool., 3, p. 102, pl. 16; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 393; THompson, 1839, Ann. nat. hist., 2, p. 272; Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 47, pl. 10. Le squale emissole LackpkpE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 242; Buarnv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., pl. 20, f. 2, pl. 20, f. 1, lentillat. Galeus mustelus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 46 (mame); Leacu, 1814, Mem. Wern. soc., 2, JONG, polly Py Wie sy Squalus (Galeorhinus) mustelus BLAINv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 81. Mustelus stellatus Risso, 1826, Hist. nat. 3, Poissons, p. 126. Squalus (Galeorhinus) hinnulus Buatnv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 83. Squalus (Mustelus) stellatus Voigt, 1832, Thierreich., 2, p. 508. GALEORHINUS MANAZO. 171 Mustelus plebejus BoNAPARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, p. 49; Cannsrrint, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 49; DopERLEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 30. 23 Mustelus vulgaris MiuuEr, 1842, Abh. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 187, pl. 3, f. 2; Mituer & Henze, 1841, - Plagios., p. 64, 190, pl. 27, f. 1 (part); Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 400, pl. 3, f. 1-3; Ginrn., 1870 Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 386; DopER.LeErtn, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 30; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 311. Mustelus mustelus PrrtscHMANN, 1908, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 117, p. 690. Head broader than high, flattened below; snout broadly rounded forward. Nostrils large, much nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout; anterior valve broad, with a somewhat produced and rounded lobe. Mouth large, width little less than length of snout, length less than length of orbit; labial folds nearly half the length of the jaws, upper fold longer. Teeth small, smooth, convex on the crown, without notches on the edges, without a sharp cusp or denticle. Eye rather large, pupil horizontally elongate, orbit nearly twice the preoral length. Spiracles small, distant from the eye about one fourth of the length of the orbit. Gill openings wide, greatest width one fourth less than length of orbit. Pectorals large, width about two thirds of the length, outer angle pointed, inner rounded, hind margin little concave. Dorsal large, origin a short distance behind the end of the pectoral base, much in advance of the hind margin of the pectoral, length of base greater than height, equal half the distance from the second dorsal; pro- duced end of fin not reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Ventrals large, nearer to the first dorsal than to the second, hind margin little concave. Second dorsal more than half as large as the first, middle of base above origin of anal. Anal much smaller than second dorsal, base and acuminate extremity extending a short distance behind those of that fin, base about three fourths of its distance from the caudal. Caudal moderate, more than one fifth of the total length, sub- caudal lobe feeble. Eggs large, not supplemented by a placental attachment. Greyish to brownish grey, in most cases with few to many spots of white along the sides above the lateral line and with white hind borders to the fins; white below. | Total length 30, snout to abdominal pores 14, snout to fifth gill opening, 43, snout to mouth, 1%, and caudal 63 inches. Nice, France, Col. Theodore Lyman. Mediterranean and Eastern Atlantic. GALEORHINUS MANAZO. Mustelus vulgaris ScHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 303, pl. 134; Nysrrém, 1887, K. Svensk. vet. akad. handl., 13, p. 50 extra. Mustelus manazo BLEEKER, 1854, Verh. Bat. gen., 26, p. 126; Dummrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 403; Ginrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 387; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 720, pl. 186, f. 3; IsHrkawa & Marsuura, 1897, Cat. fishes, p. 62; Jorp. & SnypEr, 1900, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 23, p. 336; Jorn. & Fow ter, 1903, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 26, p. 608. ? Mustelus griseus Pietschmann, 19 March, 1908, Anz. Akad. wiss. Wien, 45, p. 132; 1908, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 117, p. 695, pl. 2, f. 1, 3. Cynias mustelus TANAKA, 1911, Fishes of Japan, 8, p. 47, pl. 12. 172 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Snout somewhat pointed, length about two and one half times that of the mouth, or of the orbit. Nostrils entirely within the posterior half of the snout; anterior valve produced, rounded at the end. Mouth medium, width less than twice the length, more than two thirds of the length of the snout; upper labial folds about half the length of the jaw, lower shorter. Teeth small, convex on the crown, with a shallow concave indentation on the outer edge, like those of G. mustelus. Length of orbit less than half that of the snout, about equal width of largest gill opening. Hindmost gill opening small, above the pectoral. Pectoral large, if applied to the side subtending less than half of the base of the dorsal. Origin of the dorsal almost directly above the inner angle of the pectoral, farther back than that of G. mustelus, base less than half of the distance from the second dorsal, fin ending about one length of the orbit forward of the bases of the ventrals. Bases of the ventrals little nearer to the base of the first dorsal than to that of the second. Base of second dorsal three fourths of that of the first dorsal, or an equal part of the distance from the caudal. Origin of the anal slightly behind the middle of the base of the second dorsal, fin about half as large, length of base two thirds of that of either the second dorsal or of the dis- tance from the subcaudal. Greyish brown with small spots of white, above the lateral line, to uniform. As in G. mustelus, the species to which this one is most closely allied, the spots are small and particularly numerous on the lateral line, and it is said the eggs do not form a placental attachment. Total length 323, snout to abdominal pores 15%, snout to fifth gill opening 6%, snout to mouth 2%, and length of caudal 6 inches. Tokio, Japan. Alan Owston. GALEORHINUS FASCIATUS, sp. nov. Trunk moderately robust, body cavity about half of the total length; head broad, flattened below, tapering forward; snout broadly rounded at the end. Nostrils in the hindmost third of the snout, anterior valve with a rounded lobe. Eye small, orbit one fourth of the length of the snout, with a nictitating fold. Spiracle small, distant from the eye about half the length of the orbit. Mouth large, width more than twice the length, and more than three fourths of the preoral length of the snout. Labial folds extending nearly half the length of each jaw, lower longer than the upper. Teeth small, in pavement; crowns smooth, convex, without notch or indentation. Greatest width of gill openings GALEORHINUS PUNCTULATUS. 173 about twice the length of the orbit; hindmost opening above the pectoral. Pectorals short and broad, applied to the side not reaching to the middle of the base of the dorsal, width about seven eighths of the length, length of bases less than half the width of the fins; angles broad, rounded; hind margin almost straight. Dorsal origin a short distance behind the ends of the bases of the pectorals, base very long, about two thirds of its distance from the second dorsal, height of fin three fifths of the length of the base, upper angle blunt, hinder acuminate. Second dorsal not more than half as large as the first, similar in form, base equal to its distance from the caudal, end of base above the middle of the anal base. Base of anal half as long as that of the dorsal above it, distant its length from that of the caudal, nearly half of it extended behind the end of the base of the second dorsal. Caudal little more than one fifth of the total length, rather narrow; subcaudal with a notch behind it and with a very feeble lobe in front. Back brown with narrow transverse bands of darker, separated by spaces of about equal width: one or a pair crossing the orbits, one across the spiracles, one on the nape, four between the nape and the dorsal, four or five on the base of the dorsal, six between the dorsals, three on the base of the second dorsal, and two or three between it and the caudal. A yellow spot in front of each eye above each orbit. Fins dark with narrow edgings lighter. Lower surfaces whitish. On a larger individual pairs of bands are more or less confluent and all are more indefinite, indicating a probable loss of the bands later in life. Total length 20, snout to abdominal pores 103, snout to fifth gill opening 4%, snout to mouth 13, and caudal 43 inches. Total length 25, snout to pores 123, snout to fifth gill opening 53, snout to mouth 23, caudal 5%. Types from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, collected by the Thayer Expedition. GALEORHINUS PUNCTULATUS. Mustelus punctulatus Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 128; Mitier & Hen zg, 1841, Plagios., p. 190; Morrau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 316. Form slender and elongate; head narrow, depressed; snout long, tapering, blunted at the end. Nostrils in the posterior third of the preoral length, anterior valve produced in a rounded lobe. Eye small, pupil horizontal, orbit two and two thirds times in the length of the snout. Mouth small, width equal two thirds of the length of the snout, or twice the length; labial folds short, less than half the length of the jaws, upper little longer. Teeth intermediate between those of G. laevis and those of G. mustelus: they are smooth but the cusps are rather 174 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. produced and angular and have a concave indentation on the outer edge, though — they cannot be described as denticulate. Gill openings narrow, greatest width — two thirds of the length of the orbit. Fins all concave on the hind margin and — rounded on the outer angle. Pectorals rather small, applied to the side not reaching the middle of the dorsal base, width about two thirds of the length, inner angle about 90°, broadly rounded. Origin of the dorsal above the inner angle of the pectoral, height about three fourths of the length of the base, base length equal half the distance from the second dorsal, end of fin reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Base of second dorsal nearly equal that of the first, fin about half as large, middle of base above the origin of the anal. Anal ex- tending about half the length of the orbit farther back than the second dorsal, length of base two thirds of its distance from the caudal. Caudal nearly one fifth of the total length; subcaudal lobe weak. Total length 23%, snout to abdominal pores 11, snout to fifth gill opening 47, snout to mouth 12, and caudal 4% inches. Grey with scattered small spots of black; lower surfaces white; fins darker, subcaudal blackish toward lower edges. This species has a longer snout, smaller eyes, a smaller mouth, smaller, less pointed pectorals, smaller dorsals and narrower gill openings than G. mustelus; its teeth are more deeply indented, its dorsal farther back and it has black spots instead of white. Compared with G. laevis the snout is longer, the mouth smaller, the teeth are not angularly notched, are without the denticles, the eyes and gill openings are smaller, the pectorals are shorter and less produced in the outer angle, less broad in the inner and the fins are not tipped with black. Measurements from a specimen taken at Nice, France, by Col. Theodore Lyman. GALEORHINUS LUNULATUS. Mustelus lunulatus JorDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. mus., 5, p. 108; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. Mus., p. 28; Grupert & Starks, 1904, Mem. Cal. acad. sci., 4, p. 5, pl. 1, f. 1. Galeus lunulatus JoRDAN, 1895, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 2, 5, p. 382. Body elongate, slender; head rather narrow; snout long, about one and one third times the width of the mouth, broadly rounded to a blunted point. Nostrils near the mouth, entirely in the posterior half of the snout; anterior valve with a short broadly rounded lobe. Eye large, length of orbit two fifths of the preoral length, that is, equal to the width of the largest gill opening. Mouth rather small, length more than half the width; labial folds short, less than half as long as a jaw, lower longer and extending farther forward. Teeth small, with — GALEORHINUS ANTARCTICUS. 175 a low blunted apex on each side of which there is a shallow concave indentation, weaker on the inner side, apex more produced near the symphysis of the jaws. - Pectoral large, subfalciform, outer angle produced, blunted, reaching below half = as & a € = « 7 or more of the dorsal base, inner angle about 90°, hind margin a deep concave. Origin of the dorsal little in front of the inner angle of the pectoral, base half as long as the interdorsal space, fin high, upper angle blunted, upper half of hind margin nearly vertical, hinder angle produced, not reaching a vertical from the ventrals by a length of the orbit. Second dorsal shaped like the first, base three fourths as long, or less than the distance from the caudal. Anal half as large as the second dorsal, base two thirds as long, origin below middle of second dorsal base, hind margin deeply indented, ends about half the length of the orbit farther back than those of the fin above it. Caudal as long as the head to the hindmost gill opening; subcaudal lobe moderate, with a concave hind margin. Back ashy to greyish or olivaceous brown; whitish to yellowish below. Gulf of California; Panama. GALEORHINUS ANTARCTICUS. Mustelus antarcticus GintH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 387; Parker, 1882, Trans. N. Z. inst.. 15, p. 219, pl. 30; McCoy, 1884, Zool. Vict., 9, pl. 87; Parker, 1889, Trans. N. Z. inst., 22, p. 331, pl. 19; Warre, 1904, Mem. N.S. Wales nat. club, no. 2, p. 7; 1907, Rec. Canterb. mus., 1, p. 7; 1909, Rec. Canterb. mus., no. 2, p. 10, pl. 14, f. 2. z Head rather broad; snout broad, obtuse, in length about equal to width of mouth. Front edges of nostrils in the mid length of the snout; anterior valve with a somewhat produced and broadly rounded lobe. Mouth large, length equal that of orbit, width twice as much. Teeth smooth, broader than long, without a produced cusp but slightly concave on both outer and inner edges. Orbits less than half as long as the snout, with a nictitating fold. Width of largest gill opening half that of the mouth, smallest opening above the base of the pee- toral. Pectorals large, width two thirds of the length, outer angle produced, _ blunted, fin applied to the side subtending nearly the entire base of the dorsal, * ery _ inner angle rounded, hind margin concave. Dorsal origin above the inner angle _ of the pectoral, base equal nearly half the distance from the second dorsal, hind angle much produced but not quite reaching a vertical from the ventrals. Second dorsal base about equal to that of the first, fin smaller. Anal much smaller than _ second dorsal, origin below the middle of the latter’s base, length less than the distance from the caudal. Caudal nearly one fifth of the total length; subcaudal lobe as long as the orbit, slightly blunted. Ashy or greyish brown; white below. 176 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Total length 37, snout to abdominal pores 173, snout to fifth gill opening 7, snout to mouth 23, caudal 7? inches. Melbourne. GGALEORHINUS LAEVIS. Plate 4, fig. 6-9; Plate 60, fig. 1-4. Galeus laevis RoNDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 8375; Satvrant, 1554, Aquat., f. 137; Vaumont, 1768, Dict. hist. nat., 2, p. 102; DuHameEt, 1782, Traité, 4, sect. 9, p. 300. Squalus mustelus LInN&, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 235 (part); 1766, Syst. nat., 1, p. 400; Bonnatrrre, 1788, Tehthtp. 7, pl.-7,,f. 21. Squalus canis Mitcu., 1815, N. Y. lit. & philos. trans., 1, p. 486. Mustelus laevis Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 127; Miuuimr, 1842, Abh. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 187, pl. 3, f. 1; Miuuer & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 190, pl. 27, f. 2; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 401, pl. 3, f. 4-6; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 385. Squalus (Mustelus) laevis Votat, 1832, Thierreich, 2, p. 508. Mustelus equestris BONAPARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 49 (132) f. 2. Mustelus vulgaris Miituer & HEN uE, 1841, Plagios., p. 64 (part). Mustelus canis DeKay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 355, pl. 64, f. 209; Storer, 1867, Mass. fish., p. 251, pl. 37; f. 2; Pony, 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 453; Jorp. & GruBErRT, 1882, Bull. a6) U.S. nat. mus., p. 870; ee & Evernm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 29. Mustelus megalopterus Smitu, 1849, Afr. Pisces, pl. 2. Pleuracromylon laevis Gru, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 148. Mustelus natalensis STEINDACHNER, 1866, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 53, p. 482, pl. 1. Mustelus hinnulus Jorp. & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 19. Rhinotriacis laevis Jorv. & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 60. Cynias canis Rrperro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 161, pl. 7. Trunk long, slender; body cavity less than half of the total length; head narrow, depressed, flattened beneath; snout moderate, tapering, blunted at the end, in length greater than the width of the mouth. Nostrils large, distant from the mouth about half as far as from the end of the snout; anterior valve ending in a produced rounded lobe. Mouth twice as wide as long, subangular in front; labial folds well developed, less than half the length of the jaw, about equal. Teeth small, in pavement; cusp short, angular, with a shallow notch on the outer edge near the middle forming two denticles which vary in length and sharp- ness with age, sex, position, and use. Eye with a nictitating fold; pupil horizon- tally elongate; length of orbit nearly equal to the prenarial length of the snout, or to half of the preoral length, greater than the width of the gill openings or the length of the mouth. Fins concave on the hind margins. Pectorals two thirds as broad as long, outer and inner margins convex, angles blunted, outer angle less than 90°, inner greater, base narrow. Origin of dorsal little in advance of the hind margins of the pectorals, behind the ends of the pectoral bases, length of base nearly two and one third times in its distance from the second dorsal, — height less than three fourths of the base, hind angle not quite reaching a ver- — tical from the ventrals. Ventrals nearer to the first dorsal than to the second. GALEORHINUS CALIFORNICUS. 177 second dorsal more than half as large as the first, about twice as large as the anal, the origin of which is below the middle of the base and the produced extremity of which reaches farther back than that of the dorsal. Caudal little more than _ one fifth of the total; subcaudal lobe rather feebly developed but increasing with age; a notch behind the subcaudal. Eggs small, supplemented by a placental attachment. Total length 23, snout to pores 103, snout to fifth gill opening 43, snout to mouth 13, and caudal 5 inches. Back brown, light greyish to yellow or olive; young, up to two feet in length, commonly with black tips on dorsals and caudal and with light margins behind the fins; lower surfaces white to yellow or grey. Described specimens from Nice, France, collected by Prof. C. Bellotti. Spec- imen figured from Long Island Sound, New York, secured by Eugene N. Fischer. GALEORHINUS CALIFORNICUS. Mustelus californicus G1uu, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 148; Jorpan & GiLBeErt, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 5, p. 110; 18838, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 20, 370. Mustelus hinnulus Jorpan & GiLBERT, 1881, Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 4, p. 31. Galeus californicus Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 30. Head tapering from the spiracles; snout narrow but broadly rounded at the end, length one and one third times the width of the mouth, or two and three fifths times the length of the orbit. Nostrils entirely in the posterior half of the snout; anterior valve with a broad rounded lobe. Mouth medium; labial folds not half the length of a jaw, equal, lower extending farther forward. Teeth like those of G. mustelus broad with a shallow concavity on the outer edge and no denticle. Width of largest _gill opening less than the length of the orbit. Pectorals broad, width two thirds of the length, outer angle rather sharp, not reaching below the middle of the dorsal base, inner broadly rounded, hind margin concave. Origin of the dorsal above the inner angle of the pectoral, base about half as long as the interdorsal space, end of fin reaching a vertical from the ven- trals, hind margin somewhat oblique, upper angle blunted. Base of second dorsal four fifths as long as that of the first, or less than half the distance from the caudal, middle above the origin of the anal, fin shaped like the first dorsal. Base of the anal about two thirds as long as that of the second dorsal, extending half the length of the orbit farther back, nearly equal the distance from the caudal ; caudal one fifth of the total length, subcaudal lobe weakly developed. . Ashy brown; lower fins with lighter borders; lower surfaces white. 178 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Total length 253, snout to abdominal pores 113, snout to fifth gill opening 48 snout to mouth 2%, and caudal 53 inches. San Diego, California. GGALEORHINUS DORSALIS. Mustelus dorsalis Gru, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 149; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 5, p. 109. Mustelus mento Corr, 1877, Proc. Amer. philos. soc., 17, p. 47. ? Mustelis edulis PerEz, 1886, Estud., p. 4; Pxurirprt, 1887, Ann. Univ. Chile, 71, p. 15, pl. 6, f. 5. Galeus dorsalis Jorp. & EvEerM., 1896, Bull. 47, U. 8. nat. mus., p. 30; Gitpert & Starks, 1904, Mem. Cal. acad. sci., 4, p. 7, pl. 1, f. 2. Head tapering from the spiracles; snout rather sharp, blunted at the end. Nostrils near the mouth, entirely behind the mid length of the snout; anterior valve with a produced rounded lobe. Eyes small, length of orbit less than one third of that of the snout. Mouth moderate, width less than the preoral length of the head; labial folds rather short, lower a trifle the longer. Teeth differing on the two jaws: upper cusps oblique, apex sharply produced, inner edge straight or slightly coneave, outer edge deeply notched; lower cusps more erect, less produced, with a concavity on each edge, rendering some of the teeth tricuspid. The lower teeth resemble those of G. laevis. Widest gill opening equal to more than length of orbit. Pectorals broad, obliquely subtruncate, angles rounded, inner broader, fin applied to the side reaching little behind the middle of the base of the dorsal. Origin of the dorsal about half way from the end of the base of the pectoral to the inner pectoral angle, length of dorsal base two thirds of the interdorsal space, hinder extremity reaching nearly or quite to a vertical from the ventrals, hind margin more oblique than that of the second dorsal. Second dorsal about half as large as the first, base three fourths as long and equal the distance from the caudal, hind margin little more erect than in first dorsal. Anterior four fifths of the anal base below the hindmost two thirds of that of the second dorsal, base of anal one and one half times its distance from the caudal. Caudal one fifth of the total length; subcaudal lobe slightly produced. Olive to greyish brown on the back and fins; lower surfaces, from the eye and upper parts of the gill openings, white. Total length of specimen described 193, snout to abdominal pores 10, snout to fifth gill opening 43, snout to mouth lz and length of caudal 4 inches. Panama. SCYLLIOGALEUS QUECKETTI. 179 ScYLLIOGALEUS. Scylliogaleus BoutENncER, 1902, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 10, p. 51. Body slender, compressed, shorter than the tail. Head broad, depressed. Snout broad, broadly rounded. Nostrils far apart, connected with the mouth by agroove; anterior valves broad, reaching to the teeth, narrowly separated from one another medially. Mouth regularly arched, with strong labial folds. Teeth small, in pavement, with flattened crown. First dorsal above the space between the pectorals and the ventrals, second above the anal. Caudal slender, not deep. Seales keeled. SCYLLIOGALEUS QUECKETTI. Scylliogaleus quecketti BouLpNGER, 1902, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 10, p. 51, pl. 4. Snout broad, depressed, broadly rounded across the end, twice as broad as deep, in length equal distance from eye to gill opening or one and two thirds times the diameter of the eye. Spiracle small, diameter about equal the distance from the orbit. Nostrils near midway from mouth to end of snout; anterior valves broad, reaching the mouth, narrowly separated from one another in front of the symphysis. Mouth regularly curved, width much greater than the preoral length of the snout, with strong labial folds nearly half as long as the jaw. Teeth small, numerous, in pavement, with flattened feebly ribbed crowns. First gill opening about equal length of eye, fifth two thirds as much, hindmost _ two above the pectoral. Pectoral as long as its distance from the front of the eye, reaching behind the origin of the first dorsal. Ventrals small, origins equidistant from spiracle and caudal fin; claspers small, simple. Bases of dorsals about half as long as the interdorsal space; first dorsal about midway _ between bases of pectorals and those of the ventrals, hind margin deeply con- eave, hind angle produced. Second dorsal similar to the first, little smaller; hinder half of the base above the small anal. Base of anal about equal its distance from the caudal. Tail longer than the body, compressed, slender. - Caudal two ninths of the total, notched below the terminal portion, angles rounded. Scales acutely pointed, keeled. Grey above; white beneath; fins grey, caudal white edged. Off coast of Natal, Africa, in about 40 fathoms. 180 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. CENTRACIONTIDAE. The living species of this family are small sharks which have short bodies and heads, blunt snouts, small spiracles below the hinder part of the eye, a narrow mouth near the end of the snout, with about four lobes in each half of the upper lip, both cuspidate teeth and grinders, five gill openings of which several are above the pectorals, eyes without nictitating membrane or folds, nostrils connected with the mouth by nasoral grooves, without cirri, two dorsals- each preceded by a strong rigid spine, an anal behind the second dorsal, a short deep caudal, small carinate scales, a preorbital articulation between upper jaw and skull, and asterospondylic vertebrae. Fossil species were present in the Jurassic or earlier; from what we now know of them they differed comparatively little from the recent forms. Name from Kevz7por, a point, spine, spike, or spur, and ’ Axis. CENTRACION. Heterodontus BLAINv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121 (not Heterodon LATREILLE, 1802). Les Cestracions Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 129 (not Cestracion Kunin, 1742, 1776, or WALBAUM, 1792). Centracion Gray, 1831, Zool. mise., 1, p. 5. Heterodontus, Tropidodus, and Gyropleurodus Git, 1862, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 489. Head short; snout blunt; crown narrowed, between strong orbital ridges. Eyes small, lateral. Nostrils with two thick valves reaching the mouth and curving toward the grooves.’ No narial cirri. Mouth narrow, with thick labial folds on both jaws. Teeth alike in upper and lower jaws, cuspidate in the anterior series, elongate longitudinally ridged grinders posteriorly. Pectorals large, dorsals moderate, anal small, caudal short. The nomenclature is discussed on page 4. Base of anal fin two or more times its length from that of the caudal origin of first dorsal above the middle of the base of the pectoral, hind margin deeply concave, . bands transverse, narrow. ; ; : : zebra (page 181) Base of anal little less than twice its length from that of the caudal origin of first dorsal above mid pectoral base; fin somewhat concave on hind margin bands both transverse and longitudinal . . philippi (page 182) 4 CENTRACION ZEBRA. 181 : Base of anal about one and one fourth times its length from that of the caudal : origin of first dorsal above the end of the pectoral base, hind margin concave (convex in second dorsal) bands transverse, broad . ; ; : . japonicus (page 184) Base of anal about two thirds of its length distant from the caudal origin of first dorsal above the hind portion of the pectoral base, hind margin concave bands transverse and broad to absent. d galeatus (page 185) Base of anal nearly one length distant from the caudal origin of first dorsal above the forward part of pectoral base, hind margin concave spots black, small, scattered . : 5 4 francisci (page 186) Base of anal two thirds of its length distant from the caudal origin of first dorsal behind the end of the pectoral base, hind margin convex spots black, moderate, more or less grouped in twos and fours quoyt (page 187) CENTRACION ZEBRA. Plate 47, fig. 4-6. Centracion zebra GRAY, 1831, Zool. misc., 1, p. 5. Cestracion zebra RIcHARDSON, 1846, Rept. Brit. assoc. adv. sci. for 1845, p. 195. Heterodontus zebra Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 65; BierKer, 1856, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 1, Amboina, p. 71; Macutay & Macteay, 1886, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 10, p. 673, pl. 45. Cestracion philippi Gtntu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 415 (part). Cestracion amboinensis REGAN, 1906, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 18, p. 436; 1908, ibid., ser. 8,1, p. 497. Cestracion zebra REGAN, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 1, p. 496. Body and head more slender, head more pointed and fins longer than those of other species of the genus. In a 19 inch female the body cavity is less than half of the total length. Head one fifth of the total, orbital ridges strong, low; snout blunt. Orbit elongate, half of interorbital space, more than one third of snout. Spiracle small, below the hind edge of the orbit. Mouth narrow, with labial folds on both jaws; lower folds as long as the space separating them; upper very short, not reaching half way to the narial valves; with a short groove behind the angles. Teeth in young quincuspid, becoming tricuspid with acquisition of the molars; molars elongate with a longitudinal keel. This keel, in the specimen _ described, lies more to the outer side of the tooth than on such species as C. quoyt and C. francisci; it is as if the tooth were turning outward to present more of its inner side as a grinding surface. On older specimens the cusps and keels are _ worn away, the molars are more swollen and the symphyses are proportionately ® ' Br Te 182 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. longer, but not so much so as on C. philippi. As the molars increase in width the symphyses become longer. : Anterior gill openings wide, one and one half times the length of the orbit; hindmost one third as wide as the foremost, three above the base of the pectoral. — Dorsals very high, length of base nearly half the height of the fin, hind mar- gins deeply concave, hind angles acute. Origin of first dorsal above the middle of the base of the pectoral, base ending twice its length forward from the second — dorsal. Second dorsal smaller than first, its base being one fourth shorter, origin behind the end of the bases of the ventrals. Anal smaller than second dorsal and origin little backward from the base of that fin; base more than twice its length forward from the caudal, tip when applied not reaching the caudal by one length of the base. Pectorals broad, longer than the head, hind margins nearly straight, outer angle rather pointed. Caudal elongate, as long as the distance from snout to first dorsal; subcaudal fin deep, hind margin concave. Light yellowish to reddish brown, darker on the back, lighter on the young, with transverse bands of darker, alternating wider and narrower, or the wider split into a pair of which the lower extermities are more or less curved and united. A V-shaped band on the snout, behind this a straight bar separating it from the orbital pair, the portions of each of which below the eye are again divided. The second pair of bars is on the nape, the third in front of the dorsal spine, the fourth behind the fin, the fifth in front and the sixth and seventh behind the second dorsal, the eighth is at the root of the caudal and others are on the caudal fin. In the main these markings agree closely with those on Plate 45 of Maclay & Macleay, 1886. Slight differences may be seen in the interorbital bands, which do not extend so far forward by half, in their suborbital extremities, which are split, and, while the pair immediately in front of the second dorsal are joined below the flank as on the plate, the two pairs behind the spine of this fin are simi- larly united. Described from a female of nineteen inches from China. China to the East Indies. CENTRACION PHILIPPI. Port Jackson shark Putuuipp, 1789, Voy. Botany Bay, p. 283, fig. Le Squale Philipp Lactrrps, 1798, Poissons, i, p. 218. Squalus philippi ScHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 134. E Heterodontus philippi Buatnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 66; GILL, 1862, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 486. d Cestracion philippi Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 129; Lesson, 1830, Voy. Coquille, Poiss., p. 97, pl. 2; CENTRACION PHILIPPI. 183 Aaass., 1835, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, p. 8, pl. D, fig. 11-16; Owen, 1845, Odont., pl. 10, f. 1, pl. 11, fig. 2-4; pl. 12-13; Srriver, 1864, Nov. act. Acad. Leop., 23, 32 pp.; McCoy, 1886, Zool. Vict., pl. 113. Heterodontus phillipi Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 424; Mactay & Macueay, 1878, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 3, p. 309, pl. 22-24; Warrs, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 30. Cestracion philippi GinTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 415 (part). Cestracion phillippi Ruaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 1, p. 495. Massive and angular anteriorly, head and body nearly half of the total E length; head about one fourth, crown deeply concave tranversely, orbital ridges strong, ending abruptly at the occiput, slightly diverging and rising backward; snout elongate, blunt; caudal shorter than the head. Length of orbit about one fourth of its distance from the end of the snout; eye small, lateral, at the top of the skull. Spiracle small, below the orbit and immediately behind a vertical from the posterior edge. Mouth narrow, with labial folds on both jaws, upper shorter, reaching half way to the narial valve; with a short cleft at the angle extending behind the folds. Teeth cuspidate in the young, tricuspid in large, if not too much worn, in the anterior series; molars more or less swollen and widened in the larger individuals, with longitudinal keels as newly acquired, i eee! or in young specimens. Symphyses of jaws more elongate than in other species, near two fifths of the jaws, bringing the halves of the jaws nearly parallel for that distance, thus placing the swollen molars close to their opposites between the ends of the symphyses. Narial valves and nasoral grooves as in other species of the genus; the valves end in thin folds at the teeth. Gill openings wide, anterior three times the length of the orbit, hindmost two fifths as wide as the first, three above the base of the pectoral. Dorsals moderate, upper angles broadly rounded, hind margins somewhat concave, hinder angle slightly pro- duced, heights about equal to length of bases. Origin of the first dorsal above the middle of the base of the pectoral, base distant from origin of second dorsal, Se ES Pe ee ee eee ok 7 ee ee Be twice the length. Second dorsal smaller, base twice in its distance from the caudal, origin above tips of ventral fins, tip extending little beyond the origin of the anal. Anal smaller than second dorsal, origin about the width of the orbit _ behind the end of the base of the second dorsal, base twice its length from the origin of the subcaudal, end of fin subtruncate. Claspers twice as long as the ay) oe * free portion of the ventral, stout, pointed, with a strong spine in the distal joint. Seales small, with a median keel, very small and smooth on the lower surfaces. Light reddish brown to brown; a dark band across the orbits to the cheeks, a dark band on each side from the occiput backward to a transverse bar in front of the dorsal spine, thence passing down and back to the base of the ventral after _ sending a V-shaped branch to the base of the pectoral; these bands sometimes 184 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. fuse on the nape, or meet a transverse bar. A darker median dorsal band extends from the first dorsal backward. In cases a stripe passes along the flanks at each side of the dorsals. Triangular areas of lighter color are included by the bands behind the head, on the nape, and on the side of each shoulder, ‘ ventral surfaces yellowish. Edges of fins lighter. ; McCoy, 1886, figures a specimen as light rusty greyish brown with barely a trace of the bands. From the number of series of molars this was an aged specimen yet they retain the longitudinal ridges. The specimen described here is a male, about 34 inches long, from New Holland, sent by Mr. G. Krefft. Queensland; Southern Australia; New Zealand. CENTRACION JAPONICUS. Cestracion phillipi Mituer & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., p. 76, pl. 31. Cestracion philippi SCHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 304. * Heterodontus zebra BLEEKER, 1854, Verh. Bat. gen., 26, p. 127. Cestracion phillipi var. japonicus Dum&RIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 426. Cestracion philippi GiintH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 415 (part). Heterodontus japonicus Mactay & Macuxray, 1878, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 8, p. 428, pl. 20; Jorn. & Fow er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 599. Cestracion japonicus Rnaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 1, p. 496. Stout and heavy anteriorly, tapering behind the pectorals. Head blunt, more convex forward than that of C. philippi or C. zebra, nearly one fourth of the total; orbital ridges moderately high, strong, ending less abruptly than those of C. philippi. Orbit about one third of length of snout, two fifths of interorbital space. Spiracle below the orbit and behind a vertical from its hind border. Mouth narrow, with labial folds separated at the symphysis by less than the length of the lower fold, upper fold reaching less than half the distance to the narial valve. A short straight oblique groove behind the angle of the mouth. Anterior teeth cuspidate, tricuspid or on very young five cusped, posterior molars elongate, somewhat swollen, carinate before much used. Symphyses hardly so long as those of C. philippi, branches of the jaws little more divergent. Hindmost gill open- ing equal length of orbit, foremost twice as much, three openings above the pectoral. Height of dorsals greater than length of bases, upper angles rounded, hinder slightly produced, hind margins concave. The shape of the first dorsal approaches that of the same fin in C. zebra more than that of the second, which is more like the first dorsal of C. philippt. Origin of the first dorsal above the end of the base of the pectoral, its base separated by more than twice its length from that of the second dorsal. Second dorsal smaller, originating about one CENTRACION GALEATUS. 185 length of the orbit behind the bases of the ventrals, its base distant two lengths or more from the origin of the caudal, hind margin less concave than that of the first dorsal. Anal smaller, base equal two thirds of base of second dorsal, hind margin oblique, slightly concave, an obtuse rounded inner angle, fin hardly reaching origin of subcaudal when applied, base distant one and one half times its own length. Caudal shorter than the head, deep in anterior portion, which is produced to a shape in some degree like that of a dorsal fin, concave in hind margin. Ventrals broad, short, hind margins oblique. Pectorals long, hardly reaching the origin of the ventrals, outer angle rounded, hind margin oblique, , slightly concave. Scales small, with a median keel; mixed with larger, irregular, subquadrangular scales, with or without small lateral prominences in the dorsal regions, very small and smoother on the lower surfaces. Dark rusty brownish, with darker areas on the end of the snout, in a trans- orbital band that widens below the eyes, and in broad and narrower bands across the back: first broad band across the nape, second and third at the origin and at the tip of the first dorsal, fourth, and fifth at the origin and tip respectively of the second dorsal, sixth at the tip of the anal and seventh on the caudal; the inter- | mediates are somewhat narrower. Fins dark. Gill openings narrowly edged __ with white. Lower surfaces slaty to yellowish. : The specimen described is a female of about 30 inches from the Sagami Sea, Japan. CENTRACION GALEATUS. Cestracion galeatus GiinTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 416. Heterodontus galeatus Macuay & Macuray, 1878, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 3, p. 313, pl. 25. ; Gyropleurodus galeatus WatTE, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, pl. 1; Regan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 1, p. 495. Form similar to that of C. francisci. Orbital ridges strongly developed, extending outward so as to overhang the orbits, ending with some degree of abruptness. Teeth tricuspid, on large specimens, probably like the other species . | of the genus when young possessing a larger number of cusps; molars elongate, narrow, not swollen laterally as in C. philippi, and retaining the median keel. Anterior gill opening more than twice as wide as the hindmost, three above pectoral base. Origin of the first dorsal above the hinder portion of the base of the pectoral, extremity reaching beyond the origin of the ventrals. Second dorsal smaller, less than twice the length of the base of the first dorsal farther back (13), tip reaching above origin of anal. Anal smaller than second dorsal, origin one length of the base farther back 186 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. than the end of the base of the second dorsal, below the end of the free extrem y of the latter. Base of anal less than its length forward from the origin of » subeaudal, which latter is reached by the inner angle of the fin. Caudal shor than the head; subcaudal deep, short, hind margin nearly vertical, straight. — Pectorals large reaching beyond origin of ventrals. Brown, with a transverse band of darker across the orbits, widening upon the cheek; another band in front and one behind the ventrals, one through the second dorsal and one in front of the anal, less definite than the anterior. .. New South Wales. CENTRACION FRANCISCI. Plates 45-46. Cestracion francisci Grrarp, 1854, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 196; 1858, Rept. Pacif. R. R. Fish., p. 365; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 416. ‘ Heterodontus francisci Gin, 1860, Amer. journ. sci., ser. 2, 30, p. 281; Mactay & Macey, 1878, Proce. te Linn. soc. N.S. W., 3, p. 315, pl. 26. Gyropleurodus francisci Gitu, 1862, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 330, 490; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 33; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 20; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 1, p. 494. ; Heterodontus (Cestracion) francist Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 426. Head short, angular, with strong orbital ridges, divergent backward, ending 4 abruptly behind the occiput in young, lesssoinold. Crown concave transversely. 5 Snout short, steep, blunt. Nostrils near the end of the snout, connected with | the mouth by nasoral grooves; anterior nasal valves narrow, reaching the mouth, — : not connected across the internarial space, curving outward posteriorly, posterior forming a fold at the outer side of the nostril and curving inward posteriorly to a meet the upper labial fold on the outer side of the nasoral groove. Mouth | narrow, with short labial folds on both jaws, lower widely separated behind the — q symphysis, upper extending about three fifths of the distance from the angle to’ a the narial valve. A short groove behind each angle of the mouth. Anterior — ; teeth small, compressed, with about five cusps, median largest; with age the — ; outer cusps become less apparent and the median cusp much stronger. Some — of the molars are much elongated on large examples, nearly three times as long as — wide; all of them have a longitudinal keel, with age they become wider and | make more of an approach toward those of the other branch of the same jaws. The symphyses are shorter in the young than on older individuals. Hye small, di lateral, farther back than the mouth, without nictitating membrane or fol iS Spiracle small, below and little behind the eye. Anterior gill opening three. times as wide as the posterior, width of the latter nearly equal to the length of. CENTRACION QUOYI. 187 eye. Dorsals moderate, height greater than length of base; upper angles broadly rounded, posterior slightly produced, hind margin concave; spines strong, with long bases. Origin of first dorsal above middle of pectoral, middle of base including spine above end of pectoral base. Distance between bases of first and second dorsals nearly two and one half lengths of the base of the first. Origin of the second dorsal above the tips of the ventrals, base distant one length from origin of caudal. Fin angles more produced in old specimens. Anal small, applied the tip of the fin reaches the subcaudal, origin little behind the end of the base of the second dorsal, base distant one length from the origin of the caudal. Pectorals broad, tip reaching the ventrals. Subcaudal short, about twice as long as deep. Greyish or olivaceous brown with scattered spots of black, smaller than the orbit to mere dots, over body and fins. On large specimens the spots are sometimes absent or nearly so. Yellowish beneath. Snout longer on old males. West coasts of California and Mexico. CENTRACION QUOYI. Plate 47, fig. 1-3. Cestracion quoyt FREMINVILLE, 1840, Mag. zool., ser. 2, 2, pl. 3; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 416. Cestracion pantherinus VALENCIENNES, 1845, Voyage Venus, Zoology, pl. 10, f. 2; 1855, ibid., Texte, p. 350. Tropidodus pantherinus Giuu, 1862, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 486. Heterodontus (Cestracion) quoyi Dummrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 427. Heterodontus quoyi Macuay & Mac.eay, 1878, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 3, p. 316, pl. 26, f. 35. _ Gyropleurodus quoyi Jorpv. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 21; Rea@an, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 1, p. 494. Body cavity about one half of the total length in an eighteen inch female, rather more stout than a specimen of C. zebra of equal length. Head one fourth of the total, snout blunt, cheeks swollen, orbital ridges low, strong, somewhat overhanging the orbits, not ending as abruptly as in C. francisci. Eye small, length of orbit less than 3 of orbital width of crown, less than one third of length of snout. Spiracle small, below and slightly behind the orbit. Mouth narrow; both jaws with labial folds, lower longer, widely separated behind the isthmus, upper short, reaching little more than halfway to the narial valve; no fold behind angles and labials. Anterior teeth tricuspid, except in very young; molars elongate, narrow, with a longitudinal ridge; Symphyses much shorter than those of C. philippi. On the teeth of the specimen figured on Plate 47, 188 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. fig. 2-3, the molars retain the keel; in old ones the keel would be less noticeable. Anterior gill openings more than twice as wide as the hindmost, latter width equals length of eye, three above the pectoral. Dorsals moderate, height about equal length of base, upper angles bluntly rounded, hind margins convex, lower angles not produced; origin of first dorsal behind the end of the base of the pectoral, distance between the bases one and two thirds times the length of the base of the first. Anal much smaller than the second dorsal, tip reaching the base of the caudal, base distant nearly two thirds of its length from the caudal, hind margin oblique, tip rounded. Subcaudal moderate in depth, with a slight lobe. Pectorals short, broad, angles rounded, hind margin nearly straight. Ventrals broad, hind margin slightly oblique. Scales small, with median keel, larger, with scattered small tubercles on the back, smoother below. Back rusty brown, yellow below, with scattered spots of black, from mere dots to spots as large as the orbit or larger, over the entire body and fins. Commonly the spots show a tendency toward grouping in twos or fours; in cases they are more confluent. On some there are five or six rather indefinite transverse bands of darker separated by spaces of equal width: a band crosses the nape, another lies in front and a third behind the first dorsal, one in front and one behind the second dorsal and one in front of the caudal. A darker area extends from each orbit across each cheek. Galapagos Islands. SQUALIDAE. Body subround; tail slender, compressed. Head depressed; rostral car- tilage a simple trough-shaped process of the skull. Nostrils remote from the mouth. Mouth not greatly arched, with labial folds and a deep groove at each angle, slightly protrusible, upper jaws loosely articulated to the skull. No nictitating membrane. Spiracles present. Five gill clefts in front of each pectoral. Two dorsal fins, each preceded by a spine. No anal fin. Vertebrae more or less calcified. Dorsal spines without lateral grooves; no notch below the terminal part of the caudal inner angles of pectorals not produced body subtriangular, a dermal fold at each side teeth unlike; first dorsal spine inclined forward Oxynotus (page 189) body subround; dermal folds on the tail, if present ‘ teeth alike in the two jaws . : . Squalus (page 191) OXYNOTUS. 189 Dorsal spines with lateral grooves; a notch below the terminal fin teeth one cusped, unlike in the two jaws; nostrils oblique E 4 inner angle of the pectorals produced scales subsessile, with converging keels and stout peduncle Centrophorus (page 196) inner angle of pectorals not produced; nostrils oblique scale crowns pinacoid, rounded, excavated or smooth, on slender peduncles . : : ; ‘ Centroscymnus (page 203) scale crowns clypeoid, keeled or grooved upper teeth in three groups . . Centroselachus (page 206) scales pedunculate, with three strong, produced keels Scymnodon (page 207) inner angles of pectorals not or hardly produced; nostrils transverse scales leaf-shaped, stalked, with a strong median keel Lepidorhinus (page 211) scales tricuspid, tridigitate, slender in stalk and cusp snout much produced ; Acanthidium (page 215) teeth pluricuspid; nostrils slightly oblique scales unicuspid, slender, pointed teeth pluricuspid in the upper jaws only Etmopterus (page 221) teeth pluricuspid in both jaws . Centroscyllium (page 230) OxYNOTUS. Oxynotus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Indice, p. 45, 60. Centrina Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 130. Body stout and subtriangular in the middle, slender and compressed in the tail. Head small, depressed, flattened somewhat on the crown. Snout broad, obtuse. Nostrils anterior, valves broad. Mouth transverse, with labial folds and grooves, andalip. Teeth unlike in the two jaws; upper slender, in a narrow group; lower compressed, triangular, serrated, functional in single series, except, perhaps, when about to be shed. No nictitating folds. Spiracle rather large. Two dorsals, with deeply imbedded spines, the anterior spine rising obliquely forward. No anal fin. Scales uniform, rough. Fossil in Pliocene. Interdorsal space long, nearly twice the length of se¢ond dorsal <=. scales three cusped . ’ : ‘ ; : ; centrina (page 190) Interdorsal space short, equal length of second dorsal scales five cusped . : : : ' : . bruniensis (page 191) 190 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. OXYNOTUS CENTRINA. Regnard de mer BELon, 1551, Hist. nat. poissons marins, p. 46 bis, fig. Vulpecula Beton, 1553, Aquat., p. 63, 64, fig. : Centrina RonvELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 384, fig.; Satvrant, 1554, Aquat., f. 157, pl. 56-57; Grsnmr, Aquat., p. 718; ALDROVANDI, 1613, Pisc. & Cet., p. 401; WitLuGuHBy, 1686, Pisc., p. 58, pl. B 2, B3 Galeus centrina GESNER, 1558, Aquat., p. 1250; Jonst., 1649, Pisc., pl. 7, f. 4-5, pl. 31, f. 1; Kur, 1779, Neuer schaupl., 8, p. 380. - Squalus no. 5 Artept, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 95, Gen., p. 67. Galeus sp. no. 7 Kuen, 1742, Hist. pisc., miss., 3, p. 10. Squalus centrina Linn&, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 233; Briinnicn, 1768, Ichthy. Massiliensis, p. 3; Buocu, 1785, Ausl. fische, 1, p. 23, pl. 115; Bonnaterre, 1788, Ichth., p. 12, pl. 5, f. 13; Soaam 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 26; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 42. Le Humantin Brovussonet, 1780, Mem. Acad. roy., p. 676. La Mielga Corntpp, 1788, Peces, p. 128. Le squale humantin Lackeipn, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 276, pl. 9, f. 3. Oxynotus centrina Rarinusque, 1810, Indice, p. 45, 60; Grin, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 405; Duméirit, 1865, Elasm., p. 444, pl. 5, f. 8-9. Acanthorinus centrina BLAINvV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 61, pl. 15, f. 1. Centrina centrina Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 1380. Centrina humantin Croquet, 1820, Dict., 7, p. 385, pl. 31. Centrina salviani Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 135; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 58, f. 2; Mizuer & Hens, 1841, Plagios., p. 87; Bocacr & CapExio, 1866, Plagios., p. 32; be CapEtto, 1870, Jor. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 2, p. 145; Giwnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 417; Day, 1884; Brit. fishes, 2, p. 319, pl. 161. ‘ Centrina vulpecula Moreav, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 355. Body rather short and massive, transversely trihedral, having a dermal fold at each side of the belly and a weaker one between the dorsals and behind the - head. Head small, short, depressed. Snout broadly rounded; nostrils near the end, anterior nasal valve broad, not lobed. Mouth small, transverse, with a i deep groove at each angle passing in front of the teeth but not meeting the eroove | of the opposite side. Labial folds occur on both jaws; the anterior pair are sepa-_ rated in front by a V-shaped fold of the skin; hinder pair short and thick, eachfold _ meeting a distinct lower lip that crosses behind the teeth. Upper teeth in a group, a of ten rows on a specimen at hand, slender, compressed, pointed; lower teeth in — nine rows, broad and subquadrangular in the base, triangular and serrate-edged in the cusp, median tooth erect, lateral teeth oblique. Eyes small; no nicti- — tating folds. Spiracles large, behind the eye. Gill openings small, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals small, more than twice as long as wide, inner angle hardly indicated, not reaching to the end of the dorsal fin. ~ Dorsal spines strong, © deeply imbedded in the fin, apex only exposed. First dorsal large, length and height about equal to length of the front edge of the pectoral, base above that o of — the pectoral in front; base of the spine in the hinder third of the base of the fin, — whence it inclines forward. Second dorsal about half as large as the first, base é nearly twice its length farther back, about one length from the caudal. Ventral short and broad, bases below the middle of the base of the second dorsal. Caudal 5 SQUALUS. 19] _ little more than twice as long as deep, vertebral axis rising backward, terminal portion of fin separated from the subcaudal by a shallow indentation, subcaudal lobe not produced. Scales rough, tricarinate, median keel produced and sharp, lateral keels short. Back brown, edges of fins lighter; lower surfaces light. Description from an eighteen inch specimen taken in the Mediterranean. OXYNOTUS BRUNIENSIS. Centrina bruniensis OciLBy, 1893, Ree. Australian mus., 2, p. 62. Oxynotus bruniensis WattE, 1907, Rec. Canterb. mus., 1, p. 8. Back and sides rounded, belly flattened. Head small, strongly depressed; snout short, obtuse, nostrils halfway from the eye to the end. Eye large, midway from the first gill opening to the end of the snout. Spiracles large. Mouth. small, transverse, lateral grooves broad and deep. Upper jaws with a patch of small, conical, curved teeth of about four irregular series; lower teeth in a single series of larger, erect, compressed, minutely serrated, scalpriform teeth. Gill openings small, in front of the pectoral. Origin of first dorsal above the third gill opening, height of fin equal to the distance between the end of the snout and the first gill opening; spine equal to length of head in front of the spiracle, rising straight with a slight forward inclination, its base in the anterior portion of the last fourth of the base of the fin, midway from the end of the snout to the caudal fin. The distance between the bases of the dorsals is little more than the length of the base of the first dorsal in front of the spine. Second dorsal smaller than the first, basal length equal to interdorsal space and to height of fin. Pec- torals pointed, length of front margin equal to the distance from the nostril. Origins of the ventrals below the spine of the second dorsal, the distance from their ends to the caudal equal to that between the second dorsal and the caudal. Caudal well developed. Scales rough, with a central spine from which radiate four compressed wings, each terminating in a shorter spine. Uniform sandy brown. Distinguished from O. centrina by the ereat height of the dorsal fins, their distance from one another, and by the scales. Type from Bruny Island, Tasmania. SQUALUS. ¢ Squalus Linn&, 1735, Syst. nat. (part); ArTepr, 1738, Ichthyologia (part); Linn&, 1758, Syst., ie puzos (part). : Dalatias RaFInEsQueE, 1810, Caratteri, p.10 (part). 192 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Acanthorhinus Buarnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121 (part). ‘ Spinax Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 129 (part). Acanthias Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 131 (part). Body elongate, subround, longer than the tail. Head flattened below. Snout produced, tapering; nostrils transverse, remote from the mouth, inferior. Orbit lateral, elongate. Spiracles behind the eye at a higher level. Mouth wide, little arched, with a deep groove and with labial folds at each angle. Teeth compressed, sectorial, alike in the two jaws, with oblique cusp and with cutting edge nearly parallel to the edge of the jaw. Gill openings in front of the pectoral. Each dorsal preceded by a spine which is not grooved on the sides, anterior near the pectorals, posterior behind the ventrals. Tail with a pit at the root of the caudal. Caudal with a produced subcaudal lobe, and without a notch below the terminal portion. From Upper Cretaceous. Dorsal spine behind and remote from the inner angle of the pectoral acanthias (page 192) Dorsal spine opposite or little behind the inner angle of the pectoral sucklii (page 194) Dorsal spine near the axil of the pectorals, between the inner margins fernandinus (page 195) 7 SQUALUS ACANTHIAS. Plate 14, fig. 1-4; Plate 43, fig. 9-10; Plate 59, fig. 1-2. ’Axav@ias yaheos ArnisToTLE, Hist. anim., book VI, ec. 10, book IX, e. 37. Galeus acanthias RONDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 373; Gmsnur, 1558, Aquat., p. 716; Jonst., 1649, Pisc., p. 27, pl. 8, f. 5; Kuxtn, 1742, Hist. pisc., miss., 3, p. 8, pl. 1, f. 5, 6; Dusamun, 1782, Traité, 4, sect. 9, p. 299, pl. 20. Squalus sp. ArTEpI, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 94, Gen., p. 66, no. 3, Deser. p. 102, no. 1; Gronow, 1754, Mus., 1, p. 61, no. 134; 1763, Zoophy., 1, p. 34, no. 149. Squalus acanthias Linn, 1754, Mus. Adol. Frid., p. 53; 1758, Syst., 1, p. 233; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 397; Biocu, 1784, Fische Deutschl., 3, p. 74, pl. 85; Bonnaterre, 1788, Ichth., p. 11, pl. 5, f. 12; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 135; Donovan, 1805, Br. fish., pl. 82; Turton, 1807, Fauna, p. 114; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 40; Faser, 1829, Fische Islands, p. 29; Jenyns, 1835, Man., p. 505; Fries & Exsrr6ém, 1836-57, Skand. fisk., p. 187, pl. 46; Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 8; Jorp. & Gis., 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 16; Jorp. & EvEerm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 54; JENSEN, 1907, Dan. fiske, p. 308, pl. 28, f. 3; Reagan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 46. The picked dog Brooxss, 1763, Nat. hist., 3, p. 832; PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 77; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 400; Coucu., 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 49, pl. 11. L’aiguillat BRoussonEt, 1780, Mem. Acad. roy., p. 673; Lactépipn, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 270. Spinax acanthias Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 130; RicHarpson, 1836, Faun. Bor. Amer., 3, p. 291; PARNELL, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 420; Srorrr, 1839, Report fishes, p. 187; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci; DeKay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 359, pl. 64, f. 210; Ayres, 1842, Bost. journ. nat. hist., 4, p. 288; Smiys, 1842, Fauna Belge, p. 229. Acanthias vulgaris Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 131; Miter & HENts, 1841, Plagios., p. 83; Kroyer, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 868; Nitsson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., 4, p. 731; Kessimr, 1859, Bull. Soc. nat. Mosce., 2, p.473; Dumfrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 437; Bocacr & CaPE.uo, 1866, Plagios., p. 21; SQUALUS ACANTHIAS. 193 Gintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 418; Canrestrint, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 39; Maun, 1877, Géteb. och Bohus. fauna, p. 624; Gerv. & Bout., 1877, Poiss. Fr., 3, p. 206, 207, pl. 79; Morgau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 342; Doprriein, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 86; McCoy, 1883, Zool. Vict., pl. 75; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 315, pl. 160, f. 2. Squalus (Acanthorhinus) acanthias BuAINv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 57. Squalus (Spinax) acanthias Voiat, 1832, Thierreich, 2, p. 510. Acanthias acanthias Bonaparte, 1839, Mém. Soe. sci. Neuch., 2, p. 8 extra. Acanthias americanus Storer, 1846, Mem. Amer. acad., new ser., 2, p. 254; Gin, 1861, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 60 extra; Storer, 1867, Mass. fish, p. 256, pl. 38, f. 1. Acanthias sp. RicHarpson, 1848, Erebus & Terror, I’ish, p. 44, pl. 28, f. 1-2. Squalus americanus Gru, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 263. ? Acanthias lebruni VAILLANT, 1888, Cap. Horn Poissons, p. 13, pl. 1, f. 2. Head one fifth of the total length, depressed. Snout tapering, nearly half as long as the head, blunted at the end; nostrils little nearer to the end than to the mouth, anterior valve short, longer and forming a sharp angle at the outer edge, hardly notched in the middle, where the process is rudimentary or absent. Orbit little farther from the first gill opening than from the end of the snout, length two fifths of that of the snout, little more than the internarial width, rounded in front. Mouth with a short deep groove and with labial folds at each angle, width two thirds of the preoral length. Teeth with cutting edges nearly transverse, upper narrower and little more oblique. Spiracle moderate, one diameter farther back than the eye, opening upward. Width of gill openings about half the length of the orbit, fifth widest, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals subtriangular, broader than long, hind margin slightly concave, hind angles rounded, fin applied to the side hardly reaching behind the dorsal spine. Spine of the first dorsal on a vertical one length of the orbit farther back than the inner angle of the pectoral, length less than half the height of the fin; hind margin of fin slightly concave, hind angle produced, base less than height of fin, one fifth of the distance from the second dorsal, little more than one third of the distance between the bases of second dorsal and caudal. Base of second dorsal more than two thirds as long as that of the first dorsal; spine longer than that of the first, nearly as high as the fin; hind margin of fin concave, upper angle rounded, hinder produced. A rudimentary dermal fold on each side of the tail opposite the hinder half of the space between the second dorsal and the caudal. Caudal twice as long as deep, subcaudal lobe produced, hinder margin of sub- caudal and terminal broadly rounded to the blunted extremity. Ventral origins _ about midway from those of the pectorals to the origin of the caudal, much nearer to the origin of the second dorsal than to that of the first dorsal. Back brown; lower surfaces white; with two series of white spots on each _ flank, varying in numbers and shapes; commonly there is a pair near the front of each dorsal and another behind, and those of the lower series are much elongate. 194 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Young with lighter margins on the fins. Specimen described, from Havre, France, in total length 27, snout to ab- dominal pores 15, snout to first dorsal 83, snout to pectoral 53, snout to mouth 23, and caudal 57 inches. Figured from the New England Coast, Plate 14, fig. 1-4. SQUALUS SUCKLII. Acanthias vulgaris SCHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 304, pl. 135 (non Risso). Spinax (Acanthias) sucklii Grrarp, 1854, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 196. Zi Acanthias sucklii Grrarp, 1858, Rept. Pacif. R. R. Fish., p. 368. Squalus sucklii Git, 1862, Proce. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 499; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 54. Squalus mitsukurti Jorv. & SnypER, 1901, Check list, p. 129; Jorp. & Fow ier, 1903, Proc. U. S. nat. : mus., 26, p. 629, f.3; Grmpert, 1905, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 23, p. 580; Reaan, 1908, Ann. & mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 47. Squalus japonicus IsHtkAWA, 1908, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 60, p. 71, Acanthias mitsukurii GUNTHER, 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 490. Snout little broader than that of S. acanthias, blunted at the end; nostrils transverse, midway from the mouth to the end, anterior valve short, with outer angle produced and an indentation or notch in the middle of the hind edge in which there is a rudimentary median process. Eye moderate, orbital length nearly half the distance from the end of the snout, to which it is nearer than to the gill opening. Spiracle a little nearer to the end of the snout than to the pectoral. Mouth with a deep groove and labial folds at each angle, width about two thirds of the preoral length. Gill openings little more than half the length of the orbit, hindmost widest, in front of the pectoral. Pectoral broader than long, angles rounded, hind edge slightly concave, fin applied to the side reaching below the first dorsal spine. Spine of first dorsal very little if any farther back than the inner extremity of the pectoral, rather small, about half the length of the front margin of the fin; base without the spine less than one fourth of its distance from the second dorsal, hind edge concave, hind angle . produced. Base of the second dorsal less than two thirds as long as that of the first, less than half of the distance from the caudal, hind margin deeply concave, ~ hind angle produced but not reaching half way to the caudal. Origin of the ventrals little nearer to the caudal than to the origin of the pectoral, nearer to that of the second dorsal than to that of the first dorsal. Dermal folds at the side of the tail fainter below the second dorsal than farther back. Caudal with a pit in front and with a well developed subcaudal lobe. Total length of speci- men described 24, snout to abdominal pores 10%, snout to dorsal 8, snout to pectoral 5, snout to second dorsal 142, snout to ventral 123, and caudal 5 inches. SQUALUS FERNANDINUS. 195 Back brown, dark to reddish with or without small spots of white in two rows on the upper part of each flank, placed somewhat as those of S. acanthias, sometimes very few or entirely absent; lower surfaces white. Young with lighter margins on the fins. Apparently there are two varieties of this species; one of them from the North Eastern Pacific, S. suckliz, the other S. mitsukurii, from the North Western or Japanese Pacific. 1 SQUALUS FERNANDINUS. ieiseep. 00; pl. B 5, f. I. Galeus acanthias ALDROVANDI, 1613, Pise. & Cet., p. 399. Squalus fernandinus Mourna, 1782, Saggio sulla storia nat. Chili; BoNNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 13; GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1501; Moura, 1789, Essai l’hist. nat. Chili, p. 208; 1808, Geogr. nat. & civ. hist. Chili., 1, p. 160; 1810, Saggio sulla storia nat. Chili, ed. 2, p. 194; Warre, 1909, Ree. Canterb. mus., 1, no. 2, p. 12. Squalus acanthias var. fernandinus WaLBAvuM, 1792, Artedi, p. 505; Donnporrr, 1798, Zool. beytr., 3, p. 855. Acanthorhinus ferdinandinus Buatnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Acanthias blainvillii Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 133, pl. 3, f. 6; Mitimr & Henze, 1841, Plagios, p. 84; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 438; Ginrs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 419; Morzav, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 345; Doprruetn, 1881, Man. ittiol. Med., 2, p.90; Macteay, 1881, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 6, p. 367. Spinaz blainvillii. BoNAPARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 57, f.1; Aaass., 1843, Rech. poiss. foss:, 3, -p. 61, pl. B, f. 1. Spinax fernandezianus Gay, 1854, Hist. Chile, 2, p. 365; Prrnz, 1886, Estud., p. 10. Acanthias megalops MacueEay, 1881, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 6, p. 367; Oamsy, 1888, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., ser. 2, 3, p. 1096; 1889, ibid., 4, p. 185. Acanthias fernandezianus Puiuiprt, 1887, Ann. Univ. Chile, 71, p. 559; extr., p. 27, pl. 4, f. 3. Squalus fernandezianus Drertn, 1901, Cat. peces Chile, p, 21. Squalus megalops Watts, 1901, Rec. Austr. mus., 4, p. 33, pl. 4, f. 2; 1904, Mem. N.S. Wales nat. club, no. 2, p.8; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 47. Squalus blainvillii Rrperro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 168; ReaGan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 47. Squalus acutipinnis Recan, 1908, Ann. Natal mus., 2, p. 248, pl. 37. Squalus philippinus Smita & Rapcuirrs, 1912, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 41, p. 677, fig., pl. 51. : Mustelus spinax Breton, 1553, Aquat., p. 69; Satvrant, 1554, Aquat., f. 136, pl. 43; WitLtuaupy, 1686, | = Head broad, depressed, tapering, less than one fourth of the total length. Snout less than half the head, blunt; nostrils little nearer to the end than to the mouth, anterior valve broadly rounded on the outer angle and with a short angular median process on the hind margin. Length of orbit about equal the width of the internarial space, little less than the length of the snout from the nostrils, little more than half the width of the mouth, hind corner about half way from the end of the snout to the second gill opening. Width of mouth little more than two thirds of the preoral length, each angle with a deep groove and with labial folds. Cutting edges of the teeth nearly parallel with the edges “of the jaws, upper teeth narrower. Spiracles about equidistant from the end 196 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. of the snout and the pectorals. Gill openings in front of the pectorals, width about half the length of the orbit. Pectorals large, width less than length of front margin, broader than long, outer angle rounded, hind margin concave, inner angle somewhat narrowly rounded, fin applied to the flank subtending the entire base of the first dorsal. Origin of the first dorsal above the axils of the pectorals and spine above the middle of their inner free margin, middle of the base above the inner angle of the pectoral, hind margin nearly straight, upper angle rounded, hinder produced; spine strong, without grooves on the sides, nearly two thirds as high as the fin; base of fin without the spine two thirds of the height, nearly two fifths of the distance from the origins of the ventrals, nearly one fifth of its distance from the second dorsal, or less than half the distance from the last to the caudal. Base of second dorsal two thirds as long as that of the first, more than one third of the distance from the caudal; spine strong, nearly as high as the fin, inserted one length of the base without the spine behind the ends of the ventrals, and nearly one length of the space between the base of the second dorsal and the caudal behind the axils of the ventrals. Origins of the ventrals much nearer those of the pectorals than to the origin of the caudal, midway from that of the first dorsal to that of the second. Caudal as long as the head, with a pit in front, subcaudal lobe produced, without a notch between subcaudal and terminal, latter pointed with convex edges and blunted end. Scales small, with a strong peduncle and a crown with three keels pro- duced in sharp cusps the median of which is longest. A fold at each side of the tail behind the second dorsal. Total length of a specimen from Juan Fernandez 36, snout to abdominal pores 19, snout to first dorsal 103, snout to pectorals 8, snout to mouth 33, and caudal 8 inches. Back brown; whitish below; hind edges of lower fins and caudal lighter. CENTROPHORUS. Squalus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 13. Centrophorus MULLER & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 115; 1837, Wiegm. archiv, p. 398; 1841, Plagios, p. 89. Entoxychirus Git, 1862, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 498. Body fusiform, head depressed, snout blunt. Nostrils slightly oblique. Eyes large, without a nictitating membrane; orbits long, with an angle at each end. Mouth wide, little arched, with a deep groove and labial folds at each angle. Teeth compressed, unlike in the two jaws; upper with triangular cusp, more erect; lower with the inner or cutting edge directed outward. Spiracles CENTROPHORUS UYATUS. 197 rather large directed upward. Gill openings moderate, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals medium, inner angle produced. Two dorsals, each with a spine longitudinally grooved on each side and exposed at the top; first dorsal near the pectorals, second behind the ventrals. Tail without caudal pits; subcaudal fin separated by a notch from the terminal. Scales small, carinate or striate. C. primaevus Pictet is from the Upper Cretaceous. Teeth not serrate lateral upper teeth somewhat similar to lower without the spines the base of the second dorsal is ¢ of that of the first and the fin is larger than the ventrals. . uyatus (page 197) lateral upper teeth unlike the lower without the spines the base of the second dorsal equals 3 of that of the first : : lusitanicus (page 199) second eal nee on ae that of the first and the fin is much larger than the ventrals . ; : : 3 acus (page 199) second dorsal smaller than the ventrals and both are smaller than the first dorsal : ; : : atromarginatus (page 200) a large spot of black on the first dorsal . moluccensis (page 201) Teeth serrate cusps serrated on the lower jaws. ior es granulosus (page 201) cusps serrated on both jaws on the basal portions only fessellatus (page 202) CENTROPHORUS UYATUS. Squalus uyato RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 13, pl. 14, f. 2. Squalus uyatus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Indice, p. 45; ? Recan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 48. Squalus (Acanthorhinus) infernus Buarxv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 59. Acanthias uyatus Mtéuuer & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., p. 85; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 439; GUnTs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 419; CANEstTRINI, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 40; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France. 1, p. 346; DopER Et, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 2, p. 92. Spinax uyatus BONAPARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 57, f. 2 pelnet the teeth. Entoxychirus uyatus Giu, 1862, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 498. Centrophorus uyatus GARMAN, 1906, Bull. M. C. Z., 46, p. 204. Centrophorus bragancae REGAN, 1906, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 18, p. 438; 1908, ibid., ser. 8, 2, p. 53. Subfusiform, moderately elongate. Head depressed. Snout broad, broadly rounded in front; nostrils in the anterior two fifths, their distance apart nearly equal to their distance from the end; nasal valve with a rounded lobe near the outer edge. Mouth wide, width little more than the distance from the nostrils, slightly curved, with a deep groove and short labial folds at each angle, upper fold little longer. Teeth sectorial, compressed, diverse, intermediate between those of Squalus acanthias and those of Centrophorus granulosus, in 3% 198 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. rows: symphyseal upper teeth triangular, erect, from these the lateral become — more oblique and at the sides of the mouth resemble somewhat those of Squalus acanthias, the cutting edge approaching the horizontal; on the lower jaws the teeth are like those of S. acanthias, the cutting edges are smoother and more nearly horizontal than those of C. granulosus. Eye large, length of orbit equal the preorbital length of the snout, or three fourths of the distance to the first gill opening. Spiracle rather large, crescentic, situated less than its diameter behind the corner of the eye and as much above it. Gill openings wide, widening and becoming closer together backward, hindmost one abruptly widest, hind- most pair close together, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals large, outer angle rounded and below the spine of the dorsal, inner angle much produced, but hardly subtending the dorsal base. Dorsal spines strong, grooved longitudi- nally on the sides, not as high as the fins, anterior exposed about one third and posterior more than half of the length. Origin of the first dorsal above the axils of the pectorals, end of base very little behind the ends of the pectorals, base excluding the spine equal two sevenths of the interdorsal space. Second dorsal about two thirds as large as the first, origin behind the axils of the ventrals, hind angle produced and reaching behind the origin of the subcaudal. Ventrals small, outer angle broadly rounded, hinder sharp, end below spine of the second dorsal. Caudal little more than one fourth of the total length, rather deep; subeaudal without a produced lobe, separated from the terminal by a shallow notch. Scales small, rough, with a strong median and weaker lateral converging keels; on the snout the scales are more sessile and when the crowns have worn away the edges indicate a greater number of ridges; near the dorsal fins they resemble those of Oxyrhina. Rusty brown, back little darker, lower surfaces whitish; in young the edges of the caudal and the paired fins are lighter; inside of mouth dark. Total length of an immature male, from Nice, 20, snout to abdominal pores 113, snout to dorsal 6, snout to pectoral 43, snout to mouth 2, and caudal 5t inches. The outlines of the figure given by Bonaparte are excellent; the teeth figured with it are those of a Squalus. This species is very distinct from others of the genus, but is a true Centro- phorus, and cannot be placed in Squalus, as has been recently suggested by Regan (Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 48), and previously by other authorities. PL NINA th ep it Ane A AM a BOER OLAV SOLA t RD “ ) x. 4 CENTROPHORUS ACUS. 199 CENTROPHORUS LUSITANICUS. Centrophorus lusitanicus Bocacr & CapELuo, 1864, Mem. Acad. roy. sci. Lisboa, 3, p. 1, ex.; Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 260, f. 1; Gitnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 421; Goopr & Bran, 1896, Mem. M.C. Z., 22, p. 12; Reean, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 53. Centrophorus granulosus var. lusitanicus Bocacr & CapELLo, 1866, Plagios., 23, pl. 1, f. 3. In this species the dorsal spines are shorter and less exposed than in C. granulosus, the first dorsal has a longer base and its hinder angle is more pro- duced, the pectorals are shorter and their inner angles are less produced, the teeth are smoother on the edges and the scales are less rough. Nostrils separated by more than one third of the length of the snout. Labial folds short. Teeth not serrate, upper slightly and lower moderately oblique. Inner angle of pectorals somewhat produced but not so much as in C. granulosus. Without the spines, the base of the second dorsal is half as long as that of the first, or one fourth as long as the interdorsal space. Ends of the ventrals below the hind part of the second dorsal. Dorsal spines short, exposure about one third of the length. Scales small, sessile, finely striate. Brownish. Off the coasts of Portugal in deep waters. CENTROPHORUS ACUS. Plate 12, fig. 5-8. oes acus GARMAN, 1906, Bull. M. C. Z., 46, p. 204; Ragan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, Ds Oo; Elongate; head less than one fourth of the total length; snout long, de- pressed, length equal that of base of first dorsal without the spine, broadly rounded at the end. Nostrils distant from one another as far as from end of snout, valves with a sharp pointed lobe. Eye large, half as long as the snout, hinder third of its length above the mouth. Mouth large, width four fifths of the length of the snout, slightly curved, with a deep straight groove and short labial folds at each angle. Teeth 32; upper with triangular sharp cusps, erect in the median and becoming oblique in the lateral; lower with cusps little broader, from the symphysis outward directed obliquely toward the angles of the mouth. Spiracle moderate, semilunate, width equal three fourths of its distance from the eye, or one third of the length of the orbit. Gill clefts large, hindmost widest and nearly equal to the distance between the nostrils, foremost two thirds the width of the hindmost, in front of the pectorals. Width of 200 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. pectorals nearly half of the length, outer angle broadly rounded, inner angle much produced, end reaching below the dorsal spine. Dorsal spines moderate, anterior exposed one third and posterior two fifths of the height. First dorsal entirely in the forward half of the total length, origin behind the bases of the pectorals above their outer angles, height about half the length of the base including the spine. Second dorsal larger than the ventrals, as high as the first dorsal, base one fourth shorter than the first, hinder angle acute reaching over more than two thirds of the distance from the base to the caudal. Caudal deep, length less than one fourth of the total, depth less than half of the length, sub- caudal lobe of moderate size, a notch at end of subcaudal. Scales rough, each with a strong median and two weaker lateral cusps on the hinder edge extended from keels on the crown. On the white scales scattered over the body the keels appear to be more numerous and to vanish before reaching the hinder part of the scale. Dark greyish brown, light below, lighter in an area behind the orbit and another in the middle of the forehead. Total length of the type 324, snout to vent 20, snout to dorsal 113, snout to pectorals 7, snout to mouth 3, and length of caudal 73 inches. Japan. Alan Owston. CENTROPHORUS ATROMARGINATUS, Sp. Nov. Plate 13, fig. 1-4. Body subfusiform, slightly compressed, moderately robust. Head long, depressed, broad; snout narrowing rapidly in front of the eyes, blunt on the end, flattened beneath, little longer than the base of the dorsal including its spine. Distance of nostrils from one another equal their distance from the end of the snout, or three fifths of that from the mouth; valve with a rounded lobe at the base of which is alobule. Eye large, length of orbit equal the preorbital length, hind corner above angle of mouth. Mouth little curved, with a long straight groove and labial folds at each angle; width nearly two thirds of the preoral length. Teeth compressed, in $3 rows; in eight or ten of the longitudinal rows on the upper jaw they are a trifle smaller and nearly erect, from these they be- come more oblique; on the lower jaws the teeth are larger and the cutting edges are more nearly horizontal. Spiracle large, semilunate, above and backward about one diameter from the corners of the eyes. Gill openings moderate, foremost about one third the length of the orbit, hindmost much wider, in front : 4 4 , CENTROPHORUS GRANULOSUS. 201 of the pectoral. Dorsal spines strong, much exposed, subtriangular in cross 7 section, with grooved sides. First dorsal entirely in the forward half of the total length, base without the spine equal the height, origin above the outer angle of the pectoral, hinder angle much produced. Spine of second dorsal above the middle of the free portions of the ventrals, fin three fourths as high as that of the first dorsal, hind angle long pointed, end less than half the length of the base from the caudal. Caudal with well developed lower lobe, a slight notch separating the subcaudal from the terminal. Pectorals wide, outer angle rounded, hinder produced in a slender extremity reaching beyond the middle of the dorsal base. Scales with keels or striae converging toward the apex, smooth and pavement-like on the body, where worn. Total length 33%, snout to tail 20%, snout to dorsal 11%, snout to pectorals 73, snout to mouth 3%, and caudal 83 inches. Upper surfaces greyish brown, thickly sprinkled with scales of white; whitish below; edges of pectorals, dorsals, and caudal blackish. Suruga Gulf, Japan. Alan Owston. CENTROPHORUS MOLUCCENSIS. Centrophorus moluccensis BLEEKER, 1860, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 8, p. 3 extra; ReGan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 54. Centrophorus granulosus GinTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 420 (part). Spiracles superior; nostrils about one third of the distance from the end of the snout to the angles of the mouth; eyes large, length of orbit two sevenths of that of the head, nearly equal the distance from the end of the-snout; mouth slightly curved; body unspotted; anterior dorsal with a large spot of black; ventrals inserted in advance of the second dorsal. Original description from a foetus of about 8.6 inches, from Amboina. CENTROPHORUS GRANULOSUS. Squalus granulosus SCHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 135. Acanthorhinus granulosus BuAINv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Centrophorus granulosus MiLueR & HENxzE, 1841, Plagios., p. 89, pl. 33; GuicHENoT, 1850, Expl. Alg., p. 126; Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 74; Bocacr & Caprio, 1864, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 261, f. 1; 1866, Plagios, p. 25, pl. 1, f. 3, pl. 3, f. 1; Capenio, 1870, Jor. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 2, p. 143; Ginrtu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 420; Morsnau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 352; GoopE & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 12, pl. 3, f. 11; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., z caer, 5, 2, p. 53. Body fusiform, elongate. Head depressed. Snout tapering, blunted at the end, length from the orbit greater than distance from orbit to gill opening. 202 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Nostrils in the anterior two fifths of the snout from the mouth, their distance — apart equals little more than their distance from the end of the snout; valve — with a sharp process in the middle. Eye large, length of orbit greater than that of the snout in front of it. Mouth large moderately curved, with a deep groove and labial folds at each angle; upper fold nearly half the length of the jaw. Teeth compressed, triangular, sectorial; upper nearly erect in front, more oblique at the sides; lower oblique, little wider than the upper, with fine serra- tions on the edges. Width of gill openings less than length of orbit, upper ends in front of the pectorals. Pectorals longer than wide, inner angle much pro- duced, reaching behind the dorsal spine. Origin of first dorsal behind the axil of the pectorals, fin entirely included in the forward half of the total length; base, not including the spine, one third of the interdorsal space. Base of second dorsal three fourths as long as that of the first, hind angle reaching a vertical from the origin of the subeaudal. Dorsal spines strong, nearly half exposed, anterior the shorter and not as high as the fin. Bases of ventrals wholly in front of the base of the second dorsal, the short claspers reach below the spine of that fin. Scales small, sessile, rising to a point with convergent keels or striae, _ smoother with wear in age. Caudal less than one fourth of the total length, — rather deep, with a weak subcaudal lobe, terminal fin preceded by a shallow indentation behind the subcaudal. Light brownish to greyish brown. Mediterranean and adjacent Atlantic. CENTROPHORUS TESSELLATUS. Centrophorus tessellatus GARMAN, 1906, Bull. M. C. Z., 46, p. 205; Regan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 54. : Body subfusiform, robust. Head including the gill openings about one — fourth of the total, depressed, flattened below and on the crown, sides steep. Snout long, broad and bluntly rounded at the end. Nostrils nearly transverse, — their distance apart equal their distance from the end of the snout, or less than two thirds of that from the mouth; valve with an oblique angular lobe which ~ | bears on its inner side a lobule. Eye large, less than half the length of the snout from the mouth, hind extremity of orbit above the mouth. Width of mouth — three fifths of the length of the snout, little curved, a long deep straight groove with labial folds extending one third the length of each jaw, at each angle. — Teeth compressed, serrated on the basal portions of each cusp, in 3} rows; upper erect in the middle of the mouth, becoming oblique toward the angles, each tooth | CENTROSCYMNUS. 203 with a slender pointed broader based cusp; lower teeth broader, oblique, with the inner or cutting edge convex and serrated, ending in a sharp smooth-edged cusp at its outward extremity. Spiracles moderate, semilunate, distant one “and a half times their diameter from the orbit. Gill openings small, first about one third the length of the orbit, hindmost nearly twice as wide as the first, much wider than the fourth, in front of the pectoral. First dorsal reaching little behind the middle of the total length; spine little backward from the outer angle of the pectoral; base including the spine equal four fifths of the length of _ the outer edge of the pectoral, or two fifths of the distance from the base of the first dorsal to the spine of the second; exposed portion of the spine short; upper angle of fin rounded, hind angle produced, acute. Second dorsal as high and four fifths as long as the first, similar in shape, length of base three fifths of the distance from the caudal, spine one third exposed. Pectorals wide with a very long acuminate inner angle, otherwise the hind margin is slightly concave. One of the pectorals on the specimen described appears abnormal in that it is subtruncate on the hind margin and lacks the acute angled extremity, which on the normal fin reaches behind the spine of the first dorsal. Ventrals reaching below the spine of the second dorsal, concave on the hind margin, acute in the ends; claspers short, ends slender and pointed with a short slender spine a little distance from the end on the outer side. Caudal with a well developed subcaudal lobe. Scales somewhat rough, with five to nine converging keels or striae on those of the head and shoulders; farther back the apices are smooth, from wear, and the remains of the striae surround the base. Total length 342, body 223, snout to dorsal 13, snout to pectoral 8, snout to mouth 4, and caudal fins 7 inches. Back and flanks brownish, lower surfaces white, a white border on the fins and the gill covers. Lat. 35° N.; Lon. 139° 30’ E., in 400 fathoms. Alan Owston. CENTROSCYMNUS. Centroscymnus BocaGE & CAPELLO, 1864, Diag. fam. Squal., p. 3 extra; Proc. Zodl. soc. London, p. 263; 1866, Plagios., p. 29. Body subfusiform, slightly compressed. Nostrils oblique, distinct from the mouth cavity. Eye large, without nictitating folds. Mouth transverse, slightly curved, with a deep groove and with labial folds at each angle. Teeth _ dissimilar; upper raptorial, small, lanceolate, in three groups, the middle one of i >, # which is outside (in front) of the lower jaws; lower teeth sectorial, broad, with 204 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. oblique triangular cusps. Spiracles moderate, with a large prespiracular cavity extending forward to the orbit. Dorsals small, spines hardly visible, or — hidden. No anal fin. Caudal rather short and deep, with a subcaudal lobe. — Pectorals small, inner angle not produced. Scales of the body pedicellate, with crown depressed and smooth above the pedicel, edges striate to carinate; scales of the head sessile, carinate. Snout from the mouth shorter than the distance from eye to first gill opening first dorsal little the smaller; end of spines exposed scales of head striate . ; : ‘ : coelolepis (page 204) Snout from mouth longer than the distance from eye to first gill opening first dorsal much the smaller; end of spines exposed scales of head with 3-5 keels or striae . ' owstonit (page 205) first dorsal the shorter; spines hidden scales of head with three parallel keels. cryptacanthus (page 206) CENTROSCYMNUS COELOLEPIS. Plate 14, fig. 5-8. na Centroscymnus coelolepis Bocacr & CApPELLO, 1864, Diag. fam. Squal., p. 3; Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 263, f. 4; 1866, Plagios., p. 30, pl. 2, f. 3; Wriaut, 1868, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 2, p. 426; VAILLANT, 1888, Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 63, pl. 2, f. 1; Goopr & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 14, pl. 4, f. 18; Reean, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8,2, p. 49; Jorp. & Everm., 1900, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., pl. 8, f. 25 (non description). Body robust, subfusiform, body cavity little more than two thirds of the total length. Snout short, depressed, broadly rounded at the end. Nostrils oblique, nearer to the end of the snout than to the mouth. Mouth wide, width greater than length of snout, with a deep groove and with labial folds at each angle; lower fold not half as long asthe jaw. Teethin7;rows; upper lanceolate, four or five series in function; lower broad, compressed, with cutting edge directed obliquely toward the angles of the mouth, one series in function, except when about to be dropped. The teeth on the upper jaws are much more numerous than those of the lower, and are in three groups, that is a lower front group of 24 to 26 rows nearer the symphysis resting in front (outside) of the lower jaws and e occupying a more prominent position, and a lateral group near each corner of ~*~ the mouth of smaller teeth and resting inside of (between) the lower jaws. Kyes large, orbit elongate, more than half the length of the snout, with a slight angle in front and an angular fold in the skin behind. Spiracles half as long as the orbit, opening upward. Gill openings narrow, not as wide as the orbit, equally spaced, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals medium, not reaching a CENTROSCYMNUS OWSTONII. 205 vertical from the origin of the dorsal. Dorsal spines small, hardly projecting: fins small, the first in the anterior half of the total length, the second quite as large as the first, more pointed, and situated near the forward end of the poste- rior third of the total, twice as long as wide, origin above or slightly behind the middle of the ventrals bases. Ventrals larger than the second dorsal, extremities not reaching as far backward. Subcaudal separated from the terminal portion of the caudal by a notch, lobe moderately produced. Scales pedicellate; those of the flanks larger, smooth and somewhat concave on the top near the forward edge, smaller with feeble striae on head and neck, very small toward the edges of the fins, axils of fins naked. Deep chestnut-brown above and below, lighter near the centre of the larger scales, little darker on snout and fins. Described from a female specimen of forty-four inches taken off the coast of New England. Originally known from deep waters off Portugal. CENTROSCYMNUS OWSTONII. Plate 13, fig. 5-8. Centroscymnus owstonit GARMAN, 1906, Bull. M. C. Z., 46, p. 207; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 49. : Body subfusiform, moderately robust, slightly compressed; head depressed; snout broad and broadly rounded on the end. Nostrils oblique, small, two thirds as far from the end of the snout as from one another, valve broad. Eye large, little more than half the preoral length. Mouth moderately curved, width two thirds of the preoral length, with a deep groove at each angle; labial folds short, upper longer, hidden by the groove. Teeth in 3§ rows; upper narrow, lanceo- late, in three groups separated by smaller teeth; median group widest and most prominent, functioning outside (in front) of the lower jaws, lateral groups nar- rower, functioning inside (between) the lower jaws; lower teeth broad, com- pressed, a single series in function, except when about to be shed, cusps obliquely directed outward. Spiracles medium, backward and above from the eye, exter- nally separated from the orbit by twice their width, but internally with a large prespiracular chamber or cavity below the skin extending forward to a point above the hinder portion. Gill openings small, width one third of the orbital length, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals twice as long as wide, inner angle not developed, fin not reaching a vertical from the dorsal spine by about one length of the orbit. Dorsal spines very little exserted, weak. First dorsal wholly in 206 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. the anterior half of the total length; fin narrow, free portion as long as the base, upper angle rounded, hinder not produced. Length of second dorsal equal that of the first; height greater in second and hind angle produced; origin above or little behind the middle of the bases of the ventrals. Base of ventrals equal to its distance from the caudal, outer angle very blunt, rounded, posterior acumi- nate, not extending as far back as the end of the second dorsal; axils below the spine of the latter. Caudal short and deep, a well developed subcaudal lobe, a notch in front of the terminal fin. Claspers of male extending little beyond the end of the fin, ending in a slender point at the upper side of which is a long sharp spine. Scales similar to those of C. coelolepis; those on the flanks and back are comparatively smooth and there is a rounded depression above the pedicel; on those over the head, shoulder and belly there are 3-5 weak keels. Dark brown, slightly mottled and clouded. Japan. CENTROSCYMNUS CRYPTACANTHUS. Centrophorus (Centroscymnus) coelolepis GiNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 423. Centroscymnus coelolepis JORDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., 17; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 55, (not fig.). Centroscymnus cryptacanthus REGAN, 1906, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 18, p. 437. Length of snout from mouth greater than the distance between eye and first gill opening. Length of anterior labial fold about equal to its distance from the symphysis. Upper teeth small, narrow, lanceolate. Internarial distance less than half the preoral length of the snout. Pectoral not extending to a vertical from the first dorsal, hinder angle rounded. First dorsal shorter than second, base about half the height, or one sixth of the interdorsal space. Base of second dorsal, without the spine, three fourths of its distance from the caudal. Dorsal spines short, hidden beneath the skin. Ventrals reaching a vertical from the end of the second dorsal fin. Scales smooth with a depression at the base, except those on the head and upper and lower parts of the body to the first dorsal each of which has three parallel keels, produced behind the edge. Uniform dark brown. Type a male of about 27} inches, from Madeira. CENTROSELACHUS, gen. nov. Body elongate, head and tail short. Snout intermediate between that of Acanthidium and that of Centrophorous, produced moderately, depressed, broad. Nostrils oblique. Mouth transverse, with grooves and labial folds. Upper i: = = “=” ‘ ; SCYMNODON. 207 teeth erect, small, short, with triangular cusps, in three groups; lower teeth broader, oblique, not serrate. Spiracles large. Fins rather small, angles hardly produced. Dorsal spines slightly exposed, anterior spine near the pec- torals, posterior near the caudal. Scales uniform, with slender vertical peduncle and broad, rounded, pluricarinate crown. CENTROSELACHUS CREPIDATER. Centrophorus crepidater BocacE & Caprio, 1864, Diag. fam. Squal., p. 3; Proc. Zool. soe. London, p. 262, f.3; 1866, Plagios., p. 27, pl. 2,f.2; Capmxuo, 1870, Jor. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 2, p. 144; Ginrtu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 421; Goopr & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 13. Centroscymnus crepidater RnGan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 50. Body moderately elongate, subround, cavity long, tail short. Snout broad, depressed; nostrils oblique, nearer to the end than to the mouth. Mouth wide, arched forward, with deep grooves at the angles; labial folds produced forward toward the middle. Teeth unlike, not serrate; upper small, narrow, short, tri- angular, nearly erect, in a median and two lateral groups; lower broader, com- pressed, oblique. Spiracles large, behind the eye. Gill openings narrow, in front of the pectoral. All fins small; dorsals nearly equal, spines with short apex exposed, spine of the first about midway from that of the second dorsal to the end of the snout, spine of the second much nearer to the extremity of the caudal than to the base of the first dorsal. Pectorals short, rounded, reaching nearly to a vertical from the origin of the dorsal. Origin of second dorsal above middle of bases of ventrals. Ends of ventrals below end of base of second dorsal. Caudal short, with feeble subcaudal lobe, and a shallow notch between the sub- caudal and the terminal portions. Scales rather large, peduncle slender, erect, below the middle of the flattish, rounded crown which is roughened by five to seven divergent keels. Adult at less than three feet in length. Dark rusty brown. From deep waters off the coasts of Portugal. SCYMNODON. Scymnodon BocacE & CaPE.xo, 1864, Diag. fam. Squal., p. 3; Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 263. Zameus Jord. & Fow er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 632. Body slightly triangular in a cross section. Head flattened on the crown, wide posteriorly. Nostrils below the snout, far forward, oblique. Spiracles large, behind the eyes and at a somewhat higher level. Mouth large, arched forward, with a deep straight groove at each angle and’ with labial folds. 208 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Teeth unlike in the two jaws: upper awl-shaped, raptorial; lower compressed, smooth on the edges, sectorial, more or less oblique. Two small dorsal fins, with the spine shortly exposed. Caudal well developed, vertebral axis raised backward, subeaudal lobe rather weak. Spine of first dorsal more than halfway from end of snout to caudal, not reached by the pectoral cusps of lower teeth nearly erect. dorsal spines slightly projecting base of first dorsal, without spine, 7 of interdorsal space ringens (page 208) Spine of first dorsal about halfway from end of snout to caudal, not reached by the pectoral base of first dorsal less than @ of interdorsal space squamulosus (page 209) Spine of first dorsal less than halfway from end of snout to caudal. cusps of lower teeth oblique | dorsal spines somewhat projecting, nearly reached by the pectorals base of first dorsal more than § of interdorsal space plunketi (page 210) dorsal spines strongly projecting, first dorsal reached by pectorals base of first dorsal § of interdorsal space — macracanthus (page 210) SCYMNODON RINGENS. Scymnodon rigens Bocacr & CAaPELLo, 1864, Diag. fam. Squal., p. 3 extra. Scymnodon ringens Bocage & CapELio, 1864, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 263, f. 5; 1866, Plagios., p. 32, pl. 1, f. 1; Caprio, 1870, Jor. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 2, p. 145; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 48. Centrophorus ringens Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 423; Sm, 1902, Ann. Scott. nat. hist., 1 Foy ie Centroscymnus obscurus VAILLANT, 1888, Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 67, pl. 2, f. 2. Snout large, short, subconic, length from the end to the eye about half of that from the same point to the spiracle, perhaps a little less; mouth wide, with a deep groove at each angle, and with labial folds; nostrils oblique, at the end of the anterior third of the preoral length. Upper teeth raptorial, subulate; lower compressed, sectorial, with a quadrangular base on which is a triangular, smooth- edged, more or less oblique cusp. Spiracle large, nearly parallel with the upper surface of the head. Pectorals medium, oblong, rounded. Dorsal spines exposed at the point, that of the first dorsal about midway from the origins of Caren SCYMNODON SQUAMULOSUS. 209 _ the pectorals to those of the ventrals. First dorsal narrow; second twice as wide, origin above the hind extremities of the bases of the ventrals. Caudal short and deep. Scales small tricarinate with short pedicel. Reaches a length of about four feet. -Uniform brown to blackish. Taken off the coasts of Portugal in deep water, and off the coast of Soudan, at a depth of 1,400 metres. ScYMNODON SQUAMULOSUS. Centrophorus squamulosus Gintu., 1877, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 20, p. 433; 1887, Challenger rept. Zool., 22, p. 5, pl. 2, f. B. Zameus squamulosus Jorp. & FowuER, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 633. _ Scymnodon squamulosus ReGAN, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 48. Head depressed; snout bluntly rounded, length about equal the distance from the angles of the mouth to the first gill opening. Nostrils oblique, at the end of the anterior third of the preoral length, with a small sharp process in the middle of the anterior valve. Mouth slightly arched, width less than the length _ of the snout, with a deep straight groove at each angle, and short labial folds of _ which the upper is longest, besides a fringed upper lip. Teeth smooth on the edges; upper more slender, nearly erect; lower broader, with a triangular cusp on a subquadrangular base, nearly erect at the symphysis, oblique toward the angles. Spiracles little above the level of the eye and about one length of the orbit farther back. Gill openings small, upper ends in front of the pectoral. Pectorals small, inner angle blunt and not produced. Dorsal spines hardly produced beyond the skin. Base of first dorsal in the middle of the distance from the end of the snout to the caudal fin, length less than one fifth of the interdorsal space, fin narrow. Second dorsal much larger than the first, origin above the hind parts of the bases of the ventrals, length of base less than the _ distance from the caudal, hind angle acutely produced. Ventrals about equal to the second dorsal, ends of the fins below the hinder part of the base of the latter. Caudal short, in length about twice the greatest depth, terminal portion rounded, subcaudal separated from the terminal by a shallow notch, lobe weak, broadly rounded. Scales minute, tricarinate. Uniform black. Type an adult female of twenty-seven inches taken off Enoshima, Japan, : in 345 fathoms, by the Challenger Expedition. 210 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. ScYMNODON PLUNKETI. Centrophorus plunketi Wartx, 1910, Trans. N. Z. inst., 42, p. 384, pl. 37. Head broad, depressed. Snout short, blunt; nostrils near the end, nearer to the tip than to the eye, oblique. Mouth nearer to the end of the snout than to the first gill opening, width half the length of the head, a deep groove and labial folds at each angle, lower fold shorter. Upper teeth small, lanceolate, two- rooted; lower, of 30 teeth, with cusp directed obliquely toward the angle. Spiracle large, a little nearer to the eye than to the gill opening. Gill openings half the diameter of the eye, in front of the pectorals. Dorsal spines not half the height of the fins, with short exposure; first midway from the front of the eye to the base of the second dorsal, length of base without the spine slightly more than one fifth of the interdorsal space. Second dorsal much larger, base and spine equal distance from base to caudal, spine above the bases of the ventrals. Pectoral large, length equal to distance from tip of snout to first gill opening, inner angle rounded, fin not reaching below the first dorsal. One third of the bases of the ventrals lies behind the spine of the second dorsal. Scales small, tricarinate, tricuspid, median keel and cusp longer. Uniform dark brown. Known from the description of the type, a female of near 4 ft. 8 inches (1,414 mm.) taken off Riley’s Islands, New Zealand in a depth of 120 fathoms. ScYMNODON MACRACANTHUS. Centroscymnus macracanthus REGAN, 1906, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 18, p. 436. Snout from mouth equal to distance from eye to first gill opening. Nostrils very oblique. Anterior labial fold about equal to its distance from the symphysis. First dorsal shorter than second, base without spine equal two thirds of the height and two ninths of the interdorsal space. Base of second dorsal, without spine, equal two thirds of its distance from the caudal. Dorsal spines well developed and strongly projecting. Pectoral reaching a vertical from the spine of the first dorsal, inner angle rounded. Ventrals not reaching a vertical from the end of the second dorsal. Scales with three parallel keels, each ending in a point, median keel strongest. Type a female of about twenty-five inches. Magellan. LEPIDORHINUS SQUAMOSUS. 211 LEPIDORHINUS. Lepidorhinus Bonaparte, 1838, Nuovi ann. sc. nat. Bologna, 2, p. 207; 1839, Mém Soe. sci. Neuch., 2, p. 9 extra. Machephilus Jounson, 1867, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 713. Body elongate, subround; tail short. Head depressed; snout rather broad, rounded at the end. Nostrils transverse, forward of the middle of the preoral length. Mouth large, crescentic, with a deep groove and with labial folds on both jaws at the angles. Teeth all sectorial, dissimilar in the two jaws; upper pointed, cusp more erect; lower broader, cusp directed toward the angles of the mouth; median tooth present or absent above and below. Spiracles large, opening upward. Eyes large, without nictitating folds. Gill openings medium, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals small, inner angle little produced. Dorsal fins elongate, first dorsal near the pectorals. Caudal short, deep, sub- caudal lobe not produced. Scales small, close together, leaf-shaped, pedunculate on the trunk with a strong median keel and weaker laterals, sessile with con- vergent keels on the snout. Dorsal spine behind the ends of the pectorals hinder angle of pectorals slightly produced second dorsal as high as the first . : . squamosus (page 211) Dorsal spine above the ends of the pectorals hinder angle of pectorals not produced second dorsal much higher than the first snout from eye longer than the orbit . foliaceus (page 212) second dorsal a little higher than the first snout from eye shorter than the orbit . steindachneri (page 213) snout from eye much longer than the orbit . rossi (page 214) LEPIDORHINUS SQUAMOSUS. _ L’écailleux Broussonet, 1780, Mem. Acad. roy., p. 675; Lackpipn, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 284, pl. 10, f. 3. Squalus squamosus BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 12; Gmeuin, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1502; Scun., 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 156. Acanthorhinus squammosus BuAtnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, FY pacL. Centrina squammosus Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 130. _ Lepidorhinus squamosus BONAPARTE, 1838, Nuovi ann. sci. nat. Bologna, 2, p. 207; 1839, Mém. Soe. = sci. Neuch., 2, p. 9 extra. _ Centrophorus squamosus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 90, pl. 34; Dumirim, 1865, Elasm., p. 448; BocaGcE & CaPE.Lo, 1866, Plagios., p.27; Ginra., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 422; VAILLANT, 1888, Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 69, pl. 2, f. 3; Hour & CatpErwoop, 1895, Trans. Roy. Dublin soc., new ser., 5, p. 373, pl. 43; f. 1; Goopr & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C Z., 22, p. 13; 212 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. JENSEN, 1899, Vid. med., p. 411, pl. 3; Coxtuerr, 1903, Suppl. Norges fiske, 2, p. 19; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 52. ; Machephilus dumerili JoHNSoN, 1867, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 713. Centrophorus dumerilii GinrTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 422; Goopr & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 18; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 52. Centrophorus squamosus var. dumerilii VAILLANT, 1888, Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 69, pl. 3, f. 2. Body robust, cavity little more than three fifths of the entire length includ- ing the caudal. Head depressed, tapering. Snout blunt. Nostrils transverse; valve with a short projection. Mouth not greatly arched, farther from the end of the snout than from the first gill opening, with a deep groove and with labial folds at each angle; upper fold longer, not half the length of the jaw. Teeth in 29-35 rows; upper cusps nearly equilateral triangles to sharper, in front erect, laterally more oblique; lower broader, very oblique, the cusp being directed toward the angle of the mouth. Individuals vary in regard to the presence of a median tooth either above or below. Spiracle medium, distant from the eye about half the length of the orbit. Gill openings in front of the pectoral, width less than internarial space. Pectorals small, hardly reaching below origin of dorsal, inner angle slightly produced on large specimens. First dorsal near the bases of the pectorals, length of base about three fifths of the interdorsal space, hind angle produced; spine less than height of fin, less than half exposed. Ori- gin of second dorsal nearly above the axils of the ventrals, base less than half (nmeemligtecins.-/. womens cen tiny peed hes: of the space between the dorsals, produced extremity reaching almost to the caudal. Caudal less than one fourth of the total, depth nearly half the length, subcaudal lobe slightly produced. Scales leaf-shaped, on a slender peduncle, with a strong median keel, and with one to two weaker lateral keels at each side, produced behind the edges. The scales on the snout are sessile and have con- vergent keels like those of Centrophorus granulosus. Reaches a length of 56 inches. Greyish to greyish brown. Specimen in hand from Setubal, 38 inches in length, a mature male. Prof. L. Vaillant. Madeira to the North Sea and Iceland. LEPIDORHINUS FOLIACEUS. Centrophorus foliaceus GiinTH., 1877, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 20, p. 483; 1887, Challenger rept. Zool., 22, p. 5, pl. 2, f. A.; Reagan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 53. Lepidorhinus (Scymnodon) foliaceus Jorp. & Fow er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 631. Lepidorhinus foliaceus Smita & Rapcuirre, 1912, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 41, p. 679. Body moderate, vent about midway from gill openings to end of tail; head > depressed; snout broadly rounded. Nostrils transverse, at the end of the LEPIDORHINUS STEINDACHNERI. 213 anterior two fifths of the preoral length, internarial space about one fourth of the rostral length from the mouth, anterior valve with a sharp angle. Eye large, length of orbit less than its distance from the end of the snout, or more than twice its distance from the spiracle. Mouth with a deep groove, and with short labial folds on both jaws, at each angle. Upper teeth in front short, triangular and nearly or quite erect in cusp, more oblique at the sides; lower teeth broader with the cusp so much turned toward the angles of the mouth as to bring the inner edge about horizontal. Gill openings, small, in front of the pectoral. Pec- torals short, truncate, inner angle not produced. Dorsal spines strong, nearly as high as the fins, exposed one fourth to one third of the length; dorsal fins large, hind angle produced, upper broadly rounded. Origin of first dorsal above the axil of the pectoral, end of fin reaching about three fifths of the distance to a vertical from the ventrals. Second dorsal shorter and higher than the first, hind angle less sharp; origin above the axils of the ventrals, fin reaching a vertical from the origin of the caudal. Ventrals small, extremities below the middle of the second dorsal. Caudal nearly one fifth of the total length; terminal portion subtruncate; subcaudal very little produced anteriorly, separated by a shallow indentation from the terminal. Scales close together, leaf-shaped with a strong median keel and two weaker lateral keels the ends of which are produced. Grey to greyish brown, uniform. Type a 16 inch specimen taken by the Challenger in Sagami Sea, Japan, in 345 fathoms. LEPIDORHINUS STEINDACHNERI. Centrophorus steindachneri PretscHMANN, 1907, Anz. Akad wiss. Wien, 44, p. 394; 1908, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 117, p. 667, pl. 1, f. 1; Rea@an, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 53. Body slender, head large, broad, depressed; snout tapering, rounded at the end. Eyes large, nearly as far from the end of the snout as from the first gill - opening. Nostrils much nearer to the end of the snout than to the mouth. = Spiracles large, less than three diameters behind the edge of the orbit and at a higher level. Mouth broadly curved, with a deep groove and with labial folds at each angle; upper fold less than half the length of the jaw, lower slightly less than upper. Teeth resembling those of L. foliaceus, that is, all sectorial, those in the middle of the upper jaws having the outline of an isosceles triangle and being nearly erect, but becoming more oblique laterally, and those on the lower jaws much more oblique and nearly twice as broad. Width of gill open- ings less than half the length of the orbit, in front of the pectoral. Pec- 214 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. torals longer than broad, inner angle hardly produced. Origin of first dorsal above the ends of the bases of the pectorals, fin longer and lower than that of the second dorsal; spine above the ends of the pectoral fins, strong, exposed about one third of its length; hind margin of fin straight, hind angle produced. Origin of second dorsal above the axils of the ventrals, base little shorter than — | that of the first dorsal, fin higher than that mentioned, hind margin nearly | straight, hind angle acuminate, reaching behind a vertical from the origin of the subcaudal, spine strong and longer than that of the first dorsal, about half exposed. Caudal little longer than from head to pectorals, about two fifths as deep as long; subcaudal lobe not produced; a shallow indentation in front of : the terminal. Scales small, leaf-shaped, with a strong median keel and weaker lateral keels; hind edge with three points, median longest. | Greyish brown. : Described from seventeen inch specimens, from Japan. LEPIDORHINUS ROSSI. f yan Centrophorus rossi Aucock, 1898, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 2, p. 143; 1899, Ill. zodl. Investigator, pl. 26, f. 3; 1899, Cat. deep-sea fishes Indian mus., p. 13. Centroscymnus crepidater Ruaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 50 (part). Snout spatulate, much produced, length from the mouth about half that of the head or nearly one seventh of the total length, two and one half times the internarial space or three times the length of the orbit. Mouth crescentic, considerably protractile, width equal two thirds of the preoral length of the snout, with a groove and labial folds at each angle. Upper teeth triangular, acute; lower very oblique. Angle of pectoral rounded, reaching below the middle of the base of the first dorsal. Origin of first dorsal behind the axils of the pectorals; spine short, little exposed, upper and hinder margins convex, hind angle hardly produced, length of base equal nearly half of the interdorsal space. Second dorsal spine above the middle of the bases of the ventrals, much higher than the first dorsal spine, little more than half as high as the fin. Second dorsal fin little larger than the first, bases about equal and hardly as long as the distance — between the caudal and the second dorsal. Ventrals smaller than the second dorsal, ends not reaching the end of the second dorsal base. Caudal nearly one fourth of the total length, lower angle moderately prominent. Scales minute, acutely and very elegantly tridentate or anchor-shaped. Uniform jet black. Type specimen ten inches long, taken in 430 fathoms depth off the Travan- core Coast by the Investigator, to one @ Wie A it = eh; — oo ae Ay pap ae" s 4 ACANTHIDIUM. 215 ACANTHIDIUM. Acanthidium Lows, 1839, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 92; 1843, Trans. Zool. soc. London, 3, p. 18. Deania Jorp. & SNyDER, 1902, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 25, p. 80. Nasisqualus Smitx & Rapcuirre, 1912, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 41, p. 681. Body elongate, subfusiform, slightly compressed. Head depressed; snout very long, longer than the remainder of the head, spatuliform, blunt; nostrils in front of the middle, transverse. Mouth behind the mid length of the head, with a deep groove and with labial folds at each angle. Teeth compressed, tri- angular, sectorial, diverse, cusps erect to very oblique. Eyes large, no nictitating membrane. Spiracles large, superior, behind the eyes. Gill openings narrow, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals moderate, not produced on the inner angle. Two dorsals, each with a compressed spine each side of which bears a groove; first dorsal above the space between pectorals and ventrals, second behind the ventrals. No anal fin. Tail much shorter than the body; lower lobe of caudal hardly pro- duced. Scales very small, each with a slender peduncle on a broad polygonal or radiating base and crowned with three (3-4) slender acuminate cusps. Species now known from the Northern Atlantic, the Mediterranean, and Japan. Lowe, 1839, characterized this genus and placed within it two species, A. pusillum and A. calceus. As A. pusillum properly belonged to Etmopterus Rafinesque, 1810, A. calceus was really the typical and for many years the only known species of the genus. First dorsal spine equidistant from end of snout and caudal bases of the two dorsals about equal eye nearer to end of snout than to pectoral teeth cusps near symphysis of lower jaws subhorizontal calceus (page 216) base of first dorsal much longer than that of second teeth near symphysis of lower jaws with erect cusps aciculatum (page 217) First dorsal spine nearer to end of snout than to caudal eye nearer to end of snout than to pectoral teeth near symphysis of lower jaws oblique on cutting edges inner angle of pectoral longer spine of dorsal behind ends of pectorals rostratum (page 218) spine of dorsal above ends of pectorals profundorum (page 219) 216 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. First dorsal spine nearer to caudal than to end of snout eye midway between end of snout and base of pectoral teeth of lower jaws subhorizontal on cutting edges inner angle of pectoral shorter . ; hystricosum (page 220) eye nearer to pectoral than to end of snout teeth with small basal cusps margin of pectoral rounded behind . eglantina (page 221) ACANTHIDIUM CALCEUS. Acanthidium calceus LowB, 1839, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 92; 1848, Trans. Zool. soc. London, 8, p. 19. Centrophorus calceus Lowe, 1848, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 93; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 423; VaILLAnt, 1888, Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 71, pl. 3, f. 1; Mormav, 1891, Poiss. France, Suppl., p. 182; Goopr & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 14; Couxerr, 1903, Suppl. Norges fiske, 2, p. 21; Re@an, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 51. Centrophorus crepidalbus Bocacre & Capxr.uo, 1864, Diag. fam. Squal., p. 2; Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 262, f. 2; 1866, Plagios., p. 28, pl. 2, f. 1; CapEnio, 1870, Jor. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 2, p. 144; BocaGs, 1872, Jor. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 3, p. 88. Scymnodon ringens GooprE & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 11, pl. 4, f. 12 (non Bocage & Capello, 1864). Body elongate, subfusiform. Head depressed; snout very long, broad, spatuliform, about half the length of the entire head, nostrils transverse, about three fifths of the distance from the mouth to the end. Internarial width less than one third of the preoral length of the head. Mouth wide, with a deep groove and labial folds at each angle. Teeth not serrated, diverse; upper with narrower more erect cusps, becoming oblique toward the angles of the mouth; lower broader, with cutting edge oblique, more nearly horizontal. Spiracles large, opening upward, less than the length of the orbit behind the eye. Gill openings narrow, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals rather small, subtruncate, hind angles rounded, not reaching below the first dorsal spine. Dorsal spine about midway from snout to caudal, compressed, with a groove along each side. Base of first dorsal without the spine little longer than the base of the second, more than half the interdorsal space; end of fin acuminate. Second dorsal higher than the first, spine nearly as high as the fin, base much longer than its distance from the caudal, end of the fin reaching the latter. Axils of the ventrals little in front of the spine of the second dorsal; fins small, narrow, ends below middle of second dorsal. Tail short, about one third of the total length; caudal short, subcaudal angle hardly produced. Scales minute, with a broad polygonal base and a slender erect peduncle from the top of which the crown bends backward in three slender cusps. Ashy or greyish brown, uniform or clouded. Deep waters off Portugal and Madeira. ACANTHIDIUM ACICULATUM. 217 ACANTHIDIUM ACICULATUM. Plate 12, fig. 1-4. Acanthidium aciculatum GARMAN, 1906, Bull. M. C. Z., 46, p. 207. Elongate, moderately slender and compressed. Head long, nearly one fourth of the total length; snout produced, depressed, sharp laterally, broad and bluntly rounded at the end superiorly. Nostrils small, their distance apart about two thirds of their distance from the end of the snout, which latter distance is one third of that from the end to the mouth; anterior valve with a short pointed lobe crossing the nostril. Eye large, three sevenths of the length of the snout, hind angle of the orbit above the angle of the mouth. Mouth wide, width nearly half the length of the snout, moderately arched, with a deep groove, more than half of which is anterior, and with labial folds, at each angle; lower fold more than half the length of the jaw, upper shorter and hidden by the groove. Teeth 3; upper with sharp erect triangular cusps rising from the middle of the cutting edges, broadening at the bases, little more oblique near the angles; lower with a group of erect, sharp-pointed teeth near the symphysis, somewhat like those on the upper jaws of A. hystricosum, and becoming slightly oblique toward the corners of the mouth; base of cusp much broader than the central portion, Plate 12, fig. 2. Spiracle large, distant less than a diameter from the corner of the eye, valve with laminae like the gills. Gill openings narrow, subequal, about one third of the length of the orbit, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals sub- quadrate, subtruncate, five eighths as wide as long, not reaching a vertical from the dorsal spine by more than the width of the pectoral fin, angles rounded, inner shorter. First dorsal spine remote from the end of the pectoral, lower than the fin, not half exposed; upper margin of fin in a low continuous curve from the spine to the much produced extremity; two fifths of the base of the fin in the hinder half of the length from end of snout to caudal. Second dorsal much higher than the first, base one fifth shorter; spine nearly as high as the fin, little behind the axils of the ventrals, half or more exposed; acute free portion of the fin nearly reaching the origin of the supracaudal. Ventrals small, ends hardly reaching the middle of the base of the second dorsal without the spine, bases distant from the origin of the caudal one third of the distance from the axils of the pectorals. Sub- caudal angle broadly rounded; terminal margin convex; caudal less than one fourth of the total length. Scales very small, slender, pedunculate, each with three slender sharp cusps. 218 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Total length 343, snout to tail 233, snout to dorsal spine 147, snout to pec- toral 83, snout to mouth 44, and caudal fin 7 inches. Uniform brown. Japan. Alan Owston. ACANTHIDIUM ROSTRATUM. Plate 11, fig. 1+. Acanthidium rostratum GARMAN, 1906, Bull. M. C. Z., 46, p. 206. Centrophorus rostratus Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 52. Moderately robust, elongate, somewhat compressed. Head long, about one fourth of the total length, depressed, width three fifths of the length, flat- tened on the crown. Snout more than half as long as the entire head, sharp edged as seen from the side, broad and broadly rounded at the end as seen from above. Nostrils small, distant from one another three fifths of their distance from the end of the snout or three sevenths of their distance from the mouth, crossed by a short, angled lobe on the inner side of which lies a smaller one. Eye large, length of orbit two fifths of its distance from the end of the snout. Mouth wide, width nearly two fifths of the length of the snout, little arched; groove moderate; folds short, upper longer. Teeth compressed 3§; upper triangular, eight near the middle of the mouth nearly erect, lateral teeth becoming more oblique, with more of a notch on the outer edge; lower larger, oblique, with cut- ting edge directed outward nearly horizontally above a deep notch on the outer edge. Spiracle large, semilunate, distant its own width up and backward from the orbit. Gill openings moderate, in front of the pectoral, hindmost wid- est. Pectoral short, oblique subtruncate, outer angle rounded, inner blunt, not produced. Spine of first dorsal behind the end of the pectoral fin, equidistant from the subcaudal and the end of the snout, half the height of the fin, half ex- posed; base of the dorsal without the spine equal less than three fourths of the snout, less than half of the interdorsal space, or about four fifths of the length of the base of the second dorsal, without its spine; fin low, the much produced hind portion in hinder half of total length. Second dorsal spine above the axils of the ventrals, two thirds as high as the fin, half exposed; base of fin three times the space between it and the supracaudal, equal the space between ventrals and subcaudal, or two sevenths of the space between ventrals and pectorals; hind angle produced, reaching the caudal. Caudal of moderate depth; subcaudal lobe somewhat produced, rounded below, fin narrow in front of the terminal, ACANTHIDIUM PROFUNDORUM. 219 from which it is separated by a shallow notch. Scales very smail, base stellate to polygonal, peduncle crowned with three (to four) acuminate cusps, along the outer surface of each of which a keel is apparent. Spiral intestine of seventeen circuits. Total length 34, snout to vent 24, snout to dorsal spine 14, snout to pectoral 8i, snout to mouth 43, and caudal fin 62 inches. Ashy brown, probably greenish in life, darker on head, snout and back and upper parts of fins; a whitish hind border on the pectorals; lighter on the hind margins and inner angles of other fins; lower surfaces lighter. Yenoura, Suruga Gulf, Japan. Alan Owston. ACANTHIDIUM PROFUNDORUM. Nasisqualus profundorum Smita & RapcutFFE, 1912, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 41, p. 681. Form elongate. Head broad, depressed. Body and tail compressed; tail short. Snout long, wide, bluntly rounded at the end. Nostrils at nearly two thirds of the distance from the mouth to the end of the snout, transverse, width about equal to their distance apart. The deep straight oblique grooves across each angle of the mouth do not meet in front by less than half their length. Upper teeth triangular, pointed, erect; lower broader, with cutting edges directed toward the sides of the head. Dorsal fins nearly equal in length; anterior lower, its spine half as high as the fin, little exposed, and placed above the hind edges of the pectorals; second dorsal taller, especially so near the spine, which latter is more than half as high as the fin, more than half exposed, and rises above the axils of the ventrals. Ventral fins smaller than the second dorsal, their bases wholly in front of its spine. Origin of supracaudal close to end of second dorsal. Pectorals moderate, rounded at the angles. Claspers of male long, straight, acuminate. Spiracles large, behind the eye and distant from it more than the spiracular diameter. Scales small, pedicellate, each with three sharp cusps, bent backward, of which the median cusp is a little longer. Closely allied to A. rostratum but readily distinguished by the origin of the first dorsal which is farther forward, above the ends of the pectorals. Uniform dark brown. Of the types a mature male measured 17.3 inches, a female 23.2 inches. Philippines, between Leyte and Mindanao, at 736 fathoms (736-976), and between Marindugue and Luzon, at 736 fathoms. The depths ranged from 392 to 976 fathoms. 220 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. ACANTHIDIUM HYSTRICOSUM. Plate 11, fig. 5-8. Acanthidium hystricosum GARMAN, 1906, Bull. M. C. Z., 46, p. 206. Centrophorus hystricosus Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 51. Subfusiform, slender, compressed, depth nearly one eighth of the total length. Head about one fourth of the total, depressed, flattened on the crown. Snout elongate, broad, blunt at the end, narrowing in front of the nostrils. Width of nostrils about half their distance apart, or one third of that from the end of the snout; valves narrow, with a short angular lobe across the middle of the nostril and another smaller one a short distance farther inward. Eye large, length of orbit little more than half of the distance from the end of the snout. Mouth large, width less than half of the preoral length, with a deep straight groove and with labial folds at each angle, upper fold half the length of the jaw, lower shorter. Teeth 33; upper little narrower, cusp triangular, roof-shaped in transsection, erect near the middle of the mouth, more oblique laterally; lower much inclined toward the angles, cutting edge nearly horizontal, a deep notch on the outer edge. Spiracle large, as wide as the first gill opening, above the level of the eye and less than its width farther back. Gill openings in front of the pectorals. Spine of first dorsal short, hardly half exposed, equidistant from orbit and the spine of the second dorsal; base without the spine about half the length of the head, nearly equal the interdorsal space; fin low, upper margin a low arch, hind angle much produced. Second dorsal higher, base about two thirds as long as that of the first, distance of base from supracaudal half their distance apart, spine strong nearly as tall as the fin, rising little behind a vertical from the axils of the ventrals, end of fin reaching the origin of the caudal. Ventrals small, bases almost entirely in front of the origin of the second dorsal, bases about half as long as their distance from the subcaudal. Pectorals moderate, sub- truncate on hind margin, inner angle shorter, not reaching quite to the origin of the first dorsal, or little more than halfway to a vertical from the dorsal spine. Scales larger than those of A. rostratum, pedicellate with radiate base and with three sharp slender cusps at the summit each bearing a keel on its outer side, a fourth erect cusp frequently occurring above the peduncle. Dark brown, little lighter below; inside of mouth, gill openings, and nostrils, and edges of fins blackish. Total length 362, snout to tail 24%, snout to dorsal spine, 153, snout to pectoral 83, snout to mouth 5, and caudal fin 8 inches. Sagami Sea, Japan. Alan Owston. ETMOPTERUS. 221 ACANTHIDIUM EGLANTINA. Deania eglantina JoRDAN & SNYDER, 1902, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 25, p. 80, f. 2; Jorp. & Fow er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 632, f. 4. . Head large, nearly one fourth of the total length; snout long, depressed, broad. Eyes large, lateral; front of orbit nearer to tip of snout than to the first gill opening. Nostrils large, about equidistant from end of snout and from eye. Mouth rather wide. Spiracle large, nearer to the eye than to the gill opening. Gill openings in front of the pectoral. Pectorals about as long as the snout, hind margin convex. Base of the first dorsal little behind the ends of the pectorals, fin short, spine little exposed. Spine of second dorsal nearly as high as the fin, half exposed. Ventrals small, entirely in front of the spine of the second dorsal. Caudal elongate, subcaudal lobe not much produced. ‘“‘Scales each with 3 or 4 short radiating bristle-like spines with two small prickles on each side, the whole body having a kind of hairy appearance, and velvety to the touch.” ) Dark greyish brown, almost black, tips of spinules lighter. Known from the description of the type, a young female, twelve inches in length, taken in Totomi Bay, Japan, by the Albatross. ETMOPTERUS. Etmopterus RaFiInesqueE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 14. Spinax Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna, Ital., Pesci; Miititer & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., p. 86. Body subcylindrical or fusiform, longer than the tail. Snout produced, broad, blunt; nostrils far forward, near the edges. Eyes large, lateral, shielded by pigment in the upper front of the orbit, without a nictitating membrane. Mouth transverse, not greatly arched, with a deep groove and labial folds at each angle. Teeth unlike; upper raptorial, pluricuspid, resembling those of Centroscyllium; lower sectorial, compressed, blade-like, similar to those of Squalus. Spiracles large, behind the eye at a higher level, opening upward. Two dorsal fins, each with a compressed spine, doubly grooved on each side, hinder spine larger, behind the ventrals. No anal fin. Caudal short, without a pit in front, with a shallow notch between subcaudal and terminal portions. Seales small, with broad quadrangular or radiate bases and with or without an erect cusp. Species small, mostly from great depths, more or less luminous, the young with a common pattern of markings. 222 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Seales stout, erect, short width of head across the gills greater than the preoral length princeps (page 222) Scales setiform, not forming ridges ventrals much nearer to the caudal than to the pectorals spinax (page 223) ventrals equidistant from caudal and pectorals spine of first dorsal equidistant from mid orbit and second dorsal hillianus (page 224) spine of first dorsal equidistant from end of snout and second dorsal villosus (page 225) Seales setiform, forming longitudinal ridges ventrals of the male equidistant from the pectorals and the caudal caudal aslong asthe head . : : : F lucifer (page 226) caudal shorter than the head . , 4 brachyurus (page 227) Seales placoid, with raised edges; spine of the first dorsal equidistant from the orbit and the second dorsal pusillus (page 228) Seales placoid, with a central spine and with spinules spine of first dorsal equidistant from spiracle and second dorsal paessleri (page 229) Seales granular anteriorly, setiform posteriorly spine of first dorsal equidistant from spiracle and second dorsal | granulosus (page 230) ETMOPTERUS PRINCEPS. Etmopterus princeps CoutetTt, 1904, Forh. vid.-selsk. Chra., no. 9, p. 3; 1905, Rept. Norw. fish & mar. invest., 2, p. 29, pl. 1, f. 1-2. Spinax princeps Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 44. “Head rather broad; length of snout (from mouth) less than the width across the gill openings. Scales forming a short radiated spine, its height not exceeding the base of the scale, and allowing the skin to be everywhere visible between the scales. Gill openings. The anterior wider than the posterior ones, the width being about twice the diameter of the spiracula. Color blackish brown; membranous margins of the fins bluish. Size large, total length reaching 728 mm. [about 28.6 inches]. Faroe Channel; Faroe Bank. Depth 750-1200 metres.” 2 ¥ ETMOPTERUS SPINAX. 223 ETMOPTERUS SPINAX. Galeus acanthias seu Spinax fuscus: Genue, Sagree WILLUGHBY, 1686, Pisc., p.57; Ray, 1713, Pisc., p. 21. Squalus pinna ani carens; naribus in extremo rostro ArTEDI, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 95, Gen. 67, no. 4; WALBAvM, 1792, Artedi, p. 506. Squalus spinax Linn®, 1746, Fauna Svec., p. 107; 1758, Syst., 1, p. 233; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 398; Mi.uer, 1776, Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 37; BoNNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 12; Guerin, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1501, ScuneweER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 135; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 41; Niusson, 1832, Pro- dromus, p. 118; Jenyns, 1835, Man., p. 505. Squalus niger GUNNER., 1763, Act. Nidr., 2, p. 213, pl. 7, 8. Le blaataske Ascantus, 1777, Icon., 4, pl. 37. Le sagre BroussoneEt, 1780, Mem. Acad. roy., p. 675. Le squale sagre Lac&PrDE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 274. Etmopterus aculeatus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 14, pl. 13, f. 3; Indice, p. 46. Squalus (Acanthorhinus) spinax Buatnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121; 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 60. Spinax spinax Cuvisrr, 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 129. Spinax niger CLoQuEt, 1820, Dict. sci. nat. Suppl., 1, p. 93; Agass., 1836, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, p. 61, 93, pl. A, f. 3, pl. B, f. 4,5; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 58, f. 1; Mijtter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 86; Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 71; Kroyer, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 893; Nizsson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., 4, p. 729; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 441, pl. 4, f. 13, 14; Ginrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 424; Canrstrint, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 40; Grrv. & Bout., 1876, Poiss. Fr., 3, p. 209, pl. 80, f. 27; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 348, f. 59; DoprRLEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit. 2, p. 96; Rmeaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 43. Acanthias spinax Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 132. Squalus gunneri REINHARDT, 1828, Kongl. Dansk. selsk. Férh., 3, p. 16. Centrina nigra Lowe, 1848, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 144; Trans. Zool. soc. Lond., 3, p. 19. Etmopterus spinax GoopvEe & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 10 (non fig.); Garman, 1899, Mem. M. C. Z., 26, p. 27; Bracanca, 1904, Res. inv. Amel., 2, p. 61, pl. 2, f. 1; JENSEN 1907, Dan. fiske, p. 312, pl. 29, f. 1-1 f. Head nearly one fifth of the total length, broad. Snout long, subangular in front of the orbits, rounded at the end, preoral length about half the head from the pectorals; nostrils midway from the end to the orbit, anterior nasal valve acuminate at its outer angle. Orbits longer than their distance from the end of the snout. Spiracles moderate, backward and upward from the orbit half the length of the eye. Width of mouth little less than its distance from the end of the snout; each angle with a deep, short, straight groove, and a pair of short equal labial folds. Teeth oe upper median cusp much longer,and stronger than the pair (1-3) of lateral cusps at each side of its base; cutting edge of lower teeth oblique, nearly horizontal, slightly curved. Gill openings as wide as the spiracles, in front of the pectoral. Pectorals short, subtruncate, angles rounded, not reaching to the origin of the dorsal by about one length of the orbit. Spine of the first dorsal midway from the orbit to the spine of the second, or midway from the end of the snout to the hinder end of the base of the second dorsal, half the height of the fin, half as long as the spine of the second dorsal. Base of first dorsal without the spine one sixth of its distance from the second, three fourths as long as the base of the second without the spine. Second dorsal much * be 224 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. larger than the first, spine above the hind parts of the bases of the ventrals, : base behind the spine little more than half its distance from the supracaudal; — upper angle rounded, hinder produced; hind margin concave. Origins of ventrals midway from the middle of the orbit to the end of the caudal. Caudal nearly one fourth of the total length, subecaudal angle little produced, a shallow notch below in front of the terminal. Scales setiform, rather closely and uni- formly placed. : Total length 173, snout to vent 103, snout to dorsal 53, snout to pectorals 3% snout to mouth 13, and caudal 43 inches. Back and flanks rusty brownish on the northern variety, H. spinazx, darken- ing with age, brown to black on the southern variety, H. niger; lower surfaces black. The black areas are similar to those shown for LE. hillianus, Plate 10, fig. 1, the pattern apparently being generic. The young of the two varieties are much alike. A specimen of the southern form from Nice, of less than four inches in length shows the back light brownish and the belly black; a white area ex- tends back from the eye to meet a white band from the angle of the mouth and another farther back in front of the gill opening extending forward toward the symphysis of the lower jaws; a white band above the bases of the pectorals runs back to the pelvis where it sends a process in front of the ventral then continues above its base and behind it under the tail unites with its fellow from the other side; behind this junction there is a transverse area which on the lower half of the flank expands forward beyond the ventral and backward below the second dorsal; above the light band at the side of the abdomen there is an indefinite band of dark; a streak of dark marks the course of the lateral line on the side; below the base of the pectorals and on the ventrals and along each side of the subcaudal base appear short bands or lines of dark; the bases of the dorsal spines are black as are also the lower angle of the subcaudal and the end of the terminal fin; and there is a white spot on the fontanel and one above the hind part of each orbit. The lower edge of the upper portion of the forward half of the orbit, as in other species, is pigmented with black; an aid to vision functional in con- nection with luminosity. Mediterranean Sea and northward off the coasts of Europe. ETMOPTERUS HILLIANUS. Plate 10, fig. 1-4. Spinax hillianus Pory, 1861, Memorias Cuba, 2, p. 34, pl. 19, f. 13-14; 1868, Repertorio, 2, p. 454; REGAN, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 44. Spinax spinax Pony, 1876, An. Soc. Esp. hist. nat., 5, p. 203. Etmopterus pusillus Goopr & BEAN, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 10, pl. 2, f. 5 ETMOPTERUS VILLOSUS. 225 Head broad, moderately convex across the crown; snout wide, deep, pro- - duced, length about equal to the distance from the mouth to the third gill open- ing, end blunted; nostrils rather more distant from the end than from the eye, _ nearly as wide as the internarial space. Orbit longer than the preorbital length. Mouth large, width little less than the preoral length of the snout, with a short, 4 deep, straight groove and short labial folds the upper of which is twice as long as the lower, at each angle. Teeth 3%, upper with a somewhat longer median cusp at each side of which there are from two to four shorter lateral cusps shorten- ing from the median; lower with cutting edge nearly horizontal and straight. Spiracle moderate, midway from the nostril to the pectoral, width about equal 7 that of the internarial space. Gill openings as wide as the spiracles, hindmost _ widest and its upper end in front of the pectoral. Pectorals small, hardly reach- ing the origin of the first dorsal, hind margin subtruncate, inner angle broadly rounded. Spine of first dorsal midway between the middle of the eye and the _ spine of the second dorsal; base without the spine equal the length of the spine _ or two thirds of the base of the second dorsal. Spine of second dorsal slender, crooked, equal the length of the orbit; upper angle of fin bluntly rounded, hind _ angle acuminate; base excluding the spine equal half the width of the mouth, ~ one third of the distance from the caudal, or one fourth of the interdorsal space. Origin of ventrals midway from axil of pectoral to subcaudal; ends of the fins _ below the spine of the second dorsal; claspers of male short, extending little beyond the ends of the fins. Caudal about one fourth of the total length; sub- caudal with a moderately prominent lower angle and separated from the terminal by a shallow notch; terminal somewhat pointed. Scales slender, hooked, with _ broad bases, Plate 10, fig. 4. Brown on back and sides; black below; whitish on the distal portions of dorsals and paired fins and in the middle of the caudal; the black areas are well _ shown on Plate 10, fig. 1. There is a white spot on the fontanel, and another above the hinder part of each orbit. Specimen described and figured an adult male of 9% inches from a depth of _ 208 fathoms, off St: Kitts, W. I. ETMOPTERUS VILLOSUS. ;. Etmopterus villosus GitBert, 1905, Bull. U.S. fish comm., 23, p. 580, pl. 66. _Spinaz granulosus REGAN, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 44. Snout broad, bluntly rounded, length from the eye shorter than the space between orbit and first gill opening. A deep groove at each angle of the mouth. 226 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Teeth 33; each upper tooth with a central cusp and a pair of shorter lateral cusps; cutting edges of lower teeth nearly horizontal. Orbit longer than its distance from the end of the snout. Pectoral short, not reaching the dorsal spine, subtruncate. First dorsal smaller than the second; spine midway from end of snout to supracaudal, two thirds as long as that of the second dorsal; origin slightly behind the ends of the pectorals. Interdorsal space about equal the distance from second dorsal to supracaudal, about three times the length of the base of the first dorsal without the spine, or a little less than the distance from the axils of the ventrals to the subcaudal, which last distance is nearly two thirds of that from the bases of the pectorals to those of the ventrals. Skin closely set with small placoid scales arranged in longitudinal series on back and tail, each scale bearing a slender spine. Fins naked, except on basal portions. Brown; blackish below; hind borders of fins lighter to white. Type nearly 6.7 inches in length (170 mm.), taken off the south coast of Molokai, at a depth between 222 and 498 fathoms. ETMOPTERUS LUCIFER. Etmopterus lucifer Jonpan & SNYDER, 1902, Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 25, p. 79; Jorp. & Fowter, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 634, f. 5; Smrra & Rapcurrre, 1912, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 41, p. 679; TANAKA, 1912, Fishes of Japan, 8, p. 133, pl. 36. Spinax,lucifer REGAN, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 45. Head less than one fifth of the total length, tapering slightly from the spiracles forward. Snout produced, deep, broad to the nostrils, thence blunt- pointed, rounded at the end; nostrils half way from the end to the eye, anterior valve acuminate at the outer edge. Eye large, length of orbit one and one fourth times its distance from the end of the snout, about twice its distance from the nostrils, more than twice its distance from the spiracles. Mouth little arched, width equal two thirds of the preoral length, with a short deep groove and short equal labial folds at each angle. Teeth 33; upper with a strong and much longer median cusp at each side of the base of which is a pair of short cusps the outer of which is very small; lower cutting edge nearly horizontal and straight. Gill openings, hardly as wide as the spiracles, hindmost widest, in front of the pectorals. Pectorals short, broad, not reaching the origin of the first dorsal, subtruncate, inner angle broadly rounded. Origin of dorsal nearly mid- way from end of snout to second dorsal; spine about half as long as that of the second dorsal, rather slender; base without the spine three fourths of that of the second, hardly one sixth of the interdorsal space; fin short, hind angle slightly produced. Spine of second dorsal twice as long as that of the first; base of fin A Oo ne ae oE So Litem ee ee ie es ve eee even ETMOPTERUS BRACHYURUS. 227 one third of the distance from the caudal; origin above the axils of the ventrals. i Ventrals reaching little behind the spine of the second dorsal. Caudal two sevenths of the total length, separated at the terminal by a shallow notch, lower angle hardly developed, broadly rounded. Scales with short setiform spines arranged in more or less regularly longitudinal series on the upper surfaces, the flanks, and below the tail, everywhere except in the heavily pigmented areas of black on the lower surface and lower part of the flank near the base of the tail. In the black areas, the outlines of which somewhat closely agree with those of E. hillianus, Plate 10, fig. 1, the spines appear evenly distributed. Back and flanks blackish brown, the brown separated from the black of the lower surfaces by longitudinal bands of whitish, probably becoming uniform black with age. Young specimens much lighter. In the specimens described the markings are closely similar to those of H. hillianus and EF. spinax: there is a whitish spot on the forehead, another behind each orbit, an oblique band from the forward gill opening, a longitudinal from above and behind each pectoral along the flank at the edge of the black to a point above the base of the ventral where a branch is sent in front of the pelvis while the band ends behind the fin against a dark area which passes up to the flank and extends a narrowing band _ forward above the ventral and backward below the second dorsal; except in the basal portions and in the end of the tail the fins are light. Total length of an adult male 113, snout to vent 6, snout to dorsal spine 33, snout to pectoral 23, snout to mouth 13, and caudal 2 inches. Odawara, Japan. ETMOPTERUS BRACHYURUS. Etmopterus brachyurus SmitH & Ravcuirre, 1912, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 41, p. 679, fig. 2, pl. 52. Distinguished from Htmopterus lucifer by the much shorter caudal fins and by the origin of the second dorsal, which is behind the tips instead of above the - axils of the ventral fins. Lines of sharp spines appear on both species. The head of ZH. brachyurus is broader, the mouth wider and the snout shorter than in £. lucifer. Width of mouth and length of snout (v. e. distance from mouth to end of snout) about equal. Snout broad, depressed. Origins of the ventrals little behind midway from the origin of the first dorsal to that of the second. : Origin of the first dorsal above the ends of the pectorals. Nostrils large, near _ the end of the snout, internarial space wider. Upper teeth small, five-cusped. Lower teeth larger, one-cusped, cutting edge rising obliquely outward. Spiracles rather large, near midway from the end of the snout to the hindmost gill opening. 228 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Numerous lines of spine-like scales along the body and head, larger on the tail. Dorsal spines prominent, hinder larger. Caudal short and rather deep. It is stated in the original description that the claspers are short and pro- . vided with four long sharp spines and that in order to accommodate these organs the fins cross one another at right angles. The meaning of this is not at all clear. The benefit reached by “crossing one another at right angles” is not evident; besides, the figure published shows the ventral fins to be like those of E. lucifer in which that position is hardly possible. Color: — above light brown, below darker; all fins pale yellowish brown. Black areas and light stripes along the lower flank above the ventrals and forward, like those on £. lucifer, are not indicated; if absent from H. brachyurus these marks form additional means to distinguish the species. The type, an adult male of 8.5 inches, was taken near Jolo, at 263 fathoms. EXTMOPTERUS PUSILLUS. Acanthidium pusillum Low®, 1839, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 91; 1849, Trans. Zool. soc. Lond., 3, p. 19. Spinax pusillus GiintH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 425; VAILLANT, 1888, Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 72; Cotuert, 1890, Bull. Soc. zool. France, 15, p. 219; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 44. Etmopterus pusillus Jorpv. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 55; BraGcanca, 1904, Res. inv. Amel., 2, p. 65, pl. 2, f.2; Tanaka, 1912, Fishes of Japan, 6, p. 88, pl. 22. Etmopterus frontimaculatus PretscHMANN, 1907, Anz. Akad. wiss. Wien, 44, p. 395; 1908, Sitzb. Akad. © wiss. Wien, 117, p. 654, pl. 1, f. 2, pl. 2, f. 2. Head little less than one fourth of the total length, depressed, crown slightly convex transversely. Snout broad, length from the eye about equal the length of the orbit, bluntly rounded at the end; nostrils midway from the end to the eye. Eye large, orbit nearly half the preoral length, with a crescent-shaped translucent area at the edge above the hinder half of the eye of possible utility in connection with luminosity. Hind corner of the eye above the angle of the — mouth, near midway from the end of the snout to the pectoral. Mouth wide with a deep groove and short labial folds on both jaws at the angles. Teeth #3; upper with a long straight median cusp and a short lateral one at each side ~ of its base, hindmost tooth like the lower; lower cutting edge oblique, the cusp being obliquely turned toward the angle of the mouth. Pectorals not reaching the origin of the first dorsal, subtruncate on hind margin, inner angle rounded. First dorsal much narrower than the second; base without the spine little more than half as long; spine midway from orbit to spine of second. Origin of second dorsal above the axils of the ventrals; spine nearly twice the height of that of the first, nearly as high as the fin; hind border of fin concave, hind angle much ETMOPTERUS PAESSLERI. 229 produced. Ends of ventrals reaching little behind the spine of the second dorsal. Caudal less than one fourth of the total length; subcaudal deep, slightly lobed anteriorly, concave and narrow posteriorly, separated from the terminal by a shallow notch. Scales small, irregular, variable, diverse on different parts of the body; commonly with a broad tetragonal four-pronged base under the skin, and a small exposed quadrangular superstructure surrounded by a ridge with or without serrations or spinules and with the hindmost angle produced in a Etmopierus paessleri LONNBERG, 1907, Hamb. magal. sammelreise, Fische, p. 5, fig. 1; ReGan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 48. f depressed spine. In some cases the crown of the scale is concave, in others _ convex, in still others it forms a tubercle or short spine. ; Back brown; lower surfaces black. Colors, shapes, and positions of areas 1 closely resembling those of EH. hillianus, Plate 10, fig. 1, and ZL. spinax. Inside ; of upper forward half the orbit is heavily pigmented as an ocular shield. Inside ‘ of mouth black. & Total length of a specimen from Madeira 113, snout to vent 7, snout to ; first dorsal 42, snout to pectoral 33, snout to mouth 17, and caudal 23 inches. 2 Madeira; Japan. 2 t ETMOPTERUS PAESSLERI. S Head broad, more than one fifth of the total length. Snout short, measured _ from the eye, three tenths or a little more of the length of the head, nostrils about midway from the end to the orbit. Hind corner of the orbit above the j angle of the mouth, midway from the end of the snout to the pectorals. Upper _ teeth with a long, projecting median cusp, lateral cusps indistinct. Spiracle _ large, equidistant from the middle of the eye and the first gill opening. Fore- most and hindmost gill openings nearly equal, about as wide as the spiracles. ~ Dorsal spines small, distance between them about equal that between the fore- _ most and the spiracle; neither reaches half the height of its fin; exposed portions short. Spine of first dorsal little behind the hind border of the pectoral; spine ~ of second nearly above the ends of the bases of the ventrals. Distance between the end of the base of the second dorsal and the end of the caudal about as long _as that from the first dorsal to the end of the snout. Skin, except on the lips, covered with small placoid scales, each of which has a central larger spine and several smaller lateral spines. Closely allied to Z. granulosus. Black. Smyth Channel, Strait of Magellan. 230 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. ETMOPTERUS GRANULOSUS. Spinax granulosus GUNTHER, 1880, Challenger rept. Zool., 1, p. 19, pl. 2, f. C.; 1887, Challenger rept. Zool., 22, p. 4; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 44. Snout blunt, much produced; symphysis of lower jaws midway from end of the snout to the pectorals. Skin finely granulated, the granules being serially arranged on the tail, where they appear rather in the form of minute spinelets. Seales absent from the internarial space, below the median line of the snout, the circumference of the mouth, the base of the fins, and the back of the tail. Pectorals nearly reaching the first dorsal, truncated. First dorsal midway from spiracles to second, shorter than the latter. Spine of second dorsal three times the size of that of the first, not much lower than the fin; base equal one third of the interdorsal space. Ventrals reaching below the middle of the second dorsal. Type a male of ten and one half inches. Black, hind margins of fins white. Southwest coast of South America in 120 fathoms. CENTROSCYLLIUM. Centroscyllium Mituer & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 191. Paracentroscyllium Aucock, 1889, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 4, p. 379. Body elongate, fusiform; tail shorter than the body cavity. Head broad; snout short, depressed, blunt. Nostrils oblique, in the forward half of the snout. Mouth wide, moderately arched, with a deep groove and labial folds at each corner. Teeth small, raptorial, with three to seven sharp cusps. Eye large, orbit elongate, no nictitating membrane. Spiracle behind the eye, at a higher level, opening upward. Gill openings narrow, in front of the pectorals. Pec- torals moderate, inner angle not produced. Dorsal spines much exposed, grooved ~ longitudinally on each side. First dorsal near the pectorals, second behind the — ventrals. No anal fin. Caudal without pits; subcaudal deep, without a much — produced lobe. Scales small, commonly with broad base and slender acuminate cusp. Teeth 5 cusped on the lower jaws scales spinulate, with stellate bases. : : . nigrum (page 231) Teeth 3 cusped on both jaws scales spinulate, with stellate bases snout from eye equal length of orbit . ' fabricti (page 231). CENTROSCYLLIUM FABRICII. bo eo — snout from eye equal less than length of orbit spine of first dorsal behind ends of pectorals rittert (page 232) spine of first dorsal above ends of pectorals ornatum (page 233) 9 ? scales coarser granulations : : : : granulatum (page 233) CENTROSCYLLIUM NIGRUM. Centroscyllium nigrum GARMAN, 1899, Mem. M.C. Z., 24, p. 28, pl. 1, f. 2, pl. 4-5, pl. 69, f. 1; Recan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 40. Centroscyllium ruscosum GILBERT, 1905, Bull. U.S. fish comm., 23, p. 580, fig. 230. Moderately slender and elongate. Head large, broad, depressed, from snout to pectorals little more than one fourth of the total length. Snout broadly rounded in front, length about equal to width of forehead, nostrils nearer to end than to eye. Eye large, orbit longer than the snout. Mouth wide, moderately arched, with a deep straight groove and with labial folds on both jaws at each angle. Upper teeth with three cusps and two rudiments, lower with five cusps; median cusp largest. Guill openings hardly as wide as the eyes, in front of the pectorals. Dorsal spines long and slender, hindmost one and one half times as long as the foremost, each spine with two grooves along each side. Origin of first dorsal above axils of pectorals, origin of the second above the hind ends of the bases of the ventrals. Scales small, with stellate bases and slender acumi- nate, erect, hooked cusps, not very closely placed. Black. Taken in the Pacific between 6° and 7° north latitude and between 81° and 82° of west longitude at depths of 546 to 555 fathoms. Albatross. CENTROSCYLLIUM FABRICII. Plate 10, fig. 5-8. Spinax fabricii REINHARDT, 1828, Dansk. selsk. Forh., 3, p. 16. Centroscyllium fabriciti MiLuER & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., p. 191; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 449; GUNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 425; JorpAN & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 16; GintTuHER, 1887, Challenger rept. Zool., 22, p.6; VAILLANT, 1888, Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 72; Goopr & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 11, pl. 2, f. 7; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 56, pl. 8, f. 26; Cotter, 1905, Rept. Norw. fish. & mar. invest., 2, p. 25; Reean, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 40. Elongate fusiform; head short, slightly more than one fifth of the total length, broad, depressed; snout short, length from the mouth equal the width oe a - of the mouth, or more than twice the internarial space. Nostrils large, entirely in the front half of the snout near the end; valve with a pointed lobe. Mouth very wide, distance of angles from end of snout and from third gill opening about 232 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. equal, with a deep and rather short groove and short labial folds, one fourth as | long as the jaw, at each angle. Teeth small, compressed, with three sharp pointed cusps of which the median is largest, in about 70 rows. Eye large, length 4 of orbit equal its distance from the end of the snout. Spiracle about once its diameter farther back from the edge of the orbit, at a level above the eye, open- ing upward. Gill openings in front of the pectoral, width about two thirds the length of the orbit. Pectorals less than twice as long as broad; margins all con- — vex, hinder oblique; inner angle longer than the outer but not produced. First dorsal entirely in the forward half of the total length, spine behind the ends of the pectorals; length of base without the spine one fifth of the distance between the two spines, or equal the length of the base of the second dorsal, or half the distance from the base of the latter to the supracaudal fin, upper margin broadly curved and continued to the hinder angle, which latter is hardly produced. Second dorsal somewhat larger than the first, depth about one and one half times that of the first, hind margin little concave, upper angle blunted, hind angle pro- duced; spine above the axils of the ventrals, one half longer than that of first dorsal, half or more exposed. Caudal of moderate depth, about two fifths of © the total length; subcaudal deep, lobe not produced, separated from the terminal by a shallow notch. Scales minute, with broad radiate base from which rises a slender sharp and hooked spine. Uniform dark brown. Atlantic, Greenland to New York. CENTROSCYLLIUM RITTERI. Centroscyllium ritteri JonpDAN & Fow Er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 635. Head very broad, depressed; snout short, broad, rounded in front. Eye large. Nostrils large, midway from eye to end of snout. Mouth about midway from end of snout to first gill opening, a labial fold at the corners. Teeth tricus- pid, alike in the two jaws. Spiracles large. Pectorals short, broad, angles rounded, hind border subtruncate, not reaching below the first dorsal. Dorsal spine immediately behind the ends of the pectorals; hind border of fin oblique. Spine of second dorsal above axils of ventrals, much taller than that of the first, nearly as high as the fin, more than half exposed, placed nearly halfway from the gill openings to the end of the tail; fin rather longer than that of the first dorsal; base, excluding the spine, equal about one half its distance from the supracaudal, or about one fourth of the distance between the two spines. Caudal moderate, — nearly equal in length to the distance from one dorsal spine to the other. SCYMNORHINIDAE. bo Ww Ww Seales scattered small single prickles. Type 162 inches. Uniform dark brownish, darker in front below; all fins more or less broadly edged with white (young). $ Misaki, Japan. : CENTROSCYLLIUM ORNATUM. Paracentroscyllium ornatum Aucock, 1889, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 4, p. 379; 1894, Ill. zodl. Investi- gator, pl. 8, f. 3. Centroscyllium ornatum Atcock, 1896, Journ. Asiatic soc. Bengal, 65, p. 308, 310; 1899, Descr. cat., p. 14; 1900, Ill. zodl. Investigator, pl. 35, f. 1; Reaan, 1908, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 2, p. 41. Body subcylindrical; head broad, depressed; snout short, wide. Nostrils large, near the edge of the snout. Mouth rather wide, crescentic. Teeth small, tricuspid in both jaws. Eyes very large, length of orbit one fifth of that from snout to pectorals, or four fifths of that of snout. Spiracles rather small. Dorsal spines very strong and acuminate, the second nearly twice the size of the first. From the figure the first dorsal spine appears to be above the inner angles of the pectorals and the spine of the second dorsal close behind the axils of the ventrals. Scales minute, placoid, a stelliform base from which rises a sharp slender spine. The illustration is that of a robust bodied shark, with a caudal of which the subcaudal portion has considerable depth but is without a produced lobe, and of which the terminal portion is much elongated. The specimen figured was nearly one foot in length. Black. Bay of Bengal 405-285 fathoms. Arabian Sea 690-620 fathoms. CENTROSCYLLIUM GRANULATUM. Centroscyllium granulatum GUNTHER, 1887, Challenger rept. Zool., 22, p. 7. “Specifically, it must be very closely allied to Centroscylliwm fabricii, 5 having the same disposition of the fins, size of teeth and dorsal spines, but the . epidermoid productions of the head and body are much coarser, and in the form P of granulations, whilst in Centroscylliwm fabricii they are minute.” A Type 11 inches in length. Port Stanley, Falkland Islands, in 245 fathoms. Challenger. z ScYMNORHINIDAE. Body subfusiform, cavity more than half of the total length. Snout sub- conical. Eyes without a nictitating fold. Mouth transverse, with labial folds. Teeth dissimilar in the two jaws; upper raptorial, lower sectorial. Spiracles 234 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. small. Gill openings moderate to narrow. Two small dorsals, spine absent or — rarely rudimentary. No anal fin. Tail short, without lateral folds or caudal pits. Scales uniform. Head subconical first dorsal small, behind the pectorals, spine absent or small second dorsal much longer than the first . Euprotomicrus (page 234) first dorsal small, behind the pectorals, spine absent second dorsal nearly equal the first, near the pectorals Scymnorhinus (page 236) second dorsal nearly equal the first, near the ventrals Tsistius (page 237) Head depressed; eyes small first dorsal small, behind the pectorals second dorsal smaller : 3 : Heteroscymnus (page 239) second dorsal about equal the first . . Somniosus (page 240) EUPROTOMICRUS. Euprotomicrus Giuu, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 264. Squaliolus Smita & Rapcuirre, 1912, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 41, p. 683. Body elongate, fusiform. Snout short, subconical; nostrils near the end. Mouth transverse, with a deep straight groove at each angle. Upper teeth small, subulate; lower larger, compressed, smooth-edged, with sharp somewhat oblique cutting edges. Eyes without nictitating folds. Spiracles rather wide, behind the eye. Gill openings narrow, in front of the pectorals. First dorsal small, without or with a small spine, behind the pectorals. Second dorsafmuch longer, without a spine. No anal fin. Caudal short and deep. Scales minute, flattened, uniform. First dorsal distant from the pectorals, little behind mid length spine absent or rudimentary y a median tooth in the lower jaw . : : bispinatus (page 235) teeth of a lower series 17. Base of first dorsal $ of that of second, interspace six times the former. Hind edge of orbit above mouth. Vertical diameter of spiracles 3 that of orbit. head 23 of totallength . : : . hyalinus (page 235) First dorsal near pectorals, in front of mid length spine small, not much exposed pectorals reaching little behind origin of dorsal laticaudus (page 235) EUPROTOMICRUS LATICAUDUS. bo OU) Or EUPROTOMICRUS BISPINATUS. Leiche laborde Quoy & GaimarD, 1824, Voy. Uran., Poiss., p. 197, pl. 44, f. 1-2. Scymnus bispinatus Quoy & GarmarD, 1824, ibid., pl. 44, f. 1, 2. Scymnus mauritianus Quoy & Gammarp, 1830, Dict. class. hist. nat., Atlas, pl. 114 (Poiss., 22, pl. 45). Scymnus (Laemargus) labordti Mttuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 94. Dalatias (Somniosus) bispinatus Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 77. Euprotomicrus labordii Gruu, 1864, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 264; Giwnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 428; WarTs, 1907, Rec. Canterb. mus., 1, p. 8. Laemargus labordii Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 457. Snout blunt, rounded in front; nostrils anterior, valves short, broad, with a sharp point. Lower teeth 23; median tooth small, erect, the others slightly oblique in the cusp. Pectorals small, subtruncate. First dorsal very small, in front of the ventrals, less than one fourth as long as the second. Second dorsal much longer than the first, placed above the space between the ventrals and the caudal and half as long; origin close behind the bases of the ventrals. Caudal short, deep, subcaudal portion forming a lobe in front, concave on the hind margin, separation between terminal and subcaudal a shallow notch. Scales small, resembling those of Isistius, four-cornered with a central depression on the crown. Uniform dark brown, pectorals dark at the base lighter outward. Indian Ocean; Mauritius; New Zealand. EUPROTOMICRUS HYALINUS. Euprotomicrus hyalinus R. 8. Eigenmann, 1890, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 2, 3, p. 35. The type described under this name was taken in the Pacific between San Francisco and Honolulu nearer the latter. The colors were given as dark seal- brown, lighter below, edges of caudal, dorsals, entire ventrals, and mostly the pectorals hyaline. A narrow basal band of the pectorals and dorsal margin, with a spot posteriorly, black. A doubtful species hardly separated from £. bispinatus by the particulars noted. EUPROTOMICRUS LATICAUDUS. Squaliolus laticaudus Suita & Rapcuirre, 1912, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 41, p. 684, f. 4, pl. 54. Form elongate slender subfusiform, slightly compressed. Body cavity long; caudal section short, tapered. Head long, nearly 3 of the total length, slightly depressed; snout pointed. Eye large, lateral; orbit less than half the length of the distance from the end of the snout. Nostrils large, about half way from 236 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. eye to end of snout or 3 of the distance from the mouth to the tip. Spiracles— large, above the level of the eye and one ocular diameter farther back. Gill _ openings narrow, in a shallow groove, in front of the pectoral bases. Mouth not large, nearly transverse, with a long groove behind each angle. Teeth in the upper jaw erect or curving backward, subulate. Lower teeth larger, with a cusp on the inner half directed obliquely outward. Scales minute, flattish, topped with a rounded centre surrounded by a ridge forming a tetrangular enclosure from each corner of which the ridge extends toward each corner of the base. Pectorals short, broad, rounded on the angles, reaching little behind the dorsal spine. First dorsal short, low, origin little in front of the end of the pectoral; spine about half as high, not greatly exposed. Second dorsal long, low; origin nearly half way from that of the first dorsal to the end of the caudal, above the axil of the ventral. Caudal short, deep, vertebral axis slightly raised. Ventrals short; as in H. bispinatus, the ends are plate-like, and there is ‘“‘a long slender spine from the anterior and outer base, bifid at the tip.” Uniform jet black, fins whitish toward outer margins, a black spot on the upper edge of the pectoral. Type a male of 5.9 inches, taken in Batangas Bay, Luzon, at a depth of 170 fathoms. ScYMNORHINUS. Scymnus Cuvisr, 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 180 (mon KuaELann, 1794). Scymnorhinus BONAPARTE, 1846, Cat. pesci Eur., p. 16. Elongate, fusiform; tail shorter than the body. Snout subconical, bluntly rounded at the end. Nostrils anterior; valve with a rounded lobe, the inner half. Mouth transverse with a deep straight groove and labial folds at each angle. t A villous upper lip in front of the teeth. Upper teeth raptorial, lanceolate; — lower sectorial, compressed, serrated on the edges, nearly erect in the middle of the mouth. No nictitating folds. Spiracles wide, transverse, behind the eye, at a higher level, opening upward. Gill openings rather small. Dorsals short, without a spine, first before the ventrals. No anal fin. Caudal large, subcaudal deep. Scales minute, carinate. Doubtfully known from Miocene and later. SCYMNORHINUS LICHA. Le liche BroussoneEt, 1780, Mem. Acad. roy., p. 677; DuHamEt, 1782, Traité, 4, p. 301, 328. Squalus licha BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 12. , no median symphyseal teeth. Outer margin of pectoral nearly straight, meeting a line across the end of the fin in a right angle, hind mar- gin concave, angles less rounded than on other species. Outer edge of ventrals sinuous, outer angles blunted. Supracaudal nearly erect; subcaudal longer, pointed. More often there is no dorsal series of enlarged tubercles. Scales varying greatly on different parts of the body; on the young the cusp is slender and has the two keels in front with others at each side of the basal portion; in later stages the front two of the keels may unite into one and the base become more discoid as the tubercular forms appear. The postorbital process meets the top of the skull in front of the suborbital process of the pterygoquadrate and forms a complete foramen. Greyish to reddish brown thickly sprinkled with dots and spots of darker. In cases with larger spots of blackish posteriorly. Eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean Sea. RHINA DUMERIL. Squatina dumeril Lesuetvr, 1818, Journ. Acad. nat. sci., Phil., 1, p. 225, pl. 10. Squatina dumerili DeKay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 363, pl. 62, f. 203; Lemmy, 1847, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 3, p. 217. Rhina dumerili Griz, 1861, Proc. Acad. nat. sei. Phil., p.61 (mame only); Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 467. Nasal valves weakly fringed, cirrisimple. Distance between the eyes nearly equal to that between the spiracles. - Fold at the side of the head little wider posteriorly. Outer margin of the pectoral nearly straight, with a line across the end forming nearly a right angle, hind margin concave, inner angle a rounded. Both lobes of the caudal rather pointed. RHINA CALIFORNICA. 253 . The colors as given by Lesueur from a fresh specimen are bluish ash grey on head, back, fins, and tail with reddish tints upon the head and margins of the fins; _ abdomen white, with a remarkable reddish spot on the throat, another on the 4 abdomen, and another behind the vent, extending to the end of the tail. The pectorals and ventrals are in like manner bordered with large and irregular bands of the same color. A close ally of R. squatina. Western Atlantic. Specimen in hand from Newport, R. I. RHINA ARMATA. Rhina armata Puiiert, 1887, Ann. Univ. Chile, 71, E., p. 29, extra pl. 7, f. 1. Little that will serve to establish this species can be drawn from either _ description or figure as published; for the time it must be considered doubiful. _ The spiracles appear to be much closer together than the eyes. The outer mar- _ gins of the pectorals are much curved, more so than on any other known species, _ the outer angle is acute, and the fin is narrowed posteriorly. On the ventrals the anterior border is nearly straight, and both lobes of the caudal are acute. } In these respects it agrees with neither of the known species from the Eastern Pacific. The type was taken at Iquique, Chile; it bore a median row of tubercles on the back. RHINA CALIFORNICA. Plate 16, figs. 14; Plate 61, figs. 9-11. Squatina californica Ayres, 1859, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., p. 29; 1860, ibid., fig. 7 (outlines). Snout medium, rounded. Nasal valves not fringed; cirri simple, outer broader. Spiracles closer together than the eye openings. Fold at the side of the head a little wider opposite the corner of the mouth and again at the end opposite the angle of the jaws. Teeth i, on young individual, no teeth on the ~ symphysis. Postorbital process not joined to the top of the skull in front of the - SL borbital process of the pterygoquadrate. Dorsals subtruncate, anterior little la ger. Outer margin of the pectoral nearly straight; outer angle more thana right angle; hind margin little concave; inner margin broadly curved; pos- “teri or angle less than aright angle, blunted. Anterior border of ventrals convex, ou nearly straight. Caudal of medium size, supracaudal concave on the hind a 254 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. margin, subcaudal rounded, not pointed. Scales on the young broad-based, with slender hooked cusps of which the distal portion is subconical and the basal section carinate. As in other species there are two keels in front and others at the sides. Larger scales to tubercles appear on the back; a median series above the vertebrae. On a specimen of more than thirteen inches the modification of the scales below the tail and edges of the paired fins is comparatively slight. Rusty or reddish brown with numerous small spots of black, the larger sym- metrically arranged, Plate 16, fig. 1. On a larger specimen the black spots are larger as compared with the others and more distinct. California and Mexico. RHINA PHILIPPI, Sp. nov. Snout broad, subtruncate. Nasal valves not fringed; cirri without lobes. Spiracles nearly as far apart as the eyes. Fold along the side of the head wider and convex opposite the corner of the mouth, not angled as in R. squatina, much narrower backward. Teeth in 39 rows, no median teeth on the symphysis. Postorbital process of the skull widely separated from the top of the cranium in front of the suborbital process of the pterygoquadrate, leaving the foramen open toward the eye. Dorsals equal, anterior rather more pointed. Outer border of the pectoral nearly straight, slightly convex; outer angle little more than a right angle, inner angle very broadly rounded, inner margin broadly curved, posterior border nearly straight, slightly concave. Anterior edges of ventrals very convex, outer margin nearly straight. Caudal larger, and supracaudal broader than on either R. squatina or R. californica; subcaudal less pointed than that of the former and more truncate than that of the latter. Scales small, with irregular broadened base and slender hooked cusp, conical toward the summit and commonly bearing two keels in front and one to two or more at each side on the basal section. Below fins and tail, and on larger specimens more of the lower surfaces, the crowns are so modified, flattened, and smoothed as to appear imbri- cate. A few larger scales at the eyes and spiracles. No median row of large tubercles on the back. Named in honor of Doctor Rodulfo A. Philippi. The specimens described were secured at the Mexillones, by Captain W. H. A. Putnam. RHINA JAPONICA. 259 RHINA AUSTRALIS. Rhina squatina McCoy, 1879, Zool. Vict., 4, pl. 34; Macteay, 1881, Proc. Linn. soc., N. S. Wales, 6, p. 368; JoHNsToN, 1883, Proc. Roy. soc. Tasmania, p. 139. Squatina squatina Waste, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 37. Squatina australis ReGan, 1906, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 18, p. 438. Nasal valves and cirri fringed. Fold at the side of the head lobed behind the nostril, not as wide opposite the angle of the mouth, narrow posteriorly. Spiracles farther apart than the eyes. Teeth of a ten inch specimen in 7g rows; no teeth on the symphysis. Outer margin of the pectoral meeting a line across the hind margin at much more than a right angle, posterior border concave, inner angle prominent, inner edge broadly curved., Forward margin of ventrals convex, outer sinuous. Dorsals equal, subtruncate, hind margins convex. Posterior margin of supracaudal sigmoid, very oblique; subcaudal longer, narrow, obliquely truncate. Postorbital process in contact with the top of the skull in front of the suborbital process of the pterygoquadrate, foramen complete. Scales subconical at the apex, carinate toward the base; commonly with two keels in front, in cases three, and one or more behind these at each side. “Color: above sandy-brownish lilac, the ground color being darker, minutely mottled with very numerous, small, lighter spots, the spots on the fins and eyes being darker; pinkish-white below” (McCoy). Off the coast of Victoria, Australia, the species reaches a length of five feet. RHINA JAPONICA. Squatina vulgaris Miitter & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., pl. 35 (snout): ScHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 305, pl. 136. Squatina japonica BLEEKER, 1857, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 3, p. 40; Jorp. & Fowunr, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 641. Rhina squatina Isu1xkawa & Matsuura, 1897, Cat. fishes, p. 61. Nasal valves fringed; inner cirrus slender, simple, outer stronger lobed and fringed. Spiracles farther apart than the eyes. Fold at the side of the head with an elongate rounded expansion opposite the corner of the mouth, narrower opposite the angle of the jaws. Teeth of a seventeen inch specimen in 30 rows, no teeth on the symphysis. Another individual, one of four, has a distinct row of teeth on the middle of the symphysis. Postorbital foramen completely en- closed. Outer border of the pectoral slightly convex, meeting a line across the hind border at more than a right angle, inner margin broadly curved, inner angle broadly rounded, outer angle blunted. Anterior margin of the ventrals WEIL 2.44 256 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. convex, outer border nearly straight. Dorsals about equal, rounded. Doi, iS, ee Desk subirismecier. smoet to ends of base: of pectorak shomt ome thrd of - Mo lemeth. meariy as broad 2s Joes, mares roeeded antemaiy, shear © qppasite the oll qpemes Sacet short, blest, amele from the arts ; Mengih more than twire the width af the mouth. fear times the ter Bastral eertiieze short, broad ai the base: Gee wide => Comveteme reseleriy. Nosiriis a: wade a: the iersmete, ore than hal Ge as the mowth- outer seriam of amtetor wale feebly developed bite muner sectiom exiemded upon the imtemmaris] spare bot a reaching the g ime Iby 2 ditstamere of bea the leeeth of the eye: poster valre with a er sextiom extended outward beyond the nostril a2 clongate lobe and a 272 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. much larger inner section which does not reach the inner edge of the nostril by about one third the length of the latter. Mouth bow-shaped, nearly straight. Crown flat, edges not prominent. Spiracle as large as the eye, with one promi- nent fold. Pectorals wide, rounded. Dorsals equal, high, pointed; base of first dorsal less than three times its length from the bases of the ventrals, or from the base of the second dorsal. Small compressed smooth tubercles and enlarged scales above the vertebrae, in two groups on each shoulder, outer smaller, iri front of the eye, and above orbit and spiracle. Greyish brown, lighter toward edges of pectorals and sides of snout; fins darker; lower surface whitish, with faint indications of darker below the end of the snout. Specimen described an adult male, of thirty-one inches, from Cape Good Hope, taken by Captain J. W. Chever. In young individuals the snout is white and there are whitish spots scattered over the back. RHINOBATUS ANNULATUS. Rhinobatus (Syrrhina) annulatus Miuuer & Henwe, 1841, Plagios., p. 116; A. Smira, 1849, Afr. Pisces, pl. 16. Snout rather sharp, angle about 60°, blunted, longer than that of R. blochi. Rostral cartilage strong; ridges converging from the fontanel, close together in the anterior half of their length. Distance between the outer angles of the nostrils two thirds of the length of the snout, internarial space about equal to width of nostrils; anterior valve nearly reaching the middle of the space. Spir- acles almost as wide as the eye, with two folds, the outer larger. Small tubercles above the vertebrae, on the orbital ridges and above the spiracles. Yellowish brown or grey, to greenish grey; light and tinted with flesh color below; back with numerous ocelli, of two dark rings, a light ring, and a light central spot, somewhat symmetrically placed, and of various sizes smaller than the eye. In life the light ring and the centre of the ocellus is bluish white. Closely allied to R. rhinobatus and R. halavi. Southern and eastern Africa. Asiatic species. RHINOBATUS GRANULATUS. Rhinobatus rhinobatus SCHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 353 part. Suttiwarah RussEwx, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, p. 7, pl. 11. ¢ : : a * RHINOBATUS ACUTUS. 273 Rhinobatus granulatus Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 396; Miiier & HEN zg, 1841, Plagios., p. 117, pl. 38; Biyru, 1860, Journ. Asiat. soc. Bengal, 29, p. 36; Dumférin, 1865, Elasm., p. 493; Ginra., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 443 (part); Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 732 (part), pl. 192, f. 2; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 14. Rhinobatus typus E. T. Bennett, 1830, Mem. Raffles, p. 694. Snout long, pointed, length more than half the length of the disk, or about two thirds of the width of the latter, angled from the orbits in about 50°. Crown flattened, width one fourth of the distance from the mouth to the end of the snout. Rostral cartilage strong, tapering, slender forward; ridges narrowly _ separated by the fontanel and confluent in the anterior half of their length. Nos- trils of greater width than the internarial space. Width of mouth two fifths of length of snout. Spiracles with two folds. Dorsals sharp angled above, con- eave behind; base of first dorsal two fifths of its distance from the bases of the é ventrals, or half the distance from the second dorsal. Second dorsal little longer. Middle of back and top of head with enlarged, coarse, rough scales. Compressed, backward-directed tubercles in a vertebral series, on the shoulders and around the orbits. Greenish gray; lower surfaces, and sides of snout, white. Off coasts of India. RHINOBATUS ACUTUS. Plate 17b, fig. 1-2. Rhinobatus acutus GARMAN, 1908, Bull. M. C. Z., 61, p. 253. In a fifteen inch specimen the length of the snout is contained twice in the length of the disk, and one and two sevenths times in the width. Crown con- _ vex across the middle, edges slightly prominent. Snout long, slender, pointed, | angled from opposite the orbits about 45°. Rostral cartilage strong, tapering to the end; rostral ridges moderately separated by the fontanel, confluent and straighter forward. Width of nostril three fourths of that of the internarial space; anterior nasal valve feebly developed, inner section hardly reaching one third of the distance from the lobe to the inner edge of the nostril, end very slightly turned forward; posterior valve with slight expanse in either outer or inner sections. Mouth nearly straight, in width about one third of the length _ ofthe snout. Eyessmall. Spiraclesas large as the eyes, with two rudimentary , folds. Dorsals subequal, posterior borders concave, base of first dorsal one _ third of its distance from the bases of the ventrals, or less than half of the dis- tance between it and the second dorsal. Scales minute on the fins, larger on 274 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. the body and the head. Broad based, compressed, hooked tubercles in the vertebral series, in front of the eye and above the spiracle, in a series on each rostral ridge, and on each shoulder. , Rusty brown, light at each side of the rostral cartilage, whitish below. No black spot below the snout. Ceylon. This species differs from R. halavi in the snout, width of nostrils, internarial space, rostral ridges, spiracular folds, and in coloration. It hasalongersnout,a wider internarial space, and smaller nostrils than R. granulatus, from which it also differs in squamation and in shapes of fins. RHINOBATUS HYNNICEPHALUS. Rhinobatus hynnicephalus RicHarDson, 1846, Rept. British assoc. adv. sci. for 1845, p. 195. Width of disk six sevenths of the length, somewhat more than one third of the total length.. Snout acuminate, blunted. One fold on the spiracle. Color shining yellowish brown with specks of a darker tint of the same, arranged for the most part so as to form small subcircular areas. (From Canton, China. RHINOBATUS POLYOPHTHALMUS. Rhinobatus (Syrrhina) polyophthalmus BLEEKER, 1854, Verh. Bat. gen., 26, p. 129; Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 7, p. 423; 1857, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 3, p. 4, pl. 4, p. 41. - Rhinobatus (Letobatus) polyophthalmus Jorp. & FowuEr, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 646. i I Richardson, described from a drawing). - Disk moderately broad; crown flattened, edges of slight prominence. Snout about one sixth of the total length, rather pointed, from opposite the orbits forming an angle of about 61°, nearly one sixth of the total length. Rostral cartilage strong; ridges converging from the skull but not confluent. Nostrils moderate, as wide as the space between them, which latter is little more © than half the width of the mouth; anterior valve rather undeveloped in outer section, lobe large, inner section feeble but continued for a short distance from — the nostril toward the rostral cartilage; posterior valve moderate in outer sec- tion, lobe elongate, inner section much larger than outer. Mouth small, one third of the length of the snout, somewhat arched forward in the middle. Spir- acle smaller than the eye, a prominent fold on the margin. Dorsals equal in base and length of fin; anterior higher, its base one third of its distance from the bases of the ventrals, or two fifths of its distance from the base of the posterior RHINOBATUS HALAVI. 275 dorsal. Caudal small. Tubercles in the dorsal series small, hardly perceptible on the shoulders or around the orbits. Brown, with numerous small spots and rings of darker brown scattered over the back; dorsals and caudal darker. Lower surfaces whitish tinted with olive. Specimen described, about nineteen inches in length, from China. RHINOBATUS HALAVI. Raia halavi ForsKAu, 1755, Descript. Anim., p. 19. Rhinobatus halavi Rtrrewy, 1828, Atlas fische, p. 55, pl. 14, f. 2; Miitiner & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 120; GuicHENoT, 1850, Expl. Alg., p. 129; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 496; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 442; KuiunzincerR, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 675; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, pl. 193, f. 4; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 13. Rhinobatus armatus Gray & HaRDWICKE, 1834, Ill. Ind. zool., 2, pl.99; Minter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 119; BierKer, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p.60; Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 3, p.85; Dumsrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 494; Ginru., 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 492. Rhinobatus obtusus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 122, pl. 37, p. 2; BuiyrTH, 1860, Journ. Asiat. soc. Bengal, 29, p. 37; Dumeérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 493; Gtnrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 448. Rhinobatus granulatus GGNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 448 (part). Width of disk four fifths of its length, angle at the snout from opposite the eyes 57°. Tail from the bases of the ventrals one half of the total length. Snout from mouth one half the length of the disk, nearly three times the width of the mouth; tip moderately broad, regularly rounded. Rostral cartilage slender, __widening in the anterior two thirds of its length; ridges narrowly separated at the fontanel, closely approximated in mid length; groove distinct anteriorly. Nostrils wide, width six sevenths of that of the mouth, twice that of their dis- tance apart, two sevenths of the length of the snout. Anterior nasal valve feebly developed, a narrow edging on the outward three fourths of the nostril, its lobe narrow and small and its inner section, reaching halfway from the lobe to the inner edge of the nostril, turns slightly forward at the end. Posterior _ yalve much better developed in the outer section and the lobe, which latter is much larger than that of the anterior valve; inner section not reaching half way to the inner edge of the nostril. Mouth nearly straight. Spiracles nearly . as large as the eye, with a single low fold. Dorsals equal, base of the first equal two fifths of its distance from the ventrals, or one half its distance from the second, upper angle rather long and sharp, hinder margins concave. Caudal narrow, pointed. Yellowish grey or brown, white or yellowish at each side of the rostral eartilage; pectorals and ventrals lighter, sides of tail and edges of lower fins edged with white. Lower surfaces white; a brownish spot below end of snout. 276 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Specimens secured by Dr. Thomas Barbour in southern Celebes are more } brown than that described from Singapore. RHINOBATUS THOUINI. La raie thouin LactprpE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 134, pl. 1, f. 3-5. Thouinian ray SHAW, 1804, Zool., 5, pt. 2, p. 318, pl. 147, f. 2. Rhinobatus thouint Miuuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 120; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 500, pl. 10, f. 2; Ginrn., 1870, Cat. fishes, Brit. mus., 8, p. 442; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 732, pl. 190, f. 4.. Rhinobatus ligonifer T. Cantor, 1849, Malay fishes, p. 415, pl. 14; BLerKer, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, p. 59. Width of disk little more than two thirds of its length. Crown flattened, edges low. Snout elongate, nearly five sevenths of the width of the disk, three and one fourth times the width of the mouth, constricted near the end. Ros- tral cartilage long, narrow, slender, similar to that of R. halaw; ridges confluent from the narrow fontanel, broadened forward. Nostrils wide, one and one half times the internarial space; anterior valve feebly developed. Eyessmall. Spir- acles as large as the eyes, with two rudimentary folds, the inner hardly visible; inner section extending half way from the lobe to the inner edge of the nostril, slightly turned forward at the end; posterior valve with the three sections about equal. Mouth nearly straight, twice the width of the space between the nostrils. Seales minute, sharp; larger on the middle of the back, in two groups around the tubercles of the shoulders, on the top of the head and above the rostral cartilages. A vertebral series of compressed tubercles, several of smaller size in front of each eye and above each spiracle, and two on each shoulder, the inner one larger. Dorsals subequal; anterior smaller, its base nearly three times in the space behind the bases of the ventrals, and about twice in the distance from the second dorsal. Caudal narrow, long, pointed. Light rusty brown, dorsals and caudal darker; lower surfaces little lighter. The peculiarly widened extremity of the snout distinguishes this species from any of the others. Specimen described an immature male of nineteen and three fourths inches from Penang, secured by Capt. W. H. A. Putnam. RHINOBATUS SCHLEGELII. Rhinobatus schlegelii Mittuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 123, pl. 42; RrcHarpson, 1846, Rept. Brit. assoc. adv. sci. for 1845, p. 195; ScHLEG=t, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 207; BuenKnr, 1857, Act. Soe. sci. Ind. neerl, 3, p. 41; GinrH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 445; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 15. Rhinobatus (Leiobatus) schlegelit Jorp. & Fow.eEr, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 645. Width of disk about three fourths of its length. Snout elongate, about | half the length or two thirds the width of the disk; angle in front of orbits, about — Sd alo el a ~h Gaiyther FF Nana a Ss a pata RHINOBATUS BOUGAINVILLII. 217 53°, on an adult male of thirty-five inches. Crown somewhat concave, edges of slight prominence. Rostral cartilage strong; ridges distinct to near the end, converging more rapidly in the third of their length nearest tne skull. Inter- narial space one half, and nostril two thirds of the width of the mouth. Anterior nasal valve moderate, inner of the sections wider, extending halfway from the lobe to the inner edge of the nostril, thence turning forward; posterior valve well developed, inner section largest, much wider than the outer. Mouth bent forward in the middle third, width two sevenths of the length of the snout. Spiracle smaller than the eye, with two prominent folds, outer fold twice the size of the inner. Anterior dorsal little larger, base more than one third of the distance from the bases of the ventrals, or three eighths of that from the second dorsal. Caudal moderate, outlines resembling those of R. planiceps, Plate 17, fig. 3. Scales minute, smooth to the touch, likewise the very small tubercles of the vertebral series and that around the eye, probably rougher and com- paratively larger in the young. Back rusty brown; fins with alight edging. Lower surface brownish yellow. Whitish spaces at the sides of the rostrum are probably to be seen on the younger stages. Japan. Australian species. RHINOBATUS BOUGAINVILLII. Rhinobatus (Syrrhina) bougainvillii Miiuter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 117; Dummrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 491, pl. 10, f. 1; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 445; Ocrupy, t888, Cat., p. 15. Disk little longer: than wide. Snout long, tapering to a point, little less in length than twice the distance between the outer edges of the nostrils. Rostral ridges rapidly converging at the sides of the fontanel, thence straight. Nostrils wider than their distance apart. Anterior nasal valve not continued beyond the inner edge of the nostril; posterior valve reaching a little beyond the middle of the nostril. Mouth strongly curved forward in the middle; median teeth small, bordered at each side by a group of larger, pointed teeth, outer teeth in both jaws smaller. Spiracles large, without folds. Scales minute, smooth; slightly prominent spines in front of the eye, an outer and one or two inner above each shoulder, and in a remotely spaced series above the vertebrae. Uniform blackish brown, above and below or with lighter and darker spots on the tail. Port Jackson. 278 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. RHINOBATUS PHILIPPI. Rhinobatus philippi Mitter & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 119, pl. 39; Dumérim, 1865, Elasm., p. 497. Rhinobatus (Syrrhina) banksit Mituer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 123, 192; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 490. Rhinobatus bougainvillit OattBy, 1885, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 10, p. 464. Rhinobatus banksii Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 446; Warre, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 38, pl. 3. Disk longer than wide, width about one third of the total length. Tail nearly half, and snout to mouth more than one fifth of the entire length. Snout elongate, sharp, angle little greater than 50°. Rostral cartilage narrow, slender, slightly expanded at the end; ridges approaching closely at the fontanel, thence continuing parallel, groove hardly perceptible anteriorly. Nostrils wide, width less than twice the internarial space; anterior valve reaching half way from its lobe to the inner edge of the nostril and very little turned forward at the end; posterior valve larger in the outer section than the inner and perfectly continu- ous with the lobe. Mouth bow-shaped, more than twice the width of the inter- orbital space, one third the length of the snout. Spiracle large, folds small, inner hardly visible. Scales sharp, rough, increasing in size toward the depressed, compressed, broad-based tubercles in the vertebral series on the shoulders and in front of and above the orbit. Dorsals equal, pointed, concave on the hind margin; base of first dorsal nearly twice its length from the second and three times in the distance from the bases of the ventrals. Back yellowish to rusty brown or olive, lighter on the fins, yellowish at each side of the rostral cartilage; lower surfaces white. An angular blotch of blackish below the end of the snout. A close ally of R. halavi but separated by the great width of the internarial space, narrower nostrils, and the narrow rostral cartilage in the forward third of the length; it is separated from R. granulatus by greater distance between the nostrils, wider forward end of the rostral cartilage and by more nearly parallel rostral ridges. Queensland; Australia. Western Atlantic species. RHINOPATUS PERCELLENS. Plate 55, fig. 4; Plate 56, fig. 7 (heart); Plate 65, fig. 2 (skeleton). Puraque Marccrave, 1648, Hist. nat. Brasil., p. 151. Raia percellens WauBAum, 1792, Artedi, p. 525. Rhinobatus electricus ScaneweR, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 356. RHINOBATUS LENTIGINOSUS. 279 Rhinobatus undulatus Ourers, 1831, Torped., p. 22; Miter & Hen, 1841, Plagios., p. 121, pl. 40; CAsTELNAU, 1855, Anim., nouv., Poiss. p. 101; Dumfrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 498; Kner, 1867, Nov. fische, p. 417; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8., p. 444. Rhinobatus glaucostictus OtFERS, 1831, Torped., p. 22. Rhinobatus marcgravit HENuE, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 34. Rhinobatus percellens Jonv. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 63. Crown transversely concave, edges prominent, angle from the eyes forward about 56° in an eighteen inch adult male. Rostral cartilage narrow in the middle, broader toward the end; ridges converging at the fontanel, in the posterior two fifths of their length, thence separated by a narrow groove to the end. Mouth slightly bent forward in the middle, nearly straight; width equal four elevenths of its distance from the end of the snout. Dorsal fins small, equal, base of the first two fifths of its distance from the bases of the ventrals, or from the base of the second dorsal. The width of the nostrils equals their distance apart; anterior valve small with an elongate lobe in the middle, inner section continued but halfway to inner edge of nostril, the end slightly turned forward; inner section ' of posterior valve widest. Spiracles large, with two folds, outer much the larger. Scales minute with small keels, 3-8, of varying extent and position, median more or less convergent. Small depressed spines, more prominent in young, above the vertebrae to the second dorsal, in a pair on each shoulder, and , in a series from the inner edge of the spiracle to the front of the orbit. 3 Back dark brown, more or less clouded and blotched or plain, white at each 5 side of the rostral cartilage, varying to transverse blotches, 8 or 9 on the tail and sprinkled with small spots of white symmetrically arranged. An angular spot of black below the end of the snout from which in most cases a black streak extends back a short distance along each edge, balance of ventral surface white. Description from an 18 inch male nearly mature, from Rio Janeiro, one of a number collected by the Thayer Expedition. West Indies to the Plata River. RHINOBATUS LENTIGINOSUS. Plate 17. SE ee ee Rhinobatus lentiginosus GARMAN, 1880, Bull. M. C. Z., 6, p. 168; 1881, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 519; Jorpan & GitBerRT, 1882, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 65; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 62; 1900, ibid., Atlas, pl. 8 & 9, f. 28. ; Crown transversely concave, edges moderately prominent. Snout long, angle from the orbits forward 54°, point blunted. Groove between the rostral _ ridges narrowing regularly from the skull; ridges widening forward and the carti- 280 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. lage bearing a flange on the outer side of each near the end. Nostrils little wider than their distance apart, which latter is half the width of the mouth; outer section of anterior valve feeble, inner small, not reaching half way from the lobe to the inner edge of the nostril; outer section of posterior valve smaller, lobe and inner section larger. Mouth one third the length of the snout, bending forward slightly in the middle. Supraocular lobe of the orbit prominent. Spiracles smaller than the eye, with two lobes, outer larger. Pectorals moderate, broadly curved on the outer margin, sharply convex near the axil. Dorsals equal; base of first dorsal two fifths of its distance from the bases of the ventrals, or from the base of the second dorsal; posterior margins truncate. Caudal small, sub- caudal prominently convex posteriorly, supracaudal not very sharp. Scales minute smooth. Small compressed and depressed tubercles, irregularly and remotely placed in a vertebral series, in a row in front of the eye and above the orbit, and in a group, of five, above the end of the snout. No tubercles on the shoulders. Ashy brown thickly sprinkled on the back with small spots of whitish, dorsal and caudal darker; lower surfaces little lighter. A light edging on the fins is preceded on the posterior margins of pectorals and ventrals by a narrow streak of dark. United States, Charleston, south to coast of Florida. RHINOBATUS HORKELII. Rhinobatus horkelii MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 122, pl. 41; CasTeLNau, 1855, Anim. nouv., Poiss., p. 100. Crown flattened, edges not very prominent. Snout produced, angle from the orbits forward about 58°, little more than on R. percellens. Rostral cartilage strong, comparatively straight; ridges parallel on their outer edges, groove nar- rowing from the fontanel to the end. Nostrils about as wide as the space be- tween them; anterior valve narrow, not extending quite half way from its lobe to the inner edge of the nostril; outer section of posterior valve small, lobe and inner section subequal. Mouth twice the width of the internarial space, three tenths of the length of the snout, with a narrow arch forward in the middle. Spiracles large, with two folds, outer larger. Dorsals small, base of first dorsal two fifths of its distance from the bases of the ventrals, or from the base of the second dorsal. Scales minute, with stout pedicel; crown smooth, flattened, acute or sharp-edged, with traces of keels on younger individuals. Compressed RHINOBATUS PRODUCTUS. 281 | tubercles of moderate sizes in a vertebral series, in two groups on each shoulder, and in a row of smaller ones in front of the eye and above the orbit and spiracle. A male of twenty-eight inches is not mature, probably the species is much larger than FR. percellens common in some of the same localities. Back light brown to ashy, uniform or with a spot of darker at the end of the rostral cartilage, above and below. Whiter below, varying in amount of brown _at each side of the snout. Description taken from specimens of from eleven to thirty-three inches brought from Rio Janeiro by the Thayer Expedition. Distinguished from R. percellens by the flatness of the crown, the straight rostral ridges, the gradual narrowing of the groove, and by the lighter more uniform color. Eastern Pacific species. RHINOBATUS PRODUCTUS. Rhinobatus producta GrrARD, 1854, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 196. Rhinobatus productus GirRARD, 1858, Rept. Pacif. R. R. Fish., p. 370; GARMAN, 1881, Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 3, p. 517; Jorpan & GiuBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U. 8S. nat. mus., p. 876; Jorp. & Evern., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 63. Disk broad, width six sevenths of the length; tail from bases of ventrals little more than half the total length. Crown flattened, orbital edges prominent. Snout produced, angle from opposite the orbits 60°; rostral cartilage broadening toward the end; ridges convergent to the middle, thence separated by a narrow _ groove. A dermal flap with fringes on young of both sexes above the tip of the snout. Nostrils little wider than the space separating them; anterior valve narrow, lobe moderate, inner section extending one third of the distance to the inner edge of the nostril and slightly turning forward at the end; outer section of posterior valve narrow, inner section much larger. Mouth twice as wide as the internarial space, one third the length of the snout, slightly arched forward in the middle. Spiracles large, with two folds, outer somewhat larger. Dorsals small, equal, base of first twice in its distance from the bases of the ventrals, two and one half times in that from the second dorsal. Small tubercles sur- % * 7 2 > d i ' rounded by enlarged scales in a vertebral series, in an inner and an outer group on each shoulder and on the ridge around the orbit and above the spiracle. Tubercles disappearing more or less completely with age. Olive-brown to ashy or reddish, clouded or blotched on the larger, fins lighter; lower surfaces whitish, or blotched near the mouth, with an angular spot of brown or black under the snout, fading with age. Off the coast of California. 282 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. RHINOBATIS GLAUCOSTIGMA. Rhinobatis glaucostigma Joran & GILBERT, 1883, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 5, p. 210; Jorn. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. 8. nat. mus., p. 62. Snout produced, blunted, length less than twice the distance between the outer angles of the nostrils, about two fifths of the length of the disk. Rostral ridges separated, converging forward. Spiracles large, smaller than the eyes, with two folds. Dorsals about equal. Small tubercles in the vertebral series, — around the orbit and on each shoulder one or two. Greyish, lighter at each side of the rostrum, with many large spots, as large as the eye, symmetrically arranged, slaty or bluish; a blackish spot below the end of the snout. Reaches a length of thirty inches. Gulf of California. Apparently closely allied to R. horkelit and R. leucorrhynchus; distinguished by the spots. RHINOBATUS SPINOSUS. Rhinobatus spinosus GUNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 518. Anterior nasal valve not dilated laterally. Snout much produced, the dis- tance between the outer angles of the nostrils being one half of that between the mouth and the end of the snout. The rostral ridges are confluent, very narrow, with a very small and short groove at the base, and in their entire length provided with spines. Mouth nearly straight. Compressed spines with dilated base along the median line of the back, on the shoulder, and above the eye and spir- acle; the entire upper surface rough. Snout white. Described from a stuffed specimen, 13 inches long. Mexico. RHINOBATUS LEUCORHYNCHUS. Rhinobatus leucorhynchus GUNTH., 1866, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 604; 1867, Trans. Zool. soc. Lond., 6, p. 490; 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 444, fig. 1; Garman, 1881, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 517; Jorp. & Evern., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 62; Gmperr & Starks, 1903, Mem. Cal. acad. sci., 4, p. 14. Disk broad, width about seven eighths of the length; snout strong, pointed, length equal half the width of the disk. Rostral cartilage strong, tapering; ridges straight, separated at the foramen by the width of the spiracle, thence converging regularly to one third of this width at the ends. Nostrils one fourth “&) 2 4 o % RHINOBATUS PLANICEPS. 283 wider than the space between them; anterior valve weakly developed, little more than half as wide as the nostrils, inner section not extending halfway from the lobe to the inner angle, end slightly carried forward; inner section of posterior valve twice as large as the outer and lobe much larger than that of the anterior valve. Mouth twice as wide as the internarial space, three eighths of the length of the snout, with a low arch forward in the middle. Spiracle smaller than the eye, with two folds, outer twice the size of the inner. No dermal fringe above the tip of the snout. Dorsals small, equal, base of anterior about one third of its distance from the bases of the ventrals or two fifths of that from the second dorsal. Seales minute, smooth; larger above the vertebrae, in the two groups on each shoulder, in front of the eye and above the orbit and spiracle. Back uniform brown, lighter outward on the pectorals disk and fins to a narrow margin of white; snout white. Lower surfaces white to yellowish or flesh color. A brown spot below the end of the rostral cartilage. Described from an adult male of twenty and one half inches; tail from bases of ventrals twelve inches. Panama. RHINOBATUS PLANICEPS. Plate 17a, fig. 3-4. Rhinobatus planiceps GARMAN, 1880, Bull. M. C. Z., 6, p. 168; 1881, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 520; 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 89, pl. 24; Jorn. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 64. Width of disk about five sixths of its length. Tail longer than the body. Snout moderate, angle from opposite the orbits 60° or more, broad and rounded at the end. Rostral cartilage strong, a flange at each side of the end; ridges widening forward, and the groove between them widening backward. A fringed fold above the tip of the snout, on young. Nostrils wide; internarial space equal two thirds of the nostril, or half the width of the mouth; anterior valve with a narrow pointed lobe, and a very narrow inner section which does not reach the middle of the distance from the lobe to the inner edge of the nostril; posterior valve with outer and inner sections of like shapes, broadly rounded, inner larger, lobe larger than that of the anterior valve. Mouth slightly arched forward in the middle, width about two fifths of the length of the snout; labial folds weak. Crown flat; interorbital space three fourths the width of the mouth. Spiracle large, with a rudimentary fold. Dorsals small, subequal, base of the first nearly twice its length from the second dorsal, and from the bases of the ventrals, upper ends rather pointed. 284 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Subcaudal narrow, rounded below. Scales minute, sharp-edged or acute, smooth or with low carinae. Small tubercles above the vertebrae, in two groups on each shoulder, above the orbit and the spiracle and on very young individuals in a series above each of the rostral ridges. Old specimens have all of the tubercles comparatively smaller. Dark brown, in cases clouded, with or without small spots of white, sym- metrically arranged, along the back, Plate 17a, fig. 3, fins and edges of disk lighter, snout at the sides of the rostral cartilage white; lower surface white, with or without a black spot below the end of the snout. Peru to the Galapagos Islands. SYRRHINA. Syrrhina (subgenus) MiLuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 113 (part). Zapteryx JORDAN & GILBERT, 1880, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 53. Disk subround, broader than long; snout short, broad; tail more than half the total length. Rostral cartilage strong, tapering with ridges convergent but not confluent to shovel-shaped with ridges nearly parallel. Nostrils nearly transverse; anterior valve extended on the internarial space. Mouth arched; upper lip distinct in front of the middle. Spiracles large, near the eyes. Pec- torals broadly expanded posteriorly, but little continued in the snout. Ventrals close to the pectorals, claspers knobbed at the end. ‘Tail rather slender, with a fold on each side; supracaudal fin longer; subcaudal not lobed. The subgeneric rank of Syrrhina was claimed by Miiller and Henle on ac- count of the extension of the anterior nasal valve on the interspace. As noted by Giinther, this is a feature that varies much in the species of Rhinobati. In fact, as may be seen from the descriptions herewith, on nearly or quite all of these species the inner end of the valve is started beyond the nostril for a short distance. The generic rank was claimed later because of the broader, rounder disk, from greater development and forward extent of the pectorals, the short- ness of the snout, the transverse nostrils, and the greater proportional distine- tion between tail and disk. The genus contains but one of the species placed by Miller and Henle in their subgenus; two others are added. Brazil; California to Panama. Pectorals extending nearly halfway from nostrils to end of snout rostral ridges converging forward coloration uniform or clouded with brown . brevirostris (page 285) . SYRRHINA BREVIROSTRIS. 285 Pectorals not extending halfway to end of snout rostral ridges nearly parallel; transversely banded or blotched . ; exasnerata (page 286) spotted with yellowish ocellae_. : , xyster (page 286) SYRRHINA BREVIROSTRIS. “i Oe Plate 65, fig. 3. Rhinobatus (Syrrhina) brevirostris Mituer & HEeNteE, 1841, Plagios., p. 114, pl. 36; Casreinav, 1855, Anim. nouv., Poiss., p. 100; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 489. Rhinobatus brevirostris GiNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 447. Syrrhina brevirostris GARMAN, 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 89, pl. 25. PA’ CATH sir . Disk broadly rounded, broader than long, angle in front of orbits about 105°; tail from bases of ventrals half the total length. Crown deeply concave trans- versely, orbital edges prominent. Snout short, less than twice the width of the mouth; rostral cartilage strong, wide at the base, tapering rapidly to a sharp point; rostral ridges far apart at the base, converging regularly forward. Nos- trils nearly transverse, little less in width than the internarial space, hardly half that of mouth; outer section of anterior valve undeveloped, lobe large, inner section extended on the interspace more than halfway to the middle line; or? ah» outer and inner sections of posterior valve small, subequal, covering about half _ the edge of the nostril, lobe narrow, slender, much smaller than that of the an- terior valve. Mouth nearly straight, width less than twice that of the inter- narial space, more than half the length of the snout. Teeth small, flat, smooth, in 74 rows on the upper jaws of a specimen of eighteen and one half inches. Eyes moderate. Spiracle as large as the eye, with one fold. Scales small, intermixed with larger ones; prominent tubercles in a series above the vertebrae to the second dorsal, in two rows of two or three each on each shoulder, in a pair in front of each eye, in another pair above each spiracle, and in a row of small ones above each orbit. Tubercles striate on their sides, nearly covered by skin and scales. Dorsals equal base of first, two thirds of distance from second or two fifths of distance from bases of ventrals, hind margins convex. Caudal short, broadly rounded posteriorly. Olive-brown on head and middle of back, lighter toward edges of disk and fins. A blackish spot below the posterior extremity of the pectorals. Specimen described from Rio Janeiro, Thayer Expedition. Brazil. 286 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. SYRRHINA EXASPERATA. Platyrhina exasperata JORDAN & GILBERT, 1880, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 32, 53. Zapteryx exasperata JORDAN & GILBERT, 1880, Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 3, p. 53; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 64. Trigonorhina alveata GARMAN, 1880, Bull. M. C. Z., 6, p. 169. Syrrhina exasperata GARMAN, 1881, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 521. Rhinobatus exasperatus JORDAN & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 63. Disk wider than long, without the ventrals; snout short, broad, truncate. Rostral cartilage stout, wide, not tapering; ridges nearly parallel. Nostrils transverse, nearly as wide as the interspace; anterior valve slightly extended beyond the nostril at the inner end; outer section of posterior valve narrow, curving forward around the end of the nostril. Mouth large, bow-shaped, width two thirds of the length of the snout; teeth small, one hundred and ten series on the upper jaw of a male of 33.4 inches. Spiracle large, fold rudimentary or absent. Pectorals large, broad, and rounded posteriorly, not extended beyond the nasal region into the snout. Ventrals close to the pectorals; claspers long, slender, with a knob at the end. Dorsals equal, tips rounded, hinder margin straight, inner angle blunt; base of first dorsal more than twice its length behind the bases of the ventrals, nearly twice its length from that of the second dorsal. Tail less than one and one half times the length of the body, with a low dermal fold along each side; axis of caudal not raised; subcaudal fin shorter, with a con- vex margin. Scales small, with larger ones thickly scattered over the back, about the eyes, and on the rostral ridges. Larger tubercles, almost covered by the skin and scales, in a median series on the back and in two short rows on each shoulder the outer one of which is longer. Greyish or olive-brown with indefinite and irregular transverse bands of - brown across the snout, in front of and between the eyes, and across the back and the tail. Dorsals and caudal with faint bands or blotches. Lower surfaces white with a large spot of blackish below the end of each pectoral. Specimen described from San Diego, California, secured by the Hassler Expedition. SYRRHINA XYSTER. Syrrhina exasperata JORDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 5, p. 621. Zapteryx xcyster Jord. & EVERM., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 65. This species is said to have the disk broader than long, to have the same coloration as the preceding species, and also to have several round black-edged yellowish spots as large as the pupil; one on each side of the shoulder, another DISCOBATIDAE. 287 on the pectoral near the hinder angle and a third midway between the latter and the vertebrae. Several other less conspicuous spots are seen near the middle of the fore part of the back. Panama. TRIGONORRHINA. Trigonorrhina Miter & HEN E, 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p. 90; 1841, Plagios., p. 124. Disk broad, shorter than the tail; pectorals not extended in front of the nostrils; rostral cartilage strong, broad at the fontanel, tapering, blunted; tail not wide at the base, moderately slender. Origins of ventrals close to axils of pectorals. Dorsals remote from the bases of the ventrals. Subcaudal, not lobed. Nasal valves confluent in a broad quadrangular flap, forming the front edge of the mouth, free on the lateral edges behind the nostrils. Spiracle large, close to the eye, with afold. More closely allied to Syrrhina than to Rhinobatus. This genus contains one living species. A fossil form, 7. dezignii Heckel, has been described from the Middle Eocene of North Italy. TRIGONORRHINA FASCIATA. Trigonorrhina fasciata MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 124, pl.43; Dumirtt, 1865, Elasm., p. 502, GinTu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 448. Disk as broad as long, about one half of the total length without the caudal. Snout broad, blunt angled; rostral cartilage strong, tapering, blunted, ridges con- vergent. Tail near one and one half times the length of the disk; caudal narrow, subeaudal not lobed. Dorsals higher than long, truncate; first dorsal more than one length of its base behind the bases of the ventrals, second midway between the first and the caudal. Ventrals narrow, produced, origins close to bases of pectorals. Anterior narial valves united across the internarial space, covering the posterior valves and the greater portions of the nostrils, reaching _ the mouth. Tubercles more or less covered by skin and scales, in a vertebral 5 series, in two groups on each shoulder and in a row from in front of the eye to above the spiracle. z Brown or greyish brown, with wavy bands of dark-edged bluish. Snout lighter. Lower surfaces whitish darker toward edges. Australia; Tasmania. DISCOBATIDAE. Disk short and broad; pectorals wide, rounded, continued to the end of the snout. Snout broad, blunt. Tail rather slender, with two dorsals far behind 288 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. the ventrals, a dermal fold along each side, and a moderately elongate caudal in which the axis is not raised and the subeaudal fin without a lobe nearly equals the supracaudal in development. Nostrils almost transverse; valves varying in the different genera. Approaching the Rhinobatidae more closely in the genus Syrrhina. The affinities of the genera placed in the Discobatidae are peculiarly di- rected :— Discobatus is intermediate between the Rhinobatidae and the Narca- ciontidae; Zanobatus, supposed to be oviparous, is nearer to the Raiidae between it and the Rhinobatidae, while Platyrhinoides connects Discobatus and Zano- batus though certainly viviparous. It may be that Zanobatus is not so differ- ent in regard to oviparity as would seem to be the case from the discovery of an egg in its shell within the oviduct. As figured the shell somehow has the ap- pearance of one in which the embryo may be developed before extrusion. Rostrum short, broad, not half the length of the snout; two dorsal fins anterior narial valves not joined across the internarial space Discobatus (page 288) Rostrum extending to the end of the snout, pointed; two dorsal fins anterior narial valves not joined across the interspace Platyrhinoidis (page 290) anterior valves joined across the interspace. Zanobatus (page 291) Rostral cartilage absent; one dorsal fin . ; Arhynchobatus (page 292) DISCOBATUS. Discobatus GARMAN, 1881, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 523. Disk broad subcirecular, or subtriangular with angles broadly rounded. Pectorals very broad, forming the end of the snout, where they are rather nar- rowly separated. Rostral cartilage short, broad, not extended half the distance from the skull to the end of the snout, truncate and supplemented by soft pro- longations, somewhat as in the Nareacionts. Nostrils nearly transverse, con- nected with the mouth by a deep groove; anterior narial valve extended upon but not crossing the internarial space. Eyes small. Spiracles close to the eyes, with a cartilage at each side, without folds. Tail slender, about half the total length. Ventrals close to the pectorals. Dorsals far behind the ventrals, small, rounded. Caudals about equal, truncate; subcaudal not lobed. Japan; China. SR Sp epee dy DISCOBATUS SINENSIS. 289 DISCOBATUS SINENSIS. Plate 56, fig. 8 (heart); Plate 66. La Raie Chinoise LackripE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 34, 157, pl. 2, f. 1. Rhina sinensis SCHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 352. Platyrhina sinensis MtuuErR & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 125, pl. 44; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 576; Gutnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 471. Discobatus sinensis GARMAN, 1881, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 522; Jorp. & Fowuimr, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 647. Disk subround, deeper at the shoulders than at the head; head broad, de- pressed, transversely concave. Snout short, very blunt, length less than twice the width of the mouth, flexible. Mouth nearly straight; teeth very small, 112 rows on the upper jaws of the specimen described and 115 rows on the lower, smooth to the touch, with sharp edge turned toward the mouth cavity. Nostrils small, narrow, two thirds of the width of the interspace, nearly transverse; anterior valve with a feeble outer section, a strong lobe, and a moderate inner section extended somewhat on the internarial space; posterior valves with outer section largest and curving around the outer end of the nostril, lobe small, and inner section narrow, extending over half the width of the nasal chamber and ending at the edge of the deep groove from the inner half of the nostril to the angle of the mouth. Eyes small. Spiracles moderate, close to the eyes, without folds, with a cartilage at each side. Aural openings close together. Rostral cartilage short, broad, truncate, not extending half way to the end of the snout, anteriorly continued by soft or semi cartilaginous rods, much as in Nar- cacion and other electric rays. Pectorals very wide extending to the tip of the snout, with more than half their width in front of the shoulder girdle, narrowly separated in front. Ventrals broad, close to the pectorals. Dorsals equal, rounded, length of base of the first dorsal about one third of the distance behind the bases of the ventrals, little less than the distance from the second dorsal. Caudal rather small, depth less than one third of its length, subtruncate, supra- caudal and subcaudal being about equal in length. A dermal fold at each side of the tail. Vent near the end of the forward half of the entire length. Scales minute, compact, smooth to the touch, with scattered enlarged granules above the body cavity, around each of the twenty or more small tubercles in the verte- bral series, around each of those in the two pairs on each shoulder, in the pair above each spiracle and around each of the single ones at the front of the orbit. Small tubercles in four or five series, and larger sharper granules, appear along the outer edges of the anterior half of the pectorals. The inception of an electric battery, from the ampullae, is clearly indicated, Plate 66. 290 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Dark olive-brown, each of the three small tubercles at each side of the interorbital space, each of the three on the middle of the back and each of those in the two pairs on each shoulder surrounded by whitish or light yellow. Lower surfaces white, blotched, or clouded with olive beneath the hinder parts of the pectorals, the ventrals and the tail. Specimen described from Japan. Alan Owston. PLATYRHINOIDIS. Platyrhinoidis GARMAN, 1881, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 3, p. 522. Disk wider than long, very broadly rounded in front and at the sides. Snout short, not projecting; pectorals extending to the end, where they are separated by a wide space at each side of the rostrum. Rostral cartilage short, broad at the base, tapering to the end. Nostrils nearly transverse; anterior valve slightly extended on the internarial space beyond the nostril. Mouth bow-shaped with a shallow upper lip across the entire width. Eyesmall. Spir- acles large, close to the eye, without folds. Dorsals small, far behind the ven- trals, without a posterior angle. Tail slender, with wide dermal folds; caudals elongate. PLATYRHINOIDIS TRISERIATA. Platyrhina triseriata JORDAN & GILBERT, 1880, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 36. Platyrhinoidis triseriata GARMAN, 1881, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3, p. 522; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat: mus:; p. 65. Rhinobatus triseriatus JORDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 64. Disk subround, broader than long; body about three sevenths of the total length. Pectorals very broad, wider in front of the shoulder girdle, reaching the end of the snout. Snout short, broad, rounded; rostral cartilage strong, broad at the base, tapering to a point; ridges distant from one another at the fontanel, confluent at the ends. Nostrils nearly transverse, narrower than the interspace; outer section of anterior valve rudimentary, inner continuous with the lobe, slightly extended on the internarial space; posterior valve with outer section little curved at end of nostril, inner section and lobe feeble. Mouth bow-shaped, width more than two thirds of the length of the snout; teeth small, in 82 rows on the upper jaw of a twenty-two inch specimen. Crown broad, concave transversely. Eye small. Spiracles larger, close to the eye. Pectorals converging little at the sides of the rostrum. Ventrals close to the pectorals, without notches. Dorsals small, equal, shaped like those of Raia, narrow with hinder and lower margins a continuous curve; base of first dorsal, more than four ZANOBATUS SCHOENLEINII. 291 times in its distance from the bases of the ventrals, one and one half times in its distance from the second. Second dorsal reaching the caudal. ‘Tail slender, longer than the body; dermal folds thin and wide; caudal fins about equally developed, narrow, supracaudal little longer. Scales minute. Tubercles with strong compressed backward-directed cusps in a median and two lateral series on back and tail, in a group of three or more above the end of the rostral carti- lage, in a band of several to five or more tubercles in width along the forward half of each pectoral, in a series on each orbital ridge, and in two pairs on each shoulder. Color nearly uniform brown, whitish beneath and at each side of the rostral ridges. The posterior lateral edges of the pectorals are brown on the lower sides. Viviparous. Off the coasts of California. ZANOBATUS, gen. nov. Disk wider than long, subround; tail slender, nearly half the total length. Snout short, blunt; rostral cartilage small, tapering gradually. Nostrils trans- verse, narrow, interspace wide; anterior valves confluent, posterior with inner section large, reaching the mouth. Spiracle large, without afold. Fins rounded. Pectorals very broad, separated at the end of the snout. Ventrals close to the pectorals. Dorsals small, far behind the ventrals. Caudal small, rounded. Compared with Discobatus this genus possesses more affinities with the Raiae and not so many with the Narcaciontidae. Though quite as closely related to the Rhinobatidae as that genus, Zanobatus is readily distinguished by the rostrum, nasal valves, and the caudal. ZANOBATUS SCHOENLEINII. Platyrhina schoenleinii Mituuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 125, pl. 45; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 577; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 471. Discobatus schoenleinit GARMAN, 1881, Proc. U.S. nat mus., 3, p. 523 (name). Disk subcircular, wider than long; snout blunt, length little greater than the distance between the outer edges of the nostrils, or less than twice the width of the mouth, angle nearly 120° in front. Nostrils narrow, half as wide as their _ distance apart; anterior valves united across the internarial space; posterior 75 ™ ‘nie > valves with inner section as wide as both outer section and lobe and extend- ing nearly to the angle of the mouth. Mouth nearly straight; teeth small. 292 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Spiracles large, without folds. Scales unlike, minute, and larger. Dorsals small, — equal, rounded; origin of the first dorsal more than three times the length of the base behind the bases of the ventrals. Caudal small, rounded; subcaudal not — lobed. Small tubercles in the vertebral series, above the rostral cartilage, on the orbital ridges, above the basal cartilages of the pectorals and in a row of three on each shoulder. Back brown with darker cross bands and with spots between them toward the edges of the pectorals. Lower surfaces brownish, irregularly mottled with brown. India. Miller found an eggshell resembling that of a Catuloid shark in the oviduct of the type specimen. Whether the egg is hatched before extrusion, as in cer- tain Antacea, is still to be determined. ARHYNCHOBATIS. Arhynchobatis Watt, 1909, Rec. Canterb. mus., 1, no. 2, p. 20. Snout unsupported by a rostral cartilage; pectorals contiguous in front, narrowly separated by the snout. Spiracles close behind the eyes. Anterior nasal valves reaching the mouth, joined to the isthmus in a deep median notch; posterior valves tube-like as in Raia. Tail long, depressed, with a lateral fold on each side, with a single dorsal fin near the end, and with a well-developed _ caudal fin. ARHYNCHOBATIS ASPERRIMUS. Arhynchobatis asperrimus Waite, 1909, Rec. Canterb. mus., 1, no. 2, p. 20, pl. 20. Disk little wider than long, front angle blunt, tip of snout a slight promi- nence. Mouth moderate, slightly curved. Teeth small without cusps. An- terior nasal valves subtriangular. Spiracles close behind the eyes. Back rough with closely set small spines, larger on the head; larger spines occur above the shoulder girdle and the forward vertebrae. Strong tubercles appear in a median row and several lateral rows on the tail. Dorsal small, near the caudal, space between without spines equal dorsal base. Tail about half the total length, depressed, with lateral folds; caudal fin well developed, near the single dorsal. Length of type, a female, 64 em., little more than 25.5 inches. Back uniform purplish grey; lower surface yellow. Bay of Plenty, New Zealand, from 66-94 fms. NARCACIONTIDAE. 293 NARCACIONTIDAE. Head, trunk, electric organs, and pectorals forming a smooth, depressed, subcircular disk. Tail short, broad-based, with a short deep caudal and with or é without a longitudinal fold on each side. Caudal not lobed. Dorsals two, - one, or none. Spiracles present. Gill openings small, between the electric | organs and the head. An electric organ of vertical cells, a development from the ampullae, at each side of the head separating it from the pectoral. Anterior nasal valves reaching the mouth, confluent, and somewhat free, as a lip, behind their median attachment. Antorbital cartilages extended forward to support the edges of the disk. Rostrum short, more or less branching. Lateral line rudimentary on the lower side of the disk, the remnants known as the vesicles of Savi. Skin soft, naked. POA VEY S65 oe _ Two dorsals 3 disk elongate 4 tail long, without lateral folds eyes obsolescent ; : : : Benthobatis (page 294) disk subcircular, of medium size he. ean tail elongate with lateral folds pe ventrals distinct; spiracles near the eyes . Narcine (page 296) disk medium, circular tail moderate, with lateral folds ventrals united; spiracles not fringed . Discopyge (page 302) disk comparatively large, elongate { tail very short ventrals united; spiracles fringed . . Hypnarce (page 303) disk large, broad, subcircular tail short, with lateral folds ventrals distinct; spiracles a short distance from eyes Narcacion (page 304) One dorsal disk subcircular tail medium, with lateral folds | spiracles close to the eye, not fringed ; Narke (page 312) No dorsal disk subcircular, longer than tail teeth blunt, papillae behind the bands 2 . Temera (page 315) 294 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. BENTHOBATIS. Benthobatis Aucocx, 1898, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 2, p. 145. Disk little longer than broad, snout more than one third of the length. Tail distinct, longer than the disk, with two dorsals and a well-developed caudal and without lateral folds. Anterior nasal valves confluent in a quadrangular flap, an upper lip. Mouth small, protractile. Teeth in bands as in Narcine. Eyes small, rudimentary. Spiracles moderate, close behind the eyes. An electric organ between the head and the pectoral. Skin smooth, soft. A deep-sea genus, allied to Narcine, from the Bay of Bengal. Eyes obsolete disk less than half the total length; no lateral folds on the tail body black 5 : : ‘ ; moresbyt (page 294) disk half the total length; tail with lateral folds body fawn color; with spots of white. . marcida (page 295) Eyes probably functional subcaudal and supracaudal equally developed body fawn color, with spots of white . ; cervina (page 295) BENTHOBATIS MORESBYI. Benthobatis moresbyi Aucock, 1898, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 2, p. 145; 1899, Cat. deep-sea fishes Indian mus., p. 18; 1900, Ill. zodl. Investigator, pl. 26, f. 1. Disk subcircular, length more than width, more than one third preoral. Tail longer than disk. Eyes rudimentary, obsolescent, unpigmented, optic nerve slender. Mouth small, protractile; teeth bands narrow, of about ten rows; each tooth acute angled inward, toward the mouth cleft. Guill openings — large, hindmost one nearer to vent than to mouth. Dorsals rather close to- gether; first dorsal above hinder portions of ventrals. Ventrals distinct, rather — large, broad, outer angle blunt; claspers short, rounded, blunt. Skin smooth, soft, purplish black, with scattered pores small and white over the disk and at the edges. ) | Specimens described, about fourteen inches in length, secured off the Travancore Coast, in 430 fathoms. The published figure of this species makes it evident that the nearest ally of the genus is Narcine, with which the rostral structure best agrees. Of the i 7 i , BENTHOBATIS CERVINA. 295 known species that to which it presents the most evident affinities is Narcine timlei, originally described from Tranquebar and ranging from the East Indies to Japan. These species inhabit different depths of the same waters and will probably be found to be somewhat closely connected by ties of descent. BENTHOBATIS MARCIDA. Benthobatis marcida BEAN & WEED, 1909, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 36, p. 677, fig. Disk broadly ovate, as long as broad, narrowing forward. Nasal valves confluent into a broad flap. Teeth flat or concave on the crown with a point projecting toward or into the mouth cleft. Eyes absent or rudimentary. Spira- cles large, a short distance behind the eyes, without fringes or papillae on the edges. A large electric organ between head and pectorals. Ventrals adnate to body and tail in their entire length; rays feeble. First dorsal inserted little in advance of hind edge of ventrals; second dorsal much larger than the first. Tail half the total length, with distinct lateral folds; caudal large, obovate, subcaudal portion obliquely rounded. Back light fawn color, fading toward the edges, with a few scattered spots of white; lower surfaces dirty white. Total length 0.49, disk 0.21, body 0.245, tail 0.245, and width of disk 0.215 metres. Station 2660. Lat. 28° 40’ N.; Long. 78° 46’ W.; 504 fathoms. Albatross. BENTHOBATIS CERVINA. Benthobatis cervina BEAN & Weep, 1909, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 36, p. 679. Disk narrower than long, little wider than that of B. moresbyi, length slightly less than half the total. Nasal valves confluent. Teeth rhombic, occupying nearly the whole length of the jaw, flat or concave on the crown, with an acute projection toward and into the mouth cleft. Eyes less reduced than those of either B. moresbyi or B. marcida, possibly functional. Spiracles a short distance behind the eyes. An electric organ between head and pectorals. Ventrals about as in B. moresbyi. Second dorsal larger than the first. Caudal equally developed in supra- and subcaudal portions, hind margin rounded. Skin loose and soft. Back light fawn color, fading at the edges, with a few small scattered spots of white; beneath dirty white. 296 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Total length 0.33, length of body 0.163, length of disk 0.155, and width of disk 0.13 metres. Station 2664. Lat. 29° 41’ N.; Long. 79° 55’ W.; 373 fathoms. Albatross. NARCINE. Narcine HENLE, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 31. Cyclonarce Giux, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 387. Narcine Git, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 387. Gonionarce Git, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 387. Disk subcircular, shorter than the tail; snout strong, produced, rigid in adult; tail moderate, with two dorsals, a well-developed caudal fin and lateral folds. Ventrals distinct, inserted below the ends of the pectorals. Mouth transverse, protractile; teeth in narrow bands on the skin, which is loosely attached to the jaws. Anterior nasal valves united in a broad, free-margined flap reaching the mouth; posterior valves feebly developed. Spiracles close behind the orbits or at a short distance from them, with or without a fringe of papillae. Rostral cartilage elongate, stout, broad, trough or shovel-shaped. West Indies to Brazil; Australia; Northern Indian Ocean to China and Japan. Spiracles fringed with papillae origin of first dorsal little bebind ends of ventral bases caudal not angular, vertically subtruncate . brasiliensis (page 297) bancroftt (page 298) Spiracles with rudimentary papillae. : ! . corallina (page 298) origin of first dorsal little behind bases of ventrals caudal angular, vertically truncate . ; : lingula (page 298) Spiracles without papillae, near the orbits; nasal valves short origin of first dorsal opposite ends of ventral bases caudal elongate, rounded behind rostral ridges divergent; brown, darker spotted indica (page 299) origin of first dorsal little behind ends of ventral bases rostral ridges divergent; skin spotted, light edges timleit (page 300) rostral ridges strongly divergent; color uniform brunnea (page 300) origin of first dorsal its basal length behind the ventral bases NARCINE BRASILIENSIS. 297 caudal obliquely rounded rostral ridges long, nearly parallel. . firma (page 301) Spiracles without papillae, at a short distance from orbits origin of first dorsal above ends of the ventrals nasal valves short . ‘ ; : ; tasmaniensis (page 301) origin of first dorsal above ends of ventral bases . nasal valves long. : : : : : mollis (page 302) NARCINE BRASILIENSIS. Plate 26, fig. 1. Raia sp. Gronow, 1763, Zoophy., 1, 35, no. 153, pl. 9, f. 3. Torpedo ocellata Quoy & GAmMARD, 1824, Voy. Uran., Poiss., p. 199. Torpedo brasiliensis OLFERS, 1831, Torpedo, p. 19, pl. 2, f. 4. Narecine brasiliensis HENLE, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 31, pl. 1, f. 1, 2; Mtttuer & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 129; Dumérim, 1852, Torpedo, p. 32; 1865, Elasm., p. 574; Kner, 1867, Nov. fische, p. 418; Giuntu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 453; Garman, 1888, Bull. M.C. Z., 17, p. 93, pl. 33. Narcine nigra Dumirit, 1852, Torpedo, p. 37; 1865, Elasm., p. 515, pl. 11, f. 4, 4°. Disk subcircular, or including ventrals suboval. Nostrils small, near the mouth; anterior valves short, confluent in a broad flap, free behind and in- distinctly three lobed, angles rounded; posterior valves rudimentary, forming the partition in the nostril then passing back into the fold at the angle of the mouth. Mouth small protractile, surrounded by a deep fold, with fleshy lips which are divided at the middle of each jaw by the narrow teeth-bands. Teeth small, bands narrow and extended outward on the skin beyond each jaw; each tooth with an acuminate angle on the crown directed inward; rows 3 on an eighteen inch specimen, 32 on one of thirteen inches, 7% on one of six and three- fourths, and #3 on one of four and one half inches. Eyes small, prominent. Spiracles as large as the eyes, close behind the orbits, fringed on the margins by a dozen or more low papillae. Ventrals with convex margins; claspers of the male, short, blunt. Dorsals equal, rounded, origin of first dorsal, little behind the ends of the bases of the ventrals, base longer than distance from second. Tail shorter than the disk, depressed, broad-based, tapering rapidly, lateral folds from middle of first dorsal. Caudal nearly as long as deep, rounded on the hind margin. - Brown, dark to yellowish, with a broad blotch of darker brown across the head in front of the eyes, another interrupted one across the back of the head, one or two likewise broken across the hind part of the body, one to three across the ventrals, and one through each dorsal on the caudal region; margins of fins 298 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. somewhat yellowish. A considerable variation obtains in different individuals and in a single individual at different ages, also in the species at different portions of its range. Two of these, sufficiently distinct for recognition, are given below. Coast of Brazil. NARCINE BRASILIENSIS BANCROFTI. Plate 26, fig. 2. Raia laevis GRonow, 1763, Zoophy., 1, p. 37, no. 158, pl. 9, f. 3. Torpedo bancrofti GrirritH, 1834, Cuv. anim. kingd., 10, pl. 34. Torpedo pictus Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 13. Narcine punctata GARMAN, 1881, Bull. M. C. Z., 11, p. 233. Brown color of the back leaden or greyish, areas similar to those occupied by the blotches of N. brasiliensis are more or less completely indicated in outline by small spots of dark irregularly scattered over the disk. Jamaica to St. Vincent. | NARCINE BRASILIENSIS CORALLINA. Plate 26, fig. 3. Narcine corallina GARMAN, 1881, Bull. M.C. Z., 11, p. 234. Narcine umbrosa JORDAN, 1884, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 7, p. 105. Narcine brasiliensis Jornp. & EvErM., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 78, pl. 13 (part); Coxss, 1910, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 28, p. 337. Orange or red, with a dark brown band across the head, interrupted on the forehead, and with small spots of dark to some extent outlining areas resembling in shapes and positions those occupied by the blotches of NV. brasiliensis. Florida Keys. NARCINE LINGULA. Narcine lingula Ricuarpson, 1846, Rept. Brit. assoc. adv. sci. for 1845, p. 196; Dummrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 516; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 452. Disk less than half the total length, broad, subovate, nearly round, slightly narrowed and margins straighter opposite the head, wider than long. Snout strong, broadly rounded in front. Crown convex transversely. Anterior nasal valves confluent in a broad flap, free on the hind margin, reaching the teeth in a rounded prominence; angles rounded. Posterior valves quite rudimentary, absent around the uncovered portion of the nostril, slightly developed in a thin fold back from the middle of the nostril toward the angles of the mouth. Mouth protractile; teeth-bands moderate, semicircular on outer margins; teeth small, each with a prominent acuminate cusp on the inner edge of the crown, in 33 rows NARCINE INDICA. 299 on a thirteen inch specimen. Eyes small. Spiracles larger than the eyes, close behind the orbit, with rudimentary papillae on the margins. Ventrals rounded at outer angles, nearly straight on outer margins. Dorsals subequal, rather pointed, bases wider than the fins; origin of first dorsal little behind the ends of the ventral bases, its distance from the second more than a half length of the base. Caudal longer than deep, vertically truncate. Total length 13, length of disk 6, snout to vent 7 and width of disk 6% inches. Rusty brown with irregular small and larger spots, largest along the middle of the back; white beneath. China. NARCINE INDICA. Raia ocellata no. 1 RussEtu, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, p. 1, pl. 1. Raia maculata SHaw, 1804, Zool. 5, pt. 2, p. 316. Narcine indica HENLE, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 35, pl. 2, f.2; Mttuer & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 130; T. Cantor, 1849, Malay fishes, p. 417; Dumérin, 1852, Torpedo, p. 54; 1865, Elasm., p. 517. Narcine maculata Dum®&RIL, 1852, Torpedo, p. 35; 1865, Elasm., p. 518. Narcine microphthalma Dumi&RI1L, 1852, Torpedo, p. 36. Gonionarce indica Git, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 387. Narcine timlei Giintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8., p. 452. Disk about half the total length, subovate, broader than long, greatest width equal distance from snout to vent. Snout moderate, broadly rounded in front. Anterior nasal valves very short, confluent, reaching the teeth in a me- dian prominence, rounded on the outer angles. Posterior narial valves, in a low fold, reaching the outer side of the nostril; they extend back from the middle in a wider fold toward the angle of the mouth. Mouth small; teeth bands narrow, rounded at their outer ends; teeth small, each acuminate on the inner edge, in 36 LOWS on a specimen of twelve and one half inches. Eyes small. Spiracles much larger than the eyes, close behind the orbits, without papillae on the edges. Dorsals about equal, upper angles rounded; origin of first dorsal above the ends of the bases of the ventrals, base equal nearly twice the distance from the second. Caudal medium, angles rounded, subcaudal fin rather deeper than in JN. timlez, hind margin obliquely convex. Specimen described from Penang. Brown with smaller and larger spots of darker. Cantor gives the colors of others from the same locality as light reddish brown with numerous spots of chocolate color, and says the young have the spots edged with silvery white; whitish beneath. Compared with N. timlei this species appears to be broader and less round in the disk, a wider subcaudal gives the appearance of a deeper caudal fin, the dorsals differ slightly in shape and the first dorsal is inserted farther forward. 300 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. NARCINE TIMLEI. Plate 61, fig. 6. Raja timlei ScuneweEr, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 359. Raia ocellata no. 2 Russeuu, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, p. 2, pl. 2. Raia bicolor SHaw, 1804, Zool., 5, pt. 2, p. 316. Torpedo timlei OtreRs, 1831, Torpedo, p. 22. Narcine timlei HENLE, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 34, pl. 2, f. 1; Mitier & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 1380; RicHArDSON, 1846, Rept. Brit. assoc. adv. sci. for 1845, p. 196; Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 102; Dumérm, 1852, Torpedo, p. 33; 1865, Elasm., p. 518; BurEKer, 1853, Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 4, p. 512; Kwer, 1867, Nov. fische, p. 417; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 733 (part); Jorp. & SEALE, 1905, Proc. Davenport acad., 10, p. 2, pl. 1. Narcine macrura Dumérin, 1852, Torpedo, p. 37. Cyclonarce timlei Gru, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 387. Disk subcircular, little less than half the total length, little wider than long. Anterior narial valves short, confluent in a broad flap reaching the mouth, with two slight notches and three low prominences on the hind border; posterior valves feeble, extending to the outer side of the nostril, continued in a slight fold toward the angle of the mouth. Mouth small protractile; bands of teeth narrow, rounded on outer margins of 3} rows on an eleven inch specimen, each tooth with an acuminate point on the inner edge of the crown. Eyes small; spiracles much larger, close behind the orbit, without papillae on the edges. Dorsals subequal, upper angles pointed; origin of first dorsal a short distance behind the ends of the bases of the ventrals. Ventrals rather narrow, nearly straight or slightly concave on the hind margin, outer angles distinct. Caudal depth about two thirds of its length, lower margin broadly rounded, hind margin oblique, somewhat convex. Specimen described reddish brown, or brownish red, with numerous darker spots on the back; whitish below. China. Also reported from the East Indies and Japan. NARCINE BRUNNEA. Narcine timlet Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, pl. 192, f. 3; 1889, Fauna Brit. India, 1, p. 45, f. 18. Narcine brunnea ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 45, pl. 3A, f. 2. This species is known from the original description and from the figure by Day. Annandale says it is closely allied to N. timler but is distinguished by uniform coloration, by size, by forms of teeth, and by the ridges in the mouth. Specimens of 8.66 inches in length (22 em.) are said to be large. Adult specimens of NV. tumlet are given 13.38 inches (34 em.) in total length. Day’s figure gives NARCINE TASMANIENSIS. 301 N. brunnea sharper angles on ventrals dorsals and caudal than exist on other species of the genus. Back warm chocolate-brown, without spots, margins of disk and edges of fins light; lower surfaces creamy white. Off the coasts of India. NARCINE FIRMA, sp. Nov. Disk subovate, wider than long, narrowing from opposite the gill apertures. Snout long, broadly rounded in front. Nostrils near the mouth; anterior valves short, confluent in a broad flap with three prominences on the hind margin, median larger, and with a shallow notch on each outer edge a short distance in front of the corner; posterior valves better developed than those of NV. brasiliensis, fold wider behind the nostril and passing along the hinder half of the outer side of the nostril; from the projection into the nostril it passes back into the longi- tudinal fold curving backward outside of the angles of the mouth but distinct from that going completely around the jaws. Mouth small, protractile; teeth bands narrow, about half the width of the mouth, posterior ending in a right angle, rows on a seventeen inch male specimen 33, each tooth with a strong acuminate cusp on the margin toward the cleft, inward. Eyes very small. Spiracles larger than the eyes, without papillae on the edges. Ventrals rather narrow, triangular, outer angle blunted; claspers short, depressed, blunt. Dorsals subequal, base of first dorsal about equal its distance behind the ends of the ventral bases, or twice its distance from the second dorsal; base of second dorsal longer. Tail, from vent, one half of the total length or little more, de- pressed, strong, with lateral folds from the middle of the first dorsal. Caudal less than twice as long as deep; subcaudal portion narrow, obliquely rounded; supracaudal longer, somewhat pointed. Total length 17, length of disk 73, snout to vent 8}, and width of disk 8+ inches. Colors too faded for description. The rostrum is stouter than in any other species of the genus; the snout is broad shovel-shaped, and the pectorals end opposite the eyes. Colombo, Ceylon. Capt. Putnam. NARCINE TASMANIENSIS. Narcine tasmaniensis RicHarpson, 1841, Proc. Zool. soc. London, pt. 9, p. 22; Trans. Zool. soc. London, 3, p. 178, pl. 11, f. 2; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 517; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 452; Waite, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 41. 302 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Disk a broad ovate, narrowed anteriorly, broader than long. Tail equal the distance between mouth and vent. Anterior nasal valves confluent in a broad flap with angles rounded and a median prominence toward the teeth; posterior valves with an obtuse lobed fold on the outer side of each nostril. Mouth small, protractile; teeth bands narrow, angular on the outer margins; each tooth with an acute point on the inward margin of the crown. Dorsals subequal, tips rounded; origin of first dorsal above the ends of the ventrals. Caudal longer than deep, angles rounded, hind margin oblique, convex. Reddish brown, sides of tail and lower front margins of disk yellowish; lower surfaces and claspers white. Tasmania; Australia. NARCINE MOLLIS. Narcine mollis Luoyp, 1907, Rec. Ind. mus., 1, p. 8; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus,., 2, p. 48, pl. 3A, f. 3, 3°; Luoyp, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 144; 1909, Ill. zoél. Investigator, Fishes, pl. 46, f. 1, 1%. Especially distinguished by elongated nasal valves, the length of the anterior being nearly equal to the width between the nostrils. Posterior valves well developed, not reaching the mouth. Disk subcircular, length little less than width. Length of snout less than twice the internarial width. Eyes small, orbits equal spiracles. Spiracles without papillae, near the orbits. Nasal valves meeting ina prominence in front of the symphysis at the mouth. Fins blunt. First dorsal rather smaller than second, origin above ends of ventral bases. Tail strong, little longer than the body; caudal fin deep, rounded on the angles, convex on the hind margin. The type apparently was a very young specimen; it was taken in the Gulf of Aden, at 130 fathoms. | Brown, dark above, greyish below. DISCOPYGE. Discopyge Tscuunt1, 1845, Fauna Peruana, Pisces, p. 32. Disk circular, about half the total length; preoral section short. A large electric organ between head and each pectoral. Mouth protractile, small. Teeth bands narrow; teeth small, numerous, inward angle acute. Nostrils small, near the mouth; anterior valves confluent, reaching the mouth, free- margined at sides and ends. Eyes small. Spiracles larger than the eyes, at a short distance behind them, not fringed. Gill openings narrow. ‘Tail distinct, mops’ % HYPNARCE. 303 with two dorsals, a well-developed caudal and with lateral folds. Ventrals large, united below the tail. Skin naked. Coast of Peru. DISCOPYGE TSCHUDII. Discopyge tschudii Tscuupt, 1845, Fauna Peruana, Pisces, p. 32, pl. 6; Dumfrit, 1865, Elasm., 521; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 454. Disk circular; tail less than half the total length. Mouth, eyes, and spiracles in the anterior seventh of the total. Mouth small, protractile; teeth bands narrow; teeth minute, flat, inner margins acute angled. Eyes small. Spiracles much larger than the eyes and at a short distance backward, margins without papillae or projections. Gill apertures small, hindmost two behind the middle of the disk. Dorsals small, rounded, subequal; origin of first dorsal slightly in front of the hind margin of the ventrals; second dorsal reaching little beyond the origin of the caudal. Ventrals broad, rounded, united behind the vent. Tail small, depressed, dermal folds prominent, posterior margin of caudal convex, supracaudal portion of fin longer. Dusky reddish brown above, darker over the middle; dull whitish below. Specimen described about five and five eighths inches long taken between Huacho and Chancay, Peru. DIScOPYGE OMMATA. Discopyge ommata JorDAN & GILBERT, 1890, Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 12, p. 151; Jorp. & Evern., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 78. Disk subcircular, little wider than long. Snout broadly rounded. Eye small. Spiracle close behind the eye, smaller, fringed with eight to ten papillae. Anterior nasal valves confluent. Teeth flat, crown with an angle on inward edge. Dorsals small, subequal, second narrower and higher, rounded. Ventrals large, rounded, united below the tail. Tail shorter than the body cavity, a fold at each side, caudal rounded. Brown, irregularly mottled and spotted with lighter and darker markings, more distinct near margins of disk and tail; a large ocellate spot of blackish in the centre of the disk. Dorsals and caudal pale marbled with darker brown. Coast of Panama. HYPNARCE. Hypnos Dumérit, 1852, Rev. & mag. zool., p. 277. Hypnarce Wa1tex, 1902, Rec. Austr. mus., 4, p. 180. Disk longer than broad; preoral region short. Tail short, with two small dorsals and a small caudal. Ventrals large, united. Mouth moderate, not 304 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. protractile; teeth bands rather wide, resembling those of Narcacion rather than those of Narcine; teeth small, numerous, tricuspid. Eyes small. Spiracles large, close behind the eyes, fringed. Gull openings small. A large electric organ between the head and each pectoral. Dorsals small, above the ventrals. Vent far behind the middle of the total length. HYPNARCE SUBNIGRUM. Hypnos subnigrum Dumirin, 1852, Rev. & mag. zool., p. 279, pl. 12; 1865, Elasm., p. 520; Ginrs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 453. Hypnarce subnigrum Waite, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 42; 1902, Rec. Austr. mus., 4, p. 180. Disk longer than wide, broader forward, rostral region short. Mouth and eyes in the anterior sixth of the length. Spiracles larger than the eyes, borders fringed. Mouth and bands of teeth of moderate width; teeth small, narrow, with three slender, acute cusps. Ventrals elongate, broad, rounded, united below the tail. Dorsals subequal, close together above the hinder half of the ventrals. Tail less than a fourth of the total length. Skin naked, smooth. Waite mentions a specimen of two feet three inches in length. Young blackish brown; large specimens taken by Waite were of a rich yellowish brown color. Sydney, New South Wales; West Australia. NARCACION. Narcacion KuE1n, 1742, Hist. pise., miss., 3; 1777, Neuer schaupl., 4, p. 726; WatBaum, 1792, ARTEDI, p. 580; Gru, 1862, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 387. « Torpedo Hourruyn, 1764, Nat. hist., 6, p. 453; Dummérit, 1806, Zool. anal., p. 102. Tetronarce GILL, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 387. Gymnotorpedo FritscH, 1886, Arch. physiol., p. 365. Fimbriotorpedo Frirscu, 1886, Arch. physiol., p. 365. Disk wider than long, subcircular; snout short, weak, flexible; tail distinct, short, with two dorsals, a well-developed caudal fin, and a low keel on each side. Ventrals not united, anteriorly below the pectorals. Mouth crescentic, with a longitudinal fold at each angle. Nostrils small; anterior valves united, forming a broad flap in front of the mouth, free behind and at the sides. Teeth small, in pavement; broad-based, crown with an acute angle directed inward. Spira- cles moderate, at a short distance behind the eyes, with or without fringes on the margins. Rostral cartilage weak, short, reduced to a pair of slender rods. Tropical and temperate seas. ’ © z NARCACION MARMORATUS. 305 Spiracles fringed, on young base of the first dorsal half above the bases of the ventrals marmorate F ; ; ‘ 3 P marmoratus (page 305) ocellate, rarely unspotted : : ‘ : torpedo (page 306) base of first dorsal wholly above bases of ventrals base of dorsal ending in front of bases of ventrals brown with mottlings and spots of light and dark panthera (page 307) spots ocellate . : , : . suessi (page 308) spots small or absent . : fuscomaculatus (page 308) base of dorsal and bases of ventrals ending even brown with irregular large spots and small ones sinus-persict (page 309) Spiracles not fringed base of first dorsal and bases of ventrals ending even fairchildi (page 310) base of first dorsal half above bases of ventrals . nobilianus (page 310) base of first dorsal above ends of bases of ventrals . californicus (page 311) base of first dorsal with less than half its base above the ventrals tokionis (page 312) NARCACION MARMORATUS. Plate 61, fig. 1-3 (embryos); Plate 67, fig. 1-2. Narce Beton, 1553, Aquat., p. 90. Torpedo Breton, 1553, Aquat., p. 90. Torpedo tertia et quarta RoNDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 90. Torpille REAuMuR, 1714, Mem. Acad. sci. Paris, p. 344, pl. 12, f. 1, pl. 13, f. 2; DunamE., 1782, Traité, 4, p. 282, pl. 13. Narcacion Kux1n, 1742, Hist. pisc., miss., 3, p. 32, no. 3, 4. Raia torpedo Linn&, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 231 (part). Torpedo WausH, 1773, Philos. trans., 63, p. 461, pl. 19; Hunter, 1773, Biilos. trans., 63, p. 481, pl. 20; PRINGLE, 1775, Discourse on the Torpedo; CavenpisH, 1776, Philos. trans., 66, p. 196. Electric ray PENNANT, 1776, Zool., 3, p. 78, pl. 10, no. 36; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 410. Torpedo marmorata Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 20, pl. 3, f. 4, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 143, f. 9; Otrers, 1831, Torpedo, p. 14; Henin, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 30; Mitier & Hente, 1841, Plagios., p. 128; Dumérin, 1852, Rev. & mag. zool., p. 236; 1865, Elasm., p. 508, GUNnTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 450; Garman, 1888, Bull. M.C. Z., 17, p. 92, pl. 32; Frrrscu, 1886, Arch. physiol., p. 367; Sauvage, 1891, Poiss. Madagascar, p. 2. Torpedo galvani Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 21, pl. 3, f. 5; 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 144; Bona- PARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci. Torpedo vulgaris FLEMING, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 169. Torpedo diversicolor Davy, 1834, Philos. trans., 2, p. 550; 1839, Researches, 1, p. 79. _ Torpedo picta Lowk, 1848, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 93. Torpedo trepidans VALENCIENNES, 1843, Ichth. Canar., p. 101; Dumérit, 1852, Rev. & mag. zool., p. 238; 1865, Elasm., p. 511. Torpedo hebetans VALENCIENNES, 1843, Ichth. Canar., pl. 23, f. 2. 306 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Disk subcircular, little wider than long. Snout short, subtruncate, more convex in young. Nostrils small; anterior valves confluent, forming an upper — lip with rounded or blunted angles; outer section of posterior valves curved forward at the outer side of the nostril, inner section turned backward toward the angle of the mouth. Mouth small, crescentic; teeth small, in 33 rows on a six inch specimen, in 3 rows on an adult male of nine and one half inches, crown with an acute point. Spiracles nearly as large as the eyes, most often with seven papillae on the margin; of which the anterior two and the fourth are commonly the larger. Dorsals small, rounded; first dorsal not twice as large as the second, with half of its base above the bases of the ventrals. Tail short about one third of the total length, or half that of the body cavity. Caudal axis slightly raised, fins nearly equal, subtruncate. Back rusty brown, spotted with darker brown or with white, or with both brown and white; in cases nearly or quite uniform brown. White beneath, except under edges of fins and disk; sometimes with scattered blotches of brown. Total length 94, body cavity 64, tail 3+, width 6, and length of disk 54 inches. Mediterranean Sea and Eastern Atlantic. NARCACION TORPEDO. Népxn, ARISTOTLE, Hist. anim., II, c. ix, 3; II, xi, 7; vi, ce. x, 7, 9; ix, c. xxv, 2. Torpedo Purny, Historia, book ix, chap. 42; Jovius, 1524, Romanis piscibus, c. 28; Worron, 1552, Diff. anim., f. 145. Torpedo oculata Brion, 1553, Aquat., p. 92, fig. Narcacion torpedo Kirn, 1742, Hist. pise., miss., 3, p. 31; 1777, Neuer Schaupl., 4, p. 726, 733; Waxsavum, 1792, Artedi, p. 580 (part). Raia torpedo Linn&, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 231 (part); 1776, Syst., 1, p. 395; Brunnicu, 1768, Ichthy. Massi- liensis, p. 1; BLocu, 1785, Ausl. fische, 1, p. 44, pl. 122; Gmetin, 1788, Syst., 1, p. 1504; BuuMEN- BACH, 1810, Abbild. nat. gegenstiinde, no. 57; Grorrroy, 1892, Ann. mus., 1, p. 392, pl. 26, f. 1. Cramp fish Brooxgs, 1763, Nat. hist., 3, p. 43. Cramp ray PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 67. Raia torpedo Mituuer, 1774, Linné natursystem, 3, p. 237. Torpedo narke Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 18; 1826, Hist. nat. 3, Poissons, p. 142; Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 184; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci. Torpedo unimaculata Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 19, pl. 3, f. 3; 1826, Hist. nat. 3, Poissons, p. 148, pl. 4, f.8; Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 3, p. 134. Torpedo ocellata Rupouput, 1821, Grund. phys., 1, p. 199; Ourers, 1831, Torpedo, p. 9, pl. 1,f.3; HEniE, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 30; Frrrscu, 1886, Arch. physiol., p. 367. Raia narce Narvo, 1827, Prod. Adriat. Ichthy., p. 8, no. 4; G&nru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 449. Torpedo oculata Davy, 1829, Philos. trans., p. 15; 1832, Philos. trans., p. 259; 1839, Researches, 1, pl. 1-12; Miitter & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 127; Duméri, 1852, Rev. & mag. zool., p. 234; 1865, Elasm., p. 506. Torpedo (Eunarce) narke Fowumr, 1910, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 62, p. 472. Disk wider than long broadly rounded. Snout short, slightly concave in front. Nostrils small, wider than the space between them; anterior valves — NARCACION PANTHERA. 307 joined in a quadrangular flap free on the margin, forming an upper lip; posterior valves curving forward on the outer side of the nostril and in the inner section turning back toward the angle of the mouth. Mouth moderate, with a longi- tudinal fold at each angle; teeth small, with an acute cusp, in 3§ rows on a nine inch specimen and on one of twelve inches and a half in 33 rows. Eye small less than one third of the length of the snout. Spiracle larger than the eye, with rudimentary fringes, 3-7, more distinct on the young, apparently disap- pearing on the old. Dorsals small, rounded; anterior dorsal nearly twice the size of the posterior, with the forward half of its base above the bases of the ventrals; base of second dorsal less than its length from that of the first. Tail short, about four ninths of the total length, origin of lateral folds about opposite that of the first dorsal; caudal about as deep as long, upper lobe slightly the longer. Brown more often with five ocellate black spots at the angles of a pentagon in cases with more or varying to but one or, rarely, to none. Some individuals have small spots of white more or less symmetrically arranged, others are clouded, blotched, or spotted with dark and with light. Total length of specimen in hand 9, length of disk 42, width of disk 5, and length of body cavity 5} inches. Mediterranean and the neighboring Atlantic. NARCACION PANTHERA. Torpedo marmorata var. y, panthera OuFERS, 1831, Torpedo, p. 15, 16. Torpedo marmorata var. c. HENLE, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 30. Torpedo panthera RisprELy, 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, Fische, p. 68, pl. 19, f.1; Mitter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 193; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 510; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 451. ; Disk subcircular, wider than long. Snout short, length greater than width of mouth, nearly straight across the front. Mouth medium, with a longitudinal fold at each angle. Teeth small, broad-based, crown with a slender acute cusp, rows 36 on a specimen of ten and one fourth inches. Eye very small, about one fifth of the length of the snout. Spiracles larger than the eye, fringed irregularly, about three diameters from the eyes; papillae of the fringes five or six, posterior one larger. Dorsals small, with blunted inner angle, upper ex- tremity rounded; origin of first dorsal above the end of the vent, end of base in front of the ends of the bases of the ventrals; origin of second little behind ventral bases. Tail hardly more than one third of the total length, small, weak, 308 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. depressed, with a low fold on each side from opposite the second dorsal. Caudal deeper than long, rounded, hind margin slightly convex. Rusty brown, with spots varying from lighter brown to white, and from larger than the spiracle to minute dots, so closely placed that the brown appears as narrow streaks, reticulations, bars, and spots. Lower surfaces white, except the edges, which are mottled and spotted with white and brown. Hinder margins of dorsals and caudal light. Total length of specimen described 104, length of disk 6, length of body cavity 6§ and width of disk 6 inches. In the type the number of rows of teeth are said to be 36 which is probably abnormal. Red Sea. NARCACION SUESSI. Torpedo suessi STEINDACHNER, 1898, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien., 107, p. 784, pl. 2. Disk subcircular; snout slightly convex. Spiracles fringed; papillae five or more, irregular, hindmost one largest. Tail shorter than the body; caudal angles rounded, margins convex; folds originating opposite the second dorsal. Dorsals rounded; first dorsal not twice as large as the second, origin above the vent, end of base in front of the ends of the bases of the ventrals; origin of second dorsal in front of the free ends of the ventral fins. Brownish, mottled anteriorly, with large spots of blackish edged with white, - eight or more on the disk and one on the base of each of the dorsals and the ventrals. Spots varying in diameter from the width of the mouth to very small dots. _ Perim and Mocha, Red Sea. Closely allied to if not identical with N. panthera. NARCACION FUSCOMACULATUS. Torpedo fuscomaculatus Peters, 1855, Monatsb. Berl. akad., p. 466; GinrTx., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 451. Narcacion polleni BLEEKER, 1866, Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 3, p. 171; 1874, Faune Madagascar, p. 1, pl. 1. Torpeda panthera KLUNZINGER, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 238. Disk broader than long. Snout subtruncate. Mouth wide, with a longi- tudinal fold at each angle. Teeth small, broad-based, sharp-cusped, in @2 rows on an eighteen inch specimen, while an eight inch individual apparently of the same species has 35 rows. Eye small, about twice the length of the orbit from the spiracle. Spiracles larger than the eye; fringes small, four on the inner NARCACION SINUS-PERSICI. 309 _ border, fifth largest. On the small specimen the fringes are very distinct, on _ the large they are more or less rudimentary. Dorsals small, rounded; first i dorsal much the larger, origin above the vent, end of base in front of the ends % of the bases of the ventrals; base of second about three fifths the length of the base of the first. Tail nearly one third of the total length. Caudal little longer than deep on a large individual, deeper than long on a small one, hind margin convex; subcaudal very little shorter; caudal folds low beginning opposite the middle of the second dorsal. Brown, rusty, or yellowish, with numerous spots or streaks of darker and of lighter and with some spots of black. Total length 18, length of disk 10, length of body 12, and width of disk 133 inches. Specimen described from Mauritius; originally described from Mozambique, and later, N. polleni, from Madagascar. A close ally of N. panthera, possibly a variety. NARCACION SINUS-PERSICI. ?Torpedo sinus-persici KAEMPFER, 1712, Amoen. exot., 3, p. 509; VALENT., 1720, Amph. zoot., 2, p. 115, pl. 69. _ Torpedo marmorata var. 5., T. sinus-persict OLFERS, 1831, Torpedo, p. 15; Henux, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 31; Mtiizr & Hente, 1841, Plagios., p. 128. Torpedo sinus-persici Dummirin, 1852, Rev. & mag. zool., p. 239; 1865, Elasm., p. 509; Sauvaas, 1891, Poiss. Madagascar, p. 3, pl. 1. Torpedo smithii GintH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 451. Disk broad, subcircular. Snout short, length greater than width of mouth, slightly convex in front. Nostrils small, as wide as the space between them, anterior valves confluent in a broad flap reaching the mouth, angles rounded; outer section of posterior valves turned forward on the outer side of the nostril, inner section turned back toward angle of mouth. Mouth moderate, with a longitudinal fold at the angle. Teeth small, broad-based, with medium sized , sharp and slender cusps, in about 3 rows. Eye small. Spiracle little larger than the eye, with seven papillae (the fourth of which is the largest), distant from the orbit about two diameters. Dorsals small, narrow, rounded, without an inner angle between inner and hind margins; first dorsal not twice as large as second, origin little behind the vent, base ending about even with bases of _ventrals; length of base of second more than distance from first. Tail short, small, with a stout fold on each side from opposite the middle of second dorsal. Caudal deeper than long, subtruncate, angles rounded. Rusty brown with irregular spots of dark and of lighter, as large as the 310 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. spiracles, or larger, to minute scattered over the upper surfaces. Lower sur-— faces white, darker below edges of disk and fins. Total length 134, length of disk 8, length of body 8%, and width 8} inches. _ South Africa?; Persian Gulf. NARCACION FAIRCHILDI. Torpedo fairchildi Hector, 1872, Fishes of New Zealand, p. 83, pl. 12, f. 134. Torpedo fusca PARKER, 1884, Trans. N. Z. inst., 16, p. 288, pl. 22, f. 1. Spiracles not fringed, one diameter behind the eyes. First dorsal above the ventrals, posterior edges of both in a line, size about one and one half times that of second dorsal. Tail shorter than the body. Total length thirty-four inches, width twenty-four. Uniform grayish black above, whitish beneath. Napier Harbour, North Island, New Zealand, and Australia. NARCACION NOBILIANUS. Plate 25, fig. 2; Plate 61, fig. 4-5. Torpedo nobiliana BoNAPARTE, 1832, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, fase. 12; Yarre un, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 546; Miuier & Henig, 1841, Plagios., p. 128; Dumi&rim, 1865, Elasm., p. 512. Torpedo walshit THompson, 1840, Ann. nat. hist., 5, p. 292; 1856, Nat. hist. Ireland, 4, p. 256. Torpedo hebetans Low®, 1841, Trans. Zool. soc. London, 2, p. 195; Ginrs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 449. Torpedo occidentalis StrorER, 1843, Amer. journ. sci., 45, p. 165, pl. 3; 1846, Mem. Amer. acad., new ser., 2, p. 264; 1867, Mass. fishes, p. 271, pl. 39, f.5; Jorpan & GiLBeErRT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p- 39. Torpedo nigra GUICHENOT, 1850, Expl. Alg., p. 131, pl. 8. Tetronarce occidentalis Git, 1861, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 7, p. 387; Jorp. & EvErm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. — mus., p. 77. Torpedo Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, pl. 30. Disk wider than long, broadly rounded at the sides. Snout short, sub- — truncate. Nostrils small, about half as wide as the internarial space; anterior valves confluent, extending to the mouth as an upper lip, outer edges free, with — a low process near the outer angle, representing as a rudiment the middle lobe — or section as developed in the Discobatidae and the Rhinobatidae; posterior — valve with outer section curving forward along the outer side of the nostril and — inner section turning back toward the angle of the mouth. Mouth large, crescentic, width greater than length of snout, a longitudinal groove at each > angle. Teeth small, broad-based, crown acute on inner margin, in 3 rows on a 4 twenty-five inch specimen. Eye small. Spiracle larger than the eye, about one diameter behind the orbit, not fringed. Dorsals small, narrow, rounded on the ends; first dorsal with about half its base above the bases of the ventrals; NARCACION CALIFORNICUS. 311 second dorsal less than half as large as the first, and base longer than the distance from the first. Tail not far from one third of the total length, about nine sixteenths of the length of the body cavity, narrow, depressed, rounded at the sides, with a low dermal fold on each side from opposite the space between the dorsals; caudal axis slightly raised, length about three fourths of the depth, subtruncate. Dark chocolate-brown on the back and below the edges of disk, fins, and tail; balance of lower surface white. Total length 251, body cavity 16, length of disk 18, and width of disk 17 inches. Mediterranean Sea to the Western Atlantic. Bonaparte’s figures of N. nobilianus have the notched condition of the pectorals seen on fig. 4, and 5 of Plate 61. Kaempfer’s figures of N. sinus- persict Duméril exhibit similar notches. NARCACION CALIFORNICUS. Plate 53, fig. 2 (pelvis). Torpedo californica AyrEs, 1855, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., 1, p. 70; Jorp. & GitBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 39, 876; Garman, 1888, Bull. M.C. Z., 17, p. 93, pl. 31. Tetronarce californica Jorp. & EveRM., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 77. Disk broader than long, subcircular. Snout short, convex. Nostrils small, not as wide as their distance apart; anterior valves, not long, confluent, forming an upper lip, no lobule present as on N. nobilianus; outer section of posterior valve curved forward at the outer side of the nostril, inner section turned backward toward the angle of the mouth. Mouth wide, crescentic, with a fold at each angle. Teeth small} broad-based, inner edge of crown with a slender acute cusp, in 38 rows on a thirteen inch individual. Eyes small. Spiracle larger than the eye, less than one diameter farther back, without fringes. Dorsals small, rounded; anterior dorsal twice as large as the posterior, base entirely above ends of bases of ventrals; second dorsal one length of its own base farther back than the base of the first. Tail short, with a low fold on each side from opposite the space between the dorsals. Caudal large, deeper than long, with angles rounded, subtruncate. Brown, edges of dorsals light; lower surfaces white, outer edges brown. Total length of specimen described 13, length of disk 73, length of body 8} and width 93 inches. California. . 312 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Torpedo chilensis Guichenot 1848, Fauna Chilena, 2, p. 368, is insufficiently — described: — ‘‘ Torpedo corpore omnino rotundato, fusco-nigricante. La forma — de esta especie es perfectamente redondeada.— Color: moreno rojizo, tirando algo al de ladrillo, pero mas oscuro.— Longitud total, nuestro dibujo la representa de 2 piés; su mayor anchura es de 10 4 11 pulg.; sin embargo, suele ser mucho mayor.” NARCACION TOKIONIS. Tetronarcine tokionis TANAKA, 1908, Journ. Coll. sci., Tokyo, 28, p. 2. This species appears to be shaped much like J. californicus but somewhat narrower in disk and longer in the tail. The hind margin of the caudal is in- dented; the first dorsal is more than twice as large as the second and has less than half of its base above the ventral bases. Uniform brown above; whitish beneath. Sagami Sea, Japan. ins bsg hte ets ape NARKE. Narke Kaur, 1826, Arch. anat. phys., p. 365; 1836, Thierreich, 3, p. 113. Astrape MiiLtuer & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 117. Bengalichthys ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 46. Nati atte evs yay Head, body, electric organs, and pectorals united in a subcircular disk. Anterior narial valves confluent in a quadrangular flap, free behind, covering the mouth. Mouth small, protractile, surrounded by a fold. Teeth small, in narrow bands. Eyes small, protruding. Spiracles larger than the eyes, imme- diately behind the orbits, with smooth, raised edges. Gill openings narrow. Ventrals broad, distinct, inserted below the pectorals. One dorsal. ‘Tail short, with a fold at each side; caudal resembling that of Rhinobatus, supracaudal longer. Skin soft, smooth, naked. Base of dorsal above the ventrals vent behind the middle of total length . : capensis (page 313) Base of dorsal behind the ventrals vent near the middle of the total length ventrals with an outer angle, margin excavated brown above, with white spots and edges, white beneath dipterygia (page 313) ventrals lacking outer angle, margin rounded brown above and beneath, plain or spotted with black and white ~ japonica (page 314) . NARKE DIPTERYGIA. 313 ventrals blunted on outer angles, margin sinuous brown above, light spots; cream below; eyes minute umpennis (page 315) NARKE CAPENSIS. Raia sp. Gronow, 1763, Zoophy, 1, no. 152, p. 35. Raia capensis GMEuin, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1512; ScunempEr, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 360. Torpedo capensis Ot¥FERS, 1831, Torpedo, p. 23; Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 13. Narcine capensis HenteE, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 36, pl. 3, f. 1. Astrape capensis Mtuuer & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., p. 130; Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 108; Dvu- MGRIL, 1852, Rev. & mag. zool., p. 280; 1865, Elasm., p. 522; Kner, 1867, Nov. fische, p. 419; Ginrtu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 454. Disk wider than long, transversely elliptical, curve in front of snout very broad. Nostrils and valves, mouth, eyes, and spiracles similar to those of N. dipterygia. ‘Teeth bands of moderate width, intermediate between those of Narcacion and those of Narcine. Vent behind the middle of the total length. Ventrals broad, broadly rounded on the outer margin, less angular than those of NV. dipterygia, claspers short, depressed, very blunt. Dorsal small, rounded, base entirely above the ventral. Caudal of medium size, subcaudal the shorter and broadly rounded. Colors variable; back uniform dusky brown, or brown with whitish spots; lower surface white more or less spotted with brown. Cape of Good Hope; Madagascar. NARKE DIPTERYGIA. Raia dipterygia SCHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 359. Torpedo dipterygia OtFERs, 1831, Torpedo, p. 25, pl. 2, f. 2. Narcine dipterygia HENLE, 1834, Ueber Narcine, p. 38. Astrope dipterygia Mituer & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 181; T. Cantor, 1849, Malay fishes, p. 419; Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 103; Dumérin, 1852, Rev. & mag. zool., p. 42; 1865, Elasm., p. 523; Day, 1865, Fishes Malabar, p. 276; 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 734, pl. 192, f. 4; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 454. In most respects closely resembling Narke japonica. Distinguished by the ventral fins and the coloration. Disk subcircular; tail little longer. Base of dorsal midway from the bases of the ventrals to the origin of the caudal. Ventrals with an outer angle more or less prominent and with an indented outer margin. In coloration individuals vary to a considerable extent. Cantor describes one that was dark greenish olive above, with a large round whitish __ spot on each side at the posterior margin of the disk; anterior half of the ventrals whitish; a large round whitish spot above the end of each ventral, and a similar _ one at each side of the root of the caudal; dorsal and caudal blackish brown or _ black; beneath whitish. Day figures another of a dull reddish olive above, 314 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. whitish below, with white margins to disk, ventrals, tail and spiracles, and with — a white spot of some size above each pectoral near its end. In general it may be said the back is dusky brown, uniform or white-spotted, and the lower surface white with brown blotches or spots. Originally described from Tranquebar; other localities given are Penang, Singapore, Malay Peninsula, Lancavy Islands, Malacca, Hindostan, Canton. NARKE JAPONICA. Plate 24, fig. 3; Plate 56, fig. 10; Plate 67, fig. 3-4. Torpedo (Astrape) japonica ScHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 307, pl. 140. Astrape japonica JoRDAN & Fow ER, 1903, Proc. U. 8. nat. Mus., 26, p. 656; Isarkawa & Matsuura, 1897, Cat. fishes, p. 60. Disk subcircular; snout short, convex on anterior margin. Nostrils small; anterior valves confluent, free behind the median attachment and extending back over the teeth; posterior valves with prominent free margins, curving back at the outer side of the nostrils then turning in and forward as a partition across the interior. Mouth small, protractile, surrounded by a fleshy lip, included by a deep fold of the skin and divided on both jaws by a prominence in the middle of each jaw. A flattened papilla, commonly lobed at its extremity, stands above the middle of each band of teeth. Teeth small, with a sharp angle rising inward from each crown, in {g rows on an adult male of ten and one half inches; lateral series from each side meeting in an angle in front of each band. Eyes very small, prominent. Spiracles larger than the eyes, immediately behind the orbits, with a smooth raised border, without papillae. Gill openings small. Dorsal fin small, rounded; base little more than its length behind the bases of the ventrals and about the same distance from the origin of the caudal. Tail short, length about half of the total, stout, depressed, with a well-developed caudal and with a fold on each side originating opposite the origin of the dorsal. Subcaudal broadly rounded; supracaudal longer, rounded on the hind margin. Ventrals broad, distinct, convex on the outer margin, without an outer angle; origins below the pectorals; claspers short, depressed, very blunt, with a groove along the upper side and also a short slit near the end. A male of eleven inches is functionally mature; a female of fourteen inches contains fully developed young each of which is three and three fourths inches in length. Reddish or chocolate-brown above and below, light to very dark, lighter ~ beneath, uniform or spotted with darker, Plate 24, fig. 3. Some individuals have TEMERA. 315 small spots of white sprinkled over the ventral surfaces. A frequent marking is white below the anterior ray of each ventral fin. Young at the time of extru- sion are nearly uniform, lighter than the adults; they have only the white marks on the first rays of the ventrals. The specimen figured on Plate 24, from the Sagami Sea, differs from most of the others in having black spots on the back and on the lower surfaces. Specimens described from the Sagami Sea, Japan. NARKE IMPENNIS. Bengalichthys impennis ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 48, f. 9, pl. 3°, f. 7. Disk stout, thick, broader forward, length and width about equal, broadly rounded in front. Eyes minute, sunken. Spiracles close to the eyes, edges smooth. Mouth closely resembling that of N. dipterygia externally; teeth with the triangular transverse ridge somewhat more pointed than in that species. A somewhat narrow long rectangular process on the roof of the mouth, directed backwards rather than downwards, sinuous on the distal edge; a smaller similar process on the floor of the mouth. Numerous white glandular pits on the back. Pectoral fins a fringed ridge 2-3 mm. broad near the edge of the disk in the posterior half. Tail stout, longer than the disk; caudal angles rounded. Dorsal small, behind the ventrals, near midway to the caudal. Claspers slender, blunt, reaching to origin of dorsal. Top of disk and tail deep buff clouded with dark brown; lower surface, edges of disk and fins, a large spot behind each battery, another in front of each ventral, and the more elongate blotch behind each ventral and at each side of the base of the caudal cream color. Length of one of the two types 175 mm., length of disk 81, length of tail 89, greatest width 79, thickness 25, and height or length of dorsal fin 7 mm. Coast of Orissa, Bay of Bengal. TEMERA. Temera Gray, 1831, Zool. misc., 1, p. 7. Disk subcircular, broader than long, longer than the tail. Nasal valves short, confluent, reaching the mouth. Mouth small, protractile; teeth in bands. Eye small. Spiracle moderate, close to the eye, not fringed. Ventrals broad, elongate. No dorsal fin. Tail short. An electric organ between the head and the pectoral. Nearly allied to Narke. 316 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. TEMERA HARDWICKII. Temera hardwickii Gray, 1831, Zool. misc., 1, p.7; Gray & Harpwicke, 1834, Ill. Ind. zool., 2, pl. 102, f.1; Miier & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 131, pl. 60, f. 2; T. Cantor, 1849, Malay fishes, p. 420, pl. 12; Dumérm, 1852, Rev. & mag. zool., p. 45; 1865, Elasm., p. 524; BuerKer, 1860, Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 20, p. 451; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 455. Form resembling that of Narke. Disk subcircular, little wider than long, outline less convex infront. Anterior nasal valves confluent, reaching the mouth. Eyes small, in the forward sixth of the disk. Spiracles small, close behind the eyes, not fringed. Mouth small, protractile; dental bands narrow, teeth obtuse (in females). No dorsal fins. Ventrals large, broad, elongate, subtriangular, well developed. Caudal skin smooth, naked. Six inches in total length. Uniform brownish, or with darker markings or lighter spots. Originally described from Penang. RaAIIDAE. Body and head much depressed and united with the pectorals forming a rhomboid disk. Tail distinct, depressed, with lateral folds. Dorsals small, behind the mid length of the tail. Eyes and spiracles superior. Mouth inferior; teeth small, numerous, in pavement. Gill-openings inferior, small. Skin generally more or less rough with small sharp spines and larger tubercles. In most, if not all, of the genera the male sex is provided with a group of erectile tenacula near the middle of the upper side of each pectoral. Oviparous. Fossil genera are found in the Upper Cretaceous and later. Rostral cartilage produced from the skull, pointed pectorals widely separated in front ventrals deeply notched dorsals near the end of the tail : ! . Raa (page 317) dorsals distant from the end of the tail. Uraptera (page 367) pectorals separated in front, with a lateral process ventrals notched dorsals near the end of the tail . ‘ Dactylobatus (page 368) Rostral cartilage absent or soft : pectorals somewhat narrowly separated in front ventrals with a shallow notch; caudal rudimentary Sympterygia (page 369) RAIA. 317 Rostrum soft flexible pectorals narrowly separated behind a short rostral process Psammobatis (page 370) Rostral cartilage absent pectorals notched at the side, close together in snout Malacorhina (page 372) Rata. Raia (part) Linn&, 1735, Syst. nat.; Arrepr, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn. p. 99, Gen. p. 70; Linn&, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 231. Disk subquadrangular to subcircular. Snout more or less produced and pointed, with a stout prolongation from the skull as a rostral cartilage. Pec- toral fins widely separated at the snout, not reaching its end. Eyes prominent, with a fimbriate velum above the pupil. Nostrals with two valves, anterior broad reaching the mouth, posterior folded in a tube; a nasoral groove. Mouth transverse nearly straight. Teeth small, tessellate, varying from flat to sharp and pointed. Spiracles close to the eye. Gill-openings small. Caudal mem- branous. Ventrals notched. Tail with a fold along each side. Fossil in the Eocene and later. The variation during the life of the individual in length of snout, length of tail, width of disk, dentition, squamation, and coloration, not to mention the variations in the sexes and among the individuals of a species, are so great that “it is thought better to group the Raiae according to localities, than to place dependence on a synopsis of species the characters for which are drawn from partial descriptions of single specimens widely diverse in degrees of maturity. European species , : ‘ : : : : : : page 318 Eastern North American species ; : : : : ; page 335 Western North American species : i : , : : page 343 Species from Japan to China and India : : : : page 349 South American species : : : : : : : s page 356 Species from South Africa to New Zealand : : , : page 363 318 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. European Species. RAIA RADULA. Raia radula DELAROcHE, 1809, Ann. Mus. hist. nat., 18, p. 321; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 151; Miter & Hens, 1841, Plagios., p. 133; Dummérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 534; Gtnra., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 461; Morwav, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 421. Raia virgata Grorrroy Saint-Hilaire, 1827, Descript. Egypt, 1, p. 337, pl. 26, f. 2, 3. Dasybatus radula Bonaparte, 1840, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, p. 487, pl. 64. Raia atra Mijuter & HENte, 1841, Plagios., p. 134, pl. 45; Dumirim, 1865, Elasm., p. 535; Gunrs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 461. Batis radula Bonaparte, 1846, Cat. pesci Eur., p. 12, no. 11. Raia radula var. atra DODERLEIN, 1884, Man. ittiol. Medit., 3, p. 210. Disk rhomboid, subcircular, angles blunt, anterior angle bluntly rounded or subtrunecated, forward margins little undulated, outer broadly rounded. Snout slightly produced, short, length little more than the width of the mouth. Mouth nearly straight; teeth blunt, in about 40 rows. Back covered with minute spines; tubercles on the orbital ridge in front of and behind the eye, one on each shoulder, a median vertebral series on back and tail, and with age one or more lateral series on each side of the median on the tail. Lower surfaces nearly smooth. Greyish to yellowish or reddish brown spotted, streaked, or clouded with darker and lighter; a black ocellus on each shoulder. Varying in individuals to blackish or black. Mediterranean. RAIA PICTA. Raia picta LacthrkpeE, 1802, Poissons, 4, p. 670, pl. 16, f. 2; Buarnv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 33, pl. 4, f. 2. Raia mosaica LachPmDE, 1802, Poissons, 4, p. 675; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat. 3, Poissons, p. 154; Blainv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 32. Raia undulata LacérrpeE, (non Valmont), 1802, Poissons, p. 675, pl. 14, f.2; Mititer & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 134; Dumirin, 1865, Elasm., p. 537; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 459; Morzgav, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 438; DopmrieEtin, 1884, Man. ittiol. Medit., 3, p. 206. Disk one third wider than long, broad and broadly rounded in the posterior half, very obtuse and rounded in front, anterior margins very slightly concave opposite the spiracles, outer and hinder angles and hinder margins broadly rounded. Snout blunt, tip hardly prominent, rounded. Mouth moderate, arched, width less than two thirds of the length of the snout. Teeth small, unequal, with flattened crowns, rounded on the inner edge, in 41 rows on the upper jaw. Length of orbit little less than the interorbital width, two sevenths > y. RAIA OCULATA. 319 of the length of the snout. Skin nearly smooth, a few small spines on the head, the dorsal fins and the top of the tail. Tubercles with broad swollen striate bases and short compressed and hooked cusps: two in front of and two behind each eye, one on each shoulder, and a median series from head to second dorsal. Young without lateral rows on the tail. Tail longer than the body, produced and acuminate behind the dorsals. Dorsals separated by a space with tubercles. Light reddish or yellowish brown, with narrow irregular crooked streaks of brown, over the body and extending toward the margins, and apparently with scattered fainter spots of white; white below. Total length 157, snout to pores 73, snout to mouth 2, and greatest width 9? inches. There is no apparent reason to doubt that the specimen described above is identical in species with that described and figured by Lacépéde as Raia undulata. There is some question, however, whether Giinther’s specimen from Madeira, also a young male, is of the same species; it has 60 rows of teeth and appears to be without the markings. RAIA OCULATA. Raia asterias RonpEtET, 1554, Pisc., p. 350; Gusnmr, 1558, Aquat., 4, p. 934; Axprovanp1, 1613, Pise. & Cet., p. 457; WittuGHBY, 1686, Pisc., p. 73, pl.C 1,f.1; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 153; Miuier & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 138, 194 (excl. synon.); Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p, 548 (excl. synon.); Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 460; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 429; Doprtern, 1884, Man. ittiol. Medit., 3, p. 180. Raia oculata Vatmont, 1768, Dict. d’hist. nat., 3, p. 705; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 149; FLEMING, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 172; Mit ipr & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 151. Fuller ray PENNANT, 1776, Brit. Zool., 3, p. 76. Raia rubus Donovan (non Brainy.) 1803, Br. fish., 1, pl. 20; Turton, 1806, Syst., 1, p. 927; Fieminea, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 171. Raia miraletus DoNovAN (non Linn&), 1806, Br. fish., pl. 103; Turron, 1806, Syst., 1, p. 926; Buarnv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 27, pl. 4, f. 1; Jmenyns, 1835, Man., p. 518; YAaRRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 431. Raia fullonica Turton, (non Linn&), 1806, Syst., 1, p. 926. Raia maculata Montagu (non DuHAMEL) 1815, Mem. Wern., soc., 2, p. 426; Jenyns, 1835, Man., p. 514; PARNELL, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc. 7, p. 434, pl. 42, f. 2; THompson, 1856, Nat. hist. Ireland, 4, p. 260; Gunru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 458; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 345, pl. 172. Homelyn ray YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 429. Raia oxryrhynchus Wurte, 1851, Cat., p. 138. Spotted ray Coucn, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 104, pl. 24. Raia brachyura Laront, 1871, Actes. Soc. Linn. Bord., 28, p. 503, pl. 25. Raia blanda Hour & CatpERwoop, 1895, Trans. Roy. Dublin soc., new ser., 5, p. 395. Disk rhomboid, broader than long, front angle very blunt, outer angles nearly 90° anterior margins undulated, hinder angles and margins broadly rounded; snout nearly one fourth of the length of the disk, tip slightly produced and blunted. Width of mouth more than half the distance from the end of the snout. Teeth somewhat pointed in 70-80+ rows. Length of eye less than 320 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. two fifths of the snout, nearly equal to width between orbits. Tail little longer than the body, produced behind the second dorsal. Dorsals separated by a space with spines. Back, tail, and lower edges of front margins, rough with — small spines. A small tubercle, or more than one, in front of each orbit, in cases one or more behind it; one, sometimes more, on each shoulder; a median verte- bral series of tubercles from head to second dorsal is frequently irregular or absent above the body. The variations include from a nearly smooth form to one with a lateral row of tubercles on each side of the tail. Present specimen of warm brown, profusely spotted with small spots of darker brown and with five or six larger spots of white on the basal portion of the pectorals. Translucent spaces of snout white, immaculate. Variations range from nearly or quite uniform brown to much spotted with brown, to the spotted with white, and to forms marked with large ocellate spots on the bases of the pectorals. Total length 223, length of disk 12 and greatest width 16 inches. Off southern coasts of England to France. RAIA MICROCELLATA. Raia microcellata Montacu, 1815, Mem. Wern. soc., 2, p. 430; Fiemine, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 171; JENYNS, 1835, Man., p. 515; McCoy, 1841, Ann. mag. nat. hist., 6, p. 407; Miiumr & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 142; Wurre, 1851, Cat., p. 1389; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 538; Mornav, 1881, Poiss., France, p. 417; Day, 1884, Br. fishes, 2, p. 346, pl. 172; Prmtscumann, 1906, Ann. k. k. nat. Hofmuseums, 21, p. 90, pl. 5. Small-eyed ray YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fish., 2, p. 433. Painted ray, Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 107, pl. 25. Disk rhomboid, broader than long, front angle and outer angles greater than 90°, anterior margins nearly straight, hinder border broadly rounded, snout slightly produced, blunt. Mouth wide, width about equal two thirds of its distance from the end of the snout. Teeth flattened in the female, more pointed in the male, in about 55 rows. Eyes small, in diameter equal to one third of their distance apart, or one fifth of that from the end of the snout. Spiracles larger than the eyes. Body and tail rough with small spines, or nearly smooth. A median row of small tubercles on the tail, extending for- ward on the body in cases, with or without a lateral row at each side. Greyish or brownish with spots of brownish and of white, larger than the eye, on the middle of the disk, and with narrow stripes near the margins and somewhat parallel with the front and the hinder border. Lower surface white. — Reaches a length of more than two feet and a half. Off shores of southern England and of France. RAIA STELLATA. 321 RAIA NAEVUS. Raia naevus Miuuer & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 138, 194; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 549. Raia miraletus Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 112, pl. 27. Outlines of disk similar to those of R. erinacea, Plate 20. Width greater than length of body; front angle greater than 90°; snout short one and one half times the internarial space, slightly produced, pointed; outer and hinder angles and outer margins broadly rounded. Mouth waved; teeth sharp (male) in about 54 rows. Rostral cartilage short, pointed, ridges meeting nearly midway from eyes to end of snout. Upper surfaces, top of head, pectorals, and top of tail rough with small sharp hooked spines, longer opposite the sides of the head and on the tail. Three to four compressed hooked tubercles on the orbital ridge in front and as many behind the eye. A median vertebral row of small tubercles on the shoulder girdle is lost behind it but reappears behind the body in a few scattered tubercles. At each side of this row there is a lateral row of which the thorns are larger; it also is interrupted near the girdle. Nearer the lateral folds on the tail there is another lateral row for a considerable distance on each side. Lower surface smooth except below front margin and snout. Male with several rows of tenacula near the outer angle, extending to the front margin on the specimen described. Dorsals distinct but close together. Tail little longer than body, slightly produced behind the dorsals. Yellowish or rusty brown, with a large spot of black vermiculate or marbled with yellow on the base of each pectoral. The male described has several small spots of dark brown between the eyes and the outer margin. Beneath whitish to flesh color, with a dark spot below the end of the snout. Described specimen an adult male, from Nice, in total length 20, snout to abdominal pores 9.25, snout to mouth 2.25, and in greatest width 11.75 inches. In size, dentition, etc., it appears more nearly allied to R. erinacea than to the larger species, R. diaphanes, of the Western Atlantic. Off Atlantic and Mediterranean Coasts of Europe. RaIA STELLATA. Raia asterias Beton, 1553, Aquat., p. 83; DrLarocue, 1809, Ann. Mus. hist. nat., 18, p. 322, pl. 20. Raia asteria aspera RonvELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 352; GesneR, 1558, Aquat., p. 935; ALpROvVANDI, 1613, Pise. & Cet., p. 458; Jonst., 1649, Pisc., p. 36, pl. 10, f. 7; WritLtuausy, 1686, Pisc., p. 73, pl. D 5, f. 4, Raia stellaris Satv1ant, 1554, Aquat., f. 150, pl. 51. Raia stellata V aLMonrt, 1768, Dict. d’hist., nat., 3, p. 705. 322 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Raia punctata Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 12; 1826, Hist. nat., 8, Poissons, p. 153; Ginru., 1870, Cat. 7 fishes Br. mus., 8, p. 458; Mornau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 426; Dopmruer, 1884, Man. ittiol. — Medit., 3, p. 186. Dasybatis asterias Buatnv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 26 (part), Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci; CANESTRINI, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 57; Psruata, 1881, Pesci Adriatica, p. 58. Raia schiltzii Miuuter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 138, 194, pl. 47, f. 1; Dumsérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 541. Disk rhomboid, broader than long, front angle blunt, outer angles sharply rounded, little if any more than 90°, anterior margins nearly straight, hinder broadly rounded. Snout nearly twice the interspiracular width, tip slightly produced. Mouth somewhat arched; teeth rather flat, in about 38 rows. Ros- trum above and below, top of head, middle of back, anterior ends of pectorals and sides of tail rough with small spines. A median row of tubercles on back and tail. Young individuals, and females, rougher and with the spines around the orbits and along sides of tail larger than the others; males with extensive smooth areas above the middle of the pectorals and on the ventrals. Tail longer than the body, produced behind the dorsals. Dorsals separated by a space shorter than the first dorsal. Reddish brown with numerous small spots of brown; specimen described with a dozen or more larger spots of white, each surrounded by a ring of brown spots on the basal portion of each pectoral, and with five or six similar ones on “4 each ventral. Lower surfaces whitish, a brown spot below the anterior section of each ventral surrounded by the white margin. Description from a young male taken at Genoa, in total length 143, snout to pores 63, snout to mouth 2, and in greatest width 93 inches. Southern Europe. RAIA FYLLAE. Raia fyllae LiirKen, 1887, Vid. medd. nat. foren. Kj6k., p. 1, extr. pl. 1; 1898, Danish Ingolf exped., 2, p. 4, fig., pl. 2; Jorpan & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 69. Outlines of the young somewhat like those of R. plutonia, Plate 18, fig. 1, but broader forward. Disk subcircular, snout hardly produced, anterior mar- gins straightened in the middle, front, outer, and hinder angles, and hind margins ~ broadly rounded. Mouth arched, width nearly one and one half times in the ~ length of the snout; teeth in about 30 rows. Orbits large, length greater than the interorbital width, or nearly one and one half times in the preorbital length. Spiracles small. Back roughened with spinules; larger spines above the snout, — on the orbital ridge, in a pair on each shoulder, and in a median series from head 4 to dorsals (ca. 37). Tail much longer than the body. Dorsals not separated. Brown with large spots of darker brown, subsymmetrically arranged, on the back and across the tail. RAIA QUADRIMACULATA. 323 Type, nearly 8 inches in length, from Davis Straits. In his later publication Liitken figures an adult male which differs so much from the foregoing as to call for a separate description. Of a specimen 21 inches in total length the outlines bear a considerable resemblance to those of Malacorhina mira on Plate 27, fig. 3, in that the anterior margins are somewhat deeply notched opposite the spiracles. Near the rostral cartilage the outline is concave. The portion of the pectorals opposite the head is narrow while the remainder behind it is very broad and rounded. The snout is short and is produced in a right angle. Back rough along the anterior margins, spines larger opposite the head on the pectorals and on the rostral cartilages; strong spines occur on the orbital ridges and above the spiracles, in a triangular group from the shoulder girdle forward and in a broad band of four or five somewhat irregular series from the girdle backward along the middle of the body and on the top of the tail; smooth below. Teeth in 34 rows. Tenacula of the male numerous and strong. , Back light greyish brown; below brownish. Apparently a close ally of R. erinacea. RAIA QUADRIMACULATA. Raia quadrimaculata Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 150; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 65, f. 2; Prerscumann, 1906, Ann. k. k. nat. Hofmuseums, 21, p. 125, pl. 6. Raia asterias Coucu, 1838, Mag. nat. hist., 2, p. 72, fig. Sandy ray Coucn, 1838, Mag. nat. hist., 2, p. 71; fig.; YARRELL, 1839, Brit. fishes. Suppl., p. 69; Coucs, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 115, pl. 28. Raia radula YARRELL, 1839, Brit. fishes., Suppl., p. 69; THompson, 1856, Nat. hist. Ireland, 4, p. 262. Raia falsavela Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, p. 489, pl. 65, f. 1; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 549; Dop®RLEIN, 1884, Man. ittiol. Medit., 3, p. 202. Raia spinosa YARRELL, 1841, Brit. fishes, ed. 2, 2, p. 574. Raia sp. McCoy, 1841, Ann. mag. nat. hist., 6, p. 405. Raia circularis Mau, 1857, Ofvers. Vet. akad. Forhl., p. 187; Dumérm, 1865, Elasm., p. 536; CoLuerr, 1875, Norges fiske, p. 214; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 462; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 348, pl. 174. ; Amblyraia circularis Mau, 1877, Goteb. och Bohus fauna, p. 608. The outlines of this species resemble those of R. diaphanes Plate 22, fig. 1; there is also a considerable resemblance to the small species, R. naevus, but the snout is sharper and more projected and the tail is shorter. All of the angles are rounded and the anterior margins are waved. Interorbital width and length of orbit equal. Teeth pointed, in about 80 rows. Back covered with small _Spines; a series of small tubercles around each orbital ridge. Three to five rows of small tubercles in front of the shoulder girdle, in the middle, the median row of which is continued backward by scattered thorns; the lateral series also are 324 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. continued on the tail and are interrupted more or less completely above the abdomen. The median line on the tail is nearly naked. Rusty brown, uniform or with small darker spots and with or without small dark bordered symmetrically placed spots of white or yellow behind the ends of the girdle, the number of these ocelli varying from one to a dozen or more, as in R. diaphanes from the East coasts of the United States. Many individuals, mostly young ones, have a rounded spot of black vermiculated or marbled with yellowish at each shoulder. A large species reaching a length of more than four feet. Off the coasts of Europe and Madeira. RAIA MIRALETUS. Raia aspera stellaris Jonst., 1649, Pisc., p. 36, pl. 10, f. 4. Raia oculata WiLLUGHBY, 1686, Pisc., p. 72; Ray, 1718, Pisc., p. 27. Raia dorso ventroque glabris ArTEpI, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 101, Gen., p. 72, no. 7. Raia miraletus LINN, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 231; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 396; Brunnicu, 1768, Ichthy. Massilien- sis, p. 2; BoNNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 3, no. 4, Gmexin, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1507; WaLBaum, 1792, ArTepti, p. 529; LactripE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 75; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 4; Rart- NESQUE, 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 47; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 149; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, p. 483, pl. 62; Mittumr & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 141; Dummrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 548; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Br. Mus., 8, p. 460. Raia biocularis Grorrroy SainT-Hiuaire, 1827, Descript. Egypt, 1, pl. 24, f. 2. Raia quadrimaculata BoNAPARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, p. 485, pl. 638. Disk rhomboid, outlines somewhat resembling those of R. eglanteria, of Plate 23, but snout more produced and pointed, forward margins slightly waved, outer angles nearly 90°, hinder angles broadly rounded, greatest width about one fourth more than length without ventrals. Mouth curved, width about two thirds of the distance from the end of the snout; teeth small, with sharp — cusps obliquely directed inward, median sharper and more erect in males, in about 42 rows. Length of orbit one third of snout length, greater than inter- orbital width. Back smooth, except on the head, the anterior ends of the pec- torals and the snout above and below. Snout rough with small spines above — and below; top of head rough. Front upper ends of pectoral rough, with a large group of larger spines opposite the eyes; a group of several tubercles in front of each eye and another behind it; a large spine on the front end of the vertebral column; three series of tubercles on the tail, the median reaching the second dorsal; males with series of tenacula near the outer angles of the pectorals. Aside from the mentioned spines the body is smooth above and below. Claspers narrower and more pointed than those of R. eglanteria, Plate 23. Upper parts reddish brown with numerous more or less ocellate small RAIA RADIATA. 325 spots of brown. Bases of pectorals marked by a large yellow-edged blue-centered spot of black. Lighter yellowish along the anterior margins and at the sides of the rostral ridges. A dark spot below the end of the snout. Specimen described a fully mature male from Nice. Total length 17, snout to abdominal pores 7.5, snout to mouth 2, and greatest width 10 inches. Off coasts of southern Europe. RAIA MADERENSIS. Raia maderensis Lowe, 1841, Trans. Zool. soc. Lond., 2, p. 195, 1843, Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., 11, p. 94; VALENCIENNES, 1843, Ichth. Canar., p. 100, pl. 25; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 545; Giinrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 459. Rhomboid, broader than long, anterior angle little more than 90°, little more than outer angles, anterior margins nearly straight. Snout elongate, length about twice the interspiracular width, produced sharp. Distance between the nostrils, nearly equal their distance from the end of the snout. Teeth sharp, rows about 44 (39-44). Minute spines over entire body; small tubercules in front of and behind each orbit, one on each shoulder, and in a median series on back and tail, older examples with lateral rows more or less complete on the tail. Tail slender, longer than the body; produced behind the second dorsal. Dorsals separated by a space with tubercles. Total length 14.5, snout to pores 6.25, snout to mouth 1.875, and greatest width 9.5 inches. Back brown with numerous rounded spots of lighter, larger behind the head above the abdomen. ) Madeira and the Canaries. RAIA RADIATA. Raia fullonica Fasrictus 1780, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 125; Faser, 1829, Fische Islands, p. 38. Raia radiata Donovan, 1807, Br. fish., 5, pl. 114; Fiemrnea, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 170; JENyNs, 1835, Man., p. 517; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 439; Wricut, Fries, Exstrom, 1836, Skand. fish., p. 100, pl. 43; Parnewx, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 439, pl. 43, f. 2; Fries, 1839, Vet. akad. Handl., p. 146, pl. 3, f. 4; McCoy, 1841, Ann. mag. nat. hist. 6, p. 405; Miiier & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 137; Kroyer, 1853, Danm. fiske, p. 938; Niusson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., 4, p. 736; Coucu, 1865, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 103, pl. 23; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 531; Ginrs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 460; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 347, pl. 73; JENSEN, 1907, Dan. fiske, p. 326, mm. 30, f. 2. Raia clavata HouiBeERG, 1822, Goth. vet. Handl., 4, p. 29. _ Amblyraya radiata Mat, 1877, Géteb. och Bohus. fauna, p. 607. Shape of disk similar to that of R. scabrata, Plate 21, perhaps a little more rounded. Snout angle obtuse, length in front of mouth about one and one half times the width of the internarial space. Teeth small, sharp, in 41-45 series 326 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. above or below. Scales stellate-based, closely set over disk and tail, especially so on the head. Large broad-based bucklers in a vertebral series, a pair on each shoulder, one in front of and one behind each eye and one behind each spiracle. A pair of similar stellate bucklers on each shoulder, others in a group above — the snout, smaller ones opposite each eye on the pectoral, and others in one or two rows parallel with the vertebral. Males with a band of hooked tenacula near the outer angle of the pectorals. Rusty brown with or without small round spots of dark, and without or with symmetrically placed small spots of ight. The specimens described were sent from Norway by Professor Esmark. The measurements of one were in total length 1384, snout to pores 63, and in width 9 inches; of another the total length was 124, the distance from the snout to the pores 6}, and the greatest width 82 inches. This species appears to be of smaller size and to be much rougher than the American form which has heretofore been identified with it. A specimen described by Yarrell, 1836, was a fully developed male at 19 inches in length. Northern Europe to Iceland and probably Greenland. RAIA CLAVATA. Raia proprie dicta Breton, 1553, Aquat., p. 79. Raia clavata RONDELET, 1554, Hist. poiss., p. 353, 354; Sanvrant, 1554, Aquat., f. 149; Gmsnmr, 1558, Aquat., p. 936, 937; ALDROvANDI, 1613, Pisc. & Cet., p. 460; Wi~itucHBy, 1686, Pisc., p. 74, 78, pl. D 2, f. 3, 4; Arrep1, 1738, Ichthyologia, p. 108, no. 1, Syn. p. 99, Gen., p. 71, no. 2; Gronow, 1754, Mus., 1, p. 63, no. 140; 1763, Zoophy., 1, p. 36, no. 154. Raia clavata Linnh, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 232; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 397; Vatmont, 1768, Dict. d’hist. nat., 3, p. 704; DuHAmMEL, 1782, Traité, 4, sect. 9, p. 279, pl. 9, f. 1-2; Buocu, 1785, Ausl. fische, 1, p. 65, pl. 83; BoNNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 4, f. 9; Gmetrin, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1510; WatsBaum, 1792, Artedi, p. 526; Lachiphpg, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 128; ScunerpER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 366; Donovan, 1803, Br. fish., 2, pl. 26; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 11; Monraau, 1815, Mem. Wern. soc., 2, p. 416; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 146; JeNyns, 1835, Man. p. 516; Wricut, Fries & Exstr6m, 1836, Skand. fisk., p. 154, pl. 835; Parneiy, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 436, pl. 42; Frizs, 1839, Vet. akad. Handl., p. 15, pl. 2, f. 1, pl. 3, f. 1-8, 7; Mttier & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 185; Kroyrr, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 962; Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 9; NiLsson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., 4, p. 735; Kesster, 1859, Bull. Soc. nat. Mosc., 2, p. 475; Dummrtit, 1865, Elasm., p. 528; Ginra., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 456; Mornav, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 391; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 343, pl. 171. The thornback Brooxss, 1763, Nat. hist., 3, p. 39; PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 69; YARRELL, 1836, | Brit. fishes, 2, p. 436. Raia ruber Buocu, 1785, Ausl. fische, 1, p. 67, pl. 84; Lactip&pn, 1789, Poissons, 1, p. 107. Dasybatus clavata WALBAUM, 1793, Index Kleinii, p. 35; Buarnv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 33, pl. 5, f. 2; Bona- PARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci. Raia cuvieria Lachphpn, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 141, pl. 7, f. 1; ScuneEmeER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 367; NEILL, 1811, Mem. Wern. soc., 1, p. 554; FiEemine, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 172. Raia aspera Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 5; 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 147. Raia punctata HOLLBERG, 1822, Goth. vet. Handl., 4, p. 25. Dasybatus rubus BLAINVILLE, 1830, Poiss. Fr. p. 21, pl. 3¢e, f. 1. Raia pontica Patuas, 1831, Zoog. Rosso-Asiat., 3, p. 58; RATHKE, 1837, Mem. sav. etrang. St. Peterb., 3, p. 809, pl. 9, 10. iA TE OE eg ae eng v i. ey a - 7 RAIA INGOLFIANA. 327 Disk shaped like that of R. eglanteria, Plate 23, length of body about two thirds of the width, front angle near 115°, lateral angles nearly 90° and narrowly rounded; anterior margins slightly sinuous; hinder angles rounded. Mouth waved, width two thirds of the distance from the end of the snout; teeth flat- tened, rounded, median more conical in males, in about 44 rows. Upper and lower surfaces rough with small scales, larger on the head and on the middle of the body. A vertebral series of large rounded bony bucklers with sharp compressed cusps from the head to the second dorsal; two lateral rows of bucklers at each side of the tail, a large buckler on the outer end of each shoulder, one in front of each eye, one or two behind each spiracle, one behind another on the end of the rostral cartilage, a large one opposite each eye near the margin and others scattered over the upper and the lower surfaces of the body gill chamber and bases of the pectorals. Young are less rough and have fewer bucklers; very young are nearly smooth. Males at hand are more smooth than females and lack many of the tubercles. Total length 30.25, snout to ends of pectorals 15, snout to abnominal pores 14.75, and greatest width 21.5 inches. Brown to reddish brown, with or without numerous spots of brown and with irregular dark-edged spots of white. Norway to Madeira; Mediterranean. RAIA INGOLFIANA. Raia ingolfiana LitKENn, 1898, Danish Ingolf exped., 2, p. 3, pl. 1, f. 1. Compared with Raia hyperborea the disk of this species is not so angular, the anterior margins are straighter, and the tail is longer and more robust. Disk nearly one fourth broader than long, front angle less than 90°, snout not produced, anterior margins slightly undulated, outer and hinder angles and hinder margins broadly rounded. Mouth moderate, little arched, width nearly half the distance from the end of the snout. Teeth small, pointed. Eyes ~ medium, orbits two thirds of the interorbital width, or one fourth of the length in front of them. Spiracles smaller than the eyes. Tail little longer than the body, not produced behind the dorsals. Dorsals not separated by a space with spines. Back and head with scattered spinules, more abundant along the anterior margins, larger above the middle of the rostral cartilage. A pair of tubercles in front of and one or more behind each eye, a triangular group of three ~ on each shoulder, a lateral series on each side of the tail, and a close-set median series of larger ones (47) from the head to the dorsal fin. Lower parts smooth. 328 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Back brown; lower surface white, excepting some dark spots below the tail and the ventral fins. Off Holstensborg, in Lat. 66° 35’ N., Long. 56° 38’ W. at a depth of 318 fathoms. RAIA FULLONICA. Raia fullonica RonvELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 356; Gusner, 1558, Aquat., p. 938; ALDROVANDI, 1613, Pise., p. 462; Jonst., 1649, Pisc., 37, pl. xi, f. 4. Raia aspera WitLuGEBY, 1686, Pisc., p. 78; FLEMING, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 172. Raia aspera nostras Ray, 1718, Pisc., p. 26. Raia toto dorso aculeata ARTEDI, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 101, Gen., p. 72, no. 6. Raia fullonica Linn&, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 231; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 396; Bonnaterre, 1788, Ichth., p. 3; GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1507; Watpsaum, 1792, Artedi, p. 528; ScunerpER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 367; Risso, 1810, Ichth., Nice, p. 6; Frims, 1838, Vet. akad. Handl., p. 150, pl. 2, f. 2; — Miier & HENie, 1841, Plagios., p. 145; Kr6ypr, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 296; Niusson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., 4, p. 737; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 467; WinTHER, 1879, Nat. tid- skr., 12, p. 61; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 342, pl. 170; Varmtuant, 1888, Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 79, pl. 4, f. 1; Conterr, 1905, Vid. selsk. Forh., no. 7, p. 140; Jensen, 1907, Dan. fiske, p. 336. Raia spinosa VALMONT, 1768, Dict. d’hist. nat., 3, p. 704. Rough ray PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 66. Shagreen ray PENNANT, 1776, Zool., 3, p. 77; Coucu, 1865, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 117, pl. 28. Raia tuberculata BoNNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 3, no. 6. Raia granulosa ScHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 368. La raie chardon Ascantus, 1805, Icon., 5, p. 4, pl. 43. Raia chagrinea Montaau, 1815, Mem. Wern. soc., 2, p. 420, pl. 21; Jmenyns, 1835, Man., p. 5138; Par- NELL, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 481, pl. 41; Parneuu, 1840, Trans. Roy. soc. Edinb., 14, p. 144; Dummriz, 1865, Elasm., p. 560; Mornav, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 40. Raia flossada Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 145. Leucoraja fullonica Mau, 1877, Goteb. och Bohus fauna, p. 609. Disk rhomboid, without the ventrals broader than long, acute angled in front, outer angles about 90°, anterior margins undulated, indented, hinder margins broadly rounded. Snout nearly one fourth of the width of the disk, three times the interorbital width, produced sharp. Teeth sharp, slender, in about 60 rows. Young and females covered with minute close-set spines. On males there are large naked spaces; tenacula are present on adults of this sex. A few tubercles above the end of the rostral cartilage, a series on each orbital ridge, a short median row behind the head on the shoulder girdle, with scattered tubercles farther back, two rows of larger tubercles on the top of the tail, which is without a median series, but has an irregular row at each side on large individ- uals. Tail shorter than disk. | Specimens are taken of a total length of more than three feet. Yellowish to reddish brown. Off coasts of Europe to Madeira. RAIA BATHYPHILA. 329 RAIA LINTEA. Raia lintea Fries, 1838, Vet. akad. Handl., p. 154; Mitituer & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 147; Kroyer, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 1005; Nuzsson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., p. 738; Mam, 1857, Ofvers. Vet. akad. Forh., p. 198; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 557 (part); Ginrs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 466; CotierTt, 1905, Forh. vid. selsk. Chr., no. 7, p. 122. Leucoraia lintea Mau, 1877, Goteb. och Bohus. fauna, p. 611. Disk rhomboid, length without ventrals somewhat less, and length with ventrals little more than the greatest width, portion in front of the shoulder girdle longer than that behind it, front angle acute, outer angles little more than 90°, rounded, anterior margins not waved; little indented, posterior margins shorter, irregularly curved. Snout long, more than twice the width of the mouth. Mouth medium, somewhat curved. Teeth small, sharp, unequal, in about 50 rows. Excepting some stellate hooked spines along the anterior margins and the tubercles, the back is almost smooth. A median series of ribbed tubercles on back and tail more or less broken above the body, a lateral series at each side of the tail a single tubercle in front and two or three behind each orbit, three on each shoulder, and some smaller ones above the snout on the rostral cartilage. Tail depressed, hardly half of the total length. Dorsals close together. Uniform greyish brown; lower surface lighter, with blackish pores. Northern Europe. RAIA BATHYPHILA. Raia bathyphila Hour & Byrne, 1908, Sci. inv. fisheries Ireland, 5, p. 51. Allied to Raia isotrachys Ginth. Anterior margins slightly undulated, angle about 85.5°. End of snout rounded; outer angles broadly rounded, nearer to the hinder end of the disk. -Teeth small, blunt, in about 36 rows on the upper jaw. Back with small slender spinules, each with about four radiating basal processes. Orbital ridges with a small tubercle in front and two behind each eye. Three tubercles on the median line from the head to the shoulder girdle, two others at each end of the girdle. Thirty tubercles on the median line from the shoulder girdle to the dorsal fin, some of them larger than others and with bases more swollen. Total length 184 mm., length of disk 88, length of snout 29, length of tail from bases of ventrals 98, and width of disk 101 mm. Ashy brown to blackish; lower surface brown, except front of snout, mouth parts and belly. Northwest of the Hebrides, in Lat. 51° 12’ 30’’ N., and Long. 12° 18’ W.., from a depth between 893 and 673 fathoms. 330 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. RAIA BOREA. Raia hyperborea GiinTHER, 1887, Challenger rept. Zool., 22, p. 8, pl. 4. Raia borea GARMAN, 1899, Mem. M. C. Z., 24, p. 24. Disk broader than long, front angle more than 90°, anterior margins undu- lated but not indented, hind margins slightly convex, hind angles broadly rounded, outer angles nearly 90°, rounded. Snout very blunt, length little more than the interorbital width, about equal to the distance between the spiracles. Mouth arched, width nearly equal to the distance from the end of the snout; teeth small, sharp, slender, with narrow bases, widely set. Tail shorter than the body, with wide lateral folds, dorsals close together, with or without a spine between them. Back roughened by small stellate- based spines, larger on the rostral ridges and along the front margins. A median series of small tubercles from the head to the dorsals, a row of three or four above each eye and spiracle, and a group of three on each shoulder. Sides of trunk nearly smooth. Greyish brown with a trace of a darker spot on each side of the body; white below, uniform on very young, with subsymmetrical blotches of brown on the older. Type, a male of 243 inches, taken in the Faroe Channel at a depth of 608 fathoms. . The reasons for separating this species from R. hyperborea will be seen at a glance on comparing the figures of the two as published by Collett and Giinther. The type of R. hyperborea has a long snout like that of A. batvs, or that shown, fig. 2, Plate 22; R. borea was figured from a specimen four and a half inches longer, yet it has the shorter snout and its outlines are more like those of fig. 1, Plate 22. Slight differences appear in the squamation. The coloration in both is that of the Raiae of the deep sea. RAIA HYPERBOREA. Raia hyperborea CouuEeTt, 1878, Forh. vid. selsk., Chra., no. 14, p. 7; 1880, Norweg. N. Atl. exped., p. 9, pl. 1, f. 1, 2; Goopr & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 28, pl. 9, f. 28; Garman, 1899, Mem. M. C. Z., 24, p. 24. Disk broader than long, front angle acute, anterior margins undulated, indented, outer angles nearly 90°, hardly rounded, hind margins almost straight, slightly convex. Snout sharp, length about one and one half times the width of the mouth, or about twice the interorbital width. Mouth arched; teeth ED fe eal Fa em OS we RAIA BATIS. 331 sharp (male), slender, in # rows. Tail about one third of the total length. Dorsals separated by a narrow space with a spine. Back roughened by minute spines and tubercles; a striate-based tubercle in front of and one behind each eye, one behind each spiracle, two — one behind the other — on each shoulder, and a nearly complete median series (of 27) from the head to the second dorsal. Lower surfaces smooth. Upper parts uniform dark greyish brown; lower white with large blotches of brown, nearly alike on the two sides. Type, a male of 20 inches in length, taken off the north coasts of Spitzbergen, in 80° N. Lat., at a depth of 459 fathoms. RAIA BATIS. Raia undulata sive cinerea RoNDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 346. Raia varia ARTEDI, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 102, Gen. p. 73, no. 9. Raia batis Linn, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 231; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 395; Biocu, 1784, Fische Deutschl., 3, p. 54, pl. 79; BonnaTERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 2, pl. 2, f. 6; Gmetin, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1505; Wat- BAUM, 1792, Artedi, p. 531; ScunerpeER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 369; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 3; HouuBerG, 1822, Goth. vet. Handl., p. 21; Fimmine, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 171; Fasrr, 1829, Fische Islands, p. 33; Jenyns, 1835, Man., p. 510; Fries, 1838, Vet. akad. Handl., p. 158, pl. 3, f.6; Mt.iurr & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 146; Kroyer, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 978; Nixsson, 1855, Fisk. Skand., 4, p. 739; Mau, 1857, Ofvers. Vet. akad. Forhl., 1, p. 193; Dumérit, 1865, Exas., p. 563; Gitnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 463; Mornau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 409; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 336, pl. 166; Hour & CatperRwoop, 1895, Trans. Roy. Dublin soc., new ser., 5, p. 385. Raia undulata VALMONT, 1768, Dict. d’hist. nat., 3, p. 706. Skate PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p.62; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 421. Raia laevis, alba DUHAMEL, 1782, Traité, 4, p. 284, pl. 11. Dipturus batis RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 16; Inptcn, p. 48. Raia gaimardi, Vau., 1847, Gaim. voy. Isl. & Groenl. poiss., pl. 2,3; Dumrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 565. Raia leiobatos Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 10. Laeviraia batis Maum, 1877, Goteb. och Bohus. fauna, p. 615. Shape similar to that of R. stabuliforis, Plate 22, fig. 2; disk hardly broader than long, anterior angle nearly 90°; snout produced, blunted at the end; an- terior margins slightly waved, little concave; outer angles blunted, hinder broadly rounded. Mouth wide, nearly straight, width almost.equal to half its distance from the end of the snout; teeth small, crowns depressed with a sharp cusp directed inward, in about 56 rows in a specimen of thirty inches in length. Parts of the back and the top of the tail are roughened with small spines; young with a spine in front of and one behind each eye. ‘Tail nearly half of the total length, with strong lateral folds, with a median series of small compressed tubercles and, in the female, with another series along each lateral fold. Dorsal fins separated by a space with a spine. Total length of specimen, from Triest, 332 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. 30, snout to pores 15.5, snout to ends of pectorals 16, and greatest width 15.5 inches. Dark brownish, uniform, clouded, or spotted with small spots of white and of dark; lower surfaces brownish, ends of tubes dark. This species and R. stabuliforis are separated by the dentition; in most other respects they are much alike. Off the coasts of Europe. RAIA ALBA. Sharp nosed ray PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 64; Low, 1813, Fauna Oread., p. 168. Raia laevis major DUHAMEL, 1782, Traite, 4, p. 285, pl. 11, f. 3, 4. Raia alba Lac&rrpeE, 1803, Poissons, 5, p. 661, pl. 20, f. 1; Buarnv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 14; Moreau. 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 412; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 339, pl. 168. Raia marginata LackprpE, 1803, Poissons, 2, p. 663, pl. 20, f. 2; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, & p. 148; Buarnv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 19, pl. 3, f. 2; Jenyns, 1835, Man., p. 512; BoNApPaARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, p. 471, pl. 61; Mititer & Hente, 1841, Plagios., p. 140; Dumérm, 1865, Elasm., p. 568; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 465. ; Raia oxyrynchus Turton, 1806, System., 1, p. 926; Monracu, 1815, Mem. Wern. soc., 2, p. 423; 3 FLEMING, 1828, Brit. anim., p. 171; Jmnyns, 1835, Man., p. 511; THompson, 1856, Nat. hist. Treland, 4, p. 259. Raia rostellata Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 8, pl. 1, 2. Raia bicolor Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 155. The bordered ray Y ARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 426; Coucn, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 110, pl. 26. Laeviraia bramante Sasst, 1846, Nouv. ann. Soc. nat. Bologna, 6, p. 386; CanrstTrini, 1864, Mem. Real acead. sci. Torino, ser. 2, 21, pl. 1, f. 2-5; Doprruern, 1884, Man. ittiol. Medit., 3, p. 164. Raia lintea KrOymR, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 1005. Burton skate Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 97, pl. 21 (excl. syn.). lf Ate we Disk rhomboid, length of body less than two thirds of its width, anterior margins deeply undulated, outer angles nearly 90°, hinder margins broadly = IN 9 oem rounded backward almost straight or slightly concave near the outer angles. Snout long, narrow, acuminate, length twice the width of the mouth or more. Mouth large, moderately curved; teeth small, in 46 (40-46) rows, cusps sharp, keel-like. Tail half or less than half of the total length, much depressed, re- taining width backward, pointed behind the dorsals. Dorsals separated by a space with a tubercle. Tubercles compressed, hooked: one in front and one behind each orbit, a median and two lateral series on the tail extending to the second dorsal. Back smooth; lower surface rough with small slender spines below the snout and the anterior edges of the pectorals. Males with tenacula. Back light reddish brown, more or less spotted with white, darker toward the outer margins; translucent spaces at sides of rostral cartilage white; lower parts brownish white to white anteriorly, and brown below the outer portions of pectorals and ventrals; tail dark below, blackish above, brownish at the sides. Specimen described a young male from Nice: total length 12, snout to RAIA MACRORHYNCHUS. 333 abdominal pores 5.75, snout to mouth 2.125, and greatest width 8.75 inches. Said to reach a length of seven feet or more. Off coasts of Europe. RAIA ACUS. The sharp-nosed ray PENNANT, 1769, Zool., 3, p. 64; YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 424. Raia acus LackripE, 1803, Poissons, 5, p. 662. Raia oxyrinchus Montacu, 1815, Mem. Wern. soc., 2, p. 423; Jenyns, 1835, Man., p. 511; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, pl. 169. Raia vomer Friss, 1838, Vet. akad. Handl., p. 161; Miittter & Hen te, 1841, Plagios., p. 144; Kroyer, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 1011; Malm, 1857, Ofvers. Vet. akad. Forhl., p. 193; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 571; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 468. Long-nosed skate Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 93, pl. 19. Similar in shape to R. oxyrhynchus, but differing somewhat in armature and coloration. Length of disk including the ventrals about equal to the width, anterior margins much indented, snout very long, nearly six times the inter- orbital space, pointed; outer angles rather less than 90°, blunted at the apices, posterior angles little larger. Mouth curved; teeth in about 46 rows, in a specimen four feet in length, each tooth with a sharp prominent keel, sharper in the male. Ventrals deeply notched. Tail strong, depressed, shorter than the disk. Disk rough with minute scales; tail with a series of sharp compressed tubercles along each side, individuals also acquiring with age scattered tubercles or a series on the median line. Very young smooth. Reaches a length of six feet. or more. Back brown, with scattered small spots of lighter or of darker or of both, becoming more uniform with age. _ Though apparently reaching a much greater size, this species is so closely allied to R. oxyrhynchus that it is difficult to separate them in many cases. Northern Europe. RAIA MACRORHYNCHUS. Raia dtipvyxos RONDELET, 1554, Pisc., 347; 1558, Hist. poiss., p. 274. Raia macrorynchus RAFINESQUE, 1810, Caratteri, p. 15; Indice, p. 47; Dumirin, 1865, Elasm., p. 566; Guntu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 468; Mornau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 405; DopERLEIN, 1881, Man. ittiol. Medit., 3, p. 156; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 338, pl. 167. Raia mucossissima_Narpo, 1827, Prod. Adriat. Ichthy., p. 8. The flapper skate PARNELL, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 249; YARRELL, 1839, Brit. fishes, Suppl., p. 66. Raia intermedia PARNELL, 1838, Mem. Wern. soc., 7, p. 429, pl. 40; YARRELL, 1839, Brit. fishes Suppl., p. 66, fig.; McCoy, 1841, Ann. mag. nat. hist., 6, p. 405; Wuitr, 1851, Cat., p. 1389; Kro6yrr, 1853, Danm. fiske, 3, p. 1015. Laeviraia macrorhynchus BoNAPARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, pl. 63, f. 2. Disk rhomboid, wider than long, front angle acute, outer angles nearly 90°, anterior margins deeply concave, hinder broadly rounded. Snout about six 304 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. times as long as the eye. Mouth moderate, slightly arched. Teeth with a pointed keel in males, blunter in females, in about 50 rows. Young smooth; adults with scattered minute asperities. A median series of small tubercles on the tail, in most cases a less complete lateral series at each side, and in many cases a small tubercle, or more than one, in front of each orbit. Tail medium, nearly half of the total length, produced behind the second dorsal. Dorsals separated by a space with spines. Back brown, uniform or clouded, to spotted with white; lower surface dingy white, with blackish pores. . British Islands to the Mediterranean. RAIA OXYRHINCHUS. Alia Raia stipvyxos RoNDELET, 1554, Pisc., p. 348; Gusner, 1558, Aquat., p. 933; WuiLLUGHBY, 1686, Pisc., p. 71. Laeviraia sp. SALVIANI, 1554, Aquat., f. 149, pl. 52; WittucHsy, 1686, Pisc., p. 71, pl. C 4. Raia varia ARTEDI, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 101, Gen., p. 72, no. 8. Raia oryrinchus Linn#£, 1758, Syst., 1, p. 231; 1766, Syst., 1, p. 395; Brounnica, 1768, Ichthy. Massi- liensis, p. 2; Buarnv., 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 18, pl. 3, f. 1; Ginrx., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 469; Hoxir & Catperwoop, 1895, Trans. Roy. Dublin soc., new ser., 5, p. 386. Raia laevis VALMONT, 1768, Dict. d’hist. nat., 3, p. 705. Raia rostrata Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 7; 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 156. Raia morula Narpo, 1827, Prod. Adriat. Ichthy., p. 8, 17; Isis, p. 476-483. Raia salviani MGLLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 143; Dumiru, 1865, Elasm., p. 569. Laeviraia oxyrhinchus BONAPARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci. Raia nidrosiensis CoLLETT, 1881, Forh. vid. selsk. Chra., no. 7, pl.; 1904, Forh. vid. selsk. Chra., no. 9, p. 123. Disk rhomboid, little wider than long, anterior borders deeply emarginate, snout long, depressed, sharp, in length three times the width of the mouth or the internarial space, outer angles blunted, hinder angles broadly rounded. Mouth slightly curved; teeth in about 40 rows, in specimens measuring three feet in length, median teeth larger, sharper. Spiracles not as large as the eyes. Ventrals deeply notched. Back roughened by small spines about the head, snout, forward edges of the disk and top of tail; on adult males a median row of small tubercles on the tail. Frequently lateral rows are seen on the sides of the tail, and scattered tubercles on the back and head appear in-the young. Males smoother, with erectile tenacula near the outer angles of the pectorals. Ventral surfaces roughened in large individuals. Brown with more or less definite spots of whitish or dark or both, to uniform; whitish below, openings of pores black. Old specimens uniform dark brown. The specimens described, from Nice, have the following measurements: — (1) Total length 35, snout to mouth 8.5, snout to abdominal pores 20 and greatest width 23 inches. RAIA PLUTONIA. 339 (2) Total length 27, snout to mouth 7, snout to pores 17, and greatest width 17 inches. The northern variety, R. nidrosiensis, is darker in color and less spotted. Europe; Mediterranean. RAIA MAROCCANA. Raia maroccana ScHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 367; Mituer & Hente, 1841, Plagios., p. 150, pl. 49, f.2; Dumfrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 559; Ginru., 1870, Cat., fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 466. Disk rhomboid, snout long, three and one half times the interorbital width, pointed, anterior margins undulated, little indented, outer angle about 90°, hinder margins and angles rounded. Teeth of adult male conical, pointed, in 41 series on the upper jaw. Skin naked, excepting a few minute spines on the middle of the back, on the margins of the disk and under the snout, on the head, also a group of larger ones on the forward ends of the pectorals, and the tubercles in a row on the orbital ridges and in two lateral rows and a median row, of alternating sizes, on the tail. Tail longer than the body moderately slender; dorsal fins separated by a space. Male with tenacula. Total length of an adult male about 22, length of disk 11, and greatest width 134 inches. Light brownish, nearly uniform. Morocco. Eastern North American species. RAIA PLUTONIA. Plate 18, fig. 1. Raia plutonia GARMAN, 1881, Bull. M. C. Z., 8, p. 236; Jorpan & GriLBeERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 878; Goopr & Bran, 1883, Bull. M. C. Z., 10, p. 225; Ginruer, 1887, Challenger rept. Zool., 22, p. 10; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 69; Goopr & Bran, 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 27, pl. 8, f. 26. Disk rounded, anterior margins slightly concave near the middle; snout, outer angles and hinder angles, and margins broadly rounded, tip of snout a blunt angle. Rostral cartilage short. Mouth little curved, width about half the distance from the end of the snout. Teeth in about 32 rows (juv.). Eyes _ large, orbits longer than their distance apart. Anterior nasal valves reaching the mouth, narrow, joined to a wide isthmus; posterior valves short, tubular. Ventral fins deeply notched, anterior portion narrow, longer than the posterior. _ Back and tail ¢overed with small closely set hooked spines. The larger tubercles 336 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. with broad heart-shaped bases stand as follows: — a row on each orbital ridge, a single one at each side of the occiput, four on each shoulder, one in front of each four, and a median series from the back of the head to the dorsal accom- panied by one lateral row from above the abdomen and by two lateral rows from the base of the tail. Lower surfaces smooth. Back a warm brown with irregular transverse series of darker blotches interspersed with smaller spots of white. Tail with transverse blotches of darker; lower surface white. Total length of specimen described 9.76, snout to pores 3.38, greatest width 4.5 inches. Taken in Lat. 31° 57’ N.; Long. 78° 18’ 35” W., in 333 fathoms, by the U.S. C.S8. 8. Blake. RAIA ORNATA. Plate 18, fig. 2. Raia ornata GARMAN, 1881, Bull. M. C. Z., 8, p. 235; Jorpan & GrLBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 877; GoopE & Bran, 1883, Bull. M. C. Z., 10, p. 225; 1896, Mem. M. C. Z., 22, p. 26 (non pl. 8, f. 24); Jorn. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 70. Disk to ends of pectorals little broader than long, very blunt angled in front, convex opposite the eyes, rounded on outer and hinder margins and angles. Mouth waved, width two thirds of the distance from end of snout. Teeth small, in 44 rows (juv.). Eyes large, distance apart about half that from end of snout. OTN Tk gis Chocolate-brown, with a dark ring half as wide as the mouth on the base of each pectoral behind the shoulder; lower surfaces yellowish white, brown below the outer half of each pectoral the edges of the ventrals and the greater part of the tail. | Total length of specimen described 43, snout to abdominal pores 22, and greatest width 32 inches. Bay of Yedo, Japan. 350 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. RAIA MAMMILLIDENS. Raia mammillidens Aucock, 1889, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 4, p. 380; 1892, Ill. zodl. Investigator, pl. 8, f. 1; 1899, Cat. deep-sea fishes Indian mus., p. 19. Disk rhomboid, width or length, including the ventrals, about half of the total length; angles rounded, anterior and outer greater and hinder less than 90°; anterior margins slightly waved and but little convex; angle at the snout nearly 90°, blunted. Snout short, length less than one fourth of the width of the disk, little more than the distance between the outer margins of the nostrils. Length of orbit equal width of interorbital space. Mouth arched, crescentic; teeth of a female with a globular base and a mammuillary point, in about 24 rows. Entire upper surface covered by small sharp close-set spines; lower surfaces smooth. A large spine in front of and another behind each eye, one above each spiracle, two or three above each shoulder, and a median vertebral series on back and tail. Dorsal fins shghtly separated, tail little produced behind the second. Uniform jet black, in spirits dark chocolate. Type a female of 113 inches, from the Gulf of Mendr, at a depth of 597 fathoms. RAIA POROSA. Raia porosa GUNTHER, 1874, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 13, p. 154. Allied to Raia marginata. Width of disk much more than its length, including the ventrals; anterior margins undulated; front part of snout ab- ruptly contracted into a narrow thin appendage. Teeth in 54 or 56 rows, pointed in male, flat in the female. A series of spines on each orbital ridge; rostral process with small stellate spines; a series of three or four spines on the median line of the back behind the head. Tail with three series of spines on the male and five on the female. Male with tenacula near the outer angles of the disk, with large spines on each side of the head, and with the anterior margins of the disk covered with small spines on its upper side in its whole length; female smooth in the parts just mentioned, with a broad band of small hooks along the upper side of the hinder margins, — Skin of lower part of snout and of throat with many large pores white in the centre and edged with black. Upper parts brown, snout white; lower parts whitish, tinged with brown. Two specimens, male and female, adults, 11 inches in length, from China. ed a ee) ee a ts 4 RAIA HOLLANDI. dol RAIA KENOJEI. Plate 24, fig. 1-2. Raia kenojei MtttteR & HenteE, 1841, Plagios., p. 149, pl. 48; Ricnuarpson, 1846, Rept. Brit. assoc. adv. sci. for 1845, p. 197; ScuitEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 308; BuenKer, 1857, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 3, p. 42 part; 1860, ibid., 8, p. 65; Dumétrim, 1865, Elasm., p. 556; Gtnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 461; Nystrém, 1887, K. Svensk. vet. akad. handl., 13, p. 51; IsHrkawa & Matsuura, 1897, Cat. fishes, p.60; Jorp. & SNypER, 1900, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 23, p. 337; Jorp. & Fow ier, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 652; PrerscHMANN, 1908, Sitz. Akad. wiss. Wien, 117, p. 646. Raia meerdervoortii BLEEKER, 1860, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 8, p. 66; Jorp. & SnypER, 1900, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 23, p. 337; Jorp. & Fowuer, 1903, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 26, p. 650, fig. 7; Pret- SCHMANN, 1908, Sitz. Akad. wiss. Wien, 117, p. 642. Raia japonica Nystr6m, 1887, K. Svensk. vet. akad. handl., 13, p. 52. Disk rhomboid, broader than long, very blunt-angled in front, outer and hinder margins and angles broadly rounded, anterior margins scarcely indented opposite the spiracles. Snout short, about one and one half times the width of the mouth, tip produced, rounded. Mouth large, undulated, width two thirds of the length of the snout. Teeth small in 50 (42-50) rows, the crowns in a low rounded keel ending in a sharp corner on the inward edge. Eyes and spiracles rather small, their combined lengths nearly half the snout, or little more than the interorbital width. Tail strong, short, less than length of body. Dorsals separated by a space with tubercles. Body nearly naked, a few minute spines along the anterior margins near the outer angles and below the edge of the snout. Tubercles small, compressed, hooked: a pair of very small ones in front of each orbit, a larger one opposite its middle and another behind it, two median tuber- cles behind the head in front of the shoulder girdle, and a median and four (2-4) lateral rows on the tail. Rusty brown profusely sprinkled with small spots of brown, in cases forming rings or vermiculations, uniting in a large rounded inclosure on each shoulder, behind which one or two smaller rings frequently occur. Lower surfaces dingy white, brownish near the outer margins; pore openings below snout and gills dark. Specimen described from the Idzu Sea, Japan, Alan Owston. Total length 172, snout to the abdominal pores 9, snout to mouth 2%, and greatest width 12 inches. RAIA HOLLANDI. - Raia hollandi Jornpan & Ricwarpson, 1910, Mem. Carnegie mus., 4, p. 163, pl. 64. Disk including the ventrals subquadrate. Snout sharp pointed, slightly produced, rostral cartilage converging regularly to the end. Anterior margins 302 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. nearly straight, undulation slight; outer angle blunt, hinder margin broadly convex, hind angles broadly rounded. Interorbital space concave, width three elevenths of the length of the snout. Mouth slightly curved, width about five eighths of the rostral length. Teeth small, in about forty-five rows on the upper jaw. Ventrals deeply notched. Dorsals separated from one another more than the length of the first dorsal, length of tail behind the second dorsal one half more. Back with a row of eight or ten small tubercles on each orbital ridge, a single tubercle behind the occiput, and five irregular rows of small tubercles directed backward on the tail; lower surface with small spines below the head; elsewhere the body is smooth. Brownish, back and fins closely sprinkled with dots of darker brown. Disk to ends of pectorals 83, tail 7, and width of disk 10 inches in the type, a female, from Takao, Formosa. RAIA ANDAMANICA. Raia sp. nov. ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 3. Raia andamanica Luoyp, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 140; Ill. zodl. Investigator. Fishes, pl. 46, f. 2. Disk little broader than long; anterior margins sinuous, meeting in an angle of 90°; outer and hinder angles rounded, latter broader; hind borders slightly convex. Body two thirds as long as the tail, from the vent. Rostral cartilage moderate, ridges slightly convergent, but not meeting. Greatest diameter of the eye little more than the interorbital width, one fourth the length of the snout. Mouth little curved, width one third of the length of the snout. Teeth in # rows, each with a low pointed cusp, if not worn away. Dorsals near the end of the tail, separated from one another by a short space. Back rough with small spines, which are larger opposite the eyes on the pectorals and above the sides of the tail. An irregular group or band of small tubercles above the — rostral cartilage, a row of about eight around each orbital ridge, and a vertebral series, from the back of the head to the dorsal fin, broken above the abdomen. Lower surfaces nearly smooth. Type a male of 21 cm. Andaman Sea, at 279 fathoms. RAIA POWELLI. 35 Co RAIA PHILIPT. Raia philipi Luoyp, 1906, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 18, p. 306; 1907, Rec. Indian mus., 1, p. 5; 1909, Ill. zoél. Investigator, Fishes, pl. 40, 41, f. 1. Disk including the ventrals as long as wide, anterior margins sinuous, front angle about 85°, snout slightly produced, outer angles greater than 90°, blunted, hinder angles broadly rounded, hind margins in greater part slightly convex. Interorbital width more than three times in the snout length. Spiracles as large as the eyes. Back roughened by spinules above the end of the snout and the pectoral margins opposite the gills. Orbital ridge with four spines in front and three behind. A median series of five spines behind the head. Male with tenacula. Top of tail with three somewhat irregular series of large spines, sides of tail rough with small ones. Second dorsal distant its length from the first. Tail as long as the body to the vent, slender, produced behind the dorsals. Back brown, with a dark ocellus surrounded by a paler ring on the base of each pectoral. Lower surface of disk white, of tail with dark mottlings. Type a nearly mature male about 14 inches (36 cm.) in length, in greatest width about 9 (23 cm.), from the Gulf of Aden, in 130 fathoms. wali) is RAIA POWELLI. or) Wo > Raia powelli Aucocx, 1898, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 2, p. 145; 1899, Ill. zoél. Investigator, pl. 26, f. 4; Cat. deep-sea fishes Indian mus., p. 20. Disk rhomboid, excluding the ventrals nearly one half of the total length including the ventrals about equal the greatest width; each angle little greater than 90°, rounded; snout narrowly produced beyond the angle of anterior margins, length about two sevenths of the width of the disk; anterior margins slightly waved. Length of orbit hardly equal width of interorbital space. Mouth straight; teeth, in females, obtusely pointed or obscurely tricuspid, in about 55 rows. Disk smooth on both surfaces, excepting small spines near the _ edge of the snout, along the edges of the anterior halves of the pectorals, the top > f & © 4 ; of the tail, two or three larger spines anteriorly on the orbital ridge, one behind the orbit, three in the middle line of the nape from the shoulder girdle, and two or three series from above the abdomen backward to the second dorsal. Dorsals separated by the length of a fin, tail produced behind the second dorsal. The _ outer angles of the pectorals appear to be about opposite the shoulder girdle. Warm brown with a large ocellus of light color surrounded by a dark ring included in a light one on the base of each pectoral; lower surface dingy white. Type a female of 123 inches from the Gulf of Martaban in 67 fathoms. 304 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. RAIA ISOTRACHYS. Raia isotrachys GUnTH., 1877, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 20, p. 434; 1887, Challenger rept., Zool., 22, Deity Pleres In the figure of the type the anterior angle is nearly 90° and includes the forward two thirds of the disk. Snout elongate, pointed, about two and one half times the width of the mouth. Anterior margins very long, outer margin short. Forward ends of pectorals narrow, elongate, and, in the figure, reaching the tip of the snout. Outer and hinder angles rounded. Mouth small; teeth small, sharp. ‘Tail little longer than the body, extended behind the second dorsal. Back and top of tail rough with minute stellate-based spines. No spines on the superciliary margins. A small spine on the middle of the back; a series of stronger ones (18) along the median line of the tail, none on the sides. Upper parts brownish grey; lower smooth, brownish black. Snout to vent 10, length of snout 3, tail 123, and width of body 13 inches. South of Japan in 365 fathoms (Challenger Station 235). RAIA REVERSA. ) Raia reversa Luoyp, 1906, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 18, p. 311; 1908, Ill. zo6l. Investigator, Fishes, pl. 39, pl. 41, f. 2. Disk rhomboid, width little greater than the length without the ventrals, anterior margins sinuous, indented, front angle about 80°, snout produced blunt, outer and hinder angles and hind margins broadly rounded. Interorbital width four times in length of snout from eye or mouth. Spiracles as large as the eyes. Mouth arched, in width half the length of the snout. Teeth in 42 rows, median long, curved, with cordate bases. Skin over the skull and near the margins of the pectorals, except posteriorly, roughened by spinules; none on the snout. A group of larger spines opposite the eye on each pectoral, a stellate spine in front of and one or more behind each eye, three spines above the gills in a triangle with apex median behind the head, a median series, somewhat interrupted from shoulder girdle to dorsal, and a lateral row about twice as numerous at each side of the median on the tail; sides of tailspinose. Lower surfaces smooth. Dorsals in contact. Two rows of tenacula (male). Body soft and flabby. Back white shading into dark grey at the margins, ventrals grey; lower surfaces black. Type a male of 24 inches (60 em.) in length, and about 13 inches (33 em.) in greatest width, from the Arabian Sea, off the Baluchistan Coast, in 820 fathoms. ee ee oe el eee ee ee ey ee TT = lee ee eee RAIA TENGU. 308 or ' RAIA JOHANNIS-DAVISI. Raia johannis-davist Aucock, 1899, Cat. deep-sea fishes Indian mus., p. 121, Ill. zoél. Investigator, pl. : 7 f. 2. Disk rhomboid, without the ventrals nearly half the total length, width - more than its length including the ventrals. Anterior and outer margins nearly straight, outer angles nearly 90°, hinder angles very broadly rounded. Snout produced acuminate, length little more than one fourth of the width of the disk. Mouth straight; teeth blunt-pointed (male), in about 32 rows. Disk and tail smooth on both surfaces, excepting some star-shaped spines below the rostral cartilage and on the edges of the snout and the ftont ends of the pectorals, two strong spines in front of and one behind each orbit, a very strong spine in the middle in front of the shoulder girdle, and a median series of spines on the tail to the second dorsal. The outer angles of the disk appear farther backward than the shoulder girdle. Smoky black above, black mottled with white below. Type a male 8% inches in length taken off the Travancore Coast in 224-284 fathoms. RAIA TENGU. . Raia tengu Jorpan & FowteEr, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 654. Disk rhomboid, broader than long, front angle acute, outer angle about 90°, anterior margins undulate, deeply concave near the snout, hinder margins somewhat convex. Snout long, slender, sharp, length nearly one third of the width of the disk. Eyes small, two ninths of the interorbital width. Mouth large, arched; teeth in 38 rows. Spiracles smaller than the eyes. Tail less than half the total length, produced behind the second dorsal. Dorsals sepa- _ rated by a space with spines. Back roughened by small spines: some above the snout, some on the orbital ridges, several on the back of the head, a median row of small tubercles from the pelvis backward, and a lateral row on each side of the tail; lower surfaces, especially in front, roughened, excepting tail and ventrals. Brown above and below with small spots of lighter brown; lower pores _ blackish. Type 44 inches in length, from Matsushima Bay. Young with a shorter snout, and with a pair of tubercles in front of and a b single tubercle behind each orbit, one behind the head on the middle of the back, and a median row on the tail, elsewhere smooth. Coasts of Japan, not rare, especially to the northward. 356 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. RAIA CHINENSIS. Raia chinensis BAastLewsky, 1855, Ichth. Chin. Bor., p. 251 (non La Rate chinoise Lact&ripn, 1788; Rhina sinensis SCHNEIDER, 1801). Corpus supra cinereum, subtus albicans, Rajae Batis simile, capite supra aspero, rostro longato acuminato, subtus marginibus ab apice ejus usque ad pinnarium pectoralium primam tertiam partem dentibus aculeatis et curvatis instructo.— Maxillae dentibus robustis, planiusculis sed parvulo hamulo praedi- tis armatae, Cauda carnosa, subcompressa, sursum per totum tractum scutis anterioribus obtusis, posterioribus acutis, apicem prope appendice pinnata parvula, ad basin pinna caudali (in utroque latere) carnosa, bifida, praedita, disci longitudine brevior. Dorsum antrorsum uno scutello obtuso, caput in singulo osse supraorbitali duobus scutellis. Anum aculeo longitudine usque ad 1-2 pollices, vulnera mortifera efficiente, praeditum, ideoque apud praedatum piscem semper deliberatum esse ab eo Chinensibus dicitur. Habitat in Mare orientali, provinciam Shan-dun alluente. Pekini rarissime occurrit. Longit. disci cum cauda | pes et 8 poll. Latitudo 1 pedis et 2 poll. Not recognized since the original description. South American species. RAIA EXTENTA, Nom. nov. Raia erinacea Riperro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 176, pl. 12, 138 (non Raia erinacea MircHrL1). Disk shaped somewhat like that of R. erinacea, Plate 20, but snout shorter, tail much longer and more slender. Outline concave opposite the spiracles, convex opposite the eyes; snout short, length hardly greater than the inter- spiracular width. Mouth waved; teeth in about 44 rows. Tail long, about one and one half times the body, slender, tapering, extended behind the dorsals. Back rough with small spines; larger tubercles grouped on the snout, — opposite the eyes, around the orbital ridges, in a triangular area in front of the shoulder girdle, along the anterior margin of the pectorals and in two or more rows along the middle of the back; the median series of the back and tail is irregular; on the tail there are two or more lateral series. Smoother spaces occur above the abdomen, the basal and hinder portions of the pectorals, and above the gills. The claspers of the male are of moderate length, slender and pointed; tenacula are present near the outer angles. Adult about 9 inches. RAIA BADIA. 357 Brown with small spots of darker and of lighter. Ribeiro figures the male and also a female profusely spotted with small spots of darker, and with num- -erous small spots of whitish. Rio Janeiro. RAIA EQUATORIALIS. Raia equatorialis Jonpan & BoLtiMaN, 1890, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 12, p. 150, Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 74. Disk, without the ventrals, broader than long, width greater than length of tail from the vent, anterior margins concave opposite the eyes. Snout produced, disk. Interorbital space transversely concave, its width five twelfths of the snout length. Width of mouth two thirds of the snout from the nostrils. Teeth in # rows. Back roughened by small spines near the anterior margins, above . rather acute, rounded on the tip, length less than one third of the width of the the snout, on the top of the head, by stronger ones or small tubercles in two rows on the rostral cartilage, on the orbital ridges, opposite the eyes, and in a lateral row at each side of the tail, and also by a median series of alternating sizes of tubercles on back and tail. A tubercle on each shoulder. Male with tenacula. Back light brown, in obscure reticulations, spotted with paler, a dusky blotch on the middle of the base of each pectoral and a darker one farther back. Edges of pectorals, ventrals and snout pale. Dark markings on the head and below the eye. Lower surfaces plain. Type a male of 14 inches, taken between Panama and the Galapagos Islands at a depth of 33 fathoms. RAIA BADIA. Raia badia Garman, 1899, Mem. M. C. Z., 24, p. 22, pl. 6, f. 1-2. Disk rhomboid, wider than long, front angle about 90°, lateral angles rather less, anterior margins undulate, little indented, hinder margins nearly straight. Snout slightly produced, blunt. Mouth wide, width four fifths of distance from end of snout, arched; teeth small, not closely set, with a sharp cusp, in 44 rows. Eye small, two fifths of the interorbital space; orbits one fourth of the length of the snout. Spiracle smaller than the eye. Tail slender, tapering, with narrow lateral folds, produced behind the dorsals. Dorsals close together. Back roughened by small spines, intermixed with larger, slender, acuminate spines 358 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. over the pectorals and at the sides of the dorsal row. DASYBATUS NAVARRAE. 393 tail one and one half lengths of body; back smooth to rough; papillae 5 brown, olive to greyish; tubercles broad based, in vertebral and scapular rows . : ; é brevis (page 396) tail nearly two lengths of body; back Seer papillae 5 brown, yellowish to dark; tubercles narrow, depressed, in median row on large specimens. : . sabinus (page 397) tail nearly two lengths of body; back smooth to rough, tubercles in median row on large brown, yellowish to reddish; no buccal papillae . zugei (page 398) DASYBATUS SINENSIS. Trygon sinensis STEINDACHNER, 1892, Anz. Akad. wiss. Wien, 29, p. 133; Denk. Akad. wiss. Wien, 59, p. 382, taf. 6. Form rhomboid, approaching that of D. imbricatus but less produced in the snout and rather more convex opposite the spiracles. Disk wider than long; outer angles bluntly rounded; snout sharp; front margins waved, hinder weakly curved, and shorter; hinder angles sharply rounded. Mouth waved, with five papillae at the bottom, three close together forward and two much farther back. Eyes small; spiracles much larger. Tail slender, whip-like, about one and one half times the length of the disk, with a dermal fold below and a lower one above. Roughened with small scales above the snout, head, gills and along the vertebral column from the head back toward the caudal spine. Scales a trifle larger at the median line. The type a mature male was 34.5 cm. in length to behind the vent and 39.5 in width; it had no large tubercles, and was uniform in color. Shanghai. DASYBATUS NAVARRAE. Trygon navarrae STEINDACHNER, 1892, Anz. Akad. wiss. Wien, 29 p. 132; Denk. Akad. wiss. Wien, 59, p. 381, taf. 5. Dasyatis bennetti Jonpan & RicHarpson, 1910, Mem. Carn. mus., 4, p. 164, pl. 65. Disk rhomboid, broader than long, snout produced and sharp at the end, anterior outlines somewhat waved. Distance from outer angle of disk to end of snout about equal that to the vent. Outer angles blunter than hinder. Mouth waved; teeth of male with slender sharp cusps resembling those of the large tubercles on the tail; three papillae at the bottom of the mouth. Eye small; spiracles much larger. Tail, probably twice the length of the disk, with a 394 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. dermal fold below and a weaker one above behind the spine. Small scales in a longitudinal band above each eye, along the vertebral column, and grouped near the middle of the disk. Compressed backward directed tubercles in a vertebral series from the caudal spine forward. Length of disk, to behind the vent, 33 em. and width 28 em. in the type, a mature male from Shanghai. Back chocolate-brown. DASYBATUS FLUVIORUM. Dasyatis fluviorum OattBy, 1908, Proc. Roy. soc. Queensland, 21, p. 6. Disk subcireular, length eight ninths of the width; front angle obtuse, with tip slightly produced; hind borders fully and inner moderately convex; outer angles broadly and posterior somewhat narrowly rounded. Jaws undu- lated, upper biemarginate. Floor of mouth with seven papillae, arranged in three groups:— on each side a pair, of which the inner is the larger, the outer sometimes absent or undeveloped, and three in the middle more conspicuous and truncated. A group of small blunt tubercles above each spiracle, a trans- verse row of three tubercles behind the occiput from behind the median of which > a series of retrorse spines extends along the dorsal ridge and is continued on the tail nearly to the base of the caudal spine. One of the median interscapular spines is slightly larger than the others of the vertebral series. Entire scapular region tuberculigerous. Length of tail two and one fourth times that of the disk. The four tubercles of the tail nearest the spine are larger than those of the back. A short fold, deeper backward, behind the caudal spine; another below the tail has its origin below the base of the spine and is much longer and slightly deeper. Back olive-brown, margins of disk and of ventrals lighter; bluish white below, pale brown toward the margins; tail black, lower surface and sides of the proximal fourth brown. Total length of type about 31.2 inches (794 mm.), snout to vent 9.83, width of disk 10.8, and length of tail 21.2 inches approximately. Brisbane River, ranging above the tide waters. DASYBATUS AKAJEI. Trygon akajei Miuuer & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., p. 165, pl. 54, f. 1; ScHLeGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 308; BLEEKER, 1857, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 3, p. 44; Dumsirin, 1865, Elasm., p. 604. Dasyatis akajei Jorp. & EverM., 1902, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 25, p. 319, fig. 2; Jornpan & RIcHARDSON, 1910, Mem. Carnegie mus., 4, p. 165, fig. 2. Disk rhomboid, anterior margins nearly straight meeting in an obtuse angle at the snout; width about one fourth more than length of body. Mouth with DASYBATUS KUHLII. 395 three papillae at the bottom. Tip of snout produced, blunted. Outer and posterior angles rounded. Spiracles larger than the eyes. Ventrals obliquely truncate, angles blunt. Tail little longer than the body with a short low keel behind the spine above, and a more distinct and longer one below. Skin smooth in very young; larger examples with tubercles on the middle of the back above the shoulder girdle, and more advanced stages with a vertebral row of backward-directed tubercles from the back of the head, largest on the base of the tail in front of the caudal spine, and with a parallel row on each shoulder. Yellowish brown, darker with age; white below with darker edges; tail dark. Japan; China. DASYBATUS KUHLII. Trygon kuhlit Mtuuter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 164, pl. 51, f. 1; ScuLtEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 308; BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 73; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 603, Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 479; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 739, pl. 1938, f. 2; Garman, 1885, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 8, p. 40; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 34; GinrueEr, 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 494. Raja trigonoides CaASTELNAU, 1872, Proc. Zool. & acclim. soc. Victoria, 1, p. 121. Dasybatus kuhlii GARMAN, 1885, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 8, p. 40. ?Dasybatus varidens GARMAN, 1885, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 8, p. 40. Dasyatis kuhlii Jorp. & FowuEr, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 659. Disk rhomboid; anterior margins slightly convex, meeting at a very blunt angle on the end of the snout; outer margins néarly straight, outer angles blunt, posterior of about 90°. Snout short, not produced. Eyes prominent. Spir- acles as large as the eyes. Mouth waved, with two papillae at the bottom; teeth small, unequal, a larger sharper series on each of the convex bends in the upper jaw. Ventrals rather elongate, obliquely rounded behind. Tail about twice as long as the body in young, above with a short low fold behind the spine, below with a deeper longer one gradually disappearing at some distance from the end of the tail. Skin smooth on the young, later a vertebral series of depressed tubercles appears from the shoulder girdle forward, to be still later continued backward to the caudal spine. Back brownish with blue black-edged spots, and smaller spots of black, scattered over the disk and with a blackish band, containing numerous small spots of black and including a light band between the forward parts of the eyes, crossing the head to the bases of the pectorals. Tail blackish with irregular rings of white in the distal portion. Lower surface whitish with darker edges. 396 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Specimen described obtained by Dr. Thomas Barbour in southern Celebes. Snout to abdominal pores 6, pores to end of tail 12, and greatest width 83 inches. Japan to India; East Indies. D. varidens differs from this species in a broader disk and lack of spots. It may be that this form represents a variety of D. kuhlii distinguished by lack of dorsal spots and caudal rings. DASYBATUS SAY. Raia say Lesvrvr, 1817, Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 1, p. 42, pl. Trygon sayi Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 166; Dumeérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 603. Myliobatis sayi DuKay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 376; Stormr, 1846, Mem. Amer. acad., new ser., 2, p. 262. Dasyatis sayi Jorvan & GitBeERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 48; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 86; Rrserro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 189, pl. 19. Dasibatis sayt GaRMAN, 1882, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 69. Disk subquadrangular, little wider than long; anterior margins nearly straight, meeting at the end of the snout in a blunt angle; hinder and inner margins convex. Mouth with five papillae at the bottom; upper jaw undulated, lower prominent in the middle; teeth small; sharp in adult males, smooth in females. Ventrals rounded. ‘Tail rather more than one and one half times the length of the disk, with a short fold behind the caudal spine above and a longer little deeper one below ending about opposite the end of the upper. Body and tail smooth; a single rounded tubercle on the middle of the back. Allied to D. pastinacus but more blunt at the end of the snout, more rounded on the pectoral angles and longer in the tail. Olive-brown, lighter to yellowish on young; white below. New York to southern Brazil. DASYBATUS BREVIS. Plate 32, fig. 5-6. Trygon brevis GARMAN, 1880, Bull. M. C. Z., 6, p. 171. Dasybatis dipterurus JORDAN & GILBERT, 1881, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 4, p. 31; GARMAN, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S; Dat-emius spss 7a Dasyatis dipterura JonpAN & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 48; Jorp. & EvErm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 85. Dasibatis brevis GARMAN, 1882, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 70. Dasyatis hawaiensis Jenkins, 1904, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 22, p. 421, pl. 1,f. 1; Jorp. & Everm., 1905, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 23, p. 48, pl. 4, f. 1. Trygon hawaiensis GUNTHER, 1910, Siidsee fische, p. 494. Disk subquadrangular, rounded, little wider than long, anterior margins meeting in a blunt angle at the end of the snout, outer and hinder extremities DASYBATUS SABINUS. 397 without trace of angles. Mouth with five papillae, outer small; upper jaw in- dented in the middle. Ventrals broad, truncate, angles rounded. Tail less than one and one half times the length of the disk, with a short, elevated fold behind the spine and a longer deeper one below. The folds widen backward and end opposite one another. Disk naked in young. Adults have three rows of tu- wage ? bercles on the back placed as those of D. hastatus. A large specimen from Payta, has three broad-based tubercles in front of the caudal spine and the tail is rough- ened with smaller ones. The short rows on the shoulders contain from one to four tubercles each. This species differs from D. hastatus in the shorter tail, the rounder disk, and in the shapes and sizes of the tubercles and the fin folds; it differs from D. sayi in a greater development of fin folds and in their shapes and length. These 2 folds on D. brevis are short and deep; they rise gradually and end abruptly. Olive or greyish brown, reddish near the edges; white below, with round spots of brown under the base of the tail. Length of body 17, of tail 23, and width of disk 18 inches. In a young male the length of body is 8.1, of the tail 12, and the width of the disk 9.2 inches. Taken at Payta, Peru, and San Diego, Cal., by the Hassler Expedition. DASYBATUS SABINUS. Trygon sabina LesuEnur, 1824, Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 4, p. 10 extra, pl. 4, Raia sabina; MU.ier & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 103; Dummrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 607. Trygon osteosticta MULLER, 1835, Erman’s reise, p. 25, pl. 14. ; Trygon tuberculatus Dummrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 605; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 480 (part). Dasyatis sabina JonDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U. S. nat. mus., p. 49; Jorp. & Evnrn., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 49. Dasibatis sabina GARMAN, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 68. Disk subcircular, anterior margins waved, concave opposite the nostrils, meeting in an angle that is little less than 90°, outer angles broadly rounded, hinder and inner margins convex. Mouth moderate, with five papillae at the bottom, with jaws abruptly bent forward in the middle of each side, and with symphyseal angles rather broad, or truncate. Teeth small unequal, with sharp cusps at the symphysis, on the males, in forty-eight rows on the upper jaws of an adult of ten inches in width. Top of head and middle of back somewhat roughened by small spines; a median row of sharp, elongate, compressed and depressed tubercles on back and on base of tail, and one or two similar tubercles at each side of it on the shoulder girdle. ‘Tail less than twice the length of the 398 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. disk, roughened by small spines, with a dermal fold above and a deeper longer one below. A fully developed male measures in length from snout to abdominal pores 9.4, in length of tail 15 and in width of disk 10 inches. Yellowish brown; white beneath. North Carolina to Brazil, entering fresh waters. The mouth of this species resemble that of Dasybatus sephen but the sym- physes are less pointed, that is they appear more truncate. T'rygon osteosticta Miill., 1835 cannot be separated from this species. DASYBATUS ZUGEI. Plate 71, fig. 3 (skeleton). Trygon zugei Miititer & HeNuE, 1841, Plagios., p. 165, pl. 54, f. 1; T. Cantor, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 426; ScHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 309; BurExker, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 68; DumértL, 1865, Elasm., p. 606; GiinrH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 481; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 739, pl. 190, f. 3; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 33, pl. 4, f. 2. Trygon crozieri BuytTx, 1860, Journ. Asiat. soc. Bengal, 29, p. 45. Dasyatis zugei Jorv. & FowuEr, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 660. Disk subquadrangular, rounded on outer angles and posteriorly; snout much produced, acute, ‘“‘sharper than any other trygon,” length about three times the width of the interorbital space. Eyes small, eyelid nearly straight. Spiracles larger than the eyes. Mouth waved, without papillae; teeth sharp, in 52 rows on the upper jaw of aspecimen at hand. ‘Tail nearly twice as long as the body, with a short low fold above, behind the spine, and a longer deeper one below. Ventrals subtriangular, anterior rays much the longer, angles blunted. Disk smooth in young; older with scattered tubercles in the vertebral series. Large individuals have a more or less complete median series, and have the tail roughened by small spines. The greatest width is nearly opposite the mid length of the body. In one specimen the length from snout to abdominal pores is 107 and the width 9% inches; in another the distance from snout to pores is 32, that across the disk 33, and that from the pores to end of tail 6% inches. Yellowish to reddish brown; white below. : Penang; China; India; Japan; East Indies. TAPNIURA. Taeniura Miuter & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 117; Wiegm. arch., p. 400; 1841, Plagios., p. 171. Discobatis Macuay & Mac eEay, 1885, Proc. Linn. soc., N.S. W., 10, p. 676. Discotrygon FowLER, 1910, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 62, p. 468. TAENIURA LYMMA. 399 Disk rounded, pectoral fins meeting in front of skull, no rostral cartilage. Anterior nasal valves confluent, with free lateral and posterior edges, median attachment narrow. Mouth small, with papillae, velum fringed. Teeth small, tessellate, grooved transversely. Cranium prominent; fontanel broad and rounded in front of the skull, narrow between the orbits. Nodorsalfin. Ventrals elongate, anterior rays longer than posterior. Tail longer than the body, with a spine above, in front of the middle of the length and with a rayless subcaudal fin below the distal portion. This genus may be subdivided into two sections:— the first, Taeniura proper, type 7. lymma, characterized by its round disk, much waved mouth, unequal teeth, subtriangular ventrals, convex skull, etc., the second, Taeniurops, containing 7’. meyeni and T. atra more nearly allied to species of Dasybatus, distinguished by greater width of disk, straighter mouth, less diversity in the teeth, less convexity in the cranium, less inequality in the ventral rays, the fins being more quadrangular, etc. Disk round; skin smooth, or in greater age with a few small spines mouth sharply curved, with 2 papillae; teeth unequal greyish with rounded dark edged spots of blue. lymma (page 399) Disk broader than long; skin rough mouth curved, with 2 papillae; greyish with spots of black . : : ; melanospila (page 400) Disk broader than long; skin smooth Mouth straight, with 5 papillae blackish. : : ; . meyent (page 400) Disk broader than long; skin rough a short vertebral series of rounded tubercles brown to black . ; ; ; : : : atra (page 401) TAENIURA LYMMA. Plate 53, fig. 4 (pelvis); Plate 55, fig. 7 (vertebrae); Plate 71, fig. 4-5 (skeleton). Raia lymma Forskak1, 1775, Descript. Anim., p. 17; GMELIN, 1789, Linné Syst., a oa tay GIR Raia lymnia BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 5. Raia lymna ScuneEIDeER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 365; SHaw, 1804, Zool., 5, p. 287. Trygon lymna Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 137. Trigon lymma RiPreE.L, 1828, Atlas fische, p. 51, pl. 13, f. 1; 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, Fische, p. 69. _ Trygon halgani Lesson, 1830, Voy. Coquille, Poiss., 2, p. 100, pl. 3; GurErIn, 1838, Icon. Poiss., pl. 69, iS. Trygon ornatus Gray & HarRpWIcKE, 1882, Ill. Ind. Zool., 1, pl. 99. Taeniura ornata MiuLeR & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 117; 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p- 90, 400 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Taeniura lynma Miuuer & Hente, 1841, Plagios., p. 171, pl. 55, f.3; Dumiri, 1865, Elasm., p. 619; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 483; Kiuunzincrr, 1871, Syn. fishe, 2, p. 241; GUNTHER, 1910, Siidsee fische, 2, p. 495. Taeniura lymna T. Cantor, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 430. Discobatis marginipinnis Macuay & Macuxay, 1886, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 10, p. 676, pl. 46, f. 7-15; Jorp. & SEALE, 1906, Bull. U.S. fish. comm., 25, p. 183. Discotrygon marginipinnis FowieEr, 1910, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 62, p. 462. Disk subcircular, snout not produced. Mouth small, width about one third of the distance from the end of the snout, with a fringed velum and two papillae at the bottom. Teeth small, unequal, tessellate, with transverse ridges, or sharp cusps on males. Chin papillose. Cranium prominent convex longi- tudinally, descending sharply forward; foramen in front broad and rounded, narrow or closed between the orbits on the crown. Pectorals angled posteriorly. Ventrals elongate, subtriangular, anterior rays much longer than posterior, angles rounded. ‘Tail longer than body, spine about mid length, supracaudal fin absent, or rudimentary, origin of subcaudal slightly in front of spine, depth greater than that of the muscles above it. Skin smooth. Greyish brown with rounded spots of blue irregularly scattered over back and fins. Total length 163, body to pores 63, and greatest width 7 inches. Red Sea; Singapore; Mauritius; Fiji Islands. TAENIURA MELANOSPILA. Taeniura melanospilos BLEEKER, 18538, Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 4, p. 513; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 620. sha: ons Ginrtu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 484; Kiunzrncrr, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, Disk broader than long, obtuse in front. Snout length six times in the greatest width of the disk. Mouth curved, two papillae at the bottom. Skin rough, a dorsal series of tubercles. Tail rough, depressed in the basal portion, little longer than the disk. Spine inserted little behind the first third of the tail, subcaudal fin deeper, extending from below the insertion of the spine to the end of the tail. Back greenish grey, with numerous rounded spots of blackish. Batavia. TAENIURA MEYENI. Taeniura meyeni Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 172; Dummrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 620; Ginrs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 483. Disk a little broader than long; margins and fins rounded. Upper eyelid slightly produced. Mouth straight; teeth with transverse groove as in Dasy- UROBATIS. 401 batus. Tail as long as the disk, with a low keel above near the end; subcaudal fin as deep as the muscular portion, of equal depth to the end. Blackish brown above; below white with blackish edges on pectorals and ventrals. Mauritius. TAENIURA ATRA. Taeniura atra MAcutEay, 1883, Proc. Linn. soc. N. 8. W., 7, p. 598. Taeniura mortont MacuEay, 1884, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 8, p. 212. Disk broader than long, subround. Tail less than twice the length of the disk, with a deep cutaneous fin under the terminal half. Skin rough with small spines, depressed tubercles, three or four, in a vertebral series on the middle of the disk, in the scapular region. Black, on the back of a sixteen inch specimen; white below. New Guinea; Australia. UROBATIS, gen. nov. Disk subcirecular, angles and margins rounded, snout not produced. Teeth small, numerous, tessellate, with acute cusps in the male. No median series of directed backward. Tail about as long as the body, with a spine; caudals rather deep, rounded. Embryo without an orbital process but with a long, slender, pointed postspiracular process on the spiracular tegmen. Type U. sloani. | : : tubercles. No dorsal fin. Ventrals short, moderately broad, subquadrangular, : Disk little longer than broad { tail about equal disk skin rough, no median tubercles brown, spotted with yellow. : . Sloani (page 402) brownish, vermiculate with yellow. vermiculatus (page 402) Disk little broader than long tail shorter than disk skin rough, no median tubercles brownish, clouded : , ; . nebulosus (page 403) Disk subcircular tail shorter than disk skin smooth brown, with yellow spots and vermiculations . halleri (page 403) brownish gray, with spots of brown . maculatus (page 404) 402 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. UROBATIS SLOANI. Plate 28; Plate 53, fig. 3 (pelvis); Plate 69, fig. 4-5 (skeleton). e Pastinaca marina SLOANE, 1725, Hist. Jam., 2, p. 277, pl. 246, f. 1. Leiobatus sloani BLAINv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Trygon jamaicensis Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 137; 1829, ibid., p. 400. Trygonobatus torpedinus Desmarest, 1823, Mem. Soc. Linn. Paris, 2; Bory, 1828, Dict. class. hist. nat., 14, p. 449; ibid., 16, p. 131, pl. 116. Raia sloanii BANcrRorFtT, 1830, Zool. journ., 5,.p. 83. Urolophus torpedinus MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 173, pl. 56, f. 1; Pony, 1858, Memorias Cuba, 2, p. 360; Dummrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 628; Giinru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 485; GARMAN, 1885, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 8, p. 41. Urolophus jamaicensis Jorp. & EvERM., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 81. Disk longer than broad, anterior half little wider, margins all convex, tip of snout hardly produced, bluntly rounded. Head small, of little prominence. Eyes small, orbital length about equal the interorbital width. Spiracles larger than the eyes. Mouth small, distance from end of snout two and one third times that between the nostrils, with five papillae at the bottom, upper velum with a prominent fringe, lower fringe weak. Teeth broader than long, lozenge- shaped, on the crown, sharp in males, in #¢ rows in eight inch specimen, 3 in fourteen inch. Basal portion of tail depressed, with a rudimentary fold at each side; distal portion compressed; origin of supracaudal fin at end of the spine, and of subecaudal below its base; spine inserted about mid length of the tail; entire length of tail about equal that of disk. Skin rough with small spines on head, dorsum, and top of tail to upper edge of caudal; outer portions of disk, on pectorals and ventrals, and lower surfaces are smooth. Brownish thickly covered with round spots of yellow, small on middle of disk and larger toward margins, and on ventrals and caudal. Sloane says of the species “ it had several asperities on the skin, and was of a brown color with yellow spots here and there’’; this description of the markings agrees with that of the form, shown on Plate 28, common around Haiti. The young as taken from the oviduct are shown Plate 28, fig. 2, 3. UROBATIS VERMICULATUS, var. nov. Plate 29. In most respects this form is not to be distinguished from that common about Jamaica and Haiti and, probably, the islands to the eastward. U. sloam is more brown than yellow; it is spotted with round yellow spots. U. vermiculatus is more yellow than brown; it is vermiculate with brown and the brown is not confined to the upper surfaces. The vertebral region in this form is darker ( UROBATIS HALLERI. 403 and in cases the brown contains transverse cloudings or indefinite bands on body and tail. The specimen figured on Plate 29 is one of a number taken at Progreso, Yucatan, by Dr. L. J. Cole. It represents a variety of U. sloani, rather than a distinct species. UROBATIS NEBULOSUS. Urolophus nebulosus GARMAN, 1885, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 8, p. 41; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 80. Disk subround resembling that of U. halleri but differing from that species in being rough with asperities over the posterior portion of the abdomen. No median series of tubercles on back or tail. Three small papillae at the bottom of the mouth. Entire length of the type 12, snout to ends of ventrals 7.5, snout to ends of pectorals 7 and greatest width 7 inches. Clouded olivaceous brown on the back; whitish below. Colima, Mex. UROBATIS HALLERI. Urolophus halleri CoopEr, 1863, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., 3, p. 96; JorDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 46; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 80. Urolophus umbrifer Jorp. & Starks, 1895, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 2, 5, p. 285; Jorp. & Everm., 1900, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 2752. Disk subcircular, front outlines meeting at a very blunt angle at end of snout. Nasal valves short, outer angles not produced, hind margin fringed. Mouth small, waved, width nearly half the preoral length; teeth small, tessellate. Eyes small, orbit about one fifth the length of the snout; spiracles larger. Ven- trals short, broad, rounded. Tail near two thirds the length of the disk, fins moderately deep, spine inserted in end of anterior half. Skin smooth. A close ally of U. sloani but rounded. Specimen in hand 203 inches, tail from the pores 82, greatest width 123. In a lot of more than a hundred examples secured by Professor Louis Agassiz at San Diego, California there is a considerable amount of individual variation in colors. Most of the specimens are brown with small spots of yellow, very small on some, larger on others, smaller toward the margins, thickly strewn over the entire back and tail or occasionally absent from the middle of the disk. Less numerous, perhaps, are those brown with vermiculations of yellow over the whole back or only in the central portions. Some are more yellow than brown and on - some the brown is variously clouded. The back is usually darkest in the middle and on the head; the fins are lighter near and on the margins; the tail is usually not darker. 404 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. UROBATIS MACULATUS, Sp. NOV. Form of U. halleri but differing in the prominence of the fold along each side of the tail and in coloration. Ashy gray with small spots of black, marking the openings of the tubules of the lateral system and the ampullae, and with larger spots of brown, half as large as the eye, symmetrically arranged; a series of about seven beginning in front of each eye and passing back at the inner edge of the outer third of each pectoral, another series of about four spots each begins at each eye and parallels the first about midway between the vertebrae and the outer edge; besides these there is one spot over each gill chamber, one on each half of the shoulder girdle, one over the abdomen at each side of the verte- bral column and one at the axil of the pectoral above the origin of the ventral fin. Faint dark specks appear along the sides of the tail. Outer edges of fins lighter; lower surfaces white. One specimen, a mature male, from the U. 8. Fish Commission, taken at the head of the Gulf of California, in about nine fathoms. Total. length Of, snout to pores 5, and greatest width 52 inches. UROTRYGON. Urotrygon Git, 1863, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 173. Disk subcircular, angles and margins rounded, snout produced. Mouth waved; teeth tessellate, numerous, crowns broader than long. ‘Tail longer than body, slender posteriorly, caudal fins narrow, pointed, with a serrated spine near mid length. No dorsal fin. A median series of tubercles. Ventrals subtriangular, anterior rays much longer than posterior, directed laterally. Embryos with a longer strongly curved orbital process and a shorter blunt postspiracular process on the spiracular tegmen. Type U. mundus. Species of this genus are the most nearly related to the freshwater Potamo- trygons of South America. Disk broader than long tail longer than disk skin smooth, with median tubercles on back and tail brown, with black specks. : : chilensis (page 405) skin spinose, on snout, median tubercles on back brown, uniform . : ‘ : : : goodei (page 405) UROTRYGON ASPIDURUS. 405 skin smooth, median tubercles on tail brown uniform Disk round tail little longer than disk skin with stellate based spines and tubercles brown, uniform aspidurus (page 405) iy ea poe mundus (page 406) UROTRYGON CHILENSIS. Urolophus chilensis GUNTHER, 1871, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 653, pl. 53. Disk broader than long, snout projecting a little, tail longer than the disk. Disk smooth, but with tubercles along the median line, viz. three in a single series on the middle of the back and two on the tail in front of the spine. Back nearly uniform brownish with a few indistinct specks of darker brown. Giinther’s figure so closely represents the species later described as U. aspidurus, differing mainly in the anterior position of some of the tubercles, as to raise doubt of the validity of that species. UROTRYGON GOODEI. Urolophus goodei JonpaAN & Bouuman, 1890, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 12, p. 151; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 81; BouLeNcsr, 1898, Boll. Mus. zool. anat. Torino, 13, no. 329, p. 1. Disk ‘‘to posterior base of pectorals”’ broader than long, anterior margins little convex from the eyes outward. Tip of snout prominent, sharp. Eyes small, four thirteenths of the snout. Interorbital width one half the snout, equal the width of mouth. Ventrals projecting beyond the disk. Tail little longer than disk; caudals elongate, from end of spine equal snout and eye. Body of young nearly smooth, excepting a spine or more on the middle of the back and a few prickles on the snout. | Brown, paler toward edges; caudal dark above, lighter edged. Described from young specimens, of from six to seven inches in length. Off the coast of Colombia, South America, Bay of Panama, and Bay of Santa Helena. UROTRYGON ASPIDURUS. Plate 69, fig. 3 (skeleton). Urolophus aspidurus JorpaAN & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. U. S. fish. comm., 1, p. 307; Jorp. & Evrrn., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 81; Gumpert & Starks, 1964, Mem. Cal. acad. sci., 4, p. 16. Disk broader than long, snout prominent, margins nearly straight for a short distance in front, outer and posterior angles and margins rounded. Outer 406 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. angle of ventrals acute, anterior rays three or four times as long as the posterior. Tail strong, tapering to a slender point, depressed anteriorly, longer than the disk including the ventrals; caudal spine inserted in the end of the anterior half; caudal fins not deep, origin of supracaudal at end of spine of subcaudal farther forward. Skin smooth, excepting above the vertebrae from above the pelvis, on the back to the caudal spine where there is a series of broad-based compressed and depressed backward directed sharp tubercles, 1-9, absent on young. Eyes small, less than half as long as the spiracle, length less than one fourth of their distance apart. Mouth small, nearly one third the length of the snout, arched forward, a median papilla at the bottom. Teeth in 7 rows. Total length 15, tail from pores 8, and width 7% inches. Of a large number of specimens no two are alike in number and positions of the tubercles, and in all cases they are supracaudal, between pelvis and caudal spine. Hardly to be separated from U. chilensis Giinther, 1871. Panama. Hassler and John E. Thayer Expeditions, numerous examples. UROTRYGON MUNDUS. Plate 30, fig. 1-2. Urotrygon mundus Giuu, 1863, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 173. Urolophus asterias JORDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 5, p. 579; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 82. Urolophus rogersi JORDAN & Starks, 1895, Proc. Cal. Acad. sci., ser. 2, 5, p. 388. Disk nearly round, little longer than wide if the ventrals are included, snout slightly produced. Tail strong and depressed anteriorly, slender backward, with spine inserted about mid length. Eyes small, length of orbits two and one half times in their distance apart, nearly six times in the length of the snout. Spiracles larger than the eyes. Mouth small, width two and one half times in its distance from the end of the snout. Velum at the bottom deeply fringed. In an eight inch male, fully mature, the teeth are in 33 rows and have long sharp cusps. Nostrils small, anterior valves short, with narrow median attachment in front of the mouth. Shoulder girdle in the posterior half of the disk including the ventrals. Pelvis arched forward in the middle. Ventrals broad, short, outer angles blunt, claspers short, stout, crooked. Caudal narrow, pointed, like that of U. chilensis. Spines small to very. small, stellate-based, sprinkled somewhat losely over the entire disk, rather more thickly in front of the head UROLOPHUS ARMATUS. 407 little larger toward the middle of the body or the tail. Total length, of a young example, 837, tail 47, and greatest width 47 inches. Clouded or rusty brownish; white around nostrils at tip of snout and be- neath the disk. Gulf of California to Panama. UROLOPHUS. Urolophus Miituter & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 117. Disk subquadrangular, narrower posteriorly, anterior margins waved meet- ing at a blunt angle in front, snout little produced. Ventrals short, broad, anterior rays and posterior subequal, directed backward. Tail shorter than the body, stout, with a spine; caudals short, of moderate depth, rounded behind. No dorsal fin. Papillae at the bottom of the mouth. Type U. cruciatus. Disk much broader than long tail short back spinose, a tubercle on the shoulder girdle spotted with black . : ; : . armatus (page 407) back smooth, no tubercles banded and blotched with dark . : cruciatus (page 408) tail little shorter than body back smooth, no tubercles brown, uniform . : : ; : . kaianus (page 409) Disk about as broad as long tail little shorter than body back smooth brown on back, white below middle of disk fuscus (page 409) UROLOPHUS ARMATUS. Urolophus armatus MiuuerR & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 174; Dumirin, 1865, Elasm., p. 628; GUnrs., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 485; 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 495. Separated from U. cruciatus by broadness of disk, greater production of snout, armature, and by coloration. Mouth sinuous; teeth flat, in a young male. Scattered spines above the snout, on the back of the head, along the middle of the back and in arow on the tail. A larger spine on the shoulder girdle. 408 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Brown with more or less scattered rounded darker spots; white below, with darker edges. . New Ireland. UROLOPHUS CRUCIATUS. Raia cruciata Lackprpe, 1804, Ann. mus., 4, p. 201, 210, pl. 55, f. 2. Leiobatus cruciatus BLAINV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 121. Urolophus cruciatus Mitter & HENtE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 117; 1838, Charlesworth’s mag., 2, p. 90; Dumérm, 1865, Elasm., p. 626; Ginrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 485; Waite, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 43. Urolophus aurantiacus MiLuEr & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 173, pl. 56, f. 2. Urolophus ephippiatus RicHARDSON, 1848, Erebus & Terror, Fish, p. 35, pl. 24; Dumirit, 1865, Elasm., p. 627. Disk subquadrangular, blunt forward, width greater than length of body, widest in front of the shoulder girdle, narrowing back toward the ventrals, tip of snout slightly produced, outer angles and margins broadly and hind angles sharply rounded, anterior margins sinuous, indented opposite the eye. Body rather thick, head moderately prominent. Mouth small, curved, width less than half the distance from tip of snout, with three papillae at the bottom — median bifurcate. Teeth tessellate, lozenge-shaped, broader than long, with a slight transverse excavation on the crown. On the specimen in hand, a male, there are four rows of the flattened teeth at each side of seventeen rows each tooth of which is provided with a long sharp longitudinally grooved cusp. Eye of moderate size, spiracle small. Anterior rays of ventrals little if any longer than posterior. Tail, from the pores, two thirds as long as the body, caudal fins of medium depth, end rounded, spine inserted about mid length. Skin smooth. Brown, rusty or yellowish, with a vertebral band of darker crossed by about three bands in front of the shoulder girdle, behind which it is paralleled by two to four longitudinal bands over the abdomen. The specimen shows the brown of the outer portions of the pectorals to be separated from that of the back by a curved band of light color from opposite the eyes to the middle of the hind border of the pectorals; it also has dark blotches in front of the eyes. Lower surfaces whitish with broad brown outer margins on pectorals and ventrals. Colors evidently varying much in different individuals. Length 12.5, tail from the pores 5, and greatest width 8.1 inches; from Hobart, Tasmania. Australian seas. TRYGONOPTERA. 409 UROLOPHUS KAIANUS. Urolophus kaianus GUNTHER, 1880, Challenger rept. Zool., 1, p. 37. Disk broader than long, front angle very obtuse, snout not projecting. No dorsal fin. ‘Tail little shorter than disk. Skin smooth. Snout to vent four and three eighths, end of tail to vent four and one half, and greatest width * - a five and five sixths inches. Specimens described eight and seven eighths and nine and one fourth inches in total lengths. Uniform brownish. Ki Islands, at 129 fathoms. UROLOPHUS FUSCUS. Urolophus fuscus GARMAN, 1885, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 8, p. 41; Jorp. & Fowtmr, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 657. Disk subquadrangular, hardly as broad as long, front margins meeting in a blunt angle, tip of snout prominent. Eye small, orbit as long as the spiracle. Interorbital space as wide as the mouth, which is less than half the distance between tip of snout and mouth. Mouth medium, curved forward, with three papillae on its floor, middle one bifurcate. Tail from vent equal to distance : from vent to front of nostril, fin depths moderate, end blunt, spine inserted little in front of mid length. Ventrals rather short and broad, claspers short ie ses ve _ and stout. Skin smooth. Total length 123, snout to pores 7, and greatest width 72 inches. Back, tail and lower edges of fins reddish brown or olive, elsewhere white. Japan. TRYGONOPTERA. Trygonoptera MLLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 174. Disk subquadrangular, narrower backward, angled in front, outer and hinder ae eS angles rounded. Ventrals short, broad. Tail shorter than the disk, not thread- like, with rayed caudal fins, and with a small dorsal in front of the spine near mid length. ad ee Re 7 Angle at junction of front margins very blunt back uniform reddish brown é ; : testacea (page 410) back spotted . ‘ ‘ : ; : . javanica (page 410) Angle at junction of front margins nearly right back uniform brown ; / : : . bucculenta (page 410) 410 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. TRYGONOPTERA TESTACEA. Trygonoptera testacea MiLLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 174; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 629; Warts, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 44. Trygonoptera milleri STEINDACHNER, 1866, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Wien, 53, p. 479, pl. 6, f. 5 (young). Trygonoplera henlei STEINDACHNER, 1866, loc. cit., pl. 6, f. 4 (half grown). Trygonoptera australis STEINDACHNER, 1866, loc. cit., p. 480, pl. 7. Urolophus (Trygonoptera) testaceus GintH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 486. Disk subrhomboid, outer and hinder angles and margins rounded, front margins nearly straight, snout blunt-angled not produced. Spiracle with a projection from the inner edge. Nasal valves fringed. Six short papillae at the bottom of the mouth. Tail little shorter than the disk in adults, little longer in young. Dorsal fin and spine near the middle of the tail. Skin smooth. Uniform reddish or brownish. Australia. TRYGONOPTERA JAVANICA. Trygonoptera javanica Martens, 1864, Monatsb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 260. Urolophus (Trygonoptera) javanicus GUNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 486. Disk little longer than broad. Thirteen papillae at the bottom of the mouth. Back with lighter and with darker spots. Allied to 7. testacea. Batavia. - TRYGONOPTERA BUCCULENTA. Urolophus bucculentus Macey, 1884, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 9, p. 172. Trygonoptera bucculenta W a1TE, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 45, f. 3, pl. 5. Disk including the ventrals as broad as long, anterior margins nearly straight, meeting in a blunt angle; outer and hinder angles blunted. Interorbital space one third of the length from the middle of the eye to the end of the snout. Spiracle larger than the eye. Anterior nasal valves not extended back from the narrow isthmus, outer angles rather sharp, elongate. Teeth blunt, in about eighteen rows. Ventrals somewhat narrow and long. Tail shorter than the disk; a moderate sized dorsal and a spine near the middle; caudal fins of moderate depth. Dark brown on back and lower margins of disk, elsewhere yellow. Teeth larger, disk broader and more angular, tail shorter, dorsal larger and rounder, and caudal deeper than in 7’. testacea. Australia. AETOPLATEA ZONURA. 411 ABTOPLATEA. Aétoplatea MGLuLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 175. A small dorsal fin in front of the spine on the base of the tail; otherwise as in Pteroplatea. A tentacle behind the spiracle tail less than half as long as the body keeled above and below : : : . tentaculata (page 411) No tentacle behind the spiracles tail about as long as the body . : : : zonura (page 411) AETOPLATEA TENTACULATA. Aétoplatea tentaculata MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 175; Dumirim, 1865, Elasm., p. 630. Pteroplatea tentaculata GiNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 488; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 40; pl. 4, f. 4. Pteroplatea australis Ramsay & OaILBy, 1885, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 10, p. 575; 1888, ibid., ser. 2, 2, p. 1024. Shapes similar to those of Pteroplatea poecilura or P. micrura. Disk about twice as wide as long, anterior edges of pectorals waved, posterior nearly straight. A tentacle behind the spiracle. No papillae in the mouth. Teeth acute. Tail nearly half as long as the body, with a fold above and another below. Dorsal small, rounded. Skin smooth. A serrated caudal spine. Greenish brown with scattered spots of lighter on the back; tail brown. Red Sea; Indian Ocean; Malabar. AETOPLATEA ZONURA. Aétoplatea zonurus BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 79; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 631. Pteroplatea zonura GUnTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 488; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 40, pl. 4, f. 3. Disk twice as wide as long. Front outline of pectoral very little waved, outer angle slight, posterior margin and angle rounded. A small prominence at end of snout, distance from the eyes less than that between the spiracles on a specimen eleven inches in width. No tentacle behind the spiracle. Tail from the abdominal pores less than half the length of the body; a low keel above and another below; spine not yet apparent on the individual described; dorsal fin small, rounded. Greenish brown with maculae and puncticulations of black; lower surfaces white; tail brown with white rings, 8-10, behind the dorsal. Singapore; Batavia. 412 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. PTEROPLATEA. Pteroplatea Miter & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 117; 1841, Plagios., p. 168. Disk much broader than long, lozenge-shaped, with angles rounded, de- pressed and thin; head not prominent. Eyes small, prominent. Nostrils wide, separated by a broad isthmus; anterior valves confluent, crossing the isthmus as a narrow fold; posterior valves rudimentary. Spiracles large, immediately behind the eyes. Mouth wide, transverse, little arched; jaws slender; teeth minute, numerous, in a broad band, each tooth broad-based, with 1-3 sharp cusps. Pectorals broad, meeting in front of the head. Ventrals small, narrow. Tail short, slender, with or without narrow dermal folds behind the serrated spine. No dorsal fin. Shoulder girdle, Plate 72, pct., broad and flat below. Temperate and tropical seas. Dorsal fin absent tentacle absent behind the spiracle tail nearly as long as the body dermal folds or keels absent . ; . poecilura (page 412) tail about half as long as the body dermal fold below, weak : : . japonica (page 413) tail less than half as long as body dermal fold beneath, low. : : . hirundo (page 413) dermal fold above slight. c . crebripunctata (page 413) dermal fold below weaker than upper . . micrura (page 414) dermal folds upper and lower well developed marmorata (page 414) tentacle present tail less than half as long as body 3 dermal folds narrow above and below. altavela (page 415) PTEROPLATEA POECILURA. Tenkee kunsul Russevu, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, no. 6, fig. Raia poecilura Saw, 1804, Zool., 5, p. 291. Trygon kunsua Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 400. Trygon poecilurus BENNETT, 1830, Mem. Raffles, p- 694. Pleroplatea micrura MiuLEr & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 169; T. Canror, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 427; BLEEKeR, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 76; Buyrs, 1860, Journ. Asiat. soc. Bengal, 29, p. 37; Duméirm, 1865, Elasm., p. 613; Day, 1865, Fishes Malabar, p. 278; 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 741, pl. 194, f. 2; Giiwrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 487; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 39. Pleroplatea annulata Swatns., 1839, Class., 2, p. 319. Dasyatis micrura Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 122. PTEROPLATEA CREBRIPUNCTATA. 413 Shape resembling that of P. micrura, Plate 33, f. 3. No tentacle. No dorsal. A caudal spine. In specimens of a width of fifteen inches the length is about half the width of the disk. Snout with a slight prominence, distance from eyes to tip about equal to distance between spiracles. Length of tail nearly equal that of the body, varying from two thirds of the body length; folds absent or indistinct. On a specimen from Penang the tail is nine tenths of the length of the body and there are white spots scattered over the back. In most cases the back is uniform brown and the lower surfaces are white. Miiller and Henle mention an individual spotted with white as being in the British Museum but do not give its locality. Tail with transverse blotches and with rings of black and of white, nine to eleven of each. Usually the hindmost are rings and the anterior but transverse bands. Rounded spots of brown may or may not occur in the white interspaces. Red Sea; India; Calcutta; Penang; Java. PTEROPLATEA JAPONICA. Pteroplatea japonica SCHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 309, pl. 141; BieeKer, 1857, Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 3, p. 45; Duméri, 1865, Elasm., p. 614; Jorp. & Fowter, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p- 662. Dasyatis micrura var. japonicus Gray, 1851, Chondropterygii, p. 122. Pteroplatea hirundo IsH1kawa & Matsuura, 1897, Cat. fishes, p. 60. Form like that of P. poecilura or P. micrura; distinguished from the latter by a shorter tail, about half the length of the disk, and by a smaller number of broader bands on the tail, five to eight behind the spine. No tentacle; no dorsal. Japan. PTEROPLATEA HIRUNDO. Pteroplatea hirundo Lowe, 1843, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 94; Garman, 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 100, pl. 43, f. 1. A close ally of P. japonica, but with a shorter tail, less than half the length of the body, without a fold above and with a low one below. No tentacle. No dorsal fin. A caudal spine. Skin smooth. Uniform brown. Madeira. PTEROPLATEA CREBRIPUNCTATA. Pteroplatea crebripunctata PeTers, 1869, Monatsb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 703; Jorn. & Starks, 1895, Proce. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 2, 5, p. 390; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus. p. 87; 1898, ibid., p. 2753. Pteroplatea rava Jorp. & Starks, 1895, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 2, 5, p. 387; Jorp. & Everm., 1898, Bull. 47, U. 8. nat. mus., p. 2754. 414 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Snout to abdominal pores half the width of the disk. Tip of snout a slight prominence. Anterior margin of pectoral waved, concave in the middle, outer and hinder angles rounded somewhat broadly. No tentacle on the spiracle. No dorsal fin. Tail less than half the length of the body, with a slight fold above, behind the spine. Brown with black puncticulations; yellowish below. Rarely with white spots. Gulf of California. PTEROPLATEA MICRURA. Plate 33, fig. 3-4. Raia micrura ScHNEwER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 360. Raia maclura LESuEvR, 1817, Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 1, p. 41, fig. Trygon maclura Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 400. Pteroplatea maclura MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 169; Dumirtt, 1865, Elasm., p. 614; GUunru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 487; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 86. Pastinaca maclura DeKay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 375, pl. 65, f. 213. 1 Wim Length of disk more than half the width. A low angle in front of the snout. A slight indentation in front of the middle of each pectoral; outer ends of pectorals subangular, hind margins and angles broadly rounded. Length of snout from the eyes of a specimen sixteen inches wide equals the distance be- tween the spiracles. The caudal spines appear later on individuals of this species, which is one reaching a great size. cays No tentacle behind the spiracle. Tail slender, tapering, with a distinct fold above and a weaker one below, entire length little more than one fourth of the length of the body from the snout to the pores. Olivaceous or brownish puncticulate and vermiculate with lighter; tail dark with four or five bands or blotches of lighter. The only items of importance in Bloch’s description of Raia micrura con- cern the tail, ‘‘nigro alboque fasciata,” and the locality, “‘Habitat in Surinamo.” 4 These would fix the name micrura upon the West Indian species, later described by Lesueur as R. maclura, rather than on the East Indian form figured by Russell and named by Shaw Rava poecilura. ; PTEROPLATEA MARMORATA. Pteroplatea marmorata CoorEr, 1863, Proc. Cal. acad. sci., 3, p. 112; Jorpan & GiuBerRT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 47; GARMAN, 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 101, pl. 43, f. 2; Jorp. & EvErM., 1896, Bull. 47, U. 8. nat. mus., p. 87. Disk less than twice as wide as long. Anterior margin of pectoral waved in young, slightly concave in the middle, nearly straight and snout longer and y ] - » POTAMOTRYGONIDAE. 415 more angular on old males. Length of snout from eyes greater than distance between spiracles. Tail from the pores one third the length of the body from the same point, with a well-developed fold above and a wider one below. Caudal spines present on thé embryo before extrusion. No tentacle behind the spiracle. Adults are rather more angular forward than most other species and the disk as a whole is more of a triangle. Large specimens dark brown marmorate with lighter; young lighter to ashy with lighter marmorations and whitish spots. Off Californian coasts. PTEROPLATEA ALTAVELA. Plate 63, fig. 6 (pelvis); Plate 57, fig. 3 (heart); Plate 72 (skeleton). Pastinaca marina altera rrepuT\area, Altavela dicta CoLuMNA, 1616, Aquat., C 2, p. 4, pl. 2; Wim.uauey, fes6, Pise., p. 65, pl. cl, f.3; Ray, 1713, Pisc., p. 24. Raia altavela Linnf, 1758, Syst. nat., 1, p. 232; Gmetrn, 1789, Linné Syst. nat., 1, p. 1509. Raia pastinaca 8 Altavela, LInN®, 1766, Syst. nat., 1, p. 396. Dasyatis attavilla RAFINESQUE, 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 49. Trygon altavela Lowk8, 1839, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 92; Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, fig. Pteroplatea altavela MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 168; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 611; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 486; Riperro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 181. ; Pteroplatea canariensis VALENCIENNES, 1843, Ichth. Canar., p. 100, pl. 23, f. 1; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 611. Pteroplatea valencienni Dumi&riL, 1865, Elasm., p. 612; GARMAN, 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 101, pl. 44, 45. Pteroplatea vaillantii RocHEBRUNE, 1880, Bull. Soc. philom., ser. 7, 4, p. 159; 1882, Acta Soc. Linn. Bord., 36, p. 54, pl. 2. A tentacle behind the spiracle. Length of snout, on young, less than the distance between the spiracles. Width of disk twice its length, including the ventrals. Length of the tail from the abdominal pores little less than half that of the body. Tail with a narrow fold above and another below behind the spine. No dorsal fin. Back brown, marmorate or vermiculate with lighter; tail brown with about six transverse bands behind the spine. The figure of P. vaillantii from Senegambia shows straighter margins, sharper angles, and coarser marmorations; manifest inaccuracies in other respects induce uncertainty as to how much reliance is to be placed on these items. Tropical Atlantic; Mediterranean; Brazil. POTAMOTRYGONIDAR. Body, head, and pectorals much depressed forming a broad rounded disk. Pectoral fins meeting in front forming the snout, without a supporting rostral 416 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. cartilage. Mouth small, transverse, with papillae at the bottom. Teeth sma ll, in a band or pavement. Nostrils large; anterior valves meeting on a narrow isthmus, reaching the mouth. Tail tapering to filamentary, with lateral longi- tudinal folds on the base with vertical fin-folds on the distal portion, and in most genera, if not all, with a serrated spine. Anterior copula of the branchihyall cartilages segmented. Pelvis with a median prepelvic process. Mouth at a moderate distance from the anterior margin disk circular base of tail elongate; caudal spine remote spiracular process absent ‘ : Potamotrygon (page 416) base of tail short; no caudal spine ; Elipesurus (page 424) — Mouth far from the anterior margin disk elongate elliptical base of tail short; caudal spine proximal spiracular process present ; ' : Disceus (page 426) POTAMOTRYGON. Potamotrygon GARMAN, 1877, Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 19, p. 210. Dynatobatis LARRAZET, 1886, Bull. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, 14, p. 258. Disk subcircular. Mouth, eyes, and spiracles rather nearer to the anterior margins than to the shoulder girdle. Spiracles without a process on the outer border. Mouth with papillae at the bottom. Ventrals subtriangular; pelvis with a prepelvic process in the middle. Lateral system of the lower surface i not retiform. Tail with elongate depressed base, a remotely placed serrated — spine, with cutaneous folds above and below, and with a low keel along each side of the base. ; Species have been described from the South American Tertiary in the Rio — Parana Section. Disk nearly round base of tail equal more than half the length of body mouth abruptly curved; teeth unequal interspiracular width nearly equal length of snout laticeps (page 417) mouth waved; teeth subequal | interspiracular width one third length of snout scobina (page 418) POTAMOTRYGON LATICEPS. 417 mouth waved, small, width two fifths length of snout eurved forward; teeth equal : : circularis (page 419) Disk longer than wide tail longer than disk, tuberculate on top and sides mouth medium, width two thirds of distance from end of snout waved, teeth nearly equal . : : humerosus (page 419) mouth small, width two fifths of distance from end of snout curved; teeth small, flattened, inward angle sharp spotted with light and with dark . signatus (page 420) mouth small; tail with median row of tubercles reticulate with brown; spots yellow magdalenae (page 421) mouth small, curved, with two papillae tail with median and lateral tubercles spotted with scattered spots of light on brown hystrix (page 422) mouth small, curved, with five papillae tail with median and lateral tubercles spotted with yellow. : : motoro (page 423) Disk circular tail more than twice length of disk. : : orbicularis (page 423) - Disk broader than long tail shorter than body, median tubercles on base a net-work of blackish streaks . , ; brachyurus (page 424) tail much longer than disk, with median tubercles . a net-work of hexagonal meshes . : reticulatus (page 424) POTAMOTRYGON LATICEPS, Sp. nov. © Plate 31, fig. 3-4; Plate 55, fig. 6 (vertebrae). Disk subround, little longer than wide, slightly narrowed posteriorly. ~ Mouth moderate, in width half its distance from the end of the snout, with rather abrupt curves in the upper jaws on which some of the teeth are larger, _ with five papillae, and a sixth behind the median papilla. Teeth black, rather smooth, convex, of various sizes, in #? rows. Eyes small, distance apart one _and one half times their distance from the end of the snout. Spiracles larger than the eyes, interspiracular width about equal distance from eyes to end of snout. Head broad, crown convex. Ventrals broad, angles rounded. Base 418 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. of tail strong, depressed, with lateral folds, length from pores to spine three fifths of that of the body from the pores forward. ‘Tail sharply compressed — above the vertebrae behind the spine, with cutaneous folds above and below. Back and tail rough with small, loosely-placed, stellate-based spines, larger on the middle of the disk. Broad based, compressed and hooked-cusped tubercles occur in irregular series above the vertebrae and along the lateral keels on the base of the tail, similar tubercles are irregularly placed along the middle of each pectoral about half way from the base to the outer margin. Back brownish with scattered small spots of white; whitish below with brown margins and with a few scattered spots of brown over the middle. Ina sketch of a young specimen in fresh condition the colors are yellowish to reddish brown, closely freckled with rusty spots of darker and there is a yellow margin on each pectoral. Length of disk 16, width 15, and length of tail from abdominal pores to caudal spine 8 inches. Obidos, Brazil. Thayer Expedition. PoTAMOTRYGON SCOBINA, sp. Nov. Disk round, tip of snout a slight prominence. Mouth small, in width one third of its distance from the end of the snout, gently waved, with five papillae. The papillae are arranged in two series: — the anterior containing a bifid median papilla and one at each angle of the mouth; and the posterior two papillae farther back than the anterior. Teeth small subequal, in 3§ rows; crowns transversely concave, rather smooth. Eyes small, lids curved outward on the edge. Spiracles little larger than the eyes greatest distance apart contained one and one half times in the length from snout to eyes. Disk and upper surface of tail covered by very small fine closely set stellate-based spines intermixed with larger above body and gills behind the head and in an area along the middle of the upper side of the tail. Behind the middle of the abdomen above the vertebrae there are two irregular rows of low, hooked broad-based tubercles extending backward upon the base of the tail. ‘Lower surfaces smooth. Back rusty brown with scattered small spots of whitish; ventral surfaces _ brownish with small spots of white and with blotches of brown. Type an immature male from Cameta, Brazil. Length of disk 93 and greatest width 93 inches. Thayer Expedition. ) POTAMOTRYGON HUMEROSUS. 419 POTAMOTRYGON CIRCULARIS, Sp. NOV. Plate 31, fig. 1,2; Plate 54, fig. 1 (pelvis); Plate 70, fig. 1, 2 ‘skeleton). Disk nearly round, little longer than broad. Mouth small, regularly curved, in width about two fifths of the distance from the end of the snout, with five papillae at the bottom. ‘Teeth small, white on one specimen partly black on another, with concave crowns and sharp inward edges with a sharp angle or angles (on males); in 7 rows. Eyes small, prominent, distant from the an- terior margin nearly twice their distance apart. Spiracles twice as large as the eyes, interspiracular distance nearly two thirds of the length of the snout from the eyes. Ventrals broad and broadly rounded on the posterior border. Tail strong and depressed in the base, with a weak fold at each side, and slender and compressed behind the spine with a low cutaneous fold above and another below. From the abdominal pores to the caudal spine is two thirds of the length of the body to the pores. Back and tail rough with small stellate-based spines, larger toward the middle of the back. One or more large tubercles, rounded, ridged and much swollen in the base, and compressed and hooked in the short cusp, occur on each shoulder; others appear in an irregular series from above the middle of the abdomen to the caudal spine, in a row of smaller ones along each : side of the base of the tail and in an irregular series or band around the sides : and the forward part of the disk near the margin. The bases of the tubercles are much swollen and ridged, and in places a number of them are fused into a b broad plate; the cusps are small. Greyish brown with faint mottlings and spots of lighter and of darker, smaller toward the edges. The young appear to be light olive or yellowish profusely spotted with rounded spots slightly darker or reddish. Lower surface chocolate-brown with blotches of white below the gills and anteriorly. The young are more nearly white on the lower surfaces. Length of disk in one specimen 14%, width 147; in another the length is 16%, and the width 16 inches. Teffé, Brazil. Thayer Expedition. POTAMOTRYGON HUMEROSUS, sp. nov. Disk oval, longer than wide, snout from the eyes longer than the greatest distance between the spiracles. Mouth moderate, width about two thirds of the distance from the end of the snout, with five papillae, curves not abrupt. 420 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Teeth small, nearly equal, in 37 rows, crowns flattened, broad, inner edge rounded and with a median and one or more lateral small sharp cusps. Eyes small, prominent, distance apart less than two fifths of the distance from the tip of the snout, lids curved outward. Spiracles more than twice as large as the eyes, greatest distance apart less than length of snout. Body and head deep as com- pared with the other species. Scales of the top of the disk sharp, stellate-based, loosely set, larger over the middle of the body, absent near the margins. Very irregular, closely set, broad-based, tubercles with tall hooked cusps occupy the entire top of the tail between the lateral folds, and extend forward above the abdomen and backward behind the caudal spine. Base of tail nearly half as long as the body. Back brown, with indefinitely outlined spots of blue or greyish, larger than the spiracles, separated by wide spaces. Ventral surface white in the middle with scattered spots of brown; fins broadly margined with brown marbled with white; inside of mouth and throat brown with white mottlings. Tail brown or black, with spots of white below the base and in transverse bands behind the spine. Length of disk 11}, greatest width 103, snout to abdominal pores 103, pores to base of caudal spine 53 inches. Type (¢) from Montalegre, Brazil, on the Lower Amazon. POTAMOTRYGON SIGNATUS, Sp. NOV. ?Trygon hystrix SCHOMBURGK, 1848, Fishes Guiana, 2, p. 180 (part), pl. 20 (smooth figure only). Disk subelliptical, a little longer than wide, with regular curvatures, the shape behind the middle closely resembling that in the forward half. Eyes much smaller than the spiracles, prominent. Mouth small, curved, width two fifths of the distance from the end of the snout, one half of the interspiracular distance and one third of the distance from the eye to the end of the snout, with five papillae at the bottom. Anterior nasal valves confluent, reaching the mouth, median attachment narrow. Teeth small, flattened on the crown with a sharp angle directed inward, in 3g (to 33) rows, outer chestnut colored or rusty, inner white. Entire upper surface of body covered with small stellate-. based sharp-cusped spines, larger on the middle of the body and along the vertebral column. Top of tail with like protection besides a median dorsal series of (about eighteen) broad-based tubercles with high sharp compressed hooked points. Sides of tail naked. Base of tail, from pores to spine, four — POTAMOTRYGON MAGDALENAE. 42] sevenths of the distance from snout to pores. Tail behind the spine compressed, - sharp keeled on the top, with a low membranous fold above and a narrower one below. Back brown, darker from the head backward, thickly marked with round : spots of light color, some of them united into short bands. Near the outer edge of the disk and parallel with it there is a series of about twenty spots of the d lighter color each of which has a crescent-shaped spot of blackish at its outer edge, on openings of pores; inside of this series the spots are larger. Individuals vary in regard to size of spots, on the larger one described above they are smaller _ than on the other and the brown color forms a net-work somewhat resembling that on P. magdalenae. Lower surface of disk white, darker toward the hinder margins; lower surface of tail blotched and clouded with brown, darker back- ward. One specimen has a length of disk of 6, and a width of 53 inches, another, a mature male, measures 87 inches in length of disk and 73 in width. ; Two specimens were secured by Prof. L. Agassiz, the Thayer Expedition, from the Rio Poty a tributary of the Paranahyba River, Brazil, and a third from the Paranahyba at San Goneallo. POTAMOTRYGON MAGDALENAE. Taeniura magdalenae DumséRIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 625; STeEINDACHNER, 1878, Denk. Akad. wiss. Wien, 39, p. 72, pl. 15. : Potamotryon magdalenae E1GENMANN, 1892, Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 15, p. 25; SrernDACHNER, 1902, Denk. Akad. wiss. Wien, 72, p. 148. Disk oval, little longer than wide, snout with a slight prominence. Mouth small, with five papillae; teeth flat. Tail longer than the disk, with a cutaneous fold above and another below, and with a median series of compressed hooked tubercles in front of the spine. Back rough with numerous small asperities, among which larger blunter tubercles are mixed, smaller toward the margins. Brown with lighter yellowish spots, as large as the eye and smaller, so numerous and close together that the brown appears as a net-work over the disk i it i ii ha a i a and tail. Closely allied to P. hystrix and P. motoro, but distinguished by the colora- tion and by the armature; the base of the tail being without lateral series of tubercles. Magdalena River. 422 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. POTAMOTRYGON HYSTRIX. Pastenaque de Humboldt Rout, 1829, Ann. sci. nat., 16, p. 104, pl. 3, f. 1-3. Trygon hystrix Mijtter & Henuy, 1841, Plagios., p. 167; ScuomBurecxK, 1843, Fishes Guiana, p. 180, pl. 20; d’Orpiany, 1847, Voy. Amer. Mer., 5, Poissons, p. 11, pl. 15; Casreinavu, 1855, Anim. nouv., Poiss., p. 103; Dumtrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 608 (part); GiiyrH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 482 (part); Gortpr, 1897, Bol. Mus. Para., 2, p. 455. Trygon (Taenura) dorbignyi CasteLNAu, 1855, Anim. nouv., Poiss., p. 102, pl. 49, f. 1. Taenura orbignyi Dum&érit, 1865, Elasm., p. 624; Ginrn., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 484. Potamotrygon humboldtii GARMAN, 1877, Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 19, p. 210. Potamotrygon hystrix EIGENMANN, 1892, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 15, p. 25 (name only). Potamotrygon d’orbignyi EIGENMANN, 1892, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 15, p. 25 (name only). Ellipesurus orbignyi Risperro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 186. Ellipesurus hystrix Riperro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 185. Disk oval, little longer than wide, rounded in front and behind. Mouth moderately undulated, with two papillae at the bottom. Teeth flattened, heart shaped, somewhat sharp in males. Eyelid straight. Upper surfaces rough with small loosely and irregularly distributed stellate-based spines, larger toward the middle and absent from the margins. With age the median spines of the tail and back and those near them become enlarged more numerous . and ridged on the bases. The tail has a rather closely set row of subconical tubercles, from base to spine, and bears a series of smaller ones along each side from base to end. ‘Tail longer than body, rarely entire except on very young, with a serrated spine situated behind the body about two thirds the length of the latter, compressed behind the spine, with cutaneous folds above and below. Similar to P. motoro. Back brown with scattered areas of lighter; whitish below, darker toward margins; tail brownish on young, blotched on the sides with darker and lighter, banded behind the spine. Miller and Henle gave the localities Surinam, Maracaibo, and Buenos Aires. . The drawings by Schomburgk and by d’Orbigny agree with the foregoing in shapes and armature but differ somewhat in markings; they appear rusty to greenish brown with numerous small, more or less light-edged, elongate or worm- like spots of darker. The description of P. orbignyi by Castelnau would place it nearer P. motoro; the figure is closer to P. hystrix; it was taken in the Tocan- tins, the locality for P. dumerili, P. miilleri, and P. henlei. A specimen of the Pastenague de Humboldt taken by the Thayer Expedition and sketched with the colors of life has the markings described by Roulin. Apparently it is a young P. hystrix. Roulin did not give a Latin name. POTAMOTRYGON ORBICULARIS. 42: ew) POTAMOTRYGON MOTORO. Taeniura motoro Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 197; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 624; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 484. Trygon garrapa ScHomBurGK, 18438, Fishes Guiana, 2, p. 182, pl. 21; Mittter & Troscuen, 1848, Schomburgk’s reisen, 3, p. 642. Trygon (Taenura) dumerilii CasteLNau, 1855, Anim. nouv., Poiss., p. 101, pl. 48, f. 1. Trygon (Taenura) mulleri CASTELNAU, 1855, ibid., pl. 48, f. 2. Trygon (Taenura) henlei CastTmHLNAv, 1855, ibid., pl. 48, f. 3. Potamotrygon motoro GARMAN, 1877, Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 19, p. 211; E1GenmMANN, 1892, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 15, p. 25. Ellipesurus motoro Rrptmro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 185. Disk oval almost round. Mouth with five papillae; teeth flat. Upper eyelid slightly produced in the middle. Back rough, except at the edges, with stellate-based spines, stronger near the vertebral column on disk and tail. Base of tail with a row of compressed round-based spines which extends forward with age on the hinder part of the back; sides of tail rough to the end. Tail as long as the disk, with a serrated spine remote from the body, and with a cutaneous fold above and another below. Brown with numerous round spots of yellow to orange, more often ocellated by black edges, on back and tail, fainter near the margins below the disk and under the tail. Originally described from the Cuyaba, apparently found in both the Plata and the Amazon systems. Miiller and Henle appear to have had some doubts in regard to the differences between this species and P. hystriz. POTAMOTRYGON ORBICULARIS. ?Atereba Marcarave, 1648, Hist. nat. Brasil., p. 175, fig.; Jonst., 1649, Pisc., pl. 38, f. 6; Wi~LoGusy, 1686, Pisc., p. 48, pl. Cl, f. 2. Raia orbicularis ScHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 361. Trygon aiereba Miuuer & Henty, 1841, Plagios., p. 160. Trygon (Paratrygon) aiereba DumsiriL, 1865, Elasm., p. 594 (part). Trygon orbicularis GiNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 482 (part). Disk as wide as long, spiracles nearly one fifth of the length of the disk from the front margin; about one seventh of the same length equals their distance apart. ‘‘Os inferius habet, haud amplum, edentulum; incisurae quasi parabolicae.” Tail slender, more than twice as long as the body, with two spines near the middle of its length. Length of disk and width equal, 21 inches each; length of tail four feet. Back reddish, covered in the middle with small tubercles; lower surfaces white. A doubtful species, known only from Marcgrave’s description. 424 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. POTAMOTRYGON BRACHYURUS. Trygon brachyurus GiNTHER, 1880, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 6, p. 8. Potamotrygon brachyurus EIGENMANN, 1892, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 15, p. 25 (name only). Disk broader than long. Eyes small, length two fifths of the width of the skull between them. Spiracles about twice the size of the orbit. Mouth with five papillae. Tail much shorter than the body, with a low fold above, behind the spine, and a lower one below; with a series of small tubercles on the median line in front of the caudal spine. Back greyish brown with a coarse net-work of blackish streaks; white below, with blackish margins. Length of disk 10, of tail 9, and greatest width 12 inches. Buenos Aires. The measurements given by Ginther make this species and the next follow- ing differ from all others in the genus by being broader than long in the disk, in which they agree with Dasybatus rather than Potamotrygon. Further details are necessary before they can be placed with any degree of certainty. POTAMOTRYGON RETICULATUS. Trygon hystrix GinTu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 482 (part). Trygon reticulatus GUNTHER, 1880, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 6, p. 8. Potamotrygon reticulatus EIGENMANN, 1892, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 15, p. 25 (name only). Eilipesurus reticulatus Riperro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 185. : Disk ovate, rounded in front. Mouth with four papillae at the bottom. Eyes of moderate size, half as wide as the skull between them. Spiracles _ nearly twice the width of the orbit. Back with small stellate-based asperities; margins of disk smooth. A series of irregularly arranged moderate sized tubercles on the median line of the tail. Tail much longer than the disk, with a low fold above, behind the spine, and a lower one below. Back brown with a net-work of wide hexagonal meshes in black lines; white below. Length of disk 73, tail 12, and greatest width 83 inches. Surinam. E\LIPESURUS. Elipesurus SCHOMBURGK, 1848, Fishes Guiana, 2, p. 184. This genus, with its type species H. spinicauda, was reproduced by Sir — William Jardine from Schomburgk’s notes and drawing. It was not specially ELIPESURUS STROGYLOPTERUS. 425 characterized. ‘The short spiny tail, without a serrated caudal spine, and the positions of eyes and spiracles, remove it sufficiently from either Potamotrygon or Disceus. L. strongylopterus, in lacking the tubercles and possessing a serrated 5 caudal spine on the tail, differs from the type. It is included only as a doubtful i species, and it may not belong to the genus. : : ELIPESURUS SPINICAUDA. __ Elipesurus spinicauda ScuomBurGK, 1843, Fishes Guiana, 2, p. 184, pl. 23; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 582; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 472; EraenmMANN, 1892, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 15, [ p. 25 (name only); Riperro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 184. Disk oval, about 18 inches in length by 142 or 15 in width. Eyes large, prominent, lids with a process behind the orbit. Nostrils very large. Spiracles large, without a process on the outer margin. Tail short, without a serrated spine, but with strong spiny excrescences covering its base, the only organs of defence with which the animal is furnished. Schomburgk’s figure shows the tail tapering to a point, as if complete, and to be about one third of the length of the disk. The eyes are in the anterior fifth of the disk. Bright ochreous yellow, covered with a series of dark reticulated markings the meshes of which are about the size of the eye. Our only information con- cerning this animal is contained in the description and figure published by Schomburgk. The form differs from the species of Disceus in the anterior posi- tion and large size of eyes and spiracles, and in lacking the spiracular process and serrated caudal spine. Though it is a doubtful species, it is one that, like Elipesurus strogylopterus, collectors may yet hope to secure. ? ELIPESURUS STROGYLOPTERUS. Trygon strogylopterus SCHOMBURGK, 1843, Fishes Guiana, 2, p. 183, pl. 22; Mt.Lier & TRroscHEL, 1848, Schomburgk’s reisen, 3, p. 642. : Trygon (Himantura) strogylopterus Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 592. Trygon strongyloptera GinTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 476. Paratrygon strongylopterus EIGENMANN, 1892, Proc. U.S. nat. Mus., 15, p. 24 (name only). Ellipesurus strongylopterus Rrpetro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 184. Disk circular, about as long as wide. Tail about one third as long as the disk, thick at its insertion, becoming suddenly attenuate and continuing slender to the end, armed at a short distance from its extremity by a serrated spine. Yellowish umber-brown with a narrow border of dull reddish brown; the _ whole surface covered over with irregular markings and freckles of dark umber- brown. Not recognized since Schomburgk, Differs from Hlipesurus spinicauda 426 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. in the circular disk, the absence of a process behind the eyelid, the presence of a serrated caudal spine, the absence of tubercles on the base of the tail and in having a slight prominence on the anterior margin of the spiracles. It agrees with EH. spinicauda in position of eyes, mouth, and spiracles near the anterior borders and in shapes of tail and fins. The short tail with the caudal spine near the disk separates this form from the Potamotrygons. It appears to be an in- termediate between Potamotrygon and Disceus that may be expected in future collections. At present it is placed among the doubtful species. Miller and Troschel say it belongs in the group of Trygons without fins on the tail; they also say the complete tail is two thirds of the length of the disk. According to these authors the teeth occupy only the middle third of the mouth and are arranged in twelve longitudinal rows; this and the proportions they give their specimen make it appear to belong to the genus Disceus, but they say nothing of a spiracular process which, if it had been present, they would hardly have over- looked. DISCEUS. Disceus GARMAN, 1877, Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 19, p. 208. Disk subelliptical, longer than broad. Nostrils, mouth, eyes, and spiracles small, near the middle of the disk. Spiracles with a strong process on the outer border. Ventral fins triangular, covered by the pectorals; pelvis with a long prepelvic process from the middle. Lateral system of the lower surface retiform. Tail slender, with a serrated spine near the disk and with cutaneous folds above and below the filiform portion. DISCEUS THAYERI, sp. nov. Plate 34; Plate 54, fig. 2 (pelvis); Plate 57, fig. 2 (heart); Plate 70, fig. 3 (skeleton). Disceus strongylopterus GARMAN, 1877, Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 19, p. 208; 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 95, pl. 35 (non Schomburgk). ?Trygon aiereba MituErR & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 196 (non p. 161, non Marcgrave). / Disk elliptical, truncate or concave in front. Head small, at the end of the anterior third of the disk. Eyes very small, far apart, prominent. Spiracles small, with a strong process on the outer margin. Mouth small, regularly arched forward, with two papillae at the bottom, less distinct in large specimens. Teeth small, bands extending halfway from symphysis to angles, in sixteen to nineteen rows on each jaw, flat, triangular, and sharp-edged on the crown. MYLIOBATIDAE. 427 Ventrals covered by the pectorals, subtriangular, outer rays longer, angles rounded. ‘Tail less than one and one half times as long as the disk, depressed, with a serrated spine close to the body; base short, irregularly armed above by subconical broad-based tubercles; filiform in the posterior portion with low cutaneous folds above and below, more distinct on the young. Young smooth; older ones rough with small sharp-cusped scales the bases of which have radiating ridges also with sharp cusps. The tubercles vary greatly in number and size; the bases are more or less swollen and fused into plates each bearing a number of cusps. Length of disk 8.8, greatest width 7.7, tail from vent 13.3 inches. Back light yellowish brown irregularly marked with spots and streaks of brown, Plate 34, more uniform rusty brown with age; lower surfaces white, clouded or blotched with brown on large individuals. Secured by the Thayer Expedition at Obidos, Manaos, and Para, Brazil. A second species of this genus is accounted for by a photograph and meas- urements furnished by Professor Eigenmann.. Compared with D. thayeri it is more elongate and more narrowed toward each end of the disk; the width of the disk is five sixths of the length, and eyes, spiracles, and mouth are nearer to the front margin, which is not concave. The tail is very short, probably mutilated; its base tapers rapidly, at its end bears a couple of serrated spines, and is armed on its forward portion by a median series of half a dozen strong tubercles which posteriorly are flanked by three similar ones on each side. Smaller tubercles appear behind the spines. Color nearly uniform brownish. Length of disk 213, width 17.7 and length of tail 5.11 inches. The form appears to be intermediate between those of Elipesurus spinicauda of Schomburgk and Disceus thayeri; it differs from the former in that the eyes and spiracles are farther back, that the spiracle has the process on its outer border, and that the tail is provided with a serrated spine. The locality given is the Jurua river, a southwestern affluent of the Upper Amazon above Teffé. MYLIOBATIDAE. Body, head, and pectorals forming a broad lozenge-shaped disk. A pair of rostral fins, joined in front of the snout, either separated from the pectorals _ or connected with them at the side of the head. Teeth angular, broad, flat, tessellated, median series commonly broader than the laterals, if any. Eyes prominent, lateral. Spiracles large, behind the eyes, opening laterally. Cra- =) 428 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. nium prominent. Tail long, slender, whip-like, bearing on the basal portion a small dorsal fin and behind it in most genera a serrated spine. Rostral fins united in one lobe teeth in more than three rows on each jaw side of head not free from the pectorals caudal spine present . ; : Myliobatis (page 428) side of head free from the pectorals caudal spine absent. ; ; . Aetomylaeus (page 434) caudal spine present. 4 : . Pteromylaeus (page 437) teeth in one row on each jaw caudal spine present . . ; : Aétobatus (page 440) MYLIOBATIS. Myliobatis Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 137. Disk broad. Head moderately prominent. Pectorals slightly falciform, continued along the side of the head to the end of the snout, where they are joined forming a single lobe. Teeth tessellate, in 7 rows, median broader, lateral narrow. Anterior nasal valves confluent in a broad flap with free margin in front of the mouth. Ventral fins short, broad. Dorsal small, between the ventrals. A serrated spine above the base of the tail behind the dorsal. Tail long, slender. Numerous species have been determined among Tertiary fossils, and others from those of the Cretaceous and the Jurassic. Temperate and tropical seas. Snout short, broad, rounded flange connecting pectorals and rostrals rather wide pectorals with broad, rounded tips dorsal origin 1 length of the base behind the bases of the ventrals californicus (page 429) pectorals with tips of moderate width dorsal origin 2 lengths of the base behind ventral bases peruvianus (page 430) pectoral tips somewhat pointed, blunt dorsal origin 3 lengths of base behind ventral bases ? goodet (page 430) — MYLIOBATIS CALIFORNICUS. 429 | flange at side of head narrow 7 pectoral tips narrow, rounded dorsal origin more than 2 lengths of base behind ventral bases aquila (page 431) Snout elongate, pointed flanges moderately wide pectoral tips narrow, pointed dorsal origin 13 lengths of the base behind bases of ventrals freminvillia (page 432) flanges narrow pectoral tips moderate, rounded dorsal origin 13 lengths of base behind ventral bases tobijer (page 433) Snout short, broad, rounded flanges (?) rather narrow pectoral tips narrow, pointed dorsal origin near 1 length of the base behind bases of ventrals spotted or barred with blue or white tenwicaudatus (page 433) MYLIOBATIS CALIFORNICUS. Plate 49, fig. 4-6. Rhinoptera vespertilio GrrarD, 1856, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 137; 1857, Journ. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 6, p. 544, pl. 26. Holorhinus vespertilio Git, 1862, Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 331. Myliobatis californicus Gru, 1865, Ann. N. Y. lye., 8, p. 137; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 51; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 89. Width of disk less than twice the length of the body or a little more than half of the total length in a specimen of twenty-two inches. Each pectoral nearly as long as broad, not falciform, broadly rounded at the outer extremity, nearly straight on the anterior margin, slightly convex on the posterior, acute in the hinder angle and convex on the inner free margin. Rostral fins broad across the end of the snout, moderately wide at the side of the head, where joining the pectorals. Skull broader than long; fontanel broad in front, broad and rounded posteriorly. Median teeth three to five times as wide as long, Plate 49, fig. 4-6. Anterior nasal valves confluent in a broad flap, free behind, with rounded angles and a narrow fringe at the mouth. Ventrals broader than u 1 e fd long, subtruncate, with rounded angles. Dorsal small, low, highest in the middle 430 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. longest in the base, origin one length from the ends of the bases of the ventrals. A serrated spine behind the dorsal. Tail more than twice the length of the body. Snout to vent 63, vent to end of tail 153, and width 11 inches in the speci- men of which the teeth are shown Plate 49, fig. 4. Back dark brown, bronzed or greenish; lower surfaces white, darker toward outer ends. California. MYLIOBATIS PERUVIANUS, Sp. nov. Plate 36, fig. 4-6; Plate 55, fig. 8; Plate 73, fig. 2. Width of disk less than twice the distance from snout to vent; anterior margins nearly straight, posterior concave; outer angles rounded, blunt. Skull broader forward, subtruncate; fontanel broad in front, tapering to a point backward. Rostral fins narrower forward, meeting the pectorals at a point opposite the angles of the mouth in rays the length of which is hardly equal to the width of the eye. Teeth in the median row about four times as broad as long, Plate 36, fig. 6. Dorsal small rounded on upper margins, longest on the base, origin behind the ends of the ventrals, or two lengths of the base behind the bases of the ventrals. A serrated spine. Philippi, 1892, An. Mus. nac. Zool., 1, Chile, p. 6, Plate 3, fig. 1, described Myliobatis chilensis from an abnormal specimen of four feet and a half in width. Neither description nor figure give data by which its place in the system can be determined; it had twelve rows of teeth, of which the outermost row at each side was wider, the fifth was widest and the others were of varying widths, the connection between the pectorals and the rostrals was very broad, the outer angles of the disk were very sharp, and the tail was shorter than the body. The dentition, the angles of the disk, and the comparative length of the tail are peculiar; the snout resembles that of M. goodei, in the width of the pectoral along the side of head, more than that of any other of the known species. MyYLIOBATIS GOODEI. Myliobatis goodei GARMAN, 1885, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 8, p. 39; Jorp. & Everm., 1898, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 2755. Disk less than twice as broad as long, outer angles rather widely rounded, anterior border very little convex, hinder concave in its outer half, convex in the — inner, posterior angle blunt. Head of little prominence; fontanel broad on the MYLIOBATIS AQUILA. 431 forehead, narrowing abruptly then tapering gradually, or nearly parallel, rounded behind. Rays of rostral fins at side of head nearly as long as those in front of the snout, making a broad flange connecting rostrals and pectorals. Teeth in the median series three to four times as wide as long, the third row is about two thirds, and the second half as wide as the median, while the teeth in the outer row are as broad as long. Eyes very small; no horn above the orbit. Spiracle more than three times the length of the eye. Dorsal small, rounded above, fin not extended behind the base, distant from the bases of the ventrals three times its length, in front of a serrated spine. Ventrals short, broader than long, angles rounded, hind margin slightly convex. Pectorals little wider than long, not falciform. Narial flap short, broad, little blunted at the angles, fringed at the teeth. Tail more than one and two thirds times the length of the disk. Back brown; white below. Central America; Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. MYLIOBATIS AQUILA. Plate 73, fig. 1. Aquila marina Brion, 1553, Aquat., p. 96, fig. Aquila Satyviant, 1554, Aquat., f. 147, pl. 50; Jonst., 1649, Pisc., p. 33, pl. 9, f.8, 9; Wr1~LuGcHBy, 1686, Pise., p. 64, pl. C. 2. Pastinaca marina Matrutout, 1565, Comment., p. 325. Raia sp. Arrept, 1738, Ichthyologia, Syn., p. 100, Gen., p. 72, no. 5. Raia aquila Linnf&, 1758, Syst. nat., 1, p. 232; 1766, Syst. nat., 1, p. 396; BoNnNaTERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 4, pl. 4, f. 10; Gmetrn, 1789, Linné Syst., 1, p. 1508; ScuneipErR, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 360; Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 9. La mourine DuHAMEL, 1782, Traite, 4, p. 283, pl. 10. Myliobatis aquila Cuv. 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 137; 1829, ibid., p. 401; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Pois- sons, p. 162; Mier & Hente, 1841, Plagios., p. 176; Lown, 1844, Fishes Madeira, pl. 15; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 634; GinruH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 489; Moreau, 1881], Poiss. France, 1, p. 442; Day, 1884, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 352, pl. 176. Whip ray Y ARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 445; Coucu, 1867, Brit. fishes, 1, p. 135, pl. 32. Myliobatis noctula Bonaparte, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci, fig.; CANEsTRINI, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 60. Pastinaca aquila Gray, 1854, Gron. syst., p. 12. Width of disk nearly one half its length, to ends of ventral fins, more than one third of the total length, or length of disk about two thirds of the width, in a specimen about twenty-nine inches in entire length. Snout broadly rounded, tip slightly produced; continuation of pectorals along the sides of the head into the rostral fins distinct, with rays as long as the eye or longer, Plate 73, fig. 1. Spiracles large, twice as long as the eyes, hardly visible from directly above. Median upper teeth about four times, and lower about three times as wide as 432 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. long, width greater with age. No horn above the orbit. Pectorals nearly equilateral triangles; anterior margin somewhat convex, posterior concave; outer angle narrowly rounded, hinder acute. Ventrals rather short and broad, with about half of the outer margin extended behind the pectorals. Dorsal small one length of its base behind the ends of the ventrals or nearly three lengths behind their bases. Tail about twice as long as the body, with a serrated spine behind the dorsal. Skin smooth. Back brown; dingy white below, brownish toward the edges. Mediterranean and neighboring Atlantic. MYLIOBATIS FREMINVILLIL. Plate 35; Plate 39, fig. 2; Plate 54, fig. 3. (?) Raja bonasus Mritcu., 1815, N. Y. lit. & philos. trans., 1, p. 479. Myliobatis freminvillii LusuEuR, 1824, Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 4, p. 111; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 51; Jorp. & Evrrm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 89. Myliobatis bispinosus SToRER, 1842, Proc. Bost. soe. nat. hist., 1, p. 53; Journ. Bost. soe. nat. hist., 4, p. 188; Ayres, 1843, Journ. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 4, p. 290; Dummrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 637. Myliobatis acuta AyrEs, 1842, Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 1, p. 65; Lrnstmy, 1844, Amer. journ. sci., 47, p. 79; Srorer, 1846, Mem. Amer. acad., new ser., 2, p. 514; 1867, Mass. fishes, p. 269. Width of disk less than twice its length. Snout narrowing forward, rather pointed; rostral fins connected at the side of the head with the pectorals by rays as long as the eye. Skull broad, rounded anteriorly, deeply concave in front of the foramen; foramen narrow and rounded backward, broad in front. Teeth in seven rows, in outer three as wide as long, in median row three or more times as wide as long. Anterior nasal valves confluent in a wide flap, rounded at the angles, free and slightly fringed on the hind margin. Length and width of pectorals about equal, outer extremity pointed, curved, anterior margin little convex, posterior concave, hind angles not elongate. Ventrals as broad as long, hind angles and margins rounded. Dorsal moderate, rounded above, highest in the middle, hind angle produced, origin distant from the bases of the ventrals one and one half lengths of the fin. Tail slender, more than twice the length of the body from snout to vent, with a serrated spine behind the dorsal. A horn above the orbit of the male. Back and tail brown; lower surfaces white, darkening toward the outer margins. Cape Cod; New York; Brazil. yee MYLIOBATIS TENUICAUDATUS. 4: ww eo MYLIOBATIS TOBIJEI. / Myliobatis aquila SCHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 310, pl. 142, Myliobatis tobijei BLerxnr, 1857, Verh. Bat. gen., 26, p. 130; Jorpan & Fowter, 1903, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 26, p. 663. Myliobatis cornuta GintH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 490. Disk less than twice as wide as long, outer angles blunt, rounded, less blunt than those of M. californicus; anterior margin slightly convex, posterior slightly concave, margin behind the base of the pectoral convex, hind angle blunt. Rostral fins produced, broad, blunt, narrow at the sides of the head. Tip of snout little prominent. Teeth in median row four to five times as wide as long, wider in the older individuals. Dorsal small, rounded above, origin about one and one half times the length of the base behind the ends of the bases of the ventrals. Ventrals short, broad, rounded on the angles and the hind margin. Pectorals nearly as broad as long, not falciform. Skin smooth. Tail long. A horn above the orbit of males. Color light brown; young with many spots of lighter or reddish, more distinct backward; old specimens uniform. Lower surfaces whitish. Japan. MYLIOBATIS TENUICAUDATUS. Myliobatis tenwicaudatus Hector, 1877, Trans. N. Z. inst., 9, p. 468, pl. 10; Warrr, 1907, Rec. Canterb. mus., 1, p. 9. Myliobatis australis MacuEay, 1881, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 6, p. 380; McCoy, 1882, Zool. Vict., 7, pl. 63; Warr, 1899, Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p.47; 1904, Mem. N.S. Wales nat. club, no. 2, p. 11. Width of disk less than twice the length; rostral fins continuous with the pectorals, nearly as wide at the side of the head as in front. Tip of snout not produced. Median teeth of lower jaw four times as wide as long, of upper jaw six times, or more. Pectorals hardly as wide as long, outer extremities moder- ately sharp, anterior margin nearly straight, posterior concave. Ventrals short, broad, subtruncate, inner rays rather longer than outer. Origin of dorsal nearly opposite the ends of the bases of the ventrals, about two thirds of the fin behind their tips. A serrated spine behind the dorsal. The type measured nineteen inches from snout to vent and thirty-six inches across the disk. Dark brown with blue bars; white beneath. In cases apparently the bars are represented by spots, or are obsolete. If dissection proves there are no rays at the sides of the head, connecting the 434 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. pectoral with the rostral fins, as may be probable, this species will have to be placed in the genus Pteromylaeus. Australia; New Zealand. MyYLIOBATIS RHOMBUS. Myliobatis rhombus Basttewsky, 1855, Nouv. mém., 10, p. 250. “Diseus rhomboideus, subtus albescens, supra fuscus, pinnis pectoralibus carnosis, valde dilatatis antrorsus in apicem acuminatum prominentem con- junctis cireumductus. Pinna dorsalis nulla; subcaudales duae, carnosae, latae, discum postrorsum terminantes. Caput truncatum cum pectore dilatato sursum prominens, et pinnis pectoralibus circumductum. Os subtus apertum, transversum, magna maxilla inferiore hominis labii adinstar formata. Utraque maxilla dentibus tetragonis, planis, latis, lapideis, invicem stricte imbricatis obducta. Branchiarum aperturae ante os positae. Cauda disci longitudinae, attenuata, filiformis, aspera, tuberculis acutis obtecta. Latitudo disci 1 pes 7 pollices. Longit. ejus excepta cauda 1 pes 8 poll. caudae 1 pes et 6 poll. Habitat in Mare orientali et meridiano. Pekinum rarissime apportatur.”’ » Basilewsky’s description does not supply details enough for a proper deter- mination of this species. AETOMYLAEUS. Aetomylaeus GARMAN, 1908, Bull. M. C. Z., 51, p. 252. The typical species of this genus was described by Gray, 1834, under the name Myliobatis maculatus. In the form of head and disk all the members of this genus resemble the species of Myliobatis; they are distinguished by the rostral fins, which are not continuous with the pectorals at the side of the head, but are situated at a lower level, and by the absence of a caudal spine. The dentition consists of three lateral rows of quite narrow teeth at each side of a median row of broad ones. Origin of dorsal behind ends of bases of ventrals back armed in the middle with small spines or tubercles disk less than twice as broad as long brown-edged ocelli on hind part of disk . maculatus (page 435) Origin of dorsal opposite ends of ventral bases back smooth disk less than twice as broad as long green brown-edged ocelli on hind part of disk milvus (page 435) AETOMYLAEUS MILVUS. 43: Or disk twice as broad as long blue cross-bands, ca. 5, disappearing with age nichofii (page 436) Origin of dorsal behind ends of ventral bases back smooth disk less than twice as broad as long ' brownish with a net-work of black, anteriorly in bands vespertilio (page 437) AETOMYLAEUS MACULATUS. Plate 36, fig. 1-3; Plate 73, fig. 3 (skeleton). Myliobatis maculatus Gray & Harpwicxe, 1834, Ill. Ind. zool., 2, pl. 101; Mitier & Hents, 1841, Plagios., p. 178; BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 84; Dumférin, 1865, Elasm., p. 639; Gunru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 490; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 53. Aetomylaeus maculatus GARMAN, 1908, Bull. M. C. Z., 61, p. 252. Width of disk about twice the distance from snout to vent. Pectorals as long as wide, outer ends curved, acute, anterior margin convex, posterior concave. Head broad, convex transversely, angles rounded, concave in front of the fontanel. Fontanel broad, wide and rounded at the hinder end. Snout (rostral fins) bluntly pointed, narrower than the skull, not connected by rays along the side of the head with the pectorals. Eye moderate, pupil erect. Spiracles large, hardly visible from above. Teeth in the median row five to six times as broad as long. Ventrals longer than broad, inner margin short, hinder oblique, angles rounded. Dorsal small, rounded above, hind margin nearly vertical, a short free margin behind the base ends in a right angle, origin little behind the ends of the bases of the ventrals. Tail more than four times as long as the body. A specimen of about twenty-seven inches in length measures 83 in width, 43 from snout to vent and 223 inches from vent to end of tail. Skin rough with small tubercles or spines, in a dorsal area on the young. No horn on the orbit. No caudal spine. Back brown with dark-edged rounded spots of whitish posteriorly; white below; tail indistinctly banded with brown and darker. Indian Seas; East Indies; Penang. AETOMYLAEUS MILVUS. Myliobatis miluus Miter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 178; BLEEKeErR, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 87; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 638; Gintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 491. Myliobatis vultur MiuLeR & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 179; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 640. Myliobatis oculeus RicHarpson, 1846, Rept. Brit. assoc. adv. sci. for 1845, p. 198. Aetomylaeus milvus GARMAN, 1908, Bull. M. C. Z., 61, p. 253. 436 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Width of disk nearly twice the distance from snout to vent, anterior margins convex, posterior concave, outer angles acute. Snout two to three times as long as the nasal valves, rounded in front. Skull broad, depressed, subtruncate; fontanel rather narrow, tapering moderately backward, rounded behind. An- terior nasal valves confiuent in a broad flap, free in front of the teeth, rounded at the angles, fringed on the hinder margin, with a slight notch in the middle, Median row of teeth four to five times as broad as long. Rostral fins rather small, not continuous with the pectorals, narrowing forward, rounded at end of snout. Length of ventrals more than twice the width, outer angle rounded, hind margin broadly rounded from inner end of base to outer angle. Dorsal subtriangular, highest in the middle, posterior border nearly straight, oblique; fin longest on the base, end little behind the ends of the ventrals, origin above ends of ventral bases, little or no free margin behind the end of the base. Snout to mouth cleft equal twice the distance between the nostrils. A specimen from Hong Kong measures 143 inches across the disk and 73 inches from snout to vent. No horn on the orbit. No caudal spine. Tail about four times the length of the disk. : Back brown, greenish or bronzed in life, with whitish spots over the disk, in cases fused into narrow transverse bands. Red Sea; China; East Indies. AETOMYLAEUS NICHOFII. Zee-vleermuis NiEvHOF, 1682, Gedenk. reize., 1, p. 278, fig.; WiLucHBy, 1686, Pisc., p. 6, pl. 10, f. 3. Raia nichofii ScunErDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 364 (niehofit p. 579). Mookarah tenkee RussEuL, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, p. 4; pl. 7. Raia fasciata SHAw, 1804, Zool., 5, p. 286, pl. 143. Aetobatus nichofii BLAINV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 112. Myliobatis nieuhowii Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 138. M yliobatis nieuhofii Mitter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 117; T. Cantor, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 432; BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 85; Dummrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 638; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 491; Jorn. & Fow Er, 1903, Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 604; ANNAN- DALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 51. Aeltomylaeus nichofii GARMAN, 1908, Bull. M. C. Z., 53, p. 253. Width of disk twice the length of the body. Distance from cleft of mouth to end of snout one and one half times the distance between the nostrils. Snout shorter than that of A. milvus, much less produced, tapering more rapidly. Rostral fins not continuous with the pectorals at the side of the head. On individuals of the same length, the snout of A. nichofii has about the same length as that of Myliobatis aquila but is much more pointed and lacks the flanges from rostral fins to pectorals. The width of each pectoral is little more than its PTEROMYLAEUS. 437 length, the outer angle is less sharp than on A. milvus, the tip is more rounded, and the hind angle is somewhat sharper. Ventrals about twice as long as wide, outer angle rounded, hind margin a broad curve from the outer angle to the end of the base. Dorsal small, with a short free inner margin behind the end of the s ¥ e f. iY; base, one third of the base behind the ends of the ventrals, origin nearly opposite ends of ventral bases. Tail three times the length of the body, or more; no caudal spine. No orbital horn in most cases. Skin somewhat roughened in old specimens. . Back brown, with five or six narrow bands of lighter, bluish, disappearing with age; lower surfaces white outer margins of pectorals brownish. India; East Indies; Japan. AETOMYLAEUS VESPERTILIO. Myliobatis miluus T. CanTor, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 433. Myliobatis vespertilio BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 85; Dumérin, 1865, Elas., p. 636; GintuH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 490. Aetomylaeus vespertilio GARMAN, 1908, Bull. M. C. Z., 51, p. 253. Disk nearly twice as broad as long. Teeth in the middle row six times as broad as long; upper pavement as broad as long, lower longer than broad. Nasal valves confluent, flap with rounded angles, little notched in the middle. Pectorals convex in front, concave behind, acute in the outer angle. Dorsal origin behind the ends of the ventral bases, fin not extending to ends of the ventrals. No horn on the orbit. No caudal spine. Skin smooth. An in- dividual measured had a width of 19, a length from snout to vent of 73, and a length of tail of 462 inches. Fawn color, with anastomosing black lines arranged transversely on the anterior half of the disk so that the spaces between resemble broad transverse bands; elsewhere the lines form an open net-work; front margin of pectorals and dorsal without black meshes. ‘Tail near the base brownish with faint rings of blackish, otherwise black. Ventral surfaces white. Batavia; Penang. PTEROMYLAEUS. ve) AoA This genus resembles Aétobatus somewhat closely in general appearance and in structure but differs greatly in dentition. Compared with Myliobatis ® ~_ oa’ the head is more elongate, and more narrow forward and in the snout, the pectoral fins are more falciform and are not continuous with the rostral fins at 438 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. the side of the head, the ventrals are more elongate and narrow and the spiracles open more upward and less to the side. The teeth are tessellate, in seven rows :— a median row of very broad teeth at each side of which are three very narrow ones. The tail is long and slender; it bears a serrated spine behind the dorsal. Origin of dorsal fin far behind bases of ventrals back brown with transverse markings and spots of white asperrimus (page 438) Origin of dorsal above ends of ventral bases back uniform brown... d 7 : ‘ bovina (page 439) Origin of dorsal near ends of pectoral bases back greenish grey with irregularly distributed spots of white punctatus (page 439) PTEROMYLAEUS ASPERRIMUS. Myliobatis asperrimus Jorp. & Everm., 1898, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 2754; Gitpert & Starks, 1904, Mem. Cal. acad. sci., 4, p. 19, pl. 3, f. 6. Disk nearly twice as broad as long, anterior margins convex, posterior concave, outer angles slightly blunted. Head prominent, crown transversely convex, narrowing toward the snout and the mouth. Snout produced, pointed; rostral fins not continuous with the pectorals, at a lower level, narrower than the cranium, forming a single flexible lobe. Skull prominent in the preorbital region, excavated in front of the fontanel. Anterior nasal valves confluent in a broad flap reaching the mouth, free at the lateral edges and behind, with a shallow notch in the middle. Spiracles large, twice the length of the eye, partly visible from above. Teeth in seven rows, median four to five times as . broad as long, more or less fused, outer narrow. Ventrals moderate, longer than broad, rounded posteriorly, considerably extended behind the pectorals. Dorsal small, as long as the spiracle, rounded above and behind, origin about twice the basal length farther back than the bases of the ventrals. Tail slender, very long, more than three times the length of the body. On young individuals the caudal spine has a rudimentary appearance; it is situated at a distance behind the dorsal equal to about two lengths of that fin. Skin rough with small spines. Measurements of an immature specimen from Panama are as follows: — length of disk 19, length of tail 592, and width of disk 31 inches. Back brown, ashy or greyish, crossed by stripes of white, fainter anteriorly, and farther back giving place to numerous spots of irregular sizes and shapes, as large as the eye to very small, In cases the edges of snout, disk, and dorsal, and the tail are black. PTEROMYLAEUS PUNCTATUS. 439 PTEROMYLAEUS BOVINA. _ Myliobatis bovina Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, 1827, Descript. Egypt, 1, p. 323, pl. 26, f. 1; Giinrn., 1870, q Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 490; Moreau, 1881, Poiss. France, 1, p. 446. : Myliobates aquila Miuuer, 1835, Anat. Myxin., 1, pl. 9, f. 13. Myliobatis aquila BONAPARTE, 1841, Icon. Fauna Ital., Pesci; Lown, 1844, Fishes Madeira, pl. 15; CANESTRINI, 1872, Ital. pesci, p. 60. Myliobatis episcopus VALENCIENNES, 1843, Ichth. Canar., p. 98, pl. 24. Myliobatis bonaparti Dummrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 635. Shape like that of Aétobatus, but stouter. Disk about twice as wide as long. Head large, prominent; snout produced, narrower than the skull, blunted at the end. Rostral fins at a lower level and separated from the pectorals along the side of the head. Pectorals about as wide as long, front margin convex, hind margin concave outer angle acute, falciform. Anterior nasal valves con- fluent, free behind, somewhat notched in front of the teeth. Teeth in pavement, in seven rows. Median six to eight times as broad as long, outer narrow. Spiracle large hardly visible from above. Ventrals rather elongate, rounded behind. Dorsals small, rounded, origin close behind ends of ventral bases. Tail about three times as long as the disk. A serrated spine. No orbital horn. Skin rough on old individuals. Back of adults brown; of younger brown with seven or eight, more or less indistinct, transverse stripes of whitish. Mediterranean and neighboring Atlantic. PTEROMYLAEUS PUNCTATUS. Myliobatis punctatus Macutay & Macueay, 1886, Proc. Linn. soc. N.S. W., 10, p. 675, pl. 46, £ 1-6. Aétobatis punctata GUnTH., 1910, Siidsee fische, 3, p. 497. Snout long, triangular, pointed; rostral fins not continuous with the pectorals. “The teeth plates of the upper jaw are nearly twice as wide as the lower (48 mm. the upper, 27 mm. the lower). These plates consist of many longitudinal rows of teeth, of which the middle rows are longest” [?widest]. ‘‘On the back of the mouth there are rows of papillae on the palate, seven in the first row and four in the second, there are similar but smaller papillae on the sides of the teeth of the lower jaw.” Nasal valves united in a broad flap, acute angled and deeply | notched in the middle. Eyes small, pupil vertical. Pectorals broad, falciform, ; acute on the outer angle, convex on the front margin, concave on the posterior. Dorsal origin near the ends of the pectoral bases, end of fin near the mid length of the ventral fins. Ventrals elongate, narrow. A serrated spine on the tail. 440 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Width of disk 1,430, length from snout to ends of ventrals 1,130, and length of tail from the dorsal 640 mm. Greenish grey with white spots of different sizes irregularly distributed; below dirty white darker on the pectorals. Admiralty Islands. A®TOBATUS. Aétobatus Buarnv., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 112. Stoasodon T. Cantor, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 434. Pectorals slightly falciform, not continuous forward to the snout. Rostral fins separated from the pectorals and at a lower level on the sides of the head. Teeth in a single row on each jaw, fused, lower pavement produced. Head prominent, narrowing downward and forward on the sides; snout narrower, produced. Anterior nasal valves confluent; a median notch in the preoral flap. Ventrals narrow, elongate. Tail long, slender, bearing a dorsal fin and a ser- rated spine above the basal portion. As in some other genera several species so- called are described to complete the record, at the risk of ranking them too high. A larger series of specimens will no doubt reduce the number of species to one with one or more varieties. Fossil species of this genus have been discovered by Agassiz and others in the Eocene and later formations. Mesobatis Leidy from the phosphate beds of South Carolina is intermediate between Aétobatus and Pteromylaeus; it has small teeth between the ends of the broad ones. Snout long tapering, acute uniform, or spotted with whitish . : : . flagellum (page 440) Snout long, broadly rounded at the end spotted with white : : ; ; . narinari (page 441) Snout short, tapering, blunt spotted thickly with small dark-edged spots . . ocellatus (page 442) ABTOBATUS FLAGELLUM. Raia flagellum ScHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 361, pl. 73. Raia guttata SHaw, 1804, Zool., 5, p. 285, pl. 142. Aétobatus flagellum MUuuer & HEenuE, 1841, Plagios., p. 180; Biyrx, 1860, Journ. Asiat. soc. Bengal, 29, p. 37; Dumeérix, 1861, Arch. mus., 10, p. 242, pl. 20, f. 3; 1865, Elasm., p. 642; KiunzinGErR, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 246; ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 57. Gontobatis flagellum Aaass., 1858, Proc. Bost. nat. hist., 6, p. 385. This species differs from other species of the genus in length and sharpness of snout, and in colors. The snout is longer than broad and tapers to a sharp AETOBATUS NARINARI. 44] point. On the specimen figured by Schneider there were no spots; on that used in the present comparisons spots are present but scattered and not sharply defined; they approach closely to the conditions figured by Shaw in Raza guttata. The individual was taken at Mauritius; its measurements are length of body 114, of tail 38, and width of disk 213 inches. Skin smooth; tail rough in old specimens. A specimen of the uniform brown type like that figured by Schneider and Bloch is 38 inches wide and 23 inches in length from snout to ends of ventrals; the anterior margins of its pectorals are nearly straight, the posterior are con- cave in the outer half and convex on the inner, the outer angles are sharp, very little blunted, and the hind angles are broadly rounded; the origin of the dorsal is about one length of the base behind the ends of the ventral bases and the end of the fin is in front of the ends of the ventral fins. Red Sea; Indian Ocean. AETOBATUS NARINARI. Plate 49, fig: 1-3 (teeth); Plate 54, fig. 4 (pelvis); Plate 55, fig. 9 (vertebrae); Plate 57, fig. 4 (heart); Plate 73, fig. 4 (skeleton). Narinari brasiliensibus MArcGRAVE, 1648, Hist. nat. Brasil., p. 175, fig.; W1LLuGHBy, 1686, Pisc., p. 66, pi Cl, f..5. Whip-ray Brooxus, 1763, Nat. hist., 3, Fishes, p. 36. Raia narinari EvPHRASEN, 1790, Kongl. sven. vet. akad. Nya handl., 11, p. 217, pl. 10; Scunersr, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 361. Aétobatus narinarit BLAINV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 112; Miiier & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 179; Agass., 1848, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, p: 325; 1833, Atlas, pl. D, f. 1,2; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 641; Ginrtu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 492 (part); Jorpan & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 50; Jorp. & Evrerm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. S. nat. mus., p. 88; 1900, ibid., Atlas, pl. 15, 16; Everm. & Marsu, 1902, Bull. U.S. fish comm., 20, p. 67, fig. 4,5; Cotzs, 1910, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 28, p. 338. Myliobatis narinari Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., 2, p. 138. Raia quinquemaculata Quoy et GAIMARD, 1824, Voy. Uran. Poiss., p. 200, pl. 43, f. 3. Aetobatis latirostris Dumérit, 1861, Arch. mus., 10, p. 242, pl. 20, f. 1; 1865, Elasm., p. 643; GUnTH., 1866, Trans. Zool. soc. London, 6, p. 491. Aetobatus laticeps G1iLu, 1865, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 8, p. 137. Stoasodon narinari JorDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 879. Stoasodon laticeps JoRDAN & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 879. Width of the disk nearly twice the length; anterior borders convex, poste- rior concave. Pectorals somewhat falciform, acute on the outer angle. Rostral fins distinct from the pectorals, joined in a single produced, depressed, and pointed lobe. Cranium large, narrower toward the mouth, convex across the crown. ‘Teeth in a single row on each jaw, broad and short, fused, upper wider; lower pavement flatter and more produced. Each tooth is curved or angled forward more or less in the middle, the amount varying in the individual. Eyes prominent. Spiracles large, lateral, behind the eyes, partly visible from above. 442 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Ventrals narrow, elongate, nearly half extended behind the ends of the pectorals, rounded posteriorly. Dorsal small, rounded above, with a short free margin and an angle behind the base, origin above the ends of the bases of the ventrals. Tail whip-like, very slender, more than four times the length of the body. Ina specimen at hand the measurements are from snout to vent 13, from vent to end of tail 59, and across the pectorals 25 inches. Brown with spots of bluish white scattered over the back, fainter on the head and the forward part of the disk, white beneath; tail dark. Tropical and temperate parts of the Atlantic and the Eastern Pacific. AETOBATUS OCELLATUS. Raia ocellata RussELL, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 2, p. 5, pl. 8. Eel tenkee Russeuu, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 2, p. 5, pl. 8. Myliobatis eeltenkee RiiprE.y, 1835, Neue wirb. Abyssinien, Fische, p. 70, pl. 19, f. 3. Aetobatis indica SwAINSON, 1839, Class., 2, p. 321. Myliobatis macroptera McCuLELiaNn, 1841, Calcutta journ. nat. hist., 1, p. 60, pl. 2, f. 1. Stoasodon narinari T. Cantor, 1849, Malay fishes, p. 434. Aetobatis narinari BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 87; Day, 1865, Fishes Malabar, p. 280; 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 743, pl. 194, f.4; Kuunzinerr, 1871, Syn. fische, 2, p. 245. Aetobatis guttata ANNANDALE, 1909, Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 56. Shaped like A. narinari and A. flagellum, but deeper in the body and head and more convex on the crown. Disk nearly twice as wide as long; outer angle of the pectorals acute, hinder broadly rounded; anterior margins nearly straight, posterior concave. As in the other Aétobati the anterior nasal valves are con- fluent, deeply notched, and not free behind their point of junction; each valve has a thin transverse lobe above the outer edge extending inward and forming the partition in the nostril; and each posterior valve is a thin fold from the outer edge of the nostril reaching downward behind the outer half of the nasal cavity. Ventrals longer than wide, free portion subquadrate, with angles rounded. ‘Dorsal small, origin above ends of ventral bases, upper and hind margins convex. Tail nearly four times the length of the body, from snout to abdominal pores. Skin with a slight roughness. Ashy brown, greenish in life, with numerous dark-edged small spots of white thickly scattered over the back; lower surfaces white; tail dark. A specimen used for comparison has a width of 223, a body length, from snout to pores, of 113, and a length of tail of 45 inches. In shapes proportions and colors it approaches very close to that figured by Russell. The spots are rather more numerous forward. Indian Ocean. RHINOPTERA. 445 RHINOPTERIDAE. Body, head, and pectorals united in a broad lozenge-shaped disk in which the development of the pectorals is greater in the anterior half. A pair of rostral fins, not joined in front of the skull and not continuous at the sides of the head with the pectorals. Teeth broad, angular, flat, in pavement, median series broadest in most species. Eyes prominent, lateral. Spiracles large, behind the eyes, opening laterally. Cranium prominent. Tail long, slender, whip-like, with a dorsal fin above the basal portion and with a serrated spine farther back. RHINOPTERA. Rhinoptera Vorct, 1832, Thierreich, 2, p. 525. Zygobatis AGAsS., 1838, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, p. 79. Rhinoptera Git, 1865, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 8, p. 136. Mylorhina Giuu, 1865, Ann. N. Y. lye., 8, p. 136. Micromesus Gitu, 1865, Ann. N. Y. lye., 8, p. 136. Disk broad; head moderately prominent. Pectorals not continuous along the sides of the head to the snout. Rostral fins detached from the pectorals, forming a produced, free and flexible lobe in front of each orbit, not produced in front of the middle of the head. Anterior nasal valves confluent in a broad flap, free behind and at the sides. Skull broad, subtruncate, depressed to a rather sharp edge in front of each eye, deeply notched at the fontanel. Eye round, pupil erect. ‘Tail long, slender, with dorsal fin and a serrated spine above the basal portion. Teeth tessellated, angular, in five or more rows, 5-19, median commonly wider. Tropical and temperate seas. Fossil species of the genus have been recorded from the Lower Eocene, the Miocene, and the Pliocene. Teeth in seven rows; skin smooth median teeth 5-7 times as wide as long, next row 23, others decreasing in width regularly : : : : : quadriloba (page 444) median teeth 3-6 times as wide as long, next outer 2-3, outer two rows at each side as wide as long. ; : : lalandit (page 445) median teeth 3-5 times as wide as long, next outer half as wide, outer two rows at each side as wide as long. : javanica (page 446) median teeth 3 times and next outer 2 times as wide as long, outer rows narrower, : : : : d steindachneri (page 446) 444 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Teeth in nine rows on the upper jaw; seven on the lower median row nearly three times and next rows one and one half times as wide as long, second from median narrow, outer narrowest marginata (page 445) median row and second on each side of it 3 times as wide as long, narrower than row at each side of median . : adspersa (page 447) median three rows 5-7 times as wide as long, others narrower Jussieu (page 447) median row 8 times as wide as long, next row 4 times jayakari (page 448) median three rows and outermost rows 2-3 times as wide as long pelt (page 448) Teeth on upper jaw in 15 rows, on lower jaw 19, abnormal polyodon (page 448) Teeth on lower jaw in 14 rows, abnormal . : ; encenadae (page 448) RHINOPTERA QUADRILOBA. Plate 37, fig. 1-5. ‘ Raia quadriloba LesvuEuR, 1817, Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 1, p. 44, pl. Myliobatis quadriloba Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 401. Rhinoptera quadriloba Votiat, 1832, Thierreich, 2, p. 525; DrKay, 1842, N. Y. fish., p. 375, pl. 66, f. 217; Dummrit, 1865, Elasm., p. 648; Gtnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 494; Jorpan & GILBERT, 1883, Bull. 16, U. 8S. nat. mus., p. 51. Rhinoptera bonasus Jorp. & EvEerm., 1896, Bull. 47, U. 8. nat. mus., p. 90. Disk broad, length including ventrals and head about equal to seven tenths of the width. Head short, as broad as long, deeply indented in front of the fontanel and between the rostral fins. Teeth in seven rows: — median upper about five times as wide as long, next row half and second row one fourth as wide as the median, outer row as wide as long. Median lower four fifths as wide as the upper, outward rows decreasing in width like the upper. The pavement is less convex transversely than that of R. lalandiz, and is more arched than that of R. jussieut. Pectorals longer than wide, outer angle acute, tip slightly falciform, hind angle blunt. Ventrals narrow, more than half as wide as long, hind margin convex, slightly oblique, inward rays somewhat longer. Dorsal origin little behind ends of ventral bases, upper margin straight, upper angle blunted; hind angle produced in a sharp point not extending quite as far back as the ends of the ventral fins. Skin smooth. Tail less than twice as long as the disk. The specimen described was secured by Mr. Samuel Powel, at Newport, RHINOPTERA MARGINATA. 445 Rhode Island; it was twenty-two inches in width and fourteen in length from snout to ends of ventrals. Back and tail brown; lower surfaces white, brownish toward outer angles of pectorals. RHINOPTERA LALANDII. Plate 48, fig. 5-6 (teeth). Rhinoptera lalandti MiLLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 182; Dummrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 648; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 494; Riserro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 193. Mylorhina lalandit Giuu, 1865, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 8, p. 136. Width of disk about twice its length, little less than the length of the tail. Head wider than long, moderately notched in front of the fontanel and between the rostral fins. Anterior narial valves confluent in a broad flap reaching the mouth, straight and fringed on the edge, free and wider backward with angles nearly acute. Teeth in seven rows, in cases five in the upper jaw: — a median row of teeth three to six times as wide as long, a lateral row at each side of it in which the width is from two to three times the length, and an outer two rows in which width and length are about equal. Pectorals with length and width nearly equal, outer angle acute, narrowly rounded at the tip. Ventrals more than half as broad as long, convex on the end. Dorsal subtriangular, margins nearly straight; upper angle rounded, posterior little produced; origin opposite ends of ventral bases; tip not as far back as tips of ventrals. Skin smooth. Specimen at hand measures as follows: — width 202, snout to vent 103 and vent to end of tail 23 inches. Back brown; beneath white, brownish on outer portions of pectorals. Off eastern coasts of South America. RHINOPTERA MARGINATA. Plate 48, fig. 4 (teeth). Myliobatis marginata Grorrroy Sarnt-Hinaire, 1827, Descript. Egypt, 1, p. 334, pl. 25, f. 3, 4. Rhinoptera marginata Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 401: Vorer, 1832, Thierreich, 2, p. 525; Miiier & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 181; Dumérin, 1865, Elasm., p. 645; Giintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 493. Myliobatis (Rhinoptera) marginata OwEN, 1845, Odont., p. 46, pl. 25, f. 2, 3. Disk about twice as broad as long; anterior margin convex, nearly straight, posterior concave. Pectoral slightly falciform; outer angle blunted, hinder sharp. Teeth in nine rows; median row nearly three times as wide as long, J oD 446 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. next rows about half as wide, and the third at each side little broader than long; outer teeth narrowest, pentagonal. Ventrals longer than wide, with angles rounded, subtruncate. Dorsal between the ventrals, origin above ends of ventral bases, rounded above, with a short free margin and a slightly produced angle behind the base. Tail nearly twice the length of the disk, with a spine behind the dorsal. Skin smooth. Back brown, greenish, and bronzed; lower surfaces white. In life more or less tinted with red. Mediterranean. RHINOPTERA STEINDACHNERI. Rhinoptera steindachneri EVERMANN & JENKINS, 1891, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 14, p. 130, pl. 1, f. 1. Width of disk nearly twice its length. Pectorals little longer than wide, outer angle acute, apex narrowly rounded, hind angle more broadly rounded. Teeth in seven rows:— median row nearly three times and the next one to it nearly twice as wide as long. Ventrals narrow, elongate, posterior border convex. Dorsal rounded above, hind angle slightly produced beyond the base, origin behind the ends of the pectoral bases, tip not reaching to ends of ventral bases. Tail longer than the disk. Skin smooth. Uniform dark brown; white below. Gulf of California. RHINOPTERA JAVANICA. Rhinoptera javanica MULLER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 182; BuirEKer, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 89; Dumé&rin, 1865, Elasm., p. 647; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 494; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 744, pl. 195, f. 4. Rhinoptera affinis BLEEKER, 1862, Nat. verh. Holl. maatsch. wetensch., p. 19. Proportions similar to those of R. marginata. Disk less than twice as broad as long; tail nearly twice the length of the disk. A shallow notch in front of the snout. Teeth in seven rows, those in median row three to five times as wide as long, those in the two next rows about half as wide as the median, and those in the outer two rows on each side as wide as long; median rows nar- rower on lower jaws. Dorsal origin above the ends of the ventral bases. Skin smooth. Blackish green; ventral surface white. Java; India. P RHINOPTERA JUSSIEUI. 447 RHINOPTERA ADSPERSA. Rhinoptera adspersa Miuter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 183; Jerpon, 1851, Madras journ., p. 149; DumeériL, 1865, Elasm., p. 648; Gtnru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p 494; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 744. Micromesus adspersus Gruu, 1865, Ann. N. Y. lyc., 8, p. 136 (name only). Snout broad and proportionately short. Upper teeth in nine rows, middle row and second on each side of it about equal, each of teeth less than three times as broad as long, narrower than the rows separating them. Lower teeth in seven rows, middle row wider, other rows narrowing to the outer. Disk about twice as wide aslong. Tail more than three times the length of the disk. Dorsal origin little behind base of ventrals. Back rough with small stellate-based spines. Greenish brown, lighter below. Indian Ocean. RHINOPTERA JUSSIEUI. Plate 48, fig. 1-3 (teeth); Plate 54, fig. 5 (pelvis); Plate 55, fig. 10 (vertebrae); Plate 57, fig. 5 (heart); Plate 59, fig. 9 (gills); Plate 74, fig. 1-3 (skeleton). Myliobatis jussieui Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 401; Voter, 1832, Thierreich, 2, p. 524. Rhinoptera brasiliensis MtuumR, 1835, Anat. Myxin., p. 173, 276, pl. 9, f. 12; Mitier & Hentz, 1841, Plagios., p. 182; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 646; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 646. Zygobatis jussieut AGAss., 1843, Rech. poiss. foss., 3, p. 328, Tab. D, fig. 8. Rhinoptera jussieui GinTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 493; Rrsrerro, 1907, Arch. Mus. nac., 14, p. 193, pl. 20. Disk hardly twice as broad as long; tail little if any more than twice as long as the body. Head moderately notched in front of the fontanel and between the rostral fins. Pectorals about as wide as long, anterior margin nearly straight, outer angle acute and apex narrowly rounded, hind margin slightly concave, hind angle rounded. Ventrals narrower than long, obliquely subtruncate. Dorsal rounded above, hind angle produced, origin above ends of bases of ven- trals, tip even with the tips of the latter. Teeth in nine rows (7—10):— three median of wide teeth, next outward in most cases about twice as wide as long and in the outermost one two or three rows the width equals the length. The variability in individuals of this species is excessive; the three wide rows and the flatness of the pavement serve to distinguish even such as have less than nine rows from those of R. lalandii. Skin smooth. Dark brown on back and tail; white beneath, little darker below ends of pectorals. Brazil. 448 THE PLAGOISTOMIA. RHINOPTERA JAYAKARI. Rhinoptera jayakari BouLENGER, 1895, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 15, p. 141. Width of the disk one and three fourths times its length. Head as broad as long; snout emarginate. Tail two fifths of the total length. Teeth in nine rows; those in the median row of the upper jaw eight times as broad as long, nearly twice the width of those in the next rows. In those of the median row of the lower jaw the width equals six times the length and is one and one half times the width of those in the next row at each side. Total length 740, length of disk 450, and width of disk 750 mm. . Blackish above; whitish beneath. Muscat. RHINOPTERA PELI. Rhinoptera peli BLEEKER, 1862, Nat. verh. Holl. maatsch. wetens., l. c., p. 18, pl. 1; Dumfrim, 1865, Elasm., p. 647. Teeth in nine rows, hexagonal, those in middle row three times as wide as long; two rows of the outer teeth in the lower jaw and three rows of those in the upper jaw as broad as long. Dorsal origin hardly behind the ends of the ventral bases, end of fin slightly behind the ends of the ventral fins. Tail more than twice the length of the body. Skin smooth. West Africa. RHINOPTERA POLYODON. Rhinoptera polyodon Gintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 495, fig. Fifteen rows of hexangular teeth in the upper jaw, those in the five middle rows little broader than the outer ones. Lower teeth in nineteen rows, the median row and the outer one on each side nearly twice as broad as the others. Originally described from a pair of jaws of unknown origin. RHINOPTERA ENCENADAE. Rhinoptera encenadae SmitH, 1886, Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 9, p. 220; Jorp. & Evrerm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 91. Named from an abnormal lower jaw, with fourteen rows of teeth unlike on the two sides, from Todos Santos Bay, Lower California. MOoBULIDAE. Head, body, and pectorals forming a subrhomboid disk, broader than long, in which the head is broad and flat and bears a cephalic fin, a separated section MOBULA. 449 of the pectoral, extended forward, as a horn-like process, from each side. Pec- torals broad, triangular, not continuous at the side of the head, acute-angled laterally and posteriorly. Ventrals small, between the pectorals. A small subtriangular dorsal on the tail, above and between the ventrals. Tail slender, ey eS. a ree whip-like. Mouth large, transverse; teeth small, numerous, in pavement. Gill openings large. Eyes lateral. Spiracles moderate, behind the orbits. Some of the gigantic members of this family are said to reach a width of twenty feet and a weight of more than four tons. Mouth inferior cephalic fins directed forward and rolled outward teeth on both jaws : : : : . Mobula (page 449) teeth on the upper jaw only . ; : . Ceratobatis (page 453) Mouth anterior cephalic fins directed forward teeth on the lower jaw only . . : : Manta (page 454) Mosuta: 3 Mobula RartneEsQuE, 1810, Ind. itt. Sic., p. 48, 61. ‘ Cephalopterus Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 14. Q Dicerobatus BLAINV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 112. Cephaloptera DumféRIL, 1865, Elasm., p. 650. Mobula Dumsérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 650. Head broad, flat, truncate; mouth wide inferior; internarial space wide; rostrum short, broad, sharp edged anteriorly; rostral fins moderate, distinct from the pectorals, directed forward and obliquely downward but rolled from below outward in a subcylindrical roll (much as figured in Raia fabroniana Lacépéde, 1800, Poiss., 2, p. 111, pl. 5, f. 1) when not in use. Teeth on both ‘jaws small, numerous, in pavement. Tail slender whip-like, with or without a serrated spine; dorsal fin between the ventrals. With a serrated caudal spine tail more than twice as long as body teeth bands reaching angles of mouth . : mobular (page 450) tail thrice as long as body teeth bands reaching the angles ; . japanica (page 450) Without a serrated caudal spine tail one and one half times length of body teeth bands nearly reaching the angles . eregoodoo-tenkee (page 451) 450 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. tail more than twice length of disk teeth bands ending a short distance from angles draco (page 451) Tail about as long as the disk - teeth bands two thirds width of mouth . ' kuhlit (page 452) tail much longer than the body teeth bands occupying about half the cleft . hypostoma (page 453) MosBuLA MOBULAR. ?Squalus edentulus BRUNNIcH, 1768, Iclthy. Massiliensis, p. 6. Mobular DuHAMEL, 1782, Traité, 4, p. 293, pl. 17. Raia mobular BONNATERRE, 1788, Ichth., p. 5. La raie mobular LAckPEDE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 33, 151. ?Aodon cornu LACEPEDE, 1798; Poissons, 1, p. 297, 300. Raia fabroniana LacérEDE, 1800, Poissons, 2, p. 104, 111, pl. 5, f. 1. Raia cephaloptera SCHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 365. Raia giorna LackrrDE, 1803, Poissons, 5, p. 662, 666, pl. 20, f. 3. Raia diabolus SHAaw, 1804, Zool., 5, p. 291. Grande raia GtorNA, 1805, Mem. Acad. sci. Turin, 2, p. 4 extra. Mobula auriculata RAFINESQUE, 1810, Indice, p. 48. k Apterurus fabroni RAFINESQUE, 1810, Indice, p. 48. + Cephalopterus giorna Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 14; 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 163. Cephalopterus massena Risso, 1810, Ichth. Nice, p. 15; 1826, Hist. nat., 3, Poissons, p. 164. Dicerobatus mobular BLAINV., 1816, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 116; 1830, Poiss. Fr., p. 41. Cephaloptera giorna Cuv., 1817, Reg. anim., p. 138; Risso, 1826, Hist. nat. 3, Poissons, p. 163, pl. 5; i YARRELL, 1836, Brit. fishes, 2, p. 447; 1841, ibid., ed. 2, p. 595; 1859, ibid., ed. 3, p. 600; Mitimr & 4 HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p.. 184; VALENCIENNES, 1843, Ichth. Canar., p. 97, pl. 22; Dumirin, 1865, | Elasm., p. 653; RocHEBRUNE, 1882, Acta Soc. Linn. Bord., 36, p. 57. ? Cephaloptera THompson, 1835, Proc. Zool. soc. London, p. 78. | Pterocephala fabroniana McCoy, 1847, Ann. mag. nat. hist., 19, p. 176, pl. 11. ie Cephaloptera fabroniana Dum&rit, 1865, Elasm., p. 658. Dicerobatis giornae GintTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 496. Disk about twice, or more than twice as wide as long; angles acute. Pec- torals faleciform, convex in front concave behind. Teeth minute, pointed, median more rounded, bands extending to the angles of the mouth, in 150 rows or more. Anterior portion of the base of the dorsal above the bases of the ventrals; ex- tremities of the fins about even. Minute scales, shagreen, on the hinder portions of the body. Tail more than twice the length of the body, with a serrated spine behind the dorsal, rough with scales and tubercles. Dark brown to blue-black above; white beneath. Mediterranean and neighboring Atlantic. MOoBULA JAPANICA. Cephaloptera japanica MitueR & HENtE, 1841, Plagios., p. 185; ScHLEGEL, 1850, Jap. Pisces, p. 310; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm. p. 659. Dicerobatis japonica GUNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 496. Mobula japonica JonpAN & FowuER, 1903, Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 26, p. 666, fig. 10. MOBULA DRACO. 451 Shape of disk similar to that of M. kuhlii. Body more than twice as broad aslong. Tail nearly three times the length of the body. Teeth bands extending to the angles of the mouth; teeth minute blunt tubercles. Origin of the dorsal a little in advance of the beginnings of the ventrals; base extending as far back- ward as the ventral fins. Back rough, as in M. mobular. Tail rough, with a series of small white tubercles along each side. Japan. | MoBULA EREGOODOO-TENKEE. Raja capito lato RussEtx, 1803, Coromandel fishes, 1, p. 5, pl. 9. Cephaloptera eregoodoo-tenkee Cuv., 1829, Reg. anim., 2, p. 402; BierKer, 1859, Enum., p. 214. Dicerobatis eregoodoo T. CANToR, 1849, Malay. fishes, p. 438; JeRDON, 1851, Madras journ., lit. sci., 17, p. 149; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 497; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 744, pl. 193, f. 1; Luoyp, 1908, Rec. Ind. mus., 2, p. 179, fig. 2, pl. 4, f. 1. Cephaloptera eregoodoo BLEEKER, 1852, Verh. Bat. gen., 24, Plagios., p. 82; Dumérit, 1865, Elasm., p. 655. Dicerobatis monstrum KLUNZINGER, 1871, Syn., fische, 2, p. 687. Disk nearly twice as broad as long; angles acute, blunted. Tail slender, short, longer than the body in young, shorter in old, without a spine. Eyes prominent, pupil vertical. Teeth minute, pentagonal, with point directed into the cleft of the mouth, or with two or more points. The bands extend nearly to the angles. The teeth appear to vary greatly with age. Day states that they are small like flattened tubercles, as broad as long in adults, twice as broad in young. On jaws 12 inches across the gape, from a specimen 18 feet in width the rows were 34s, jaws of 4 inches in width #2, and Cantor found the rows to be § on the jaws of one 30 inches in width. The last specimen had a total length of about 45, from snout to vent 153, and a width of 303 inches. Dorsal between the ventrals, subtriangular, hind margin short, origin slghtly in advance of the ventrals; in the figures published by Russell and by Day the end of the dorsal is some distance in front of the ends of the ventrals. Young intense purple on the back, with ventral surfaces, sides of head behind the eyes, tip of dorsal, outer margins of ventrals, outer and lower surfaces of rostral fins, and tail to ends of ventrals white; jaws, margin of snout, and tail black. Seas of India; Malay Archipelago; Red Sea. MoBULA DRACO. Dicerobatis draco GiNTHER, 1873, Cruise of H. M. 8. Curagoa, p. 412, pl. 26-27. Teeth tessellated, those of the upper jaw in forty-six series, each tooth being broader than long and trenchant behind; the band of teeth terminates 452 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. laterally at a short distance from the angle of the mouth; body and tail smooth; the distance between the mouth and the dorsal fin is one half of the greatest width of the body; tail more than twice as long as the disk; upper parts uniform brown; top of the dorsal fin white. Greatest width of the disk fifteen inches; distance between the front margin of the head and dorsal fin seven and one third inches. Mysol Island. Anterior margin of snout and front margins of pectorals nearly straight; hind margins of disk concave, angles acute. Dorsal fin between the ventrals, but base and end extending little farther back than in those fins. MosBuLA KUHLII. Cephaloptera kuhlii MituER & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 185, pl. 59, f. 1; BuenKer, 1857, Act. Soe. sci. Ind. Neerl., 3, p. 6; 1859, ibid., 6, p. 214; Dumirit, 1865, Elasm., p. 654. Dicerobatis kuhlii Giintu., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 497; Day, 1878, Ind. fishes, p. 745. Dicerobatis thurstoni Luoyp, 1908, Rec. Ind., mus., 2, p. 179, fig. 3, pl. 4, f. 2. Disk about twice as wide as long; anterior margins of the pectorals slightly convex, posterior concave, angles acute, narrowly rounded at the apex. Nasal valves confluent into a broad flap free at the nostrils and to a very slight extent in front of the teeth. Teeth bands occupying about two thirds of the width of the jaws, not extending to the angles of the mouth. As the teeth first appear, in the embryo, they are minute and widely separated; they resemble flattened tubercles; but as the later teeth appear in the same rows they enlarge rapidly, until broader than long and teeth and rows are in contact, tessellated. In cases it appears as if teeth had united thus decreasing the number of rows. The change from the minute, round, separate teeth to the broad teeth in close rows is made in a row of eight or ten teeth, all stages to be seen together on a single jaw. The appearance resembles that figured on Plates 48 and 49 for the be- ginnings of the rows of teeth on Rhinoptera, Myliobatus, and Aetobatis, though much more extensive; the resemblance is particularly noticeable in a comparison with fig. 1 of Plate 48, Rhinoptera jussieui. The specimen described, 162 inches — wide, has teeth in $ rows. Tail little longer than the disk, without a spine. Origin of dorsal fin above end of vent, one fourth of the base above the bases of the ventrals, end of the base as far back as the ends of the same fins. Skin smooth, in young. Dark brown above; white beneath. Indian Ocean; East Indies; Japan. CERATOBATIS. 453 MoBULA HYPOSTOMA. Plate 38; Plate 54, fig. 6 (pelvis); Plate 57, fig. 6 (heart); Plate 59, fig. 7-8 (gills); Plate 75 (skeleton). : Cephalopterus hypostomus Bancrort, 1831, Proc. Zool. soc. London, pt. 1, p. 134; 1834, Zool. journ. 5, p. 411. Cephaloptera olfersti Mtuuer, 1834, Abh. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 311; 1835, Anat. Myxin., p. 12, 247; Miuuer & Henze, 1841, Plagios., p. 185; Dumsrin, 1865, Elasm., p. 657. Dicerobatis olfersiti GiNTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 497. Dicerobatus olfersii GARMAN, 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 105, pl. 52, 53. Aodon hypostomus Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 92. Mobula olfersi Cotes, 1910, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 28, p. 341; Pe~uecrin, 1912, Bull. Soc. philom. ser. 10, 4, p. 5 extra. Irregular diamond shaped, nearly twice as wide as long, angles acute. Pectorals nearly straight in front, concave behind. Teeth small, broad, rounded or with one to several points on the inward edge, in 7 rows on a specimen thirty-nine inches in width, Plate 38, fig. 5 and 6. Miller and Henle give the number of rows on their specimen as about 80. Teeth bands occupying about half the width of the jaws. Tail longer than the body, without a spine. Back smooth, large individuals rough posteriorly on the body, and on the tail. Origin of dorsal fin little behind the vent; extremity little in front of the ends of the _ ventrals. Teeth increasing in the numbers of rows with age, and in width of bands. | Brown on the back; white beneath. Brasil to New York. ’ MoBULA ROCHEBRUNEI. _ Cephaloptera rochebrunet VAILLANT, 1879, Bull. Soc. philom., p. 171; RocuEesrune, 1882, Acta Soc. qu Linn. Bord., 36, p. 58, pl. 1, f. 1-2. According to the description and the figure this form agrees in all respects q except coloration with M. hypostoma, of which it may be a variety. Deep blue; with reddish on the frontal region, in a longitudinal band behind * the head along the middle of the back, and on dorsal, ventrals, and tail. Rows of teeth 50, occupying about half the width of the Jaws. Off northwestern Africa. CERATOBATIS. Ceratobatis BouLENGER, 1897, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 20, p. 227. “Like Dicerobatis Blainv., but teeth restricted to the upper jaw.”’ A subgenus of Mobula. 454 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. CERATOBATIS ROBERTSII. Ceratobatis robertsii BoULENGER, 1897, Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 20, p. 227. “The band of teeth occupying only half the width of the mouth, its width ten times in its length; teeth tessellated, hexagonal, two to three times broad as as long, rugose with numerous obtuse ridges. Mouth inferior, wide. Pupil vertically elliptic. Body smooth; pectoral fins with nearly straight, slightly convex anterior and slightly concave posterior border. Cephalic fins measuring a little less than the width of the mouth; spiracles behind the eyes. The space between the last branchial clefts one fourth that between the first. Dorsal fin between the ventrals. Tail slender, without spine, nearly twice as long as the body. Length of disk without cephalic appendages 0.350, width of disk 0.780, cephalic fin 0.090, width of mouth 0.105, diameter of eye 0.012, ventral fin 0.070, and tail 0.620 metres. Black above, white beneath. Grows to a very large size. Jamaica.”’ MANTA. Manta Bancrort, 1829, Zool. journ., 4, p. 454. Ceratoptera MijLuER & HENLE, 1837, Sitzb. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 118. Head broad, flat, truncate; mouth very wide, anterior; internarial space very wide; rostrum short, broad; rostral fins distinct from the pectorals, directed forward. Teeth on the lower jaw only, very small, in numerous rows. ‘Tail slender, whip-like, without (? or with) a serrated caudal spine (Lesueur states that a spine is present on specimens of M. birostris). A small dorsal between the ventrals. It is not known whether the cephalic fins are rolled as in Mobula. Teeth extending over whole width of lower jaw rows separated, about 100. ‘ ; : ; birostris (page 454) Teeth not extending over whole width of lower jaw rows close together, about 200 . : é . ehrenbergi (page 455) MANTA BIROSTRIS. Manta birostris WaLBAuM, 1792, Artedi, p. 535; Donnporrr, 1798, Zool. beytr., 3, p. 879. La raie manatia LAc&PEDE, 1798, Poissons, 1, p. 160, pl. 7, f. 2. Raia manatia ScHNEIDER, 1801, Bloch Ichth., p. 364. Raia fimbriata Lachrkpe, 1802, Poissons, 4, p. 677, pl. 16, f. 3. Cephalopterus vampyrus Mitcui11, 1824, Ann. N. Y. lye., 1, p. 23, pl. 2, f. 1; 1832, Isis, p. 1063, pl. 28, f. 4; DeKay, 1842, N. Y. fish, p. 377, pl. 67, f. 219. MANTA EHRENBERGII. 45: or Cephaloptera giorna LesunurR, 1824, Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 4, p. 115, pl. 6. Sea-devil LAMonrt, 1824, Edinb. philos. journ., 11, p. 113. Cephalopterus manta BANcrort, 1829, Zool. journ., 4, p. 454. Manta americana BANcROFT, 1829, Zool. journ., 4, p. 454. Ceratoptera johnii MiitteR & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 186, pl. 59. Brachioptilon hamiltoni NewMAn, 1849, Zoologist, p. 74. Cephaloplerus diabolus VALENCIENNES, 1850, Cuv. Reg. anim., pl. 119. Diabolichthys elliotti Houmes, 1856, Proc. Elliot soc. nat. hist., 1, p. 39. Ceratoptera vampirus Dumirin, 1865, Elasm., p. 660. Ceratoptera vampyrus GintTH., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 498. Manta birostris Jonpan & GILBERT, 1882, Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 52; Jorp. & Everm., 1896, Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., p. 92, pl. 18, f. 39. Disk nearly twice as wide as long; tail as long as the body including the rostral fins. Pectorals falciform, acute-angled, anterior margin convex, poste- rior concave. Teeth minute rasp-like, on the lower jaw only, occupying the entire width of the jaw, in about 100 rows separated by interspaces (on the young). Base of the dorsal extending forward little in front of the ends of the bases of the pectorals, and backward to about the middle of the free inner margin of the same fins. Ventrals small, hind margins rounded not reaching to the ends of the pectorals. Body and tail rough. Mitchill’s specimen measured in total length 208, snout to tail 159, cephalic fins 30, across the head 60, and width of disk 192 inches; it weighed between four and five tons as estimated. | Back brown darkening with age; white beneath. Lesueur says the tail is a little longer than the body and makes a positive assertion as to the presence of a spine on both adult female and foetus. Said to attain a width of twenty feet. Tropical waters of America. MANTA EHRENBERGII. Ceratoptera ehrenbergii Mituuter & HENLE, 1841, Plagios., p. 187; Dumirm, 1865, Elasm., p. 661; Ginru., 1870, Cat. fishes Brit. mus., 8, p. 498; Hempricu & ExReENBERG, 1899, Symbolae phys- Zool., pl. 2, Zoot., pl. 10. Ceratoptera stelligera Hempricu & EnReNBERG, 1899, Symbolae phys., Zool., pl. 2, Zoot., pl. 10. Ceratoptera orissa LuoyD, 1908, Rec. Ind. mus., 2, p. 176, fig. 1, pl. 5, pl. 10, f. 1, 2. Total width more than the length of the body including the rostral fins. Teeth band occupying about half the width of the lower jaw; teeth in two- hundred rows or more, close together. Body and tail rough, above and below, with small tubercles on pronged bases. | Back greenish. Red Sea. 456 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA., ADDENDA. RHINCODON TyPpuUS. Page 42. A large specimen of this species was taken near Knights Key, Florida, June 1st, 1912. Its length was given by its captor as 45 feet, its circumference as 23 feet 9 inches, diameter 8 feet 3 inches, width of mouth 38 inches, depth of caudal fin 10 feet, length of dorsal fin 3 feet, height of dorsal fin 2 feet 9 inches. It was said to weigh 30,000 pounds. The range of this species extends throughout the Indian Ocean and the temperate and the tropical portions of the Pacific and the Atlantic. Page 167. TRIAKIS VENUSTA. Calliscyllium venustum TANAKA, 1912, Fishes of Japan, 10, p. 171, pl. 46. Slender, elongate, tapering. Body short; tail about five ninths of the total; caudal axis hardly raised. Head depressed, rather narrow and pointed. Snout short, blunted; nostrils nearer to mouth than to end, anterior valves separated on the internarial space by about one third of its width, their inner ends near the mouth cleft. Mouth wide, sharply curved at the symphysis, with a short labial fold around each angle. Teeth small, in longitudinal rows and in transverse series, serrate on the hinder (free) edge with about five short cusps, median largest but not quite as much so as on teeth of 7’. scyllium. Eye longer than wide, lateral, with a nictitating fold. Spiracle small, behind and near the eye. Gill openings small, hindmost two above the pectoral. Scales small, with a median keel, like those of other species of the genus. Dorsal fins nearly equal, hind angles produced; origin of first dorsal about midway from the bases of the pectorals to the ventrals, end of fin hardly reaching to a vertical from the latter. Pectorals little larger than dorsals, base about equal hind margin, inner angle blunt. Ventrals and anal smaller than the dorsals; ventral origins little be- hind the tip of the first dorsal; anal origin little in front of that of the second dorsal, tip of fin less produced, reaching nearly as far back as the base of this dorsal. Caudals rather small; subcaudal not deep, gradually narrowing back- ward, separated from the terminal by a notch. Terminal widening backward, obliquely truncated. Light brownish with numerous (a dozen or more) faint transverse bands or blotches of darker separated by narrower spaces on the upper half of the body; 4 ¥ * 5 SQUALUS (CIRRHIGALEUS) BARBIFER. 457 upper surfaces thickly sprinkled by spots of darker smaller than the eye; lower surfaces lighter, uniform. Type a female of a total length of 25.47 inches (64.5 cm.). Sagami Sea, Japan. Page 196. SQUALUS (CIRRHIGALEUS) BARBIFER. Cirrhigaleus barbifer TANAKA, 1912, Fishes of Japan, 9, p. 151, pl. 41, fig. 156-162. General outlines of the type, a male of about 333 inches, from the Sagami Sea, Japan, resembling those of a large specimen of Squalus acanthias. The mouth, teeth, scales, spiracles, and fins are those of that genus. The positions of the fins recall those in S. acanthias, but the dorsals are larger, more nearly alike in size and more nearly equal to the pectorals and the ventrals. Head large, depressed. Spiracle large, near the eye. Mouth moderate, in a low arch. Teeth 36, alike in the two jaws. Gill openings medium, in front of the pectorals. Snout rather short, blunt; nostrils about midway from mouth to end, anterior valve with a slender, pointed barbel (nearly 17 inches long) on the inner end. Hind margins of the dorsals and pectorals concave. Subcaudal lobe moderate; no notch between subcaudal and terminal; no pit at the origins of the caudals. Dorsal origin opposite the inner angles of the pectorals; origin of second dorsal opposite the axils of the ventrals; first dorsal spine about three fourths as high as its fin; second dorsal spine about equal the height of the fin. Clasper of the male short, thick, obliquely pointed. The possession of a narial barbel appears to be the character that must be depended on for the characterization of Cirrhigaleus as a subgenus of Squalus. In the type as figured the nostrils are placed close to the end of the snout, fig. 156; on fig. 158 they are seen to be about half way from the mouth to the end, which is probably more nearly in accord with the specimen. Japan. arts (2 ale ; , ¢ eo: oe APD “iy a rie ; : le, G . ° i BIBLIOGRAPHY Appgort, C. C. 1861. On Squalus americanus, Mitchell, referring it to the genus Odontaspis, Agassiz. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 399-401. AELIANUS, CLAUDIUS. 1744. De natura animalium libri xvii. Ed. Gronovio 2 pts. Londini. Aaeassiz, Louts. 1833-1843. Recherches sur les poissons fossiles. 5 vols. text, 5 vols. atlas. Neuchatel. 1858. [Myliobatinae, Aetobatinae, Goniobatis]. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 6, p. 385. 1874. Three different modes of teething among selachians. Amer. nat., 8, p. 129-135. ALBERTUS, MAGNUs. 1479. De animalibus libri xxvi. Mantua. 1495. De animalibus libri vigintisex. Nov. impr. Venice. Atcock, ALFRED. 1889. On the bathybial fishes of the Bay of Bengal and neighbouring waters obtained during the seasons 1885-1889. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 4, p. 376-399. 1892. On utero-gestation in Trygon bleekert. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 9, p. 417-427, pl. 19. 1892. Some observations on the embryonic history of Pteroplatea micrura. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 10, p. 1-8, pl. 4. 1892-1908. Illustrations of the zoology of H. M. Indian marine surveying steamer Investigator, ete. Calcutta. 1896. A supplementary list of the marine fishes of India, ete. Journ. Asiatic soc. Bengal, 65, p. 301-338. 1898. A note on the deep-sea fishes, with descriptions of some new genera and species, etc. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 2, p. 136-156. 1899. A descriptive catalogue of the Indian deep-sea fishes in the Indian museum, ete. Calcutta. ALDROVANDI, ULISSE. 1613. De piscibus libri v. et de cetis lib. unus. Bononiae. Anisits, J. D. 1912. Eine seltene missbildung bei einem rochen. Sitzb. Ges. nat. freunde Berlin, p. 223. ANNANDALE, NELSON. 1908. A new sting ray of the genus Trygon from the Bay of Bengal. Rec. Ind. mus., 2, ‘ p. 393-394. 1909. Report on the fishes taken by the Bengal fisheries steamer Golden Crown. Part 1. Batoidei. Mem. Ind. mus., 2, p. 1-60, pl. 1-5. 1910. Additional notes on the Batoidei, Mem. Ind. mus., 3, p. 1-6. 460 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. ANSLIJN, NICOLAAS. 1822-1828. Systematische beschrijving der voor ons meest belangrijke voorthrengeekes uit de drie rijken der natuur. 6 vols. Leyden. 1830. Afbeeldingen van Nederlandsche Dieren. 2 vols. Leyden. Apostouipgs, N. C. 1883. La péche en Gréce, &c. Athénes. ARISTOTLE. 1783. [Zoological works]. Histoire des animaux, &c. Ed. Camus. 2 vols. Paris. 1829. De partibus animalium,. ex recens. Ed. Bekker. Berolini. 1887. Aristotle’s History of animals. In 10 books. ‘Trans. Cresswell. London. ARTEDI, PETRUS. 1738. *** Ichthyologiasive opera omnia de Pisetbus, ete. Ed. Linnaeus. Lugduni Batavorum. ASCANIUS, PEDER. 1772-1806. Icones rerum naturalium, ou figures enluminées d’histoire naturelle du Nord. Copenhague. Atwoop, N. E. 1869. [Carcharias tigris Aiwood!, Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 12, p. 268-269. AyErRS, Howarp. 1889. The morphology of the carotids, based on a study of tlhe blood-vessels of Chlamy- doselachus anguineus, Garman. Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 191-224, 1 pl. Ayres, W. O. 1842. [Four new fishes]. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 1, p. 64-65. 1842-1843. Enumeration of the fishes of Brookhaven, Long Island, ete. Bost. journ. nat. hist., 4, p. 255-292. 1843. Descriptions of four species of fish, ete. Bost. journ. nat. hist., 4, p. 293-302, 2 pls. 1855. [Descriptions of fishes: Mustelus felis]. Proc. Cal. acad. nat. sei., 1, p. 17-18. 1855. [A new species of Cramp fish: Torpedo californica]. Proc. Cal. acad. nat. sci., 1, p 70-71. 1855. [Shark of a new generic type: Notorynchus maculatus]. Proc. Cal. acad. nat. sci., 1; p. 72-73. 1859-1860. [New fishes: Squatina californica]. Proc. Cal. acad. nat. sci., 2, p. 25-32, 54-59. Barrp, S. F. 1855. Fishes observed on the coasts of New Jersey and Long Island during the summer of 1854. 9th ann. rept. Smith. inst., p. 317-352, *337. 1884. On the specimens received by the Smithsonian institution from the United States life-saving service. [Pseudotriacis microdon from Amagansett, N.Y.) Bal te fish comm., 4, p. 177-178. Baurour, F. M. 1876. On the development of the spinal nerves in elasmobranch fishes. Philos. trans., 166, p. 175-195. 1878. A monograph on the development of elasmobranch fishes. London. 1880-1881. A treatise on comparative embryology. 2 vols. London. Bancrort, E. N. 1829. On the fish known in Jamaica as the Sea-devil. Zool. journ., 4, p. 444-457. 1830. Remarks on some animals sent from Jamaica. Zool. journ., 5, p. 80-86. 1831. [Jamaican fishes: Cephalopterus hypostomus]. Proc. & com. Zool. soe. Lond., pt. 1, p. 134-135. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 461 Bancrort, E. N. 1834. Account of several fishes and other animals of Jamaica. Zool. journ. 5, p. 409-424. Barpoza pu Bocaas, J. V. 1872. [Centrophorus crepidalbus|. Jorn. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 3. Barzsoza Du BocaGcs, J. V. AND CAPELLO, F. DE B. %, 1864. Sur quelques espéces inédites de Squalidae, etc. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond. p. 260- M 263. 1864. Diagnoses de algumas especies inéditas da familia Squalidae que frequentam os nossos mares. Mem. Acad. real sci. Lisboa, 3. 1866. Apontamentos para a Ichthyologia de Portugal. Peixes Plagiostomos. Lisboa. BARCLAY, JOHN. 1811. Remarks on some parts of the animal that was cast ashore on the island of Stronsa, September 1808. Mem. Wernerian nat. hist. soc., 1, p. 418-444. BASILEWSEY, S. 1855. Ichthyographia Chinae Borealis. Nouv. mem. Soc. nat. imp. Mosc., 10, p. 215- 264. Bean, B. A. . 1891. Fishes collected by William P. Seal in Chesapeake Bay, ete. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 14, p. 83-94.: 1902. A rare ‘Whale shark.’ Science, 15, p. 353. 1905. The history of the Whale shark, Rhinodon typicus Smith. Smith. mise. coll., 48, p. 189-148, 3 pls. 1905. Notes on an adult Goblin shark (Mitsukurina owstoni) of Japan. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 28, p. 815-818. Bean, B. A. anp WEED, A. C. 1909. Description of a new skate (Dactylobatus armatus) from deep water off the south- ‘ ern Atlantic coast of the United States. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 36, p. 459-461, 1 pl. 1909. Descriptions of two new species of electric rays, of the family Narcobatidae, from deep water off the southern Atlantic coast of the United States. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 36, p. 677-680. 1910. Notes on Anteliochimaera and related genera of chimaeroid fishes. Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 37, p. 661-664, 2 pls. 1911. An electric ray and its young from the west coast of Florida. Proce. U. S. nat. mus., 40, p. 231-232, 2 pls. Bean, T. H. 1881. Descriptions of new fishes from Alaska and Siberia. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 4, States. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 6, p. 147-150. 1888. Report on the fishes observed in Great Egg Harbor Bay, New Jersey, during the summer of 1887. Bull. U.S. fish comm., 7, p. 129-154, 3 pls. 1902. Catalogue of the fishes of Long Island. 6th ann. rept. forest, fish & game comm. N. Y., p. 373-478, 6 pls. BELLOTTI, CRISTOFORO. 1891. Appunti all’ opera del Dottor Emilio Moreau: Histoire naturelle des poissons de la France e al relativo supplemento. Atti Soc. Ital. sci. nat., 33, p. 107-144, 1 pl. Breton, PIERRE. 1551. L/histoire naturelle des estranges poissons marins. Paris. 1553. De aquatilibus libri duo, ete. Paris. 4 a p. 144-159. 1883. The first occurrence of Pseudotriacis microdon, Capello, on the coast of the United 462 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. ‘ BENEDEN, EpovARD VAN. 1894. [Raza batis]. Bull. Acad. roy. Belgique, ser. 3, 27, p. 872. BENEDEN, P. J. VAN. 1861. Sur le développement de la queue des poissons plagiostomes. Bull. Acad. roy. Belgique, ser. 2, 11, p. 293-298, 1 pl. Ann. sci. nat. Zool., ser. 4, 15, p. 124-128. BENNETT, E. T. 1830. [List of zoological specimens]. Memoir of Sir T. S. Raffles. London. BEnneETT, F. D. 1840. Narrative of a whaling voyage round the globe, ete. 2 vols. London. BENNETT, GEORGE. 1859. Notes on sharks, more particularly on two enormous specimens of Carcharias leucas, captured in Port Jackson, Sydney, New South Wales. Proc. Zool. soe. Lond., 27, p. 223-226. 1860. Gatherings of a naturalist in Australasia, ete. London. Berc, CARLOos. 1895. Enumeracion sistematica y sinonimica de los peces de las costas Argentina y Uruguaya. Ann. Mus. nac. Buenos Aires, 4, p. 1-120. 1897. Contribuciones al conocimiento de los peces Sudamericanos, ete. Ann. Mus. nae. Buenos Aires, 5, p. 263-302. BERKENHOUT, John. 1789. Synopsis of the natural history of Great Britain and Ireland. 2 vols. London. Bertucu, F. J. 1806. Tafeln der allgemeinen naturgeschichte nach ihren drey reichen, ete. Weimar. BLAINVILLE, H. M. D. DE. 1810. [Squalus pelegrinus]. Ann. mus., 18, p. 88. 1810. Description anatomique du Squalus maximus de Linnée, ete. Journ. phys. 1810. Note sur plusieurs espéces de squale, confondues sous le nom de Squalus maximus de Linné. Journ. phys. 71, p. 248-259. Bull. Soe. philom., 2, p. 169-171. 1811. Sur le Squalus peregrinus. Bull. Soc. philom., 2, p. 865-368. Ann. Mus. hist. nat., 18, p. 85-135. 1816. Prodrome d’une nouvelle distribution systématique du régne animal. Bull. Soc. philom., 8, p. 105-124. 1820-1830. Faune Frangaise. Poissons. Paris. BLANCHERE, H. DE LA. 1868. La péche et les poissons. Paris. BLEEKER, PIETER. 1849. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het eiland Madura, etc. Verh. Bat. gen., 23, 16 pp. 1851. Vijfde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Borneo, ete. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 2, p. 415. 1851. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Singapore. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 3, p. 51. 1852. Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het ee Banka. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 3, p. 715. 1852. Bijdrage tot de kennis der plagiostomen van den Indischen Archipel. Verh. Bat. gen., 24. 1852. Zesde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Borneo. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 3, p. 407. 1852. Diagnostische beschrijvingen van nieuwe of weinig bekende vischsooried van Sumatra. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 3, p. 569. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 463 BLEEKER, PIETER. 1853. Diagnostische beschrijvingen van nieuwe of weinig bekende vischsoorten van Batavia. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 4, p. 451. ' 1853. Zevende bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna yan Borneo. Nat. : tijds. Ned. Ind., 5, p. 427. 1853. Nalezingen op de ichthyologische fauna van Bengalen en Hindostan. Verh. Bat. gen., 25, Aanhangsel, p. 165. 1854. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Batjan. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 7, p. 359-378. 1854. Specierum Piscium Javanensium novum, ete. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 7, p. 415- 448. 1854-1857. Nieuwe nalezingen op de ichthyologische fauna van Japan. Verh. Bat. gen., 26. 1856. Beschrijvingen van nieuwe of weinig bekende vischsoorten van Amboina, etc. Act. Soe. sci. Ind. Neerl., 1, p. 1. 1856. Carcharias (Prionodon) amblyrhynchus, ete. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 10, p. 467. 1856. ‘Tweede bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het eiland Bintang. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 10, p. 345. 1857-1858. Vierde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Japan. Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 3, p. 1. 1858. Negende en tiende bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Amboina. Act. Soc. scl. Ind. Neerl., 3. 1858. Twaalfde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Borneo. Act. Soe. sci. Ind. Neerl., 5. 1859. Enumeratio specierum piscium hucusque in Archipelago Indico observatarum ete. Act. soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 6. 1860. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Singapoera. Nat. tijds. Ned. Ind., 20, p. 446-456. 1860. Zesde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Japan. Act. Soc. sci. Ind. Neerl., 8. 1862. Mémoire sur les poissons de la céte de Guinée. Nat. verh. Holl. Maatsch. wet. 1863. Deuxiéme notice sur la faune ichthyologische de Vile d’Obi. Ned. tijds. Dierk., 1, p. 239. 1866. Description du Narcacion polleni, espéce inédite des mers de Vile de la Réunion. Ned. tijds. Dierk., 3, p. 171. 1867. Description et figure d’une espéce inédite de Crossorhinus de l’archipel des Moluques. Arch. Neerl., 2, p. 400. 1874. Recherches sur la faune de Madagascar et de ces dépendances d’aprés les dé- couvertes de Francois P. L. Pollen et D. C. van Dam. Leide. 1879. Contribution a la faune ichthyologique de l’ile Maurice. Verh. Kong. akad., 18. Biocu, M. E. 1782-1795. Oeconomische naturgeschichte der fische Deutschlands, ete. 12 vols. Berlin. 1785. Von den vermeinten doppelten zeugungsgliedern der rochen und haye. Schr. Ges. nat. freunde Berlin, 6, p. 377-393. 1785-1795. Naturgeschichte der ausliindischen fische. Berlin. 2 : 1801. Systema ichthyologiae iconibus cx illustratum. Ed. Schneider. 2 vols. Berolini. BLUMENBACH, J. F. 1810. Abbildungen naturhistorischer gegenstiinde. Ed. 2. Gdéttingen. = 2 vy : a 464 ay" THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Biytu, EpwarpD. 1847. [Stegostoma carinatum etc.]. Journ. Asiatic soc. Bengal, 16, p. 725. 1860. The cartilaginous fishes of Lower Bengal. Journ. Asiatic soc. Bengal, 29, p. 35- 45. Bonapscu, J. B. 1761. *** De quibusdam animalibus marinis, etc. Dresden. Bonannl, FILippo. 1773-1782. Rerum naturalium historia. 2 vols. Rome. BonaPaRTE, C. L. 1831. Saggio di una distribuzione metodica degli animali vertebrati. Rome. 1832-1842. Iconografia della faune Italica. 3. Pesci. Rome. 1838-1839. Selachorum tabula analytica. Nuovi ann. sci. nat. Bologna, 2, p. 195-214. Mém. Soe. sci. nat. Neuchatel, 2. 1846. Catalogo metodico dei pesci Europei. Naples. BoNNATERRE, J. P. 1788. Tableau encyclopédique et méthodique des trois régnes de la nature. Ichthyo- logie. Paris. Borcéa, JEAN. 1904. Sur un las de conformation anormale de l’oviducte droit chez une petite roussette Scyllium canicula 2. Bull. Soe. zool. France, 29, p. 138-140. 1904. Quelques considérations sur l’appareil urinaire des elasmobranches. Bull. Soc. zool. France, 29, p. 143-148. 1904. Note complémentaire sur la morphologie du rein des elasmobranches. Bull. Soc. zool. France, 29, p. 209-210. 1904. Sur les etonnoirs segmentaires du Centrina risso salviani o'. Trav. Univ. Rennes, 3; pi 178: 1905. Sur quelques faits relatifs an développement du rein des élasmobranches. Compt. rend. Acad. sci., 140, p. 672-674. 1906. Recherches sur le systéme uro-génital des elasmobranches. Arch. zool., ser. 4, 4, p. 199-484, 2 pls. BorcHert, Max. 1905. Ueber eine bisher unbekannte gesetzmissigkert im zentralnervensystem von Torpedo. Anat. anz., 26, p. 289-292, 2 pls. Bor.ase, WILLIAM. 1758. The natural history of Corwall, ete. Oxford. Bory DE SAINT-VINCENT, J. B. G. M. 1822-1831. Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle. 17 vols. Paris. BouLenGceER, G. A. 1892. Third account of the fishes obtained * * * at Muscat, east coast of Arabia. Proce. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 134-136. 1895. Description of a new eagle-ray from Muscat. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 15, p. 141. 1897. Description of a new ceratopterine eagle-ray from Jamaica. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 20, p. 227-228. 1898. Poissons del’Equateur. Boll. Mus. zool. anat. comp. Torino, 13, no. 329, p. 1-13. 1902. Description of a new South-African galeid selachian. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 10, p. 51-52, 1 pl. BoussuEtus, FRANCISCUS. 1558. *** De natura aquatilium carmen, in alteram partem universae. G. Rondeletii, quam de aquatilibus scripsit ete. Lugduni. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 465 ’ BRACKEL, GREGORIUS A. 1858. De cutis organo quorumdam animalium ordinis Plagiostomorum disquisitiones | microscopicae. Dorpat. ' Bracanga, CaRLos DE. 1899-1904. Resultados das investiga¢ées scientificas fistas a bordo do yacht Amelia. . Pescas maritimas. 1. A pesca do Atum no Algarve em 1898. 2. Ichthyologia. Lisbon. BRAUER, AUGUST. 1906. Die tiefsee-fische. 1. Jena. Braus, HERMANN. 1898. Ueber die innervation der paarigen extremitiiten bei selachiern, holocephalen und dipnoern. Jena. zeitschr., 31, p. 239-468, 9 pls. 1906. Ist die bildung des skeletes von den muskelanlagen abhiingig? Eine experi- mentelle untersuchung an der brustflosse von haiembryonen. Morph. jahrb., 35, p. 240-321, 3 pls. 1906. Zur entwicklungsgeschichte niederer haie. Notizen ueber vorkommen im mit- telmeer, taxonomie, eier und eihiillen dieser fische. Sitzb. K. Preuss. Akad. wiss. Berlin, p. 907-932. 1906. Ueber den embryonalen kiemenapparat von Heptanchus. Anat. Anz., 29, p. 545-560. Brevoort, J. C. 1856. Notes on some figures of Japanese fish. Narrative Perry’s voyage, 2, p. 253- 288, 10 pls. 1863. Enumeration of the fish described and figured by Parra, scientifically named by Felipe Poey. Bripce, T. W. 1904. Fishes * * * Cambridge natural history, 7, p. 139-538. - Broumer, Pavt. ; 1909. Der kopf eines embryos von Chlamydoselachus und die segmentierung des ‘ selachierkopfes. Jena. zeitschr., 44, p. 647-698, 4 pls. Brookes, RicHarp. 1763. A new *** system of natural history, etc. 6 vols. London. Broussonet, P. M. C. 1780. Sur les differentes espéces de chiens de mer. Mém. Acad. roy. sci., p. 641-680. Browne, Patrick. 1756. The civil and natural history of Jamaica, ete. London. Brucu, Cart. 1860. Etudes sur l’appareil de la génération chez les sélaciens. Strasburg. 1861. Ueber die mittelhand der fische. Zeitschr. wiss. zool., 11, p. 165-169, 1 pl. Brtwnicu, M. T. 1768. Ichthyologia Massiliensis, sistens piscium descriptiones eorumque apud incolas nomina. Accedunt spolia maris Adriatici. Hafniae et Lipsiae. BUCHANAN, AFTERWARDS HAMILTON, FRANCIS. 1822... An account of the fishes found in the river Ganges and its branches. Edin- burgh & London. BurckHarpt, Rup. 1900. On the luminous organs of selachian fishes. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 7, 6, p. 558-568. 1900. Beitriige zur anatomie und systematik der laemargiden. Anat. anz., 18, p. 488- 492. i — SS ee See 466 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Bur.enp, T. H. 1910. The urogenital organs of Chimaera monstrosa. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 570-534. Buscu, WILHELM. 1848. De selachiorum et ganoideorum encephalo. Berlin. CAMPER, PETER. 1787. Anmerk. ueber gegenw. werk von Monro. Schneider’s Vergl. bau und phys. der fische. Leipzig. Camus, A. G. 1783. Histoire des animaux d’Aristote. 2 vols. Paris. CANESTRINI, GIOVANNI. 1864. Sopra alcuni pesci poco noti o nuovi del Mediterraneo. Mem. Real accad. sci. Torino, ser. 2, 21, p. 359-868, 2 pls. 1871-1872. I pesci. Fauna Ital., pt. 3. Milan. Cantor, T. E. 1837. Description of a new species of Zygaena. Quart. med. journ. Calcutta, p. 315- 320. Trans. Med. phys. soc., 8, p. eexi-cexv. 1845. Notice of the foetus of Zygaena laticeps, Cantor. Ann. mag. nat. hist., 16, p. 372-374. 1849. Catalogue of Malayan fishes. Journ. Asiatic soc. Bengal, 18, p. 983-1443. CaPELLo, F. DE B. 1867. Peixes novos de Portugal e da Africa occidental, ete. Jorn. sci. math. phys. nat. Lisboa, 1, p. 154-169. 1867. Descripcado de dois peixes novos provenientes dos mares de Portugal. Jorn. sci. math. phys. nat. Lisboa, 1, p. 314-317, 1 pl. 1870. Catalogo dos peixes de Portugal que existem no Museu de Lisboa. Jorn. Acad. sci. Lisboa, 2, p. 51-63, 131-1538, 223-228. 1872. Primeira lista dos peixes de Ilha da Madeira, Acores e das possessdes Portugezas d’Africa, que existem no Museu de Lisboa. Jorn. sci. math. phys. nat. Lisboa, 3, p. 83-88, 280-282. Carazzi, Dav. 1904. Sulla Selache maxima Gunn. Zool. anz., 28, p. 161-165. 1905. Sul sistema arterioso di Selache maxima e di altri Squalidi, ete. Anat. anz., 26, p. 63-96, 124-134. Caruccio, ANTONIO. 1908. Sovraun Rhinobatus halavi Riipp., ete. Boll. Soe. zool. Ital., ser. 2, 9, p. 97-105. Casten,. Rick: 1801. Histoire naturel des poissons avec les figures dessinées d’apres nature par Bloch. 10 vols. Paris. CasTELNAU, F. L. DE L. DE. 1855-1859. Animaux nouveaux ou rares, etc. 3 vols. Paris. 1872. Contributions to the ichthyology of Australia. Proc. Zool. accl. soe. Victoria, 1, p. 29-247, 1 pl. 1873. Contributions to the ichthyology of Australia. Proc. Zool. accl. soc. Victoria, 2, p. 37-158. CAVENDISH, HENRY. 1776. [Torpedo]. Philos. trans., 66. CHaupuuRI, B. L. 1908. Description of a new species of saw-fish, ete. Rec. Ind. mus., 2, p. 391-392. “a 2 i ee BIBLIOGRAPHY. 467 Cueeseman, T. F. 1891. Notice of the occurrence of the Basking shark (Selache maxima, L.) in New Zea- land. Trans. N. Z. inst., 28, p. 126-127. - CuIARuGI, GIULIO. 1906. Della regione parafisaria del telencefalo e di alcuni ispessimenti del corrispondente ectoderma tegumentario in embrioni di Torpedo ocellata. Arch. Ital. anat. embr. ‘ Firenze, 5, p. 359-375, 3 pls. : CLAVIGERO, F. S. 1789. Storia della California. Opera postuma. * * _ Croquet, HIpPoLyTe. 1816-1830. Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles, etc. 60 vols. Paris and Strasburg. Cuiusius, CAROLUS. 1605. Exoticorum libri decem: quibus animalium, plantarum, aromatum, aliorumque peregrinorum fructuum historiae describuntur: item Petri Bellonii observationes, eodem Carolo Clusio interprete. Antwerp. Cocco, ANASTASIO. 1836. Su di una nuova razza. (Raja). Atti Accad. Gioénia, 11, p. 85-88. = Cocks, W. P. 1850. LHchinorhinus spinosus. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 2, 5, p. 71. _ Coaat, ALESSANDRO. 1891. Les vésicules de Savi et les organes de la ligne latérale chez les torpilles. Arch. Ital. biol., 16, p. 216-224, 1 pl. 1891. Sur le développement des ampoules de Lorenzini. -Arch. Ital. biol., 16, p. 253- e 261. 1891. Un’ anomalia in un embrione di selachio. Mem. Accad. Bologna, ser. 5, 2, p. 760-772, 1 pl. * 2 vols. Venice. , 1893. Zur abwehr. Zool. anz., 16, p. 120-122. m Corrs, R. J. 4 1910. Observations on the habits and distribution of certain fishes taken on the coast : of North Carolina. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 28, p. 337-348. _ Couterr, Roserr. : 1875. Norges fiske, med Bemaerkninger om deres Udbredelse. Vid. Selsk. forh. : 1878. Fiske, indsamlede under den Norske Nordhavs-expeditions 2 forste togter 1876 3 og 1877. Vid. Selsk. forh., no. 14. hs 1879. Meddelelser om Norges fiske i Aarene 1875-78. Vid Selsk. forh., no. 1, 107 pp., : 2 pls. : 1880. The Norwegian North Atlantic expedition 1876-1878. Zoology. Fishes. ; 1881. Raja nidrosiensis, en ny rokke fra Throndhjemsfjorden. Ved. Selsk. forh., no. 7, Ss | | 1882. Myliobatis aquila (Lin.), ny for Norges fauna. Vid. Selsk. forh., no. 29, 4 pp. 1890. Sur quelques poissons rapportés de Madére par le Prince de Monaco. Bull. Soc. ; zool. France, 15, p. 218-224. ; 1896. Poissons provenant des campagnes du yacht |’Hirondelle (1885-1888). Monaco. 1897. On Chlamydoselachus anguineus, Garm. A remarkable shark found in Norway, 1896. Christiania. 1902-1905. Meddelelser om Norges fiske i Aarene 1884-1901. Suppl. Norges fiske, 1-3. Vid. Selsk. forh. 468 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. CoLuettT, ROBERT. 1904. Diagnoses of four hitherto undescribed fishes from the depths south of the Faroe Islands. Vid. Selsk. forh., no. 9, 7 pp. . 1905. Fiske indsamlede under “Michael Sars” Togter 1 Nordhavet 1900-1902. Rept. Norwegian fish & marine invest., 2, no. 3, 151 pp., 2 pls. 1905. Meddelelser om Norges fiske i aarene 1884-1901. Vid. Selsk. forh., no. 7. CoLuMNA, Fasrus. 1616. *** Aquatilium observationes. Romae. 1744. PYTOBALANOS, cui accessit vita Fabii et Lynceorum notitia adnotationesque in ®PLYTOBAZSANON Jano Planci auctore, ete. Ed. 2. Florentiae. Cooper, J. G. ; 1864. On new genera and species of Californian fishes.— No. III. Proe. Cal. acad. nat. sci., 3, p. 108-114. Corr, E. D. 1877. Synopsis of the cold blooded Vertebrata, procured by Prof. James Orton during his exploration of Peru in 1876-77. Proc. Amer. philos. soe., 17, p. 33-49. 1884. A Carboniferous genus of sharks still living. Science, 3, p. 275-276. 1884. The skull of a still living shark of the Coal measures. Amer. nat., 18, p. 412-413. 1884. Pleuracanthus and Didymodus. Science, 3, p. 645-646. 1884. On the structure of the skull in the elasmobranch genus Didymodus. Proce. Amer. philos. soc., 21, p. 572-590, 1 pl. CorNALIA, EMILio. 1856. Sulle branchie transitorie dei feti Plagiostomi ricordi di Nizza (estate 1856) Giorn. Reale istituto Lombardo, 9. CoORNIDE, JOS. 1788. Ensayo de una historia de los peces y otras producciones marinas de la costa de Galicia, ete. Madrid. : CorNIsH, THOMAS. 1870. On a shark captured in Mount’s Bay on June 11, 1870, supposed to be identical with the Basking shark of Pennant and the Broadheaded gazer of Couch. Zoologist, ser. 2, 6, p. 2253-2260. Costa, O. G. 1854-1857. Sopra talune specialita anatomiche o fisiologiche de pesci, selacini 0 plagio- stomi. Fauna Napoli. Pesci, 2-3. Coster, J.J. C. V. 1867. Durée de l’incubation des oeufs de roussette. Compt. rend. Acad. sci., 64, p. 99-100. 1867. On the incubation of the eggs of the Small spotted dog fish (Seyllium catulus). — Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 3, 19, p. 227. CoucH, JONATHAN. 1825. Some particulars of the natural history of fishes found in Cornwall. Trans. Linn. soc. Lond., 14, p. 69-92. 1838. Description of a species of ray-fish, not hitherto included in the British fauna. Charlesworth’s mag. nat. hist., 2, p. 71-73. 1838-1844. A Cornish fauna, etc. 3 pts. Truro. 1846. Account of the capture, in Cornwall, of * * * Notidanus griseus ***. Zoologist, 4, p. 1337-1340. 1847. On the egg-purse and embryo of a species of Myliobatus. Rept. Brit. assoc. adv. sci., 16, p. 80. 1862-1867. eth hiro eee ee en oe i a BIBLIOGRAPHY. 469 CRESSWELL, RICHARD. 1887. Aristotle’s History of animals. In ten books. London. CuBA, JOANNES. 1536. Hortus sanitatis. Argentoratus. CunNINGHAM, R. O. 1871. Notes on the reptiles, amphibians, fishes, etc, obtained during the voyage of H. M. S. “Nassau” in the years 1866-69. Trans. Linn. soc. Lond., 27, p. 465-502, 2 pls. moyen. G. L. C. F. D. 1817. Lerégne animal. 4 vols. Paris. 1829. Le régne animal. 5 vols. Paris. DaRBISHIRE, A. D. ‘ 1907. On the direction of the aqueous current in the spiracle of the dogfish, ete. Journ. Linn. soc. Lond. Zool., 30, p. 86-94. DavuBEntTon, L. J. M. 1787. Poissons. Encyclopédie methodique Histoire naturelle. 3. avis, J. W.. 1887. The fossil fishes of the Chalk of Mount Lebanon in Syria. Trans. Roy. Dublin soc. ser. 2, 3, p. 457-636, pl. 14-38. Davy, Humpurey. 1829. An account of some experiments on the Torpedo. Philos. trans., p. 15-18. Davy, JoHN. 1832. An account of some experiments and observations on the Torpedo. Philos. trans., p. 259-278. 1834. Observations on the Torpedo, ete. Philos. trans., p. 531-550. 1839. On the male organs of some of the cartilaginous fishes. Philos. trans., p. 189-150. 1839. Researches, physiological and anatomical. 2 vols. London. 1863. Physiological researches. London & Edinburgh. Day, FRANCIS. 1865. The fishes of Malabar. London. 1873. Report on the freshwater fish and fisheries of India and Burma. Calcutta. 1875-1888. The fishes of India, ete. London. 1880-1884. The fishes of Great Britain and Ireland. 2 vols. London. 1887. Zygaena dissimilis Murray. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 20, p. 389. 1889. The fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Fishes. 2 vols. Lon- don. DEAN, BASHFORD. 1895. Fishes, living and fossil, etc. New York. 1903. Additional specimens of the Japanese shark, Mitsukurina. . Science, 17, p. 630— 631. = DeKay, J. E. 1840. Catalogue of the animals belonging to the state of New York, as far as they have been figured and described. Geol. survey N. Y. 1842. The fishes of New York. Zoology of New York, pt.4. The fishes. 1855. Catalogue of the fishes inhabiting the state of New York, as classified and described in part IV of the New York fauna, with an appendix containing a list of the fishes inhabiting the state, discovered since the publication of the zoology. New York. DELAROCHE, FRANCOIS. 1807. Sur les ouvertures du péritoine dans les raies * * * et les squales. Nouv. bull. sci. Soc. philom., 1, p. 197-198. 470 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. DELAROCHE, FRANCOIS. 1809. Observations sur des poissons recueillis dans un voyage aux iles Baléares et Pythiuses. Ann. Mus. hist. nat., 13, p. 98-122, 313-361. De rin, F. T. 1899-1901. Catalogo de los peces de Chile. Revista Chil., 3, 1902. Nuevas especies de la familia Rajidae. Revista Chil., 6, p. 262-270. DESANCcTIs, L. 1872. Embriogenia degli organi eleltrici della Torpedini, ete. Atti Real accad. sei. fis. 41nt.; DB. DESLONGCHAMPS, EupEs. 1853. Mémoire sur une Raie bouclée monstrueuse. Mém. Soc. Linn. Normandie, 9, p. 138-144. DesmarEst, A. G. 1823. Premiére décade ichthyologique ou description complete de dix espéces de pois- sons nouvelles, ou imparfaitement connues, habitant la mer qui baigne les cétes de Vile de Cuba. Mem. Soc. Linn. Paris, 2.> DEVis, C. W. 1883. Descriptions of new genera and species of Australian fishes. Proc. Linn. soc. N. S. Wales, 8, p. 283-289. DoDERLEIN, PIETRO. 1878-1879. Prospetto metodico della varie specie di pesci riscontrate nella acque marine e fluviale della Sicilia etc. Palermo. 1879-1891. Manuale ittiologico del Mediterraneo, etc. 1-5. Palermo. DoFLEIn, FRANZ. 1906. Ostasienfahrt. Leipzig. Dourn, ANTON. $ 1904. Studien zur urgeschichte der wirbelthierkérpers. 23. Die mandibularhdéle : der selachier. 24. Die praemandibularhohle. Mitth. Zool. stat. Neapel, 17, p. — 1-294, 16 pls. ; Dotto, Louts. ; ee ne ee ee 1904. Résultats du voyage du S. Y. Belgica. Poissons. Hi Donnvorrr, J. A. } 1792-1798. Zoologische beytrige zur XIII. Ausgabe des Linnéischen natursystems. — 3 vols. Leipzig. | Donovan, EDWARD. 1802-1808. ‘The natural history of British fishes, ete. 5 vols. London. » Dr6scHER, WILHELM. 1881. Beitrage zur kenntniss der histologischen struktur der kiemen der plagiostomen. Leipzig. Dv Bots-REeymonp, E. H. | 1888. Bemerkungen ueber einige neuere versuche an Torpedo. Math. nat. mitth., 5, | p. 353. DuHAMEL DU Moncrau, H. L. anp La Marre, L. H. pe. 1769-1782. Traité général des péches, et histoire des poissons qu’elles fournissent, etc. — 4 vols. Paris. DuMERIL, AUGUSTE. 1806. Zoologie analytique, ete. Paris. 1852. Monographie de la famille des torpédiniens, etc. Rev. mag. zool., ser. 2, 4, p. 176-189, 227-244, 270-285. 1853. Monographie de la tribu des scylliens, etc. Rev. mag. zool., ser, 2, 5, p. 8-25, 73-87, 119-130, 1 pl. ¢ 2 + BIBLIOGRAPHY. 471 Dumeérit, AUGUSTE. 1856. Ichthyologie analytique, etc. Mem. Acad. sci. Inst. imper. France, 27. 1861. Reptiles et poissons d’Afrique occidentale. Arch. Mus. hist. nat., 10, p. 137-268, pl. 13-23. 1865-1870. Histoire naturelle des poissons ou ichthyologie générale. 2 vols. Paris. Epwarps, GEORGE. 1758-1764. Gleanings of natural history.*** 3 pts. London. Ecepr, Hans. 1746. Beschryving van Oud-Groenland of eigentlyk van de zoogenaamde Straat Davis, etc. Delft. 1763. Description et histoire naturelle du Groenland. EHLERS, ERNST. 1878. Die epiphyse am gehirn der plagiostomen. Zeitschr. wiss. zool. Suppl., 30, p. 607-634, 2 pls. EIcHwatp, C. E. von. 1819. De selachis Aristotelis zoologiae geographicae specimen inaugurale, etc. Vilnae. EIGENMANN, C. H. 1889. On the genesis of the color-cells of fishes. West Amer. scientist, 6, p. 61-62. 1892. The fishes of San Diego. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 15, p. 123-178, 9 pls. 1910. Catalogue of the fresh-water fishes of tropical and temperate America. Prince- ton univ. exp., 3, p. 375-511. EIGENMANN, C. H. anp R. S. 1892. A catalogue of the fishes of the Pacific coast of America north of Cerros Island. Ann. N. Y. acad. sci., 6, p. 349-358. EIGENMANN, R. S. 1890. Description of a new species of Euprotomicrus. Proc. Cal. Acad. sci., ser. 2, 3, p. 35. ENGEL, HEINRICH. 1909. Die zihne am rostrum der pristiden. Zool. jahrb. Anat., 29, p. 51-100, 4 pls. ERMAN, ADOLPH. 1835. Verzeichniss von thieren und pflanzen, welche auf einer reise um die erde gesam- melt wurden. Berlin. EurPHRASEN, B. A. 1790. Raja narinart beskrifven. Vet. Akad. Nya handl., 11, p. 217. Evans, WILLIAM. 1905. The Porbeagle (Zamna cornubica) in the Firth of Forth. Ann. Scott. nat. hist., p. 56. EvEeRMANN, B. W. Aanp JENKINS, O. B. 1891. Report upon a collection of fishes made at Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, with de- scriptions of new species. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 14, p. 121-166, 2 pls. EvEeRMANN, B. W. anp KENDALL, W. C. 1894. The fishes of Texas and the Rio Grande Basin, ete. Bull. U.S. fish comm., 12, ; p. 57-126, 41 pls. 1900. Check list of the fishes of Florida. Rept. U.S. fish comm. for 1899, p. 35-104. 1906. Notes on a collection of fishes from Argentina, South America, ete. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 31, p. 67-108. a EVERMANN, B. W. anp Marsa, M. C. 1902. The fishes of Porto Rico. Bull. U.S. fish comm., 20. Ewart, J. C. 1888. The electric organ of the skate, the electric organ of Raza radiata. Philos. trans., p. 539. 472 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Ewart, J. C. | 1889. On the cranial nerves of elasmobranch fishes. Proc. Roy. soc. Lond. 45, p. 524- Bore Ewart, J. C. anpD MircHeLL, P. C. 1893. Lateral sense organs of elasmobranchs. 2 pts. Edinburgh. FaBER, FRIEDRICH. 1829. Naturgeschichte der fische Islands, ete. Frankfurt a M. Faser, G. L. 1883. The fisheries of the Adriatic and the fish thereof, ete. London. Fasricius, OTHo. 1780. Fauna Groenlandica, etc. Hafniae etc. Faccroua, L. 1894. Cattura di un Carcharodon rondeletit M. &. H., etc. Nat. Sicil., 18, p. 182-184. Face, Louis. , 1907. Essai sur la faune des poissons des Iles Baléares, ete. Arch. zool. expér., ser. 4, 7, p. 69-94, 1 pl. FERMIN, PHILIPPE. 1765. Histoire naturelle de le Hollande équinoxiale, ete. Amsterdam. 1769. Description * * * de la colonie de Surinam, etc. 2 vols. Amsterdam. Fiurppi, FILippo DE. 1852. Nota sopra una singolare monstruosita di una razza. Nouv. ann. Soc. nat. Bologna, ser. 3, 5, p. 65- 1853. Nouvelles espéces de poissons. Rev. mag. zool., ser. 2, 5, p. 164-171. FiscHer, J. G. 1884. Ueber einige Afrikanische reptilien, amphibien, und fische des Naturhistorischen museums. Jahresb. Mus. Hamb., 1, p. 1-39. FLEMING, JOHN. 1822. The philosophy of zoology, ete. 2 vols. Edinburgh & London. 1828. A history of British animals, ete. Edinburgh & London. 1841. Description of a species of skate, new to the British fauna (Hieroptera abredonensis). Edinb. philos. journ., 31, p. 236. ForskAu, Pehr. 1775. Descriptiones animalium, etc. Hauniae. Forster, J. R. 1781. Indische zoologie. ** * Zoologica Indica, etc. Halle. 1844. Descriptiones animalium etc. Berolini. Fouts, RoBert. 1852. [Description of a large shark, Squalus maximus]. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 4, p. 202-206. Fow er, H. W. 1901. Types of fishes. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 53, p. 327-341, 4 pls. 1903. A review of the elasmobranchiate fishes of Japan. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 26, p. 593-674, 2 pls. 1904. A collection of fishes from Sumatra. Journ. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., ser. 2, 12, p. 495-560, 22 pls. 1905. Some fishes from Borneo. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 57, p. 455-523. 1906. Some cold-blooded vertebrates of the Florida Keys. Proc. Acad. nat. sei. Phil., 68, p. 77-113, 2 pls. 1907. A collection of fishes from Victoria, Australia, Proc, Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 59, p. 419-444, “= % ; H } | BIBLIOGRAPHY. 473 Fow er, H. W. 1908. Notes on sharks. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 60, p. 52-70. 1910. Notes on batoid fishes. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 62, p. 468-475. FRANTzIUS, ALEXANDER VON. 1850. Ueber den glatten hai des Aristoteles. Arb. ver. Schles. gesellsch., p. 37-39. FRANZ, V. 1906. Beobachtungen am lebenden selachierauge. Jena. zeitschr., 41, p. 428-471. FREMINVILLE, C. P. DE LA Porx DE. ‘ 1840. [Cestracion quoyi]. Mag. zool., ser. 2, 2, 4 pp., 1 pl. FreziER, A. F. 1716. Relation du voyage de la mer du sud aux cétes du Chiliet du Perou, ete. Paris. Frizs, B. F. 1838. Granskning af de vid Svenska kuster na forekommande arter af fisk-sligtet Raja. Handl. Kongl. vet. akad. Stockholm, p. 126-164. Friss, B. F., anp Exstrom, C. M. 1836-(1857|. Skandinaviens fiskar, etc. Stockholm. Fries, B. F., Exstrom, C. U., anp SUNDEVALL, C. J. 1893-1895. A history of Scandinavian fishes. 2 vols. Stockholm. Fritscn, G. T. 1886. Ergebnisse der vergleichungen an den elektrischen organen der torpedinen. Arch. anat. phys., p. 358-370. 1887-1890. Die electrischen fische, etc. Leipzig. FURBRINGER, Karl. 1903. Beitrige zur kenntnis des visceralskelets der selachier. Morph. jahrb., 31, p. 360-445, 3 pls., p. 620-622. FURBRINGER, Max. 1895. Ueber die mit dem visceralskelet verbundenen spinalen muskeln bei selachiern. Jena. zeitschr., 30, p. 127-136. Futon, T. W. 1904. The rate of growth of fishes. Rept. Fish. board Scotland, 22, p. 141-241, 7 pls. 1904. Ichthyological notes. Rept. Fish. board Scotland, 22, p. 281-288, 1 pl. GaAIMARD, J. P. 1838-1851. Voyage en Islande et au Groénland, ete. Paris. GARMAN, SAMUEL. 1874-1875. On the skates (Rajae) of the eastern coast of the United States. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 17, p. 170-181. 1877. On the pelvis and external sexual organs of selachians, with especial reference to the new genera Potamotrygon and Disceus, etc. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 19, p. 197-215. 1880. Newspecies of selachians in the Museum collection. Bull. M. C. Z., 6, p. 167-172. 1881. Synopsis and descriptions of the American Rhinobatidae. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 3p. 516-523. 1881. Report on the selachians. Bull. M. C. Z., 8, p. 231-238. 1882. The American species of the genus Dasibatis. Bull. 16, U.S. nat. mus., p. 65- 72; 1884. Anextraordinary shark. Bull. Essex inst., 16, p. 47-55. 1884. A species of Heptranchias supposed to be new. Bull. Essex inst., 16, p. 56-57. 1884. A peculiar selachian. Science, 3, p. 116-117. 1884. ‘The oldest living type of Vertebrata’ Chlamydoselachus. Science, 3, p. 346. 1884. The oldest living type of vertebrates. Science, 4, p. 484. 474. THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. GARMAN, SAMUEL. 1885. On the Frilled shark. Proc. Amer. assoc. adv. sci., 33, p. 537-5388. 1885. Chlamydoselachus anguineus, Garm.— A living species of cladodont shark. Bull. M. C. Z., 12, p. 1-36, 20 pls. 1885. Notes and descriptions taken from selachians in the U. 5. national museum. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 8, p. 39-44. 1887. The tail of Chlamydoselachus. Science, 9, p. 267. 1888. On the lateral canal system of the Selachia and Holocephala. Bull. M. C. Z., 17, p. 57-120, 53 pls. 1899. The fishes. [Albatross 1891 Exp.]. Mem. M. C. Z., 24. 1901. Genera and families of the chimaeroids. Proc. N. E. zool. club, 2, p. 75-78. 1904. The chimaeroids, etc. Bull. M. C. Z., 41, p. 243-272, 15 pls. 1906. New Plagiostomia. Bull. M. C. Z., 46, p. 201-208. 1908. New Plagiostomia and Chismopnea. Bull. M. C. Z., 51, p. 249-256. 1911. The Chismopnea (chimaeroids). Mem. M. C. Z., 40, p. 79-102. GEGENBAUR, CARL. 1864-1872. Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden anatomie der wirbelthiere. Leipzig. GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE, Errenne. 1802. Note sur quelques habitudes communes au requin et au pilote. Bull. Soc. philom., 3, p. 113-114. : 1806. Note sur quelques habitudes de la * * * rousette. Ann. mus., 7, p. 227-230. 1807. Observations sur l’affection mutuelle de quelques animaux, et particuliérement sur les services rendus au requin par le pilote. Ann. mus. 9, p. 469-476. 1811. Note sur deux espéces d’Emissole. Ann. mus., 17, p. 160-163. GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE, ISIDORE. . 1827. Histoire naturelle des poissons de Ja mer Rouge et de la Méditerranee. France. Commission d’Egypte. 1. Gervais, F. L. P. 1864. Cas de polymélie, ete. Compt. rend. Acad. sci., 59, p. 800-802. 1876. [Cetorhinus maximus]. Journ. zool., 5, p. 319-327, pl. 13-15. Gervais, F. L. P. anp Gervais, H. F. P. 1876. Observations relatives 4 un Squale pélerin, ete. Compt. rend. Acad. sci., 82, p. 1237-1241. Gervais, H. F. P. anp Bounart, R. A. 1876-1877. Les poissons, etc. 3 vols. Paris. GESNER, CONRAD. 1551-1587. Historiae animalium * * * Liber III. *** Pisctum ***. Tiguri. : GIGHon., EH: 1880. Elenco, etc. Florence. GILBERT, C. H. 1892. Descriptions of thirty-four new species of fishes, ete. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 14, p. 539-566. . 1895. The ichthyological collections of the steamer Albatross, etc. Rept. U. S. fish comm., p. 393-476, 16 pls. 1899. Report on fishes obtained by the steamer Albatross in the vicinity of Santa Catalina Island and Monterey Bay. Rept. U.S. fish comm., p. 23-29, 2 pls. 1905. The deep-sea fishes of the Hawaian Islands. Bull. U. S. fish comm., 23, p. 575- 714, 36 pls. GILBERT, C. H. anp Starks, E. C. 1904. The fishes of Panama Bay. Mem. Cal. acad. sci., 4. be ‘ GILBERT, C. H. anp Toompson, J. C. 1 1905. Notes on the fishes of Puget Sound. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 28, p. 973-988. 7 GILL, THEODORE. 1857. On the fishes of New York. Ann. rept. Smith. inst. for 1856, p. 253-270. 1860. [Review of Girard’s Fishes in Pacific R. R. report]. | Amer. journ. sci., ser. 2, 30, p. 277-281. 1861. Catalogue of the fishes of the eastern coast of North America, from Greenland to Georgia. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 63 pp. 1861. Analytical synopsis of the order Squali, ete. Ann. N. Y. lye., 7, p. 367*-408. 1862. Note on some genera of fishes of western North America. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 329-332. 1862. On the classification of the families and genera of the Squali of California. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 483-501. 1863. Descriptive enumeration of a collection of fishes from the western coast of Central America, ete. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 162-174. 1864. Second contribution to the selachology of California. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 147-151. 1864. On the affinities of several doubtful British fishes. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 199-208. 1864. Synopsis of the eastern American sharks. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 258-265. 1865. Ona new generic type of sharks. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 177. 1865. Synopsis of the fishes of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Bay of Fundy. Can. nat., new ser., 2, p. 244-266. 1865. Note on the family of myliobatoids, and on a new species of Aitobatis. Ann. N. Y. lye., 8, p. 1385-138. 1872. Arrangement of the families of fishes, ete. Smith. mise. coll. 11. 1873. Catalogue of the fishes of the east coast of North America. Smith. mise. coll., 14. 1877. Anew species of Chimaera found in American waters. Bull. Philos. soc. Washing- ton, 2, p. 182. 1883. Diagnosis of new genera and species of deep-sea fish-like vertebrates. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 6, p. 2538-256. 1894. The nomenclature of the Myliobatidae or Aétobatidae. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 17, p. 111-114. 1896. Notes on the synonymy of the Torpedinidae or Narcobatidae. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 18, p. 161-166. 1896. Notes on the nomenclature of Scymnus or Scymnorhinus, etc. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 18, p. 191-194. 1896. Notes on the genus Cephaleutherus of Rafinesque, etc. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 18, p. 195-198. 1896. Notes on Orectolobus, ete. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 18, p. 211-212. 1903. The use of the name Torpedo for the Electric catfish. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 697-698. 1903. On some neglected genera of fishes. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 26, p. 959-962. 1905. On the habits of the Great whale shark (Rhineodon typus). Science, new ser., 21, p. 790-791. GitL, THEODORE and Bransrorp, J. F. 1877. Synopsis of the fishes of Lake Nicaragua. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 175-191. GILL, THEODORE and TownseEnD, C. H. 1897. Diagnosis of new species of fishes found in Bering Sea. Proc. Biol. soc. Washing- ton, 11, p. 231-234. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 475 4 476 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Giorna, M. E. 1805. Grande raie. Mem. Acad. sci. Turin, 2, p. 4. Giovio, PAouo. 1524. *** De piscibus Romanis libellum. Rome. 1531. *** De piscibus Romanis libellum. Rome. 1560. Libro di Mons. P. Giovio de’ pesci Romani. Venetia. GIRARD, C. F. 1854. Characteristics of some cartilaginous fishes of the Pacific coast of North America. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 7, p. 196-197. 1856. Contributions to the ichthyology of the western coast of the United States, ete. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 8, p. 131-137. 1857. A list of the fishes collected in California, ete. Bost. journ. nat. hist., 6, p. 533-541. 1858. Fishes. Rept. Pacific R. R. Washington. GMELIN, C. C. 1839. Gemeinniitzige systematische naturgeschichte der fische, ete. Ed. 2. Mann- hein. : GMELIN, J. F. 1788-1793. Linné *** Systema Naturae. Pisces. 1789. 1, pt. 3. Lipsiae. Goupruss, G. A. 1820. Handbuch der zoologie. 2 vols. Niirnberg. Goopkg, G. B. 1876. Catalogue of the fishes of the Bermudas. Bull. 5, U.S. nat. mus. 1877. A preliminary catalogue of the reptiles, fishes and leptocardians of the Bermudas, etc. Amer. journ. sci., ser. 3, 14, p. 289-298. Goong, G. B. and Bran, T. H. 1879. A catalogue of the fishes of Essex county, Massachusetts, including the fauna of Massachusetts Bay, ete. Bull. Essex inst., 11, p. 1-38. 1883. Report on the fishes. [Exp. Blake]. Bull. M. C. Z., 10, p. 183-226. 1895. On Harriotta, a new type of chimaeroid fish from the deeper waters of the north- western Atlantic. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 17, p. 471-474, 1 pl. 1896. Oceanic ichthyology, ete. Mem. M. C. Z., 22. Goopk, G. B. AND OTHERS. é 1884. The fisheries and fishery industries of the United States. 2 vols. Washington. GOODENOUGH, SAMUEL. 1797. A description of the Porbeagle shark, the Squalus cornubicus of Gmelin, var. a. Trans. Linn. soe. Lond., 3, p. 80-83, 1 pl. Goopey, T. 1910. A centribution to the skeletal anatomy of the Frilled shark, Chlamydoselachus anguineus Gar. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 540-571, 5 pls. Goss lh E. ; 1851. A naturalist’s sojourn in Jamaica. London. 1851. Natural history. Fishes. London. GRATZIANOW, VALERIAN. 1906. Ueber eine besondere gruppe der rochen. Zool. anz., 30, p. 399-406. 1907. [Malacobatis, gen. n. for Raia mucosa Pallas; Synop. tabelle der Plagiostomi]. Trd. otd. ichth. Moskva, 4. GRAVENHORST, J. L. C. 1807. Vergleichen de uebersicht des Linneischen und einiger neuern zoologischen sys- teme, Gdéttingen. | BIBLIOGRAPHY. 47 Gray, J. E. 1831-1844. The zoological miscellany. London. 1851. List of *** fish in the British museum. Part 1. Chondropterygii. London. 1854. Catalogue of fish collected and described by L. T. Gronow, ete. London. Gray, J. E. anp Harpwicke, THOMAS. 1830-1835. Illustrations of Indian zoology, ete. 2 vols. London. GriFFITH, EDWARD AND SmiTH, C. H. 1834. Pisces. Cuvier’s Anim. kingdom, 10. London. Gronovius, L. T. 1754-1756. Museum ichthyologicum, ete. Lugduni Batavorum. 1763-1781. Zoophylacium Gronovianum, ete. Lugduni Batavorum. GupceEr, E. W. 1907. A note on the Hammerhead shark (Sphyrna zygaena) and its food. Science, 25, p. 1005-1006. F GUntTHeER, ALBERT. 1866. [Central American fishes]. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 600-604. 1867. An account of the fishes of the states of Central America. Trans. Zool. soc. Lond., 6, p. 8377-494, pl. 63-87. 1870. Catalogue of the fishes in the British museum, 8. London. 1871. Report on several collections of fishes recently obtained for the British museum. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 652-675, pl. 53-70. 1873. [Reptiles and fishes of the South Sea Islands]. Brenchley’s Jottings during the cruise of H. M.S. Curacgoa. London. 1874. Third notice of a collection of fishes made by Mr. Swinhoe in China. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 13, p. 154-159. 1876. Remarks on fishes, with descriptions of new species in the British museum, chiefly from southern seas. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 17, p. 389-402. 1877. Preliminary notes on new fishes collected in Japan during the expedition of H. M.S. Challenger. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 20, p. 433-446. 1878. Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H. M. S. ‘Challenger.’ Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 2, p. 17-28, 179-187, 248-251. 1878. Raia murrayi. Philos. trans., 168, p. 166. 1880. A contribution to the knowledge of the fish-fauna of the Rio de la Plata. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 6, p. 7-15. 1880. Report on the shore fishes procured during the voyage of H. M. 5S. Challenger. London. 1883. Notes on some Indian fishes in the collection of the British museum. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 11, p. 137-140. 1887. Report on the deep-sea fishes collected by H. M.S. Challenger. London. 1889. Report on the pelagic fishes collected by H. M.S. Challenger. London. 1910. A. Garrett’s Fische der Siidsee. Journ. Mus. Godeftfroy, 3. Guérw-Ménevitte, F. E. 1829-1844. Iconographie du régne animal de G. Cuvier, ete. Paris & Londres. GUICHENOT, ALPHONSE. 1848. [Reptiles and fishes of Chile]. Gay’s Historia. Zoologia, 2. Paris & Santiago. 1850. [Reptiles and fishes of Algeria]. Expl. scient. Algérie. Zoologie, 3. Paris. 1855. [Fishes of Cuba]. Sagra’s Historia. Zoologia, 4. 1866. Catalogue des poissons de Madagascar, etc. Mem. Soc. imp. sci. nat. Cher- bourg, 12. 478 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. GunnERUS, J. E. 1766 [1763]. On Pristiurus melastomus. Dronth. ges. schr., 2, p. 249. 1766. On Somniosus brevipinna. Dronth. ges. schr., 2, p. 299. 1767. Beschreibung des brugden (Squalus maximus). Dronth. ges. schr., 3, p. 28-43. 1770. Von einem jungen haybrand (Squalus sp. L.). Norsk. vid. selsk. skr., 4, p. 1-12. GUTHKE, ERNST. . 1906. Embryologische studien iiber die ganglien und nerven des kopfes von Torpedo ocellata. Jena. zeitschr., 42, p. 1-60, pl. 1-3. HALLMANN, EDUARD. 1840. Ueber den bau des hodens und die entwicklung der saamenthiere der rochen. Arch. anat. phys., p. 467-474, pl. 15. ALY, JA; 1883. Occurrence of Rhinodon typicus, Smith, on the west coast of Ceylon. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 5, 12, p. 48-49. HAMILTON, FRANCIs. See Buchanan afterwards Hamilton, Francis. HaMILTON, ROBERT. 1843. British fishes. Jardine’s Naturalist’s library, 37, 39. Also 36, 37 editions 1845-1846, 1852-1854. Har.ess, Emit. 1850. Ueber den zahnbau von Myliobatis, ete. Abh. Kong. Bayr. akad. wiss., 5, p. 841-876. Hassg, C. 1878. Das natiirliche system der elasmobranchier, ete. Zool. anz., 1, p. 144-148, 167— i72. 1879-1885. Das natiirliche system der elasmobranchier, ete. Jena. Hawkes, Mrs. O. A. M. 1907. On the abdominal viscera * * * in Chlamydoselachus. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 471-478. ; 1907. The cranial and spinal nerves of Chlamydoselachus anguineus (Gar.). Proc. Zool. soe. Lond., p. 959-991, 2 pls. Hector, JAMES. 1872. Fishes of New Zealand, ete. Wellington. 1877. Notes on New Zealand ichthyology. Trans. N. Z. inst., 9, p. 465-469, 3 pls. 1902. Notes on New Zealand fishes. Trans. & proc. N. Z. inst., 34, p. 239-241, 2 pls. HELBING, HERMANN. 1904. Beitriige zur anatomie und systematik der laemargiden. Nova acta K. Leop.- Carol. akad. naturf., 82, p. 335-524, 2 pls. 1905. Beitriige zur anatomie und systematik der laemargiden. Compt. rend. 6th int. zool. congr., p. 329. Hempricu, F. W. anp EHRENBERG, C. G. 1899. Icones adhune ineditae, ete. Berolini. HENLE, F. G. J. 1834. Ueber Narcine, eine neue gattung electrischer rochen, ete. Berlin. HENSHALL, J. A. 1891. Report upon a collection of fishes made in southern Florida. Bull. U. S. fish comm., 9, p. 371-390. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 479 Heppr, J. C. 1787-1800. Abbildung und beschreibung der fische. 2 vols. Niirnberg. HeErIssantT, F. D. 1749. Recherches sur les usages du grand nombre de dents du Canis carcharias. Mem. Acad. sci. Paris, p. 155-162. HERMANN, JEAN. 1783. Tabula affinitatum animalium, etc. Argentorati. 1804. Observationes zoologicae, etc. Argentorati & Parisiis. HiueGenporr, F. M. 1884. Die vereinigung der haifischgattung Leptocarcharias mit Triacis. Sitzb. Ges. nat. freunde Berlin, p. 138-139. 1904. Ein neuer Scyllium-artiger haifisch, Proscylliwm haberert nov. subgen., n. spec. von Formosa. Sitzb. Ges. nat. freunde Berlin, p. 39-41. Hii, Ricwarp. 1851. Contributions to the natural history of the shark. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 2, 1, p. 353-370. 1862. The Devil-fish of Jamaica. Intellectual observer, 2, p. 167-176. His, WILHELM. 1876. Ueber die bildung der haifischembryonen. Zeitschr. anat. entw., 2, p. 108-124, 1 pl. Hocustetter, F. 1905. Ueber die entwicklung der dottersackzirkulation bei Scylliwm stellare. Arch. mikr. anat., 66, p. 549-560, 1 pl. HorEVEN, JAN VAN DER. 1822. Dissertatio de sceleto pisctum. Lugduni Batavorum. 1856-1858. Handbook of zoology. 2 vols. Cambridge. Horrman, H. A. AND Jorpan, D. S. 1892. A catalogue of the fishes of Greece, ete. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 230-285. HorrMann, FRIEDRICH. 1818. Ueber das thier von Stronsa. Isis, p. 2096. Ho.uanD, PHILEMON. 1635. The historie of the world, commonly called the natural historie of C. Plinius, ete. London. Ho.usere, L. 1819-1822. Beskrifrung 6fver Bohus-liinske fiskame. Géth. Vet. nya handl., 3-5. Homes, F. S. 1856. Contributions to the natural history of the American devil fish, ete. Proc. Elliott soc. nat. hist., 1, p. 39-46. Horr, EK. W. L. ( 1894. North Sea investigations. Journ. Marine biol. assoc., ser. 2, 3, p. 169-201. Hott, E. W. L. anp Byrne, L. W. 1908. Second report on the fishes of the Irish Atlantic slope. Sci. inv. fish. Ireland, for 1906, no. 5. 1909. Preliminary note on some fishes from the Irish Atlantic slope. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 8, 3, p. 279-280. 1910. Third report on the fishes of the Irish Atlantic slope, ete. Sci. inv. fish. Ireland for 1908, no. 4. Hout, E. W. L. anp CaLpERwoop, W. L. 1895. Survey of fishing grounds, west coast of Ireland, 1890-91. Report on the rarer fishes. Trans. Roy. Dublin soc., new ser., 5, p. 360-512, 6 pls. 480 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Home, EvERARD. 1810. On the mode of breeding of the ovo-viviparous shark and on the aeration of the foetal blood in different classes of animals. Philos. trans., p. 205-222. 1813. Additions to the account of the anatomy of Squalus maximus, ete. Philos. trans., p. 227-241. 1814-1828. Lectures on comparative anatomy. 6 vols. London. Houser, G. L. 1901. The neurones and supporting elements of the brain of a selachian. Journ. comp. neur., 11, p. 65-176, 8 pls. Hovuttuyn, Martin. 1761-1785. Natuurlyke histoire of uitvoerige beschryving der dieren, planten en mineraalen, etc. 37 vols. Amsterdam. Howes, G. B. 1890. On the visceral anatomy of the Australian Torpedo (Hypnos subnigrum) ete. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 667-675, 1 pl. 1890. Observations on the pectoral fin-skeleton of the living batoid fishes and of the extinct genus Squaloraja, ete. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 675-688. 1903. The morphological method and progress. Rept. Brit. assoc. adv. sci. for 1902, p. 618-638. Huser, Oscar. 1901. Die kopulationsglieder der selachier. Zeitschr. wiss. zool., 70, p. 592-674, 2 pls. Husrecut, A. A. W. 1876-1885. Fische: Pisces. Bronn’s Klassen, ete. 6. 1877. Beitrag zur kenntniss des kopfskeletes der holocephalen. Niederl. arch. zool., 3, p. 255-276, 1 pl. 1877. Notiz ueber einige untersuchungen am kopfskelet der holocephalen. Morph. jahrb., 3, p. 280-282. HuntTeER, JOHN. 1773. [Torpedo]. Philos. trans., 63, p. 481, pl. 20. Hussakor, L. 1909. A new goblin shark, Scapanorhynchus jordani from Japan. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 26, p. 257-262, pl. 44. Hutton, F. W. 1872. Fishes of New Zealand, etc. Wellington. 1873. Contributions to the ichthyology of New Zealand. Trans. N. Z. inst., 5, p. 259- - 2i2. 1875. Descriptions of new species of New Zealand fish. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 16, p. 313-317. 1876. Contributions to the ichthyology of New Zealand. ‘Trans. N. Z. inst., 8, p. 209- 218. 1889. List of New Zealand fishes. Trans. N. Z. inst., 8, p. 275-285. 1904. Index Faunae Novae Zealandiae. London. Huymny Cie ; 1871. A manual of the anatomy of vertebrated animals. London. 1876. *** On Ceratodus forsteri, with observations on the classification of fishes. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 24-59. Hryati) Cod. 1858. Das arterielle gefiiss-system der rochen. Denks. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 15, p. 1- 36, 5 pls. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 481 iyrTt, C. J. 1872. Die kopfarterien der haifische. Denks. K. akad. wiss. Wien., 32, p. 263-276, 3 pls. IHERING, HERMANN VON. 1896. Os peixes da costa do mar no estado do Rio Grande do Sul. Revista Mus. Paulista, 2, p. 25-63. Imus, A. D. 1905. On the oral and pharyngeal denticles of elasmobranch fishes. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 41-49, pl. 3. ISHIKAWA, CHIYOMATSU. 1908. Description of a new species of squaloid shark from Japan. Proce. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 60, p. 71-73. IsHIKAWA, CHIYOMATSU AND Matsuura, K. 1897. Preliminary catalogue of fishes, ete. Tokyo. JacoBson, L. L. 1813. Extrait d’un mémoire sur un organe particulier de sens dans les raies et les squales. Nouv. bull. sci. Soc. philom., 3, p. 332-337. JAEKEL, OTTO. 1891. Ueber die gattung Pristiophorus. Archiv naturg., 57, p. 15-48, pl. 1. JAQUET, M. 1905. Description de quelques parties du squelette du Pseudotriacis microdon Capello. Bull. Mus. Monaco, no. 36, 28 pp., 8 pls. JENKINS, O. P. 1904. Report on collections of fishes made in the Hawaiian Islands, with descriptions of new species. Bull. U.S. fish comm., 22, p. 417-438, pl. 1-13. JENSEN, A. S. 1899. Om Centrophorus squamosus. Vid. medd., p. 411-419, pl. 3. 1904. The fishes of East-Greenland. Medd. Grénl., 29, p. 213-276, pl. 11-13. 1905. Raia fyllae i Skagerak. Vid. medd., p. 227-238. 1907. Chondropterygia. Zool. Danica, pt. 12, p. 286-360, pl. 26-37. JENYNS, LEONARD. 1835. A manual of British vertebrate animals, ete. Cambridge & London. JERDON, T. C. 1851. Ichthyological gleanings in Madras. Madras journ., 17, p. 128-151. JOHNSON, J. Y. 1867. Description of a new species of Spinacidae, founded upon a shark obtained at Madeira. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 713-715. JOHNSON, R. M. 1883. General and critical observations on the fishes of Tasmania, ete. Proc. Roy. soc. Tasm. for 1882, p. 51-144. 1887. Description of two rare Tasmanian fishes. Papers & proc. Roy soc. Tasm. for 1887, p. 45-46. JONES, J. M. 1879. List of the fishes of Nova Scotia. Halifax. JONSTONUS, JOANNES. 1649. Historiae naturalis, ete. Francofurti ad Moenum. 1660. Beschrijving van de natuur der vissen. Amsterdam. - Jorpan, D. S. 1884. Notes on species of fishes improperly ascribed to the fauna of North America. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., p. 97-103. 482 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. JORDAN, D. S. 1884. List of fishes collected at Key West, Florida, ete. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 7, p. 103-112. 1885. A list of the fishes known from the Pacific coast of Tropical America, ete. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 8, p. 361-368. 1886. List of fishes collected at Havana, Cuba, ete. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 9, p. 31-55. 1887. A catalogue of the fishes known to inhabit the waters of North America, ete. Ann. rept. U.S. fish comm. for 1885, p. 789-974. 1887. A preliminary list of the fishes of the West Indies. Proc. U. 5S. nat. mus., 9, p. 554-608. 1891. List of fishes obtained in the Harbor of Bahia, Brazil, ete. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 13, p. 313-336. 1895. The fishes of Sinaloa. Proc. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 2, 5, p. 377-514, 30 pls. 1898. Description of a new species of fish (itsukurina owstont) from Japan, ete. Proce. Cal. acad. sci., ser. 3, 1, p. 199-204, 2 pls. 1905. A guide to the study of fishes. 2 vols. New York. JorpDAN, D. S. anp Boutiman, C. H. 1890. Description of new species of fishes collected at the Galapagos Islands, ete. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 12, p. 149-184. JORDAN, D. S. anp Dickerson, M. C. 1908. Onacollection of fishes from Fiji, ete. Proce. U.S. nat. mus., 34, p. 603-618. JORDAN, D. S. anp EverMANN, B. W. 1886. Description of six new species of fishes from the Gulf of Mexico, ete. Proc. U. S. nat. mus., 9, p. 466-476. 1896. A check list of the fishes and fish-like vertebrates of North and Middle America. Rept. U.S. fish comm. for 1894-1905, p. 209-584. 1896-1900. The fishes of North and Middle America. Bull. 47, U.S. nat. mus., pt. 1-4. 1902. Notes on a collection of fishes from the Island of Formosa. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 25, p. 315-868. 1903. Descriptions of new genera and species of fishes from the Hawaiian Islands. Bull. U.S. fish comm., 22, p. 161-208. 1903-1906. The aquatic resources of the Hawaiian Islands. Bull. U.S. fish comm., 23, pt. i. JORDAN, D. S. AND Fow.er, H. W. 1903. -_ ‘ ¥ 4 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 499 Smitu, ANDREW. Ml! 1837. [Squalus and Scyllium]. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., pt. 5, p. 85-86. r [1838]-1849. [Illustrations of the zoology of South Africa. 4 vols. London. Smitu, H. M. 1898. The fishes found in the vicinity of Woods Hole. Bull. U. S. fish comm., 17, p. 85-112. 1912. Description of a new notidanoid shark from the Philippine Islands representing anew family. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 41, p. 489-491. 1912. The squaloid sharks of the Philippine Archipelago, with descriptions of new genera and species. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 41, p. 677-685. SmitH, H. M. anp Ports, T. E. B. ; 1906. List of fishes collected in Japan in 1903, with descriptions of new genera and spe- cies. Proc. U.S. nat. mus., 31, p. 459-499. SmitH, H. M. anp Rapcuirre, Lewis. 1912. In H. M. Smith, 1912, supra. Smitu, J. A. 1859. Notice of the ukpam a large species (probably new) of sting ray (Trygon Cuv.), found in the Old Calabar River, Africa. Proc. Roy. phys. soc. Edinburgh, p. 64-69. Smitu, Rosa. 1880. A list of the fishes of San Diego, California. Proc. San Diego nat. hist. soc. 1886. On the occurrence of a new species of Rhinoptera (R. encenadae) in Todos Santos Bay, Lower California. Proc. U. 8. nat. mus., 9, p. 220. Smitt, F. A. 1898. Poissons de l’expedition scientifique a la Terre de Feu, etc. Bih. K. Svensk. vet. akad. Handl. 24, af. 4, 80 pp. 6 pls. Snoparass, R. E. anp HELLER, Epmunp. 1905. Shore fishes of the Revillagigedo, Clipperton, Cocos, and Galapagos Islands. Proc. Washington acad. sci., 6, p. 333-428. SNYDER, J. O. 1904. A catalogue of the shore fishes collected by the steamer Albatross about the Hawaiian Islands in 1902. Bull. U.S. fish comm., 22, p. 513-538, pl. 1-13. SonNINI [DE Manoncovur], C. S. 1803-1805. Histoire naturelle génerale et particuliére des poissons. Paris. SPALLANZANI, LAZARO. 1772-1797. Viaggi alle due Sicilie, ete. 6 vol. Pavia. SprnoLa, (MarcHESE) MAssIMILiANo. 1807. Sur quelques poissons peu connus du Golfe de Génes. Ann. Mus. hist. nat., 10, p. 366-380. STANNIUS, HERMANN. 1849. Das peripherische nervensystem der fische, ete. Rostock. STARK, JAMES. 1844. On the existence of an osseus structure in the vertebral column of cartilaginous fishes. Trans. Roy. soc. Edinb., 15, p. 643-656. STARKS, E. C. 1906. On a collection of fishes made by P. O. Simons in Ecuador and Peru. Proce. U.S. nat. mus., 30, p. 761-800, pl. 65-66. 1911. Results of an ichthyological survey about the San Juan Islands, Washington. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 7, p. 162-213. Starks, FE. C. anp Morris, E. L. 1907. The marine fishes of southern California. Univ. Cal. publ. Zool., 3, p. 159-252, pl. 21. 500 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. Streap, D. G. 1907. [Chlamydosclachus anguineus in New South Wales]. Zool. anz., 32, p. 303-304. STEENSTRA Toussaint, A. J. D. 1835. Responsio ad quaestionem zodlogicum, ete. Lugdunum Batavorum. 1839. De systemate uropoetico Squali glauci. Tijds. nat. gesch., 6, p. 199-203. 1843. Over de darmen van eenen haai (Squalus glaucus). Tijds. nat. gesch., 10, p. 103- 107. STEENSTRUP, J. J. S. 1873. Om gijaellegiteret eller gjaellebarderne hos brugden (Selachus maximus Gunn.). Over. Kong. Dansk. vid. selsk. Forh., p. 47-66, pl. 2. STEINDACHNER, FRANZ. 1866-1867. Zur fischfauna von Port Jackson in Australien. Sitzb. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 53, p. 424-481; 56, p. 320-335. 1866. Ueber eine neue Mustelus-art von Port Natal. Sitzb. K. akad. wiss. Wien., 53, p. 482-483. 1867. Ueber eine sammlung von fischen von Cap-York in Australien. Sitzb. K. Akad. wiss. Wien., 56, p. 307-320. } 1869-1870. Zur fischfauna des Senegal. Sitzb. K. Akad. wiss. Wien, 60-61. 1878. Zur fischfauna des Magdalenan-Stromes. Denk. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 39, p. 19-78. 1880. Zur fischfauna des Cauca und der Fliisse bei Guayaquil. Denk. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 42, p. 55-104. 1881-1882. Beitriige zur kenntniss der fische Afrika’s. Denk. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 44-45, 1892. Ueber einige neue und seltene fischarten, ete. Anz. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 29, p. 130-134. Denk. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 59, p. 357-884, pl. 1-6. 1894. Die fische Liberia’s. Notes Leyden mus., 16, p. 1-96, pl. 1-4. 1896. Bericht iiber die wihrend der reisse Sr. Maj. Schiff Aurora, ete. Ann. K. k. nat. hofmus., 11, p. 197-232, pl. 4. 1898. Uber einige neue fischarten aus dem Rothen meere, ete. Sitzb. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 107, p. 780-788, pl. 1-2. 1898. Die fische der sammlung Plate. Zool. jahrb. Suppl., 4, p. 281-338, pl. 15-21. 1900. Fische aus dem Stillen Ocean. Denk. K. acad. wiss. Wien, 70, p. 483-522, pl. 1-6. 1902. Fische aus Siidarabien und Sokétra. Denk. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 71, p. 123-168, pl. 1-2. 1902. Herpetologische und ichthyologische ergebenise einer reise nach Siidamerika. Denk. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 72, p. 89-148, pl. 1-5. 1903. Die fische der sammlung Plate. (Nachtrag). Zool. jahrb. Suppl., 6, p. 201-214. 1906. Zur fischfauna der Samoa-inseln. Sitzb. K. akad. wiss. Wien, 115, p. 1369-1426. STELLER, G. W. 1774. Beschreibung von dem lande Kamtschatka, ete. Frankfurt, Leipzig. STEVENSON, W. G. 1884. Carcharodon carcharias Man-eater shark. Trans. Vassar bros. inst., 2, p. 83-92, pl. 1-2. STEWART, CHARLES. 1906. On the membranous labyrinths of Echinorhinus, Cestracion, and Rhina. Journ. Linn. soc. Lond. Zool., 29, p. 489-442, pl. 44. + 2 — eY— eee ee —————— BIBLIOGRAPHY. 501 Sréur, Put. : 1876. Ueber den klappenapparat im conus arteriosus der selachier, chimaeren und ganoiden. Morph. jahrb., 2, p. 197-228, pl. 12-13. Storer, D. H. 1839. A report on the fishes of Massachusetts. Bost. journ. nat. hist., 2, p. 289-558, pl. 6-8. 1839. Reports on the ichthyology and herpetology of Massachusetts. Boston. 1842. [Description of Myliobatis bispinosus|. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 1, p. 53. 1842. [Observations on fishes]. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 1, p. 53-54. 1842. Additional descriptions of, and observations on, the fishes of Massachusetts. Bost. journ. nat. hist., 4, p. 175-190. 1843. Description of a new species of Torpedo. Amer. journ. sci., 45, p. 165-170, pl. 3. 1845. [A living Torpedo occidentalis]. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 2, p. 71. 1846. A synopsis of the fishes of North America. Mem. Amer. acad., new ser., 2, p. 253-550. : 1848. [Zygaena malleus]. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 3, p. 70-71. 1848. [Carcharias atwoodi]. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 3, p. 71-72. 1867. A history of the fishes of Massachusetts. Cambridge and Boston. Storer, H. R. 1850. Observations on the fishes of Nova Scotia and Labrador, etc. Bost. journ. nat. hist., 6, p. 247-270. STRACK. 1819-1826. Naturgeschichte in bildern, 4. Fische. _STRICKLAND, ARTHUR. 1840. On the occurrence of Squalus spinosus on the coast of Yorkshire. Ann. mag. nat. hist., 4, p. 315-318. Strom, Hans. 1762-1766. Physisk og oeconomisk beskrivelse over fogdereit séndmér, etc., 1. Sorée. 1788. Om haamaeren (Squalus glaucus), ete. Norsk. vid. selsk. skr., 2, p. 335-344. StroMer, E. 1905. Die zihne der niedester und der geologisch altesten wirbelthiere. Nat. woch., 20, p. 214-216. STRUVER, J. 1864. Beschreibung des Heterodontus philippii Bl., etc. Nova acta. K. Leop.-Carol. akad. naturf., 23, p. 1-32, 2 pls. SuLLiIvAN, M. X. 1905. The physiology of the digestive tract of elasmobranchs. Amer. journ. phys., 15, p. 42-45. SwaAINson, WILLIAM. 1838-1839. The natural history and classification of fishes, amphibians, and reptiles. Lardner’s Cab. cyc., 1-2. TANAKA, SHIGEHO. 1908. Notes on some Japanese fishes, etc. Journ. Coll. sci. Tokyo, 23, p. 23-54, pl. 1-3. 1909. Descriptions of one new genus and ten new species of Japanese fishes. Journ. Coll. sci. Tokyo, 27, 20 pp. 1 pl. 1911-1912. Figures and descriptions of the fishes of Japan, ete. Tokyo. _ TatHamM, WILLIAM. 1803. Observations on sharks. Philos. mag., 17, p. 317-318. TENNANT, J. G. 1861. Sketches of the natural history of Ceylon, ete. London. 502 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. TENORE, MICHAEL. 1809. Memoria sopra una nuova specie di squadro (Squalus platycephalus), ete. Atti Soc. Pontaniana, 1. TuacuH_ErR, J. K. 1877. Median and paired fins, ete. Trans. Conn. acad., 3, p. 281-310, pl. 49-60. THIENEMANN, F. A. L. 1828. Lehrbuch der zoologie. Berlin. TuHompson, WILLIAM. 1835. [Some additions to the British fauna]. Proc. Zool. soe. Lond., pt. 3, p. 77-82. 1838. On fishes, etc. Ann. mag. nat. hist., 2, p. 266-273. 1840. Ona Torpedo taken on the Irish coast. Ann. mag. nat. hist., 5, p. 292-295. 1844. On ova believed to be those of the Large spotted dog-fish, Scylliwm catulus, Linn. (sp.). Ann. mag. nat. hist., 14, p. 23-27. 1849-1856. Natural history of Ireland. 4 vols. London. TuurstTon, Epacar. 1894. Pearl and chank fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar. Bull. 1, Madras mus., no. 1, 62 pp. TiLesius, W. G. 1802. Ueber die sogenannten seemiiuse, etc. Leipzig. 1809. Description de quelques poissons, etc. Mem. Soc. imp. nat. Mose., 2, p. 212-249. | Toparo, T. 1870. Contribuzione alla anatomie e alla fisiologia de’ tubi di senso de’ Plagiostomi. Messina. cs Tomezs,. C. 5S. 1877. On the development of the teeth of fishes. Philos. trans., 166, p. 257-267. Trois, E. F. 1877. Notizie sopra l’Echinorhinus spinosus, etc. Atti Reale ist. Veneto, ser. 5, 3. 1879. Sopra la singolare disposizione della carotide esterna nella Oxyrhina Hie a oa Atti Reale ist. Veneto, ser. 5, 5, 6 pp. 1906. Nota sopra un esemplare di Scymnus lichia, ete. Atti Reale ist. Veneto, ser. 8, 8, p. 65-68. Tscuupl, J. J. VON. 1844-1846. Untersuchungen iiber die Fauna Peruana. St. Gallen. Tur, Jan. 1906. Sur l’influence des rayons du radium sur le développement de la roussette (Scyl- lium canicula). Arch. zool. exper., sér. 4, 5, Notes & rev., p. 39-48. Turton, WILLIAM. 1806. A general system of nature, etc. London. 1807. British fauna, etc. Swansea. VAILLANT, LEON. 1879. On Cephaloptera rochebrunet. Bull. Soc. philom., p. 171. 1880. Sur les raies receuilles dans Amazone, etc. Bull. Soc. philom., ser. 7, 4, p. 251-252. 1885. Sur les dimensions comparatives des adultes et des jeunes chez un poisson élasmo- branche I’ Alopias vulpes. Bull. Soe. philom., ser. 7, 10, p. 41-42. 1888. Expéditions scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman, ete. Zoologie. Pois- sons. 1888. Mission scientifique du Cap Horn 1882-1883. Zoologie. Poissons. 1889. Note sur un foetus gigantesque d’Ozyrhina spallanzani Bonap. Bull. Soe. philom., ser. 8, 1, p. 38-39, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 503 - VAILLANT, LEON. 1893. Contribution a l’étude de la faune ichythyologie de Bornéo. Nouv. arch. Mus. hist. nat., ser. 3, 5, p. 23-112, pl. 1-2. 1898. Sur le Céphaloptére du Golfe de Californie. Bull. Mus. hist. nat., 4, p. 127-129. 1904. Sur le Mitsukwrina owstont Jordan. Comp. rend. Acad. sci., 188, p. 1517-1518. VALENCIENNES, ACHILLE. 1822. Sur le sous genre Marteau, Zygaena. Mem. Mus. hist. nat., 9, p. 222-228, 2 pls. 1832. Description d’une grande espéce de Squale, voisin des Leiches. Nouv. ann. Mus. hist. nat., 1, p. 454468. 1840-1855. Ichthyologie. Voyage *** Venus. Paris. 1843. Ichthyologie. Histoire naturelle des Iles Canaries. Paris. 1850. Poissons. Cuvier’s Regne animal. Paris. VALENTIN, G. G. 1841. Beitrige zur anatomie des zitteraales (Gymnotus electricus). Neue denk. Schw. ges. naturw., 6, 74 pp., 5 pls. VALENTINI, M. B. 1714. Museum museorum, ete. Frank. am Mayn. 1720. Amphitheatrum zootomicum, ete. Francofurti. VALMONT DE BomargE, J. C. 1768. Dictionnaire raisonné universel d’histoire naturelle, etc. 4 vol. Paris. Vieira, L. 1894. Note on young Selache maxima. Ann. sci. nat. Porto, 5, p. 137, pl. 7. _ Vircnow, Hans. 1895. Ueber die schwanzbildung bei selachiern. Sitzb. Ges. nat. freunde Berlin, p. 105-120. 1898. Blutinseln und gefissbezirk von Torpedo ocellata. Sitzb. Ges. nat. freunde i Berlin, p. 118-135. WoicT, F. S. : 1831-1843. Das thierreich, etc. 6 vols. Leipzig. Waite, FE. R. 1898. Preliminary report of scientific results of Thetis expeditions. Sydney. 1899. Scientific results of the trawling expedition of H. M. C. 8. Thetis. Mem. Austr. mus., 4, p. 1-132, 32 pls. 1901-1906. Studies in Australian sharks, etc. Rec. Austr. mus., 4, p. 28-35, pl. 4; 175-178, 6, p. 226-229, pl. 39-41. 1902. New records of recurrences of rare fishes from eastern Australia. Rec. Austr. mus., 4, p. 263-273, pl. 41-48. 1904. A synopsis of the fishes of New South Wales. Mem. N. S. Wales, nat. club, no. 2, 59 pp. 1904. Additions to the fish fauna of Lord Howe Island, No. 4. Rec. Austr. mus., 5, p. 135-186, pl. 17-24. 1904. Catalogue of the fishes of Lord Howe Island. Rec. Austr. mus., 5, p. 187-230. 1905. Notes on fishes from Western Australia. Rec. Austr. mus., 6, p. 55-82, pl. 8-17. 1907. A basic list of the fishes of New Zealand. Rec. Canterb. mus., 1, p. 1-40. 1909. Scientific results of the New Zealand government trawling expedition 1907. Rec. Canterb. mus., 1, p. 41-156, pl. 13-23. 1910. Notes on New Zealand fishes. Trans. N. Z. inst., 42, p. 384-391, pl. 37-38. Waxsaum, J. J. 1784. Beschreibung des breitnasigen hayes etc. Schr. Ges. nat. freunde Berlin, 5, p. 381-393. K 504 THE PLAGIOSTOMIA. WALBAUM, J. J. 1789-1793. P. Artedi renovati, ete. 5 pls. Grypeswaldiae. 1792. Petri Artedi sueci genera piscium. Grypeswaldiae. 1793. Jacobi Theodori Kleinii ichthyologia enodata, etc. Lipsiae. Wa.su, JOHN. 1773. On the electric property of the Torpedo. Philos. trans., 63, p. 461-480. 1774. Of Torpedos found on the coast of England. Philos. trans., 64, p. 464-473. Watson, WILLIAM JR. 1778. An account of the Blue shark, Squalus glaucus. Phil. trans., 68, p. 789-790. WeBER, Max. é 1902. Siboga exped. Introduction, etc. Leiden. WERNER, FRANZ. 1904. Die fische der zoclogisch-vergleichend-anatomischen sammlung der Wiener universitit. Zool. jahrb., 21, p. 263-302. Waite, ADAM. 1851. List of specimens, etc. Fish. London. WisHeE, J. W. VAN. 1882. Uber die mesodermsegmente und die entwicklung der nerven des selachierkopfes. Amsterdam. WILper, B. G. 1876. Note on the development and homologies of the anterior brain-mass with sharks and skates. Amer. journ. sci., ser. 3, 12, p. 103-105. 1877. On the brain of Chimacra monstrosa. Proc. Acad. nat. sci. Phil., 29, p. 219-250. 1908. The brain of Rhinochimaera. Proc. Amer. philos. soc., 47, p. 37-38. WILLUGHBY, FRANCIS. 1686. *** Historia piseium, etc. Oxonii. Wis, H. 5. 1844. *** Observationes quasdam anatomicas comparatas de Squatina laew. 56 pp. Lugduni-Batav. WINTHER, GEORGE. 1875-1878. Fiskenes ansigt. En comparativ-anatomisk underségelse. Capitis piscium anat. comp. Nat. tids. 11-10. 1879. Prodromus ichthyologie Danicae marinae. Nat. tijds., 12, p. 1-68. Woop, WILLIAM. 1846. [Letodon echinatum]. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 2, p. 174. Woop-Mason, JAMES AND Atcock, A. W. 1891. On the results of deep-sea dredging during the season of 1890-91. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 6, 8, p. 16-34, 119-138. . WoopwakrbD, A. S. 1886. On the anatomy and systematic position of the Liassic selachian, Squaloraja polyspondyla. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 527-538, pl. 55. 1886. On the palaeontology of the selachian genus Notidanus, Cuvier. Geol. mag., dec. 3, 3, p. 205-217, 253-259, pl. 6. 1887. Note on the lateral line of Squaloraja. Proc. Zool. soe. London, p. 481. 1889. [Sclerorhynchus atavus]. Proc. Zool. soc. Lond., p. 449-451. 1889-1891. Catalogue of fossil fishes in the British museum. 4 vols. London. 1892. Description of the Cretaceous saw-fish, Sclerorhynchus atavus. Geol. mag. dec. 3, 9, p. 529-534. 1899. Note on Scapanorhynchus, a Cretaceous shark apparently surviving in Japanese seas. Ann. mag. nat, hist., ser. 7, 3, p. 487-489. ; j . . a BIBLIOGRAPHY. 505 Wormivus, OLAUvs. 1655. Museum Wormianum; seu Historia rerum raiorum, ete. Lugduni Batavorum. Worton, Epoarp. 1552. De differentiis animalium libri decem. Lutetiae Parisiorum. Wricat, E. P. 1868. Notes on deep-sea dredging. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 4, 2, p. 423-427. Wricut, WILHELM von Frisgs, B. Fr. anp Exstro6m, C. U. 1836-1857. Skandinaviens fiskar, ete. Stockholm. WYMAN, JEFFRIES. 1851. [On the anatomy of Carcharias obscurus|. Proc: Bost. soc. nat. hist., 4, p. 123-124. 1854. [On the electrical organ of Torpedo occidentalis|. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 5, p. 21-22. 1855. [On the foetus of Zygaena]. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 5, p. 157. 1864. Observations on the development of Raza batis. Ann. mag. nat. hist., ser. 3, 14, p. 399-400. Also Mem. Amer. acad., 9, p. 31-44, 1 pl. YARRELL, WILLIAM. 1836-1839. . > i] ong dl r x a). . . 190 ‘HIWOGIA *N *a a tA ~ —--— = ——— - — —— d—SaAWwo1soswid + ee nnn PLATE 11. Fig. 1-4. AcANTHIDIUM RosTRATUM (Page 218). Fig. ‘5-8. Ac 220). SS OG sea PLATE ii = = « > SQUALIDAE. | ce \e Py ae Lateral view of a specimen 34 inches long. =e Head from below. Ser oa o Teeth from the front end of the jaw. ; ac, arid Seales from near the middle of the flank. — wok Lateral view of a specimen 36} inches long. A Head from below. « Teeth from the front end of the jaw. OM Scales from near the middle of the flank. . a “140 'HOHOSIA Ng ‘>= owe PERO ‘SAWOISOINWIa a PR 6 9 ee (eee RR ey A PLATE 12. ~ a~ of a . * mye LA ed of te = aris) \ 4 ee noel): ree ® eT ae ae 3 ve ~ ") % ‘ ¥ = oH =- a os. z < e PLATE 12. ‘SQUALIDAE. Fig. 1-4. ACANTHIDIUM ACICULATUM (Page 217); Fig. 5-8. Crnrtrop: Lateral view of a specimen 34} inches long. Teeth from the front end and from the side of the jaw. Head from below. | I Scales from the middle of the flank. Lateral view of a specimen 324 inches long. Teeth from the front end of the jaw. Head from below. ; Scales from near the middle of the flank. ON AAR wh 4 OD W4ALONION “a0 ‘MIHOGI4 “Na PLATE 18. SQUALIDAE. Fig. 1-4. CENTROPHORUS ATROMARGINATUS (Page 200). (Page 205). Lateral view of a specimen 34 inches long. Teeth from the front end of the jaw. Head from below. Seales from near the middle of the flank. Lateral view of a specimen 30{ inches long. Teeth from the front end of the jaw. Head from below. Scales from near the middle of the flank. 2: A Oe ee lke le 22 MALO Ia “190 ‘MaHOGIs ‘(Ng mm ry epg a ANAM Fig. 1-4. SquaLus ACANTHIAS (Page 192). WN Ow we Bi = . a tg COUN, ee a SS ee : Medi e PLATE 14. SQUALIDAE. Lateral view of a specimen 27 inches long. Teeth from the front end of the jaw. Head from below. Scales from near the middle of the flank. Lateral view of a specimen 44 inches long. Teeth from near the front end of the jaw. she Head from below. Seales from the middle of the flank. : 4 eT) rey WILLEN pire . Lf ory pay TT Lites ALES PSAAIAB ALS Sah ? 1Ag5ah, oye Wi Seiler cect FILA Cae eR Ot a race “190 ‘MaHOGId NG PLATE 165. ? - é * 4 ‘ - e4 i T » “¥ M r + > “i 7 wa a | o ai i" * MF adh « ie a - rey is a 7 a ' f @ PLATE 165. SCYMNORHINIDAE. = Fig. 1-3. Somniosus BREVIPINNA (Page 240). Fig. 4-6. Sowntosus MCR Lateral view of a specimen 75 inches long. = Teeth from side near the front end of the jaw. A Seales from the middle of the flank. Lateral view of a specimen 106 inches long. Teeth from near the front end of the jaw. Seales from the middle of the flank. TM iad gL » ‘OO W4AL0078H “190 ‘WaHOGId *N +g PLATE 16. ~ ae RHINIDAE and PI Fig. 1-4. Rurna cauirornica (Page 253). ls a ae 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 12§ inches long. . Frontal view of the head. . Teeth. . Scales from the middle of the body. Dorsal view of a specimen 243 Ba pites . Forward teeth. * Sesles from near the middle! oe que ameene NOn Pp wD = eee >a px ae ~ ar ms he adh: * 4 / TYPE CO. HELIOT TOME anes RS ON = ee a EE i rane Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36. MEM. 7 ee iy t4 1 ea = iy int F « = ” ra ‘4 ‘3 os 4 tabs a “ iD ‘. y ; » y ai 3 ay e . Ay rs fi aig _ ois . . : 4 ? * - apes ee ee ie vi [ iv . . » j y . ‘\ : 5 PLATE 23. RAIIDAE. Fig. 1-2. Rata EGLANTERIA (Page 341). 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 21 inches long. M. C. Z. 878. 2. Head from below. : , - aoe =s 2 i a - Pe 2 9 - au re wv 1 em. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36. Vi aL Pye at ea a el ltt av a ae = A cent 4 jo- '‘ N HELIOTYPE CO. va PLATE 24. Fig. 1-2. nae KENOJEI (Page 351). we 3. laseee ee FuscA (Page 349). : ah = ro,” ad e ta "ea 4 ~* 4 > * ban oe ~ 7 ~ — ; re Ve . +5 ‘ “= : “+ PLATE 24. : Dorsal view of a specimen 17$ inches long. M. C. Z. 25, a 7 Mouth and nostrils. : Dorsal view of a specimen 103 inches long. M. Cc Z. 121. Dorsal view of a specimen 43 inches long. M.C. Z. 1240. Ventral view. ss er 35 mM. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36. co. w a > ° 4 mr t PLATE 265. = aly! Meee. ait is * ard + Dea y " =» * ) ia pale A « ‘ f Dae - PLATE 25. RALIDAB and NARCACIONTIDAE. Fig. 1. Rata senra (Page 338). Fig. 2. Nancacton NoBILtANvs ( 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 223 inches long. M. C. Z. 250. 2. Dorsal view. ; : > - \ a 8 % z a ) Mem. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36. ° ° w re > b g 3 a x & A 4; 3 } a a a. ar Li ae a = 2) 2 i : ; Pere at = , an) rl f PLATE 26. NARCACIONTIDAE. Fig. 1. Narctne BRAsILIENsis (Page 297). Fig. 2. Nancie 298). Fig. 3. NARCINE BRASILIENSIS CORALLINA (Page 298). 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 145. inches long, M AG: 655. = 2. Dorsal view of a specimen 94 inches long. M. C. Z. 752. 3. Dorsal view of a specimen 73 inches long. M. C. Z. as 4 eM. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36. a a ~ eC a HELIOTYPE CO. a* ee tal £ PLATE 27, — _— PLATE 27. 7 + RAIIDAE. a Fig. 1-2. Sywprerrera acuta (Page 370). Fig. 3-5. Mazaconsrva ama (F Dorsal view of a specimen 13} inches long. M. C. Z. 632. i Ventral view of the anterior half of disk. Dorsal view of a specimen 143 inches long. M. C. Z. 226. Ventral view of the anterior part of disk. Dorsal and lateral views of the produced end of the snout. om to oS | > im. Mus. Comp. Z00L., VoL. 36. ~ ee ee Sap ty oF “te SED a” ee a a a = =~ TYPE CO. ee | he = ira we ate wip PLATE 28. | ay 5 : bq ante ' ote Dae, | 7 ‘ : ij ey an ~ a y 4 a! ) , - t ~ PLATE 28. ' DASYBATIDAE. Fig. 1-8. UkRosatis sLoant. (Page 402). ; ‘no 1. Dorsal view. ae a : ' 2. Lateral view of young from oviduct. 3. Ventral view of young from oviduct. I 4 . ox = é Vem. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36. ° o w a. - °o J w rc PLATE 29. N f : > bP) >. . un 7 7 : a" a ty vi dhe + ad - o “7 3 a" ra % ane i] - * PLATE 29. © " -DASYBATIDAE. Fig. 1-2. URoBatis VERMICULATUS (Page 402).- 1. Dorsal view. M. C. Z. 1055. 2. Ventral fins and tail from below. + ~™ 7s a : a, > @ are : . hb je Zs 7 ar Pa ve : ¥ a = a =" PI pa ’ a ss . ‘ +s . ey es - 3 ; ; ve y PLATE 30. . . - ie Ses she | ane =_s Ms he ceo). y te - a of 1 sal) ~ ce 7. p* i 0 \ sei De in oa ¥ nae | —_* ro eer ; eS . 7, < . . * = _ ' ~ - A, 4‘ PLATE 30. | Fig. 1-2. Urotryaon MUNDUS (Page 406). - 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 8} inches long. M. C. Z. 831. 2. Ventral view. iF » a ‘> it ran « SD 4 he 7 H iva! we | , em. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36. 6, ér se AE Sc | | | | | | | | . | | . HELIOTYPE Co. PLATE 31. a « be hy err et PLATE 31. ¢ et) POTAMOTRYGONIDAE. Fig. 1-2. PoTaMOTRYGON cIRCULARIS (Page 419). Fig. 3-4. Poramorryao 7 417). Dorsal view. Disk 15} inches long. M. C. Z. 291. Mouth and nostrils. Dorsal view. Disk 16 inches long. M. C. Z. 605. Mouth and nostrils. AN 4 es lem. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VoL, 36. PLAGIOSTOMES No Biya: oe “ae tare etn . Se eae HELIOTYPE CO. PLATE 32. = a Lae ¥ roy ~ on A a ; = ; Dat 4 4 — . * ea Cru ~ . mee a a Lif w i t i aa bbe ’ ’ a /“ - . - ‘ ' PLATE AL es DASYBATIDAE, Fig. 1-2. Dasypatus Latus (Page 383). Fig. 3-4. ——— Lo DASYBATUS BREVIS (Page 396). 2 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 51 inches long. M. C. Z. 129. ; 2. Mouth and nostrils. 3. Dorsal view of a specimen 39} inches long. M. C. Z. 126. 4. Mouth and nostrils. 5. Dorsal view of a specimen 303 inches long. M. C. Z. 371. 6. Mouth and nostrils. ae *s o's = Mem. Mus. Comp. ZoOL., VoL. 36. PLATE 33. \ é fu . : x a > ‘a é ‘ = a 1% - , _ = @ os) ae — Pa. 7 ft ‘ ; eee x oa .§ PLATE 33. DASYBATIDAE 2 0 Le Fig. 1-2. Dasysatus Marinus (Page 382). Fig. 3-4. PrmRopLATHA MI 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 106 inches long. M.C. Z. 990. 2. Mouth and nostrils. | 3. Dorsal view of a specimen 114 inches long. M. C. Z. 95. 4. Head from below. : 54 ‘Mem. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VoL, 36. + wee i . t } { a aera Pe tiation | | MELIOTYFE co, Y * : ¢ . v4 mt, = Ms E : ; . 1 i : | dad 3 A rm BT. ia * iv a ae ‘ 7 5 ESS 3 . 3 - F 4 Sel POTAMOTRYGONIDAE. = =—— oo) See: Fig. 1-3. Discaus THayert (Page 426). 1. Dorsal view. Disk 127 inches long. M.C.Z.563. 2. Mouth and nostrils. Z 33. Teeth from near the front end of the jaw. % g c % s { rd tee i. od EM. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VoL. 36, ’ uy an i a si ve iy af 2. te) Wate - y - “ive = ee 7 a Poni : *. . ’ ! MYLIOBATIDAE. Fig. 1-4. My ioBaTis FREMINVILLIL (Page 432). 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 463 inches long. M.C. Z. 992. 2. Frontal view. 3. Ventral view. 5 4. Teeth from upper and lower jaws. Gis g ox ie. + 7 Sei . : . HELIOTYPE co. —— =. 7 a. | A Oe “* = a ‘ , PLATE 36. ee oo. i ee ee uy ee Vs MYLIOBATIDAE. Fig. 1-3. AETOMYLAEUS MACULATUS (Page 435). — Fig. 46. 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 28} inches long. M. C. B06.” =. ne 2. Head from below. ¢ a 3. Teeth from upper and lower jaws. J = 4. Dorsal view of a specimen 233 inches long. M.C. Z. 636. 5. Head from below. 6. Teeth from upper and lower jaws. - ‘ ¥. ow ix = : } mM. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VoL. 36. 1OTYPE CO. HE 4 ) ie . ’ ) > eae - | owe x > 8) eee : e2 oo Pa 4: Vs “any > “or 4 ¥ ns q 5 yes itt ea ’ ‘ a 9 - “ PLATE 37. RHINOPTERIDAE. Fig. 1-3. R#INOPTERA QUADRILOBA (Page 444). © 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 38} inches long. M. C. Z. 746. 2. Lateral view. : 3. Frontal view. 54 US. ComP. ZOOL., VOL. 36. r — 7 — RELIOTYPE Co, =~ ee =r oo — ee. P'S eT 2 PLATE 38. " PLATE 38. ag "ee 7 F 3 . - = . * MOBULIDAE. a ; 7 wry Fig. 1-6. Mosuta nypostoma (Page 453). : ‘ : : zi 1. Dorsal view of a specimen 39 inches long. M. Gy : 4 Z.. 683. . Frontal view. 5340 = eg 5" Lateral view. ‘ y * . Head and gill openings from below. © Teeth from upper jaw. Teeth from lower jaw. OR wh » “a HELIOTYPE CO. -y ha. See PLATE 39. CARCHARIDAE and MYLIOBATIDAE. Fig. 1. CarcHarias TAURUS (Page 25). Fig. 2. My niopatis FREMINVILLII (Page 432). ; These longitudinal sections of the head and anterior part of the body contrast the conditions of the lower of the Antacea with those in one of the most specialized of the Platosomia. The s show the cartilages of the skull, those of the forward portion of the vertebral column, and in part of the branchial apparatus; they show the brain, its chamber, the celular cavities of the head, the r cavities from the lips to the stomach, the jaws, the teeth, the pads protecting the roof of the mouth the arrangement of the muscles. aod. Mem. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VoL. 36, 8 PLATE 40. d 4 a re a) W . a er oie om é = . fe : rs PLATE 40, CARCHARIDAE,. Fig. 1-3. ScapANORHYNCHUS OWSTONI. M. C. Z. 1048 (Page 28). — 1. Brain from above. 2. Brain from the side. 3. Brain from below. Comparison of the brain of this species with that of Carcharias taurus, Plate 41 _rhynchus is the more primitive of the two genera and conversely that Carcharias is vanced. ™ 4 PLAGIOSTOMES, PLaTE 40. HELIOTYPE ra. “. PLATE 41, PLATE 41. CARCHARIDAE. _— Fig. 1-3. CarcHaRIAs TAURUS (Page 25). 1. Upper surfaces of the brain. 2. Brain from the side. 3. Brain from below. Though not of as high a type as that of Vulpecula, Plate 42, and greatly outrank the Carcharinidae and Cestraciontidae, Plate 43, fig. 1-4, the brain of Carcharias siderable advance from that of Scapanorhynchus, Plate 40. e 24, x oY " a re. pen sa TS. PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 41. SELIOTYPE CO. “ss poe i eek i Pf) ee PLATE 42. VULPECULIDAE. - Fig. 1-5. Vuupecura Marina (Page 30), Pe eh ' be . oR wh ee PLATE 42. . ~ * Brain after removal of the cartilage above it. = Brain after partial removal of the vessels and envelopes. Lower surface of the brain removed from its chamber. — Brain from above. Brain from the side. of 4 oe . Comp. ZOGL.., VOL. 36. PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 42. OO ——— ee PLATE 43. PLATE 48. CESTRACIONTIDAE, CARCHARINIDAE, and SQUALIDAE. Fig. 1. Crstrracion TIBURO (Page 160). Fig. 2-8. CrsTRACION z2YGAENA (Page 157). Fig CARCHARINUS PLATYODON (Page 126). Fig. 6-8. GaLrocrerpo arcticus (Page 148). Fi SQUALUS ACANTHIAS (Page 192). Dorsal view of brain. M. C. Z. 1292. Dorsal view of brain. M. C. Z. 1291. Ventral view of brain. Dorsal view of brain. Nasal sac, bisected. Dorsal view of brain. M. C. Z. 1288. Ventral view of brain. Lateral view of brain. Dorsal view of brain. M. C. Z. 1298. 10. Ventral view of brain. From the brain of the Carcharidae, Plates 40 and 41, there was in the Vulpeculidae, marked increase in the plication of the hind brain with a less considerable one in the size of the In Plate 43, the much greater advance of the Cestraciontidae is seen both in the volume of the for and the complexity of the hind brain; these are more advanced in the Cestraciontidae Carcharinidae, the nearest allies, for instances see fig. 4, Carcharinus platyodon, and figs. 6-8, arcticus. That the archaic family Squalidae is much lower in rank is indicated by the smootk brain and the smaller amount of the fore brain. 2 USE SL Sire lmem. MUS. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36 ¢ Why . \ ty Ht | » “HK (nel ‘ oy - es as sunayars Gj . r Wy nn iN: ) PLATE 44, Tre” we PLATE 44. RAIIDAE and DASYBATIDAE. Fig. 1-3. RarascaBrata (Page 340). Fig.4-6. Rata sTABULIFoRIS (Page 341). BATUS MARINUS (Page 382). a Brain from above. M.C. Z. 1289. Brain from the side. Brain from below. Brain from above. M. C. Z. 1294. Ear from the side. Brain from below. Brain from above. M. C. Z. 1287. Se eeeroe The comparative amount of the brain is much the same in these families but the Dasybatidae is plainly indicated in the greater complexity of the hind brain. lew. Mus. Comp. ZOOL, VOL. 36 WL TID | SANS ee LLL, —— = ; me bb 7 ; . | rs - rad re | f ‘ one \ ' an Al Tee, "My ' | , “SARTO ¥ } Mt, be i?) A 6" > am PLATE 46, PLATE 46. CENTRACIONTIDAE. Fig. 1-6. CErNTRACION FRANCISCI (Page 186). Teeth and jaws of a very young specimen. Upper jaws and teeth of the same. Lower jaws and teeth of the same. Jaws and teeth of a larger specimen. Upper jaws and teeth of the same. Lower jaws and teeth of the same. $3 OURS ee ner The teeth of the very young Centracion are all raptorial; they attest a soft-bodied stage, and a probable ancestry in forms with cuspidate teeth. The larger specimen shows of the hindmost teeth in preparation for the development of the grinders. VOL. 36. Comp. Zoo.,, NELIOTYPE Co. tt Wee Ue d i Ti 3s.) Cis : y ye ya MY } os -* ; al i i zz Py : . -. . * és : , F , * at, PLATE 46. PLATE 46. CENTRACIONTIDAE. Fig. 1-6. CENTRACION FRANCISCI (Page 186). Jaws of a specimen of medium size. Upper jaws and teeth of the same. Lower jaws and teeth of the same. Jaws of an old individual. Upper jaws and teeth of the same. : Lower jaws and teeth of the same. hl at alg These figures are from older specimens than those shown on Plate 45. They indicate change that takes place in the feeding habits. The hinder teeth are all molars, with a low of cusps, and are much wider and more swollen than the front teeth, some of the hind nx apparently have been succeeded, when renewed, by molars in their particular rows. ij f | : | i HELIOTYPE CO. ‘ Te, PLATE 47, CENTRACIONTIDAE. Fig. 1-3. CrnTracron Quoyi (Page 187). Fig. 4-6. CENTRACION PHILIPPI (P Lateral view of jaws and teeth. Lateral view of jaws and teeth. PR te The ridges on the molars of younger specimens become less prominent with a harder the food in particular localities the more faint the ridges appear. Upper teeth and jaws from below. Lower teeth and jaws from above. Upper teeth and jaws from below. Lower teeth and jaws from above. 4 ® Comp. ZoOL., VoL. 36. of HELIOTYPE Co. * fi PLATE 48. PLATE 48. RHINOPTERIDAE. Fig. 1-3. Rurnoprera Jussteur (Page 447). Fig. 4. RaiNnoprerRA MARGINATA (Page 445 e Fig. 5-6. RHINOPTERA LALANDII (Page 445). — Teeth from a very young specimen. M. C. Z. 311. Teeth from a larger specimen. M.C. Z. 316. Teeth from a large specimen. M. C. Z. 535. Jaws and primary dentition. M.C. Z. 631. Teeth from a medium sized specimen. M. C. Z. 534. Teeth from a large specimen. M. C. Z. 534. ye Se of large specimens. Figures 3 and 5 show dentition that have been much affected by individual variz MUS. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36. , PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 48. HELIOTYPE CO. _ PLATE 49, PLATE 49. MYLIOBATIDAE. Fig. 1-38. A®ToBATUS NARINARI (Page 441). Fig. 4-6. My iopatis cALIFoRNICUS (Page 429). — Dentition of a very young specimen. M. C. Z. 1079. N Dentition of a young specimen, larger than that shown in fig. 1. M.C. Z. 1070. Teeth of a large specimen. M. C. Z. 865. Dentition of a very young specimen. M. C. Z. 348. Dentition of a larger specimen. M. C. Z. 395. Dentition of a specimen beyond the age of rapid growth. M.C. Z. 424. A oll dN a In the youngest specimens of Aétobatus examined there are two rows of upper and two rows of teeth, fig. 1 and 2, each two quickly broadening and being succeeded by the broad teeth of the row retained through life. Possibly a still earlier stage may show a dentition more like that of tera in its primary features. The earliest stage of Myliobatis figured has six rounded teeth in the pavement, another has seven, thus accounting for all the rows of later stages, the median one becoming broad. It is to be expected that younger specimens will show dentitions more in accord wit that of fig. 1, Plate 48, in Rhinoptera. =F an ao PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 49. Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VOL. 36. HELIOTYPE CO. PLATE 50. ANTACKEA. Fig. 1, 6,8. GALEORHINUS LAEVIS (Page 176). Fig. 2. Parmaturus piLosus (Page 89). TRIAENODON OBESUS (Page 163). Fig. 4. CARCHARINUS MILBERTI (Page 133). Fig. 5,11, 12. SEMIFASCIATA (Page 165). Fig. 7. TRiAkis HENLEI (Page 168). Fig. 9. HrmiGaALEus PECTOR (Page 150). Fig. 10. Euaatnus GAteus (Page 153). Fig. 13-16. ScoLropon Loneurio (Page 1 The nictitating membrane in its early stages is merely a longitudinal fold in the lower eye lid reaching the edges of the lid, fig. 1 and 2. This is the case in the very young of Galeorhinus laevis, fi in older specimens of this species the fold reaches the edge of the lid at one end, as in fig. 6, but in | rhinidae it is better described as a fold instead of as a membrane. In all cases it is likely that with some aid by muscular retraction of the ball can it be made to entirely cover the eye. indicates some of the variations in the pupil of the eye. The oblique pupil of the Centraciont (Port Jackson Sharks) is shown on Plate 465, fig. 1. a M. MUS. Comp. ZOOL., VoL. 36. PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 50. HELIOTYPE Co. v io i: : ‘ ~ ae =) & ACr: coe sa Nah ar Tay Peer % A fr’ ¥ 1) Dat \ 4 Ys 7 *! & eg) a iF) reels dens ob " “yee nl Mad ies - o 4 . : al PLATE 61. PLATE 61. CARCHARIDAE. Fig. 1-6. ScapANoRHYNcHUS OwsTONI. M.C. Z. 1048 (Page 28). Fig. 7. Cancun. M. C. Z. 210 (Page 25). Skull in longitudinal section. Branchial skeleton from below. Branchial skeleton from above. Pelvis and radials. Heart, conus, and arteries. Intestine with spiral folds. Intestine. SS In most features the structure of Secapanorhynchus is closely allied to that of Carchar very evident in the parts of the anatomy given on this plate but not previously figured. At the snout appears to present most divergence but most of this disappears on closer cc long snout with the short one. The large cartilage in fig. 3 behind the copula, glossohyal the first ceratobranchial, is the first hypobranchial; it is present also in Carcharias, see 1903, Morph. jahrb., 31, pl. 17, f. 20a. Three extrabranchials are shown in fig. 2 of Plate rudiment of a fourth was present. As in most other items, the intestines of these genera, fi; much in common. PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 51. HELIOTYPE Co. : ri oe a f Y=) (ea) q = Qo, PLATE 62. Pelvis of ANTACEA and DIPNOI. Fig. 1. Scouropon toneurio. M. C. Z. 694 (Page 114). Fig. 2. Hemicateu M. C. Z. 847 (Page 150): Fig. 3. PristiopHorus saponicus. M. C. Z. 1045 (Page PRoTorpTERUS ANNECTENS. M. C. Z. 8964. Fig. 5-7. Crraropus rorsterr. M. C. 1-5. Lower view. 6. Upper view. 76 Lateral view. The pelvis of the Antacea, fig. 1-3, is radically different from that of the Dipnoi differences are of such characters that no evidences of close relationships are evident. in the sharks, the Antacea, is farther than that in certain of the more specialized of the Potamotrygons, for instance, Plate 64, fig. 1-2, from that in these Dipnoi; yet undo semblances as exist between the pelvis of the Lung Fishes and that of the River Trygons, propelvic cartilage, is due to similarity of conditions and habits and not to inheritance ancestors. The pelvis of Polypterus is still more remote, nearer to that of bony fishes. ¥ ’ = a i eS ait jue “Nao oY eel P 4 hy 7 |) era Comp. ZOOL., VoL. 36. PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 52. HELIOTYPE Co. Ne s% PLATE 653. PLATE 68. Pelvis of PLATOSOMIA. Upper and lower surface. Fig. 1. Uraprera acassizi. M. C. Z. 549 (Page 367). Fig. 2. Narcacron cauirornicus. M.C. Z. 43 (Page 311). Fig. 3. Uropatis suoani. M.C. Z. 35 (Page 402). Fig. 4. Tarnrturatymma. M. C. Z. 23 (Page 399). Fig. 5. Dasysatrus Marinus. M.C. Z. 641 (Page 382). Fig. 6. PreropLATEA ALTAVELA. M.C. Z. 386 (Page 415). The pelvis of the Raiidae, fig. 1, with the lateral prepelvic processes, recalls that of a fossil genus. The pelvis of Narcacion, fig. 2, is raioid, but is more arched back Figures 3-6 represent the Dasybatidae, in which family the organ is more like that ¢ fo) have neither lateral nor median processes in front of the pelvis. y 8 w E 2 a x PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 53. \ LQ WON aN \ WY YS R ~ BZOGI 7. VOL 36, . b “ » ; ‘ PLATE 64. “@ @ ae ee PLATE 64. : Pelvis of PLATOSOMIA. POTAMOTRYGON cIRcULARIS. M. C. Z. 296 (Page 419). Discrus THAyERI. M. C. Z. 606 (Page 426). MYLIOBATIS FREMINVILLI. M. C. Z. 1160 (Page 482). A®TOBATUS NARINARI. M. C. Z. 389 (Page 441). RHINOPTERA JussIEUI. M. C. Z. 863 (Page 447). Mosuta HypostoMa. M.C. Z. 683 (Page 453). ee 8 98 08 O al ah The figures on this plate are from a group of the Platosomia characterized by a m front of the pelvis, among other features. The pre - sate 2 in the Myliobatidae, fi of affinity with hie Plate 52, fig. 4-7. = Sad ay piee Cr Na “ — = ; “a a" ary Bie : re “of Rs . omP. ZOOL., VOL. 36. rr : PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 54. MELIOTYPE CO. ’ . iy ) ‘ ue hs r lates ied ‘ ‘ | AA at a : od vn HI = ‘ . y + 4 - 7 - i eM ae PLATE 6565. ANTERIOR VERTEBRAE. Fig. 1. Ca.toruyncuus Triroris. M.C.Z.173. Fig.2. Caimapramonstrosa. M.C. Fig. 3. Pristis Micropon. M. C. Z. 302 (Page 265). Fig. 4. RurNoBatTus PERCELLENS. 430 (Page 278). Fig. 5. Rata prinacea. M.C. Z. 358 (Page 337). Fig. 6. PoramMotry cers. M. C. Z. 290 (Page 417). Fig. 7. Tamnrura tymMA. M. C. Z. 620 (Page 399). MYLIOBATIS CALIFORNICUS. M. C. Z. 636 (Page 429). Fig.9. A®ropaTus NARINARI. M. (Page 441). Fig. 10. Rutnoprera sussinur. M. C. Z. 863 (Page 447). Figures 1 and 2 show the condition of the vertebrae in the Chismopnea, how few of th cluded in the consolidation, the articulation of the erectile spine, and the condition of the n without rings in Callorhynchus, fig. 1, with rings in Chimaera, fig. 2. Figures 3-10 are from lowest to the highest of the Platosomia. They indicate the gradually increasing number of the taking part in the anchylosis, with the decrease in size and withdrawal backward of the later. stays so prominent in the Pristidae, fig. 3, the scapulary attachment of the shoulder girdle Pristidae and Rhinobatidae, fig. 3—4, inferior in the Raiae, fig. 5, and a lateral articulation in D fig. 7, Potamotrygonidae, fig. 6, Myliobatidae, fig. 8, Rhinopteridae, fig. 10 and the Mobi different styles of attachment of the shoulder girdle apparently divide the Platosomia into considerable increase in irregularity of vertebrae and processes obtains as the most genera are approached. 2 z co) k a C7) ° ao w WwW Zz = > < “ ral 0 i] oO ; « a oP pate et aseveeree® be Pe PS Se » oe > ~ rs ~ poavudes.ts.eh ee 00 een A eernre ene acw oe ae Ag RTE Te, ow cute RR icnanwencte Mihaela [*Stvee be cen eee pom | ca SS sé... VOL 36. us. Comp. Yoo. PLATE 56. tke PLATE 56. HEART. aaitiediaieeenmete ten ee ee Fig. 1. Heprrancnuras peruo. M.C. Z. 945 (Page21). Fig. 2. ScaPpHANORHYNCHUS OW M. C. Z. 1048 (Page 28). Fig. 3. Orecro.osus saponicus. M. C. Z. 1038 (Page 50). CEPHALOSCYLLIUM UMBRATILE. M. C. Z. 1044 (Page 80). Fig. 5. Isurus puncratus. i 1249 (Page 36). Fig. 6. PristropHorussaponicus. M. C. Z. 1045 (Page 246). Fig. 7. TUS PERCELLENS. M. C. Z. 430 (Page 278). Fig. 8. Discoparus sinensis. M. C. Z. 289). Fig. 9. Narcacion MARMoRATUS. M. C. Z. 42 (Page 305). Fig. 10. Narxke 5 M. C. Z. 1114 (Page 314). Rather generally the number of rows of valves in the conus of the Antacea decreases with ay rank, with increase in specialization. For proof of this compare Heptranchias, fig. 1, Scaphan fig. 2, Isurus, fig. 5, and Pristiophorus, fig. 6, with Orectolobus, fig. 3, and Cephaloscyllium, fig Platosomia the rule does not hold so well, as is shown by comparing Rhinobatus, fig. 7, of this P greatly specialized types, Plate 57, fig. 1-6. N | Mus. Comp. Zoot ; Se > aie eh ee a le A a nl - a ae oe el ee ie foe , = Corea): ea 7 PLATE 57. PLATE 57. HEART. Fig. 1. Sympreryara acuta. M. C. Z. 632 (Page 370). Fig. 2. Disceus tHayreri. M. C. Z 297 (Page 426). Fig. 3. PreropLaTea aALTAvELA. M. C. Z. 336 (Page 415). Fig. 4. A#ropBaru NARINARI. M.C.Z.677 (Page441). Fig.5. Rutnoprmrasussteur. M.C. Z. 863 (Page 447). Fig. 6 Mosuia HypostomMaA. M.C.Z.683 (Page 453). Fig. 7-10. Crraropus rorsterI. M.C. Z. 9827. The majority of the more differentiated of the families of the Platosomia have a larger number ¢ rows of valves in the conus than others commonly accepted as much lower in rank; that is, with inere in specialization decrease in the number of valves does not obtain as regularly as in the Antacea. T is substantiated by contrast of Rhinobatus, Plate 56, fig. 6, with Aétobatus, fig. 4, Rhinoptera, fig. * and Mobula, fig. 6, of Plate 57. . Figures 7-10 represent the heart of Ceratodus. For fig. 7 the pericardium was slit longitudinally and turned to the sides; for fig. 8 both conus a ventricle were opened, showing the upper end of the so-called spiral valve in the passage from the rr cle into the conus, the lower end of the passage with the end of the hinder one of a series of large walled valves of the aditus, and the chamber of the ventricle with the basal, posterior, fibrous The conus is thrown open in fig. 9 disclosing the transverse series of large valves immediately beh arteries, and behind that series another transverse series of smaller valves; this figure also sho somewhat spiral course of the opening from the ventricle, in dotted lines, with the end of a large val its origin, and the fibrous pad at the side of which is a large opening controlled by muscles into the cle. The inner two of the dotted lines roughly indicate the position of a longitudinal series of valves laid bare in fig. 10 which shows one of the transverse series of large valves in front cut a prove that this series originated from one of the hinder of several transverse series, the smaller v the anterior series being included by the larger valves; this figure also shows a longitudinal series aditus of large valves one of which was formed from each of the transverse series of small valves left in the figure. EM) Mus. ComP. ZODL., VoL. 36. a PLATE 68. Intestines of ANTACEA and CERATODUS. Fig. 1. Heprrancutas perto. M.C. Z. 945 (Page 21). Fig. 2. CrpHALoscyLLIuM M.C. Z. 1044 (Page 80). Fig.3. Isuruspuncratus. M.C.Z.1249 (Page 36). Fig. 4. pecTorALis. M. C. Z. 847 (Page 150). Fig. 5. PristiopHorus saponicus. M. C. Z. 246). Fig. 6. Crratopus rosteri. M. C. Z. 9827. There are marked differences between the intestine of the Plagiostomia and that of The stomach of the former is distinctly separated from the spiral intestine, while that of the continuation forward of the spiral itself. The stomach and intestine of Ceratodus, fig. 6. tinuous spiral the characters of the inner surfaces of which change from the villous of the ston to the absobent of the intestine in a single turn of the winding course. The number of turns is nine or ten; the axis of the spiral is firm and muscular. The number of turns in the in the Plagiostomia varies in those dissected here from four in Hemigaleus, fig. 4, to thirty: fig. 3. > eee ‘ ome Prt s KG eee ¥ ”, ¥ : +e ical PLATE 59. Fig. 1-2. Squatus acantuias. M. C. Z. 35 (Page 192). Fig. 3. Ginetymosto M. C. Z. 819 (Page 54). Fig. 4-6. CHLAMYDOSELACHUS ANGUINEUS. M. C. Z. 1247, 1 Fig. 7-8. Mosuta uypostoma. M. C. Z. 683 (Page 453). Fig. 9-10. Rutnop M. C. Z. 863 (Page 447). Figure 1, # natural size, and fig. 2, natural size, exhibit the outer and the internal yo heart with arteries,. the liver, the stomach, and the intestine. Figure 3, 7’5 natural len Ginglymostoma, the embryo showing through the shell. Figure 4-5, 2 nat., show the e embryo of Chlamydoselachus. Fig. 7-8 show the appearance of the gill plates of M 9-10 those of Rhinoptera. There is in the latter a longitudinal division of the plates into lower parts, in fig. 9 there are also seen modifications to some extent intermediate in characte the plates in fig. 10 and those of Mobula. Figure 6, of Chlamydoselachus, was made for comparison with the type and with recent articles by Fiirbringer and Goodey. Ina number of points it is at variance with tioned and agrees more nearly with the type. There is no point behind the middle of the as in Fiirbringer, 1903, Morph. jahrb. 31, pl. 27, f. 18 or in Goodey, 1910, Proc. Zool. soc. f. 6 “bbr. 1 (?).” The basibranchials are more numerous and regular than in either of th figures. The hypobranchials are present in five pairs, the hindmost pair being displaced below the junction of the sixth ceratobranchial and the basibranchial; these cartilages are as the vestigial seventh arch, Goodey, loc. cit., pl. 43, fig. 6, “ba 7 (?).” The seventh a covered and figured by Fiirbringer, 1903, as an ‘‘eventuel Rudiment einer siebenten Kiem it is of much greater development in this Plate than in either of the other figures. MUS. COMP. ZOOL., VOL. 36. es G NSE ( =) | eed Me Wy we ¢ PLATE 60. ANTACEA. Fig. 1-4. GaLroruInus Lagvis (Page 176). Fig. 5-9. SquaLus ACANTHTIAS (Pa 1. Nearly natural length. M.C. Z. 1301. 2-3. Nearly natural length. M.C, Z. 1304. 4. Nearly naturallength. M.C. Z. 1303. 5. Two thirds natural length. 6. Twice natural length. 7-9. Natural size. 5-9. M. C. Z. 1305. Vigure 1 represents the egg in its membranous envelope before the appearance o Figures 2-4 show the embryo with the egg near the time the latter attaches itself to t oviduct, the attachment being a consequence of active development of the blood depletion of the nutriment of the egg. Partially attached eggs, before entire disap siderably modified on the side in contact with the wall to which after the egg is ab remains attached by the cord. The egg of Squalus, fig. 5 and 7, is one that carries of nutriment for the development and growth of the embryo without attachment to walls. The distribution of the blood vessels over the yolk differs much from that in fig. Nis i! is |) li ii ih WAY: Teas ean tk Nh ei Mi rm “4 my sk rn = Ce 5 Wl, a vy * am © al : mM 4 A PLATE 61. PLATOSOMIA and ANTACEA. Fig. 1-8. NarcaAcION MARMORATUS (Page 305). Fig. 4-5. NarcaAcION NOBILIANUS (Page ¢ Fig. 6. NARcINE TIMLEI (Page 300). Fig. 7-8. CHLAMYDOSELACHUS: ANGUINEUS (Page 14). 9-11. Ruta CALIFORNICA (Page 253). 1-3. Various stages from De Sanctis, 1872. 4-5. Four fifths and natural length. M.C. Z. 1016. 6. One and two thirds natural length. 7-8. One and three fourths natural length. M.C. Z. 1285. 9-10. Five sixths natural length. M.C. Z. 916. 1, Two and two thirds natural length. M.C. Z. 916. The first three figures illustrate the squaliform raiiform and torpediform stages socalled by Sanctis (1872, Atti Reale accad., 5, pl. 1, fig. 3, 6,9.) In fig. 3 the forward extension of the pectora the sides of the batteries, is strongly marked while the lateral growth of the antorbital process ultim forming the front of the disk has hardly begun; at this stage the latter merely forms a pad in front o head. Figures 4 and 5 from a specimen off the coast of New England illustrate the lateral growth ¢ antorbital portions of the disk to meet the forward extensions of the pectorals and, with the oblite: of the notch opposite each eye, complete the disk. See the skeleton of N. marmoratus on Plat ao. The batteries are well developed and the disk completely outlined at a very small stage of N timlei, fig. 6. In connection with fig. 7-8, showing the young Chlamydoselachus with well different fins and external gills, see also fig. 4-5, Plate 59. The embryo of Rhina californica, fig. 9, was atts to an enormous mass of yolk, longer and many times the weight of the little shark. Figures 10 an show the intestines and their connection with this yolk, the dotted lines indicating the entrance in of the spiral folds. a BOOMP. ZOOL., VOL. 36 4 i Ae we ow nk Cae oh ee Sn } ae = Loma - ba PLATE 62. ‘ll 7 rh 5. PLATE 62. ISURIDAE. Fig. 1-3. Isurus PUNCTATUS (Page 36). 1. Dorsal view of the skull, vertebrae, branchial cartilages, and shoulder girdle. 2. Lateral view of the skull, jaws, teeth, branchial cartilages, and shoulder girdle. _ 3. Ventral view of the skull, jaws, teeth, branchial cartilages, vertebrae, and shoulder 4 \ C PLAGIOSTOMES, "Mus. Comp. ZoOL., VOL. 36. LAG OM ReZEILS py. ha mtp. misp. prp. f \ \ prp- msp. mitp, mtp, 2D : —_— * ’ A age > Pre. ‘ a — ® - re Rn 7 | Sa ——— F ZOOL. VOL. 36. as | : oe PLATE 70. POTAMOTRYGONIDAE. Fig. 1-2. PoramotryGon crrcunaris. M. C. Z. 295 (Page 419). Fig. 3-4. Disckus THAYEE M. C. Z. 606 (Page 426). : , 1, 3. Dorsal view. 2, 4. Ventral view. The River Trygons are close allies of the Dasybatidae. They have no rostral cartilage fi skull forward, the copula, Abr’, is segmented, the propterygial basalia of the pectoral fins, pap, are and in a single piece between the antorbital and the shoulder girdles, and the postbranchial stay, is reduced. Disceus, fig. 3, has a small hardly distinct antorbital cartilage, ro, a broad postspi psp, a wide bar in the shoulder girdle and short orbital processes; Potamotrygon, fig. 1, has * antorbital, a narrow and elongate postspiracular, a narrower bar in the girdle and longer orbital pr In both genera the ceratobranchials are more or less solidly anchylosed. Disceus has elongate opercular cartilages, op 1-5. * cote @ on “2 page") PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 70. . Mus. Comp. ZOOL., VoL. 36. l] / ed “4 x : Sh PLATE 171. DASYBATIDAE. Fig. 1-2. Dasysatus eurratus. M. C. Z. 639 (Page 391). Fig. 3. Dasy M. C. Z. 23 (Page 398). Fig. 4-5. Tamniuratymma. M.C. Z. 620 (Page 399). 1, 3, 4. Dorsal view. Ons Ventral view. Rigidity of the disk around the head and the branchial chamber is secured by the | firmness of the propterygial segment of the pectoral base. The copula, hbr’, unlike that is segmented; anteriorly, in the basibranchial portion, it broadens toward the suspensori bular, hm. The ceratobranchials are more or less consolidated and enlarged, as also the b branchial ray, or rays, at the outer ends of the ceratohyals and ceratobranchials are att of the pectoral at their outer ends but are not modified. =. i -_ PLATE 72. PLATE 72. Fig. 1-2. PreropLaTEA ALTAVELA. (Page 415). ceratobranchials, cbr, are fused at their inward ends, and the basihyals form a large plate. The shoulder girdle has been modified in several particulars; the pectoral bar which they extend outward, is comparatively little changed. beige fem. Mus. Comp. ZoOL., VOL. 36. PLAGIOSTOMES. ¢ , Y ny y ¢ : 4 i Z q ¢ : \ y f_. | ‘ ai yl 4 PLATE 73. PLATE 73. MYLIOBATIDAE. Fig. 1. Myuiopatis aquina. M. C. Z. 623 (Page 431). Fig. 2. My.iopatis PE M. C. Z. 636 (Page 430). Fig. 3. ArtromyLanus MacuLatus. M.C. Z. 106 (Page 435). A®TOBATUS NARINARI. M. C. Z. 677 (Page 441). Three of the genera of the Myliobatidae are figured here. The fourth, Pteromylaeus, tween Aétomylaeus and Aétobatus; it has the narrowed head and the separation of the p the latter, but has a different dentition. Myliobatis, fig. 1, differs from the rest of the f. sessing a continuous pectoral along the side of the head, and in absence of the modification of rays opposite the lower jaw. In all the genera the propterygial segment of the base of extends beyond the antorbital, that is beyond the head. In the very young this section appears to be somewhat irregularly segmented, but these indications are transitory, probably tokens. The branchial ray at the outer end of the ceratobranchial is slightly modified at i attachment to the pectoral base. The extra series of cartilages, evs, in front of the branchial the ceratobranchials and epibranchials are more developed than in preceding families. The chials, sbr, above and below, are well developed; they are modified branchial rays. The cartilages, op 1-5, are fringed. Extra cartilages, evs, appear upon or along the bands of the these may be called epitropeal, the upper ones being supratropeals, the lower subtropeals. Se i cr Ce tn — . msp. PLAGIOSTOMES. PLATE 73 \ . RY NS \\e \ ‘4 ¥ : Sp f f MELIOTYPE CO. PLATE 74. PLATE 74. RHINOPTERIDAE. Fig. 1-2. Rurnoprera sussteur. M. C. Z. 863 (Page 447). The skull of the Rhinopteridae is short, broad, and somewhat indented in front. The are quite distinct from the pectorals, are situated at a lower level, and are not widely separ: another in front of the mouth. The mouth is widened and the jaws are broadened, the na are long and broad. The propterygial bases of the pectorals are unsegmented at the sides chambers, unless it be in very young stages, they are enlarged and strengthened, and to furt to stability and firmness the lateral stays, ls, bra, bre, are so greatly modified as to be hardly as gill rays; the anterior, /s, is directed forward over the antorbital, ao, as a single elongate the second, brr, fig. 1, is directed outward, segmented and turned back in its outer segment; segment of the ray, bre, is broadened and enlarged into a sort of hammer-shape, solidly a ceratobranchial and the epibranchial at their junction, and also to the outer stay or segme epitropeal cartilages, supratropeal and subtropeal, evs, form regular series above the arches, ones below them. The extrabranchials, sbr, supra and sub are large. The mesopterygi: reduced or fused with the girdle, pct. The anterior hm, in fig. 1, should be sp. Cl structure of the gills leading towards Mobula are seen in the Rhinopteridae; the inward lamina takes on more of the functions of protection and of propelling the food toward the the outer section is more concerned in purifying the blood, see Plate 59, fig. 9-10. on, £. MN. FigcHeR, 4 i ‘ = fe = — 9 PLATE 765. MOBULIDAE. Fig. 1-2. Mosuna uypostoma (Page 453). A course of evolution resembling the actual course traversed by Mobula from an ancest the Dasybati may be traced through Myliobatis, Aetomylaeus, and Rhinoptera by means and the cephalic fins — connected and meeting in front of the head and lacking the m opposite the gills in Myliobatis, disconnected at the sides but still meeting in front and p modified radials in Aetomylaeus and Rhinoptera — or by means of the propterygial bases of or even by means of the outer branchial rays their attachments and their transformations ‘ as by means of the dentition, the narial cartilages, or the skull itself. The cranium of Mobula and more indented in the forehead than that of Rhinoptera. The cephalic fins are distant f another in front of the head; they are radically separated from the pectorals, the anterior rays. latter have undergone considerable changes of form. The mouth is widened; the jaws are elongs The outer branchial rays are transformed into braces or stays, ls, bra, bre, in a more firm the gill arches. The extrabranchials, sbr, are highly developed; originally they were br and they do not closely correspond with the extrabranchials seen, on Plate 51, fig. 2, or exbr and sbr, in the shark. The stays ls, bra, bre originated as noted under Plate 74 for those i tera. The second ray from the outer stay is lengthened, wider outward, and has a extremity; it also serves as a brace. Nearly all of the rays on the ceratohyals, chy, are s more or less changed in form. The long strips of cartilage, evs, first appearing as small lu m fusing, upon the bends in the gill lamellae, parallel with the gill arches, are adventitious and noted in Myliobatidae, Plate 73; they are named epitropeal cartilages, the upper sw ol lower subtropeal. The opercular cartilages, op 1-5 attain their maximum development in this fa MELIOTYFE OO On. £. N. FISCHER, Sf oe | X Mr re. Tw. at MEMOIRS N . OF THE — a= te S S NS COMPARATIVE AT VOL. XXXVI. a wh =) wy w =< = ica} Go QA — jaw — = < iF) os b oma | jor) be | TROPICAL PACIFIC. The following Publications of the Museum contain Reports on the Dredging Operations in | c of Alexander Agassiz, of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer “ Albatross,” carera and 1900, Commander Jefferson F. Moser, U. S. N., Commanding. I. A. Agassiz. Preliminary Report and List of Stations. With Remarks on the ] Sea Deposits by Sir John Murray. Mem: M. C. Z., Vol. XXVI. No. 1. ary, 1902. 114 pp. 21 Charts. II. A.G. Mayer. Some Species of Partula from Tahiti. A Study in ae M. C. Z., Vol. XXVI. No. 2. January, 1902. 22 pp- 1 Plate. TE: Ay Waaasix and A. G. Mayer. Medusae. Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXVI. January, 1902. 40 pp. 13 Plates, 1 Chart. IV. A.Acassiz. The Coral Reefs of the Tropical Pacific. Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. X XX February, 1903. 33,410 pp. 238 Plates~ i ance on ar tt Siesta ate brie n Ente is a ~~ Bay “net ar, sath i t ee Coe th were Bt rok em heer an ALA Abas ser ECs = rbsvanietd - Vie ytd dat , RY riseiets » jee ran Rea a shaped be een hr with gens bynes Heyes » eet yy "je er Kiiy eet | Sabaneta tee Pe a aie teh Aho ory bee 4 * Ap Di he elite the Wh “AY, by Depend > | beeen = re | * ied rupees 300 AW 4 iat ¥ phe tote mepie wipe i. bye it ciay nyehi ries thetic aba" oe mt le i perry yeasty metus mie Uaptiesc4 nb eerie ype oie setae hy aye ¥ ae a it7! , Dar Wrie poh bee Meaehe es lever Sys belies WI RbAY pe ‘ewe ale hades yee w ¥ ye ne bee ye Fae Sie aba pana lat pitheak Waveney we pein » yea e bya ye) iM ye peta ties! ee at WC dai ibs es at Uren tod any meet ee ieee wehepeg D te hiytak Salim ior t= ie Repel vy weet Neree Wipe hy m1 pd PA Die ikee bs Atiiea le tat ‘ i PROTA a th iyurruiane erage WHERE itech MRR LAGE ‘ Liahestie pete My ¥ ve ’ tin we PW fe see Sine uy Rinth ere pe ret Pe week Nem fh BAH rye papel bea SUE Periebrataees tl ans oye dentin Hoe are fe Hidiepebyebabs by ar eb beer ee oral r] radiata tas Ba atad ae , ya WA So OPP, qanlte © adareng it) a7 bin ‘ 44 CF Su TERe pees de be) Cie ~w ¥ yee Ne hyphen } Lately ty rt aterny Fh ie yee lope hee jw is veh path © Orel Jos J We Phe grab Nhe BYP Whe pyar vr here B ie ope * a hee es Nighy yey oray ip 4 ty eine Riehl oe ape hy pephatay Meath athe ip y Let ptt ‘ Wate iead aly a4 ” ree Rien ps Bes Gerareers renns be felipe tate ete tod ab he hae 4" Desh el hee peye ym tr , gag Vedlbtods (stad gt reper ty Dae. ye ik yaeuenebl whem si Able at ib oe ef oleae sah ) ay Ashlea’ oy tey an teeny? i puey oyere ope plan paws A eT PereieDyn: oth 4phpale ee wee iye nite eee ipobey bh hee TTA the Davey where Vie itadtee at feet toys oi +i ie We ae Naatia id arity Wrteree i * ” Diath hehehe oe nal rhebtiy'l 5 pra ai ne Agim) pew ad hoe * fone s nh ah ib - 134 Hear iP es Ht Coietalnec phneve pee ae} bethemk avant Vhyew es tye We ie - reansay) ‘ ativan Mai ite Lt \ bee bot) pe be Tah Relat tec ea tat net Medica ital sop! be iyerereat oiled pibbet bo afar wary Weheveatrdy "4 ian) uaa . ee pe Le ORF ee odin te yb nas Tipe ededad Spb ep lap oo) Lae ebb) Lena Re rest deewe ewe De ew VidbepetCforat ye) Oeics baa at eres so des aa ge none th fete alae ns eae obs phat ara eg mit Spell Men b> ia) Roar hi teers - ea WS Os pe plagank Pir ng ae at cb ae 80 D4 i peta ters 4 sy earn af Gea he len apo Pabeaas mY pe Patek pay errs ott on) n sewn ah ht Oe Pau wey + yey WO aa ole pete rms tm AC bbe wet " \ Toe wy he be Oh oa tuba ae i be Gillie bh hee bom none AE ebiaat a’ ae pay Fem Matec reVermtare ih eested } Naty rats Beene i SE onde be ba 6 > Soa noire I pete 4 Blyth pe be kl sek evel by pre pee tien nara es yond beby pee ibis Fh opp Hamil ahh pied pee i mi; bate titen ae LAA Ph be ching hy Penewe is " be ey . oi poe Beal Ube ay PHUh a oy r mipehar sts eae hp et yah Bhar nt pp toe & st 97 apn “#19 LT etesdl om i b & ee be ry per peer be ys Th ive ’ wens ly Teena seente | pu nee betiewe porter tts) yeh peep bem ove we ii epee eh Leiieneeit \eePenvene® ¥ eras aes bye neey) mal es oe va) tan aE 2 Me en: i pudy Paget j St ete x an & " . < ” eee he suite: as “tabby oe) ny q Oe hey tote Sian deh: |. v= OPS ies oem vip ete or Bere hs herr he ae SPAR AL Pees & Pool we Wi HEB ard dr Son ey bt piee royale pa We er 4) a Ueees mae wepeere ee ne pera eatin & vote eer d x scary et a A ba fis Deyweins ye 6 | * {phe pees hips ob a bey) oe Oy wh eh) wlae he fra leripe tet [a 6 yo ¥8 et rorves ies meee “ings acral t aay ort Narain Fab -e ah bohes meee TTI otuntt tay riyeee pare nie Sanesghersere: pap ot . ieewent Ss RE enn a SP Te lahespesere’ Tega ronges 5h any on Tees Pome gene warrntn ae gee